CFI PROSERVICES INC
8-K, 1999-08-27
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: SUGEN INC, S-8 POS, 1999-08-27
Next: USAA STATE TAX FREE TRUST, DEFA14A, 1999-08-27





                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 8-K

                                 CURRENT REPORT
                     Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act of 1934


Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported):  August 27, 1999


                              CFI ProServices, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


         Oregon                       0-21980                        93-0704365
(State or other jurisdiction      (Commission                      (IRS Employer
         of incorporation)        File Number)               Identification No.)


400 S.W. Sixth Avenue, Portland, Oregon                                97204
(Address of principal executive offices)                           (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code:    (503) 274-7280













       This Form 8-K consists of 7 pages. Exhibits are indexed on page 5.



<PAGE>



Item 2.  Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

                  Effective   August  13,  1999,  CFI   ProServices,   Inc.  dba
Concentrex  Incorporated,  an Oregon corporation (the "Company") acquired all of
the outstanding common stock of Ultradata  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation
("Ultradata")  for  approximately  $63.5 million in cash.  The  acquisition  was
effected  pursuant to an  Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated as of May 17, 1999
(the "Merger Agreement"), by and among the Company, UFO Acquisition Co. ("UFO"),
a  Delaware  corporation  and a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,  and
Ultradata.  The Merger  Agreement  provided  for the merger of UFO with and into
Ultradata (the "Merger").  As a result of the merger,  the separate existence of
UFO ended and  Ultradata  survives as a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company.
Pursuant to the Merger  Agreement,  the former holders of Ultradata common stock
received  $7.50 in cash for each  share of  Ultradata  common  stock  they  held
immediately prior to the Merger.

                  Upon the closing of the Merger,  a portion of the  outstanding
employee stock options issued previously under Ultradata's 1994 Equity Incentive
Plan were assumed by the Company and converted  into options for 273,266  shares
of Company common stock,  which shares are a part of the 500,000  employee stock
option  reserve  approved  by the  Company's  shareholders  at the  1999  Annual
Meeting.

                  Ultradata  provides   information   management   software  and
solutions  for   relationship-oriented   financial   institutions.   Ultradata's
principal offices are located in Pleasanton,  California.  Ultradata's  software
and  solutions   allow  its   customers  to,  among  other  things,   engage  in
cross-selling, relationship pricing, data mining and workflow control as well as
provide financial  services such as checking,  savings and investment  accounts,
home  banking,  credit and debit  cards,  automated  teller  machine  access and
consumer  lending.  Ultradata  products  are  primarily  targeted  at large  and
mid-sized credit unions that want to operate their systems in-house. For smaller
credit  unions,   Ultradata  works  through  value-added  resellers  to  provide
Ultradata's  products.  The Company  intends to continue to utilize  Ultradata's
facilities and equipment in the same manner Ultradata utilized them prior to the
Merger.  The  Company  believes  the Merger  will allow the Company to deliver a
total system solution for front- and back-end  technologies  to banks,  thrifts,
and credit unions and  positions  the Company as a leader in offering  real-time
host processing  capabilities.  In addition,  the Merger adds a business segment
based on a recurring  service  fees model,  which the Company  anticipates  will
result in more predictable and consistent revenues for the Company, and provides
the  Company's  customer  with tools to develop,  manage and enhance  profitable
customer relationships.

                  The  Merger  Agreement  is  filed  as  Exhibit  2.1,  attached
thereto,  and is  incorporated  into  this  Current  Report  on Form 8-K by this
reference.

                  To pay for the Merger, on August 13, 1999, the Company and its
subsidiaries entered into a financing agreement (the "Financing Agreement") with
Foothill Capital Corporation


                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>



("Foothill") and certain other parties  (collectively,  the "Lenders") for three
credit facilities  aggregating $80 million. The credit facilities provided under
the  Financing  Agreement  are  secured  by the  Company's  assets.  The  credit
facilities provided under the Financing Agreement terminate on August 13, 2002.

                  The first credit  facility under the Financing  Agreement is a
revolving  credit  facility  (the  "Foothill  Revolver")  for up to $15 million,
subject to borrowing  base  restrictions  related to accounts  receivable of the
Company and its subsidiaries.  The Foothill Revolver bears interest at an annual
rate equal to the prime rate plus 1%. On August 13, 1999 the  Company  drew $1.7
million under the Foothill  Revolver in connection  with the Merger and had $7.5
million of availability  under that facility.  The interest rate on the Foothill
Revolver at August 13, 1999 was 9.0%.

                  The second credit facility under the Financing  Agreement is a
term loan for $35 million  (the "Term A Loan") that bears  interest at an annual
rate equal to the prime rate plus 2%.  The Term A Loan has  scheduled  quarterly
prepayments  of  principal  beginning  in the  second  quarter  of 2000 that are
expected  to  aggregate  $19  million  over the term of the loan;  the  expected
remaining principal of $16 million is due on August 13, 2002. On August 13, 1999
the  Company  drew $35  million  under  the Term A Loan in  connection  with the
Merger. The interest rate on the Term A Loan at August 13, 1999 was 10.0%.

                  The third credit  facility under the Financing  Agreement is a
term loan for $30 million  (the "Term B Loan") that bears  interest at an annual
rate  equal  to the  prime  rate  plus  5%.  The  Term B Loan  has no  scheduled
prepayments of principal.  The Term B Loan is due in full on August 13, 2002. On
August 13, 1999 the Company drew $30 million under the Term B Loan in connection
with the Ultradata  acquisition.  The interest rate on the Term B Loan at August
13, 1999 was 13.0%.

                  In  addition  to loan fees and in  connection  with the credit
facilities  provided  under the Financing  Agreement,  the Company issued to the
Lenders warrants (the "Lender Warrants") to purchase up to 381,822 shares of the
common stock of the Company,  which  represents 5.0% of the fully diluted common
stock of the Company. U.S. Bancorp Libra,  financial advisor and placement agent
for the Company,  received  warrants (the "Libra  Warrants") to purchase  58,000
shares of Company common stock.  The exercise price for both the Lender Warrants
and the Libra  Warrants is $12.34 per share.  The Company has agreed to register
for resale the  shares of common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the Lender
Warrants and the Libra Warrants.  The Lender Warrants and the Libra Warrants are
exercisable through August 13, 2004.

                  On August 13, 1999 the  Company  also issued to certain of the
Lenders and certain other entities 10% Convertible  Subordinated  Discount Notes
(the "Subordinated Notes") in the aggregate original face amount of $7.4 million
(with  original  issue discount of $1.9  million).  The  Subordinated  Notes are
generally  non-callable by the Company through August 13, 2002.  Interest at 10%
per annum  accretes on the  Subordinated  Notes through August 13, 2002 and then
becomes  payable  in cash  by the  Company  if the  Subordinated  Notes  are not
redeemed or converted by that date. The Subordinated  Notes are convertible into
a maximum of 602,534 shares of the Company's


                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>



common stock at the election of the  holders.  The actual  number of shares into
which the Subordinated Notes are convertible depends upon the date of conversion
and the amount of interest  accreted on the Subordinated  Notes through the date
of  conversion.  The  Company  has agreed to  register  for resale the shares of
common  stock  issuable  upon the  conversion  of the  Subordinated  Notes.  The
Subordinated  Notes are due on August 13, 2004 if not  previously  converted  by
that date. The Company  received gross proceeds of $5.5 million upon issuance of
the Subordinated Notes, all of which was used in connection with the Merger.

                  The foregoing descriptions of the Foothill Revolver, Term Note
A,  Term Note B,  Financing  Warrants,  Registration  Rights  Agreement  for the
Financing Warrants,  Note Purchase Agreement,  Subordinated Notes,  Registration
Rights Agreement for the Subordinated  Notes,  Libra Warrants,  and Registration
Rights for the Libra  Warrants are qualified by reference to the complete  texts
of  those  documents,  together  with the  exhibits  attached  thereto,  and are
incorporated  into  this  Current  Report  on Form  8-K by this  reference.  The
Financing  Agreement was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q dated August 16, 1999 and is incorporated  into this Current Report
on Form 8-K by this reference.

                  Item 5.  Other Events.

                  On July 1, 1999,  the  Company  executed an  amendment  to its
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan to include employee stock ownership  provisions.  The
plan was renamed the CFI ProServices,  Inc. Employee Savings and Stock Ownership
Plan  ("ESOP"),  and  it  was  amended  and  restated in the form of Exhibit 5.1
hereto  and is  incorporated  into  this  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K by this
reference. The Company has reserved for issuance in 1999 up to 175,000 shares of
common stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the ESOP.

                  Former officers of Ultradata Corporation, the Company's wholly
owned  subsidiary  by virtue of the  August  13,  1999  Merger,  are  subject to
preexisting  employment contracts with Ultradata  Corporation.  Those employment
contracts  are  attached  hereto and  incorporated  herein by this  reference as
Exhibits 5.2 through 5.6, respectively.

                  Item 7.  Financial Statements and Exhibits.

                        (a)   Financial   statements  of  businesses   acquired.
                              Financial   statements  will  be  filed  with  the
                              Commission  within 60 days of the date this report
                              is required to be filed, in accordance with Item 7
                              of this Form 8-K.

                        (b)   Pro  forma   financial   information.   Pro  forma
                              financial  information  will  be  filed  with  the
                              Commission  within 60 days of the date this report
                              is required to be filed, in accordance with Item 7
                              of this Form 8-K.




                                      - 4 -


<PAGE>






(c)  Exhibits.

     Exhibit No.               Description

     2.1  Agreement  and Plan of  Merger,  dated as of May 17,  1999,  among the
          Company, UFO Acquisition Co. and Ultradata Corporation.

     2.2  Revolving  Credit  Note  for  principal  up to $15,000,000 dated as of
          August 13, 1999.

     2.3  Form  of  Term  Loan  A  promissory  note  for  aggregate principal of
          $35,000,000 dated as of August 13, 1999.

     2.4  Form  of  Term  Loan  B  promissory  note  for  aggregate principal of
          $30,000,000 dated as of August 13, 1999.

     2.5  Form of Warrant  issued by Company to the Lenders to purchase up to an
          aggregate of 381,822  shares of the common stock of the Company  dated
          as of August 13, 1999.

     2.6  Registration  Rights  Agreement  for the  Lender  Warrants  among  the
          Company and the Lenders dated as of August 13, 1999.

     2.7  Note Purchase  Agreement  among the Company and the Note Holders dated
          as of August 13, 1999.

     2.8  Form of 10% Convertible Subordinated Discount Notes dated as of August
          13, 1999.

     2.9  Registration  Rights  Agreement for the  Subordinated  Notes among the
          Company and the Note Holders dated as of August 13, 1999.

     2.10 Warrant issued to U.S. Bancorp Libra,  financial advisor and placement
          agent for the Company,  to  purchase  58,000  shares of Company common
          stock, dated as of August 13, 1999.


                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>




     2.11 Registration  Rights  Agreement  for the  Libra  Warrants  dated as of
          August 13, 1999.

     5.1  CFI ProServices, Inc. Employee Savings and Stock Ownership Plan.

     5.2  Ultradata  Employment  Agreement with Robert J. Majteles dated October
          22, 1996.

     5.3  Ultradata  Employment  Agreement  with Cindy Cooper dated  November 6,
          1998.

     5.4  Ultradata Employment Agreement with David J. Robbins dated November 6,
          1998.

     5.5  Ultradata Employment Agreement with James R. Berthelson dated November
          6, 1998.

     5.6  Ultradata Employment Agreement with Ronald H. Bissinger dated November
          6, 1998.

     10.1 Financing  Agreement  dated as of  August  13,  1999 by and  among CFI
          ProServices,  Inc.,  Ultradata  Corporation,  MECA  Software,  L.L.C.,
          MoneyScape  Holdings,  Inc.,  Foothill  Capital  Corporation,   Ableco
          Finance  L.L.C.,  Levine  Leichtman  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P.  and
          Foothill  Partners III, L.P.  previously  filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
          Company's  Form 10-Q dated August 16, 1999,  filed with the Securities
          and Exchange  Commission on August 16, 1999 and incorporated herein by
          reference.




                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

                  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934,  the  registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

                                       CFI PROSERVICES, INC.
                                       dba Concentrex Incorporated


Date:  August 27, 1999                 By:  /s/ Kurt W. Ruttum
                                            -------------------
                                            Kurt W. Ruttum, Vice President and
                                            Chief Financial Officer


                                      - 7 -









                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                            DATED AS OF MAY 17, 1999

                                      AMONG

                             CFI PROSERVICES, INC.,

                               UFO ACQUISITION CO.

                                       AND

                              ULTRADATA CORPORATION



<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.       THE MERGER .......................................................    1
         1.1      The Merger ..............................................    1
         1.2      Effective Time ..........................................    1
         1.3      Closing of the Merger ...................................    2
         1.4      Effects of the Merger ...................................    2
         1.5      Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws .................    2
         1.6      Directors ...............................................    2
         1.7      Officers ................................................    2
         1.8      Conversion of Shares ....................................    3
         1.9      Payment for Shares ......................................    3
         1.10     Dissenting Shares .......................................    5
         1.11     Stock Options ...........................................    5

2.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY ....................    6
         2.1      Organization and Qualification ..........................    6
         2.2      Capitalization of the Company and its Subsidiaries ......    7
         2.3      Authority Relative to this Agreement; Consents and
                    Approvals .............................................    8
         2.4      SEC Reports; Financial Statements .......................    9
         2.5      Information Supplied ....................................   10
         2.6      Consents and Approvals; No Violations ...................   10
         2.7      No Default ..............................................   11
         2.8      No Undisclosed Liabilities; Absence of Changes ..........   11
         2.9      Litigation ..............................................   11
         2.10     Compliance with Applicable Law ..........................   12
         2.11     Employee Benefit Plans ..................................   12
         2.12     Environmental Laws and Regulations ......................   14
         2.13     Tax Matters .............................................   15
         2.14     Intangible Property .....................................   15
         2.15     Brokers .................................................   15
         2.16     Material Contracts ......................................   16
         2.17     Disclosure ..............................................   16
         2.18     Termination of Certain Contracts ........................   17

3.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND SUB .................   17
         3.1      Organization ............................................   17
         3.2      Authority Relative to this Agreement ....................   18
         3.3      Information Supplied ....................................   18

                                       i

<PAGE>

         3.4      Consents and Approvals; No Violations ...................   18
         3.5      Litigation ..............................................   19
         3.6      Brokers .................................................   19
         3.7      Financing ...............................................   19

4.       COVENANTS ........................................................   19
         4.1      Conduct of Business of the Company ......................   19
         4.2      Preparation of Proxy Statement and Stockholders'
                    Meeting ...............................................   22
         4.3      No Solicitation .........................................   22
         4.4      Access to Information ...................................   24
         4.5      Additional Agreements; Reasonable Best Efforts ..........   24
         4.6      Consents ................................................   25
         4.7      Public Announcements ....................................   25
         4.8      Notification of Certain Matters .........................   25
         4.9      Release of Liens ........................................   26
         4.10     Company 401(k) Plan .....................................   26
         4.11     Parent 401(k) Plan ......................................   26

5.       CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER .........................   26
         5.1      Conditions to Each Party's Obligations to Effect the
                    Merger ................................................   26
         5.2      Conditions to the Obligations of the Company ............   27
         5.3      Conditions to the Obligations of Parent and Sub .........   27

6.       TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER ...................................   28
         6.1      Termination .............................................   28
         6.2      Effect of Termination ...................................   29
         6.3      Fees and Expenses .......................................   30
         6.4      Amendment ...............................................   31
         6.5      Extension; Waiver .......................................   31

7.       MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................   31
         7.1      Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties ...........   31
         7.2      Entire Agreement; Assignment ............................   31
         7.3      Validity ................................................   32
         7.4      Notices .................................................   32
         7.5      Governing Law ...........................................   33
         7.6      Descriptive Headings ....................................   33
         7.7      Parties in Interest .....................................   33
         7.8      Severability ............................................   34
         7.9      Specific Performance ....................................   34
         7.10     Subsidiaries ............................................   34
         7.11     Brokers .................................................   34

                                       ii

<PAGE>

         7.12     Counterparts ............................................   34

                                      iii


<PAGE>


                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER



         THIS  AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER,  dated as of May 17, 1999, is among
CFI PROSERVICES,  INC., an Oregon corporation ("Parent"), UFO ACQUISITION CO., a
Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("Sub"), and
ULTRADATA CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

         WHEREAS,  the Boards of Directors  of the Company,  Parent and Sub each
have, in light of and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,  (i)
determined  that  the  Merger  (as  defined  in  Section  1.1) is fair to  their
respective  stockholders and in the best interests of such stockholders and (ii)
approved the Merger in accordance with this Agreement.

         NOW,   THEREFORE,   in   consideration   of  the   premises   and   the
representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements  herein  contained,  and
intending to be legally bound hereby,  the Company,  Parent and Sub hereby agree
as follows:

1.       THE MERGER

         1.1      The Merger

         At the Effective  Time and upon the terms and subject to the conditions
of this Agreement and in accordance  with the Delaware  General  Corporation Law
(the  "DGCL"),  Sub shall be merged  with and into the Company  (the  "Merger").
Following the Merger,  the Company shall  continue as the surviving  corporation
(the "Surviving  Corporation") and the separate corporate existence of Sub shall
cease.  At the option of  Parent,  upon five days  prior  written  notice to the
Company,  the  Merger  may be  structured  so  that,  and this  Agreement  shall
thereupon  be deemed to be amended to provide  that,  either  another  direct or
indirect  subsidiary  of the Parent shall be merged with and into the Company or
the Company shall be merged with and into the Sub or another  direct or indirect
wholly owned  subsidiary  of Parent,  with the Sub or such other  subsidiary  of
Parent continuing as the Surviving Corporation; provided that, no such change in
structure will be deemed to apply for purposes of the Company's  representations
and warranties contained in Section 2 hereof.

         1.2      Effective Time

         Subject  to the  provisions  of  this  Agreement,  Parent,  Sub and the
Company  shall  cause the  Merger  to be  consummated  by filing an  appropriate
Certificate  of Merger

<PAGE>

or other appropriate  documents (the "Certificate of Merger") with the Secretary
of State of the State of Delaware in such form as required  by, and  executed in
accordance with, the relevant  provisions of the DGCL, as soon as practicable on
or after the Closing Date (as defined in Section  1.3).  The Merger shall become
effective  upon such  filing or at such time  thereafter  as is  provided in the
Certificate of Merger (the "Effective Time").

         1.3      Closing of the Merger

         The closing of the Merger (the "Closing") will take place at a time and
on a date to be  specified  by the  parties,  which  shall be no later  than the
second business day after  satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in
Article 5 (the  "Closing  Date"),  at the offices of Perkins Coie LLP, 1211 S.W.
Fifth Avenue, Suite 1500, Portland,  Oregon,  unless another time, date or place
is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto.

         1.4      Effects of the Merger

         The  Merger  shall  have the  effects  set forth in the  DGCL.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  and subject thereto, at the Effective
Time,  all the  properties,  rights,  privileges,  powers and  franchises of the
Company  and  Sub  shall  vest in the  Surviving  Corporation,  and  all  debts,
liabilities  and  duties  of  the  Company  and  Sub  shall  become  the  debts,
liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

         1.5      Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

         The Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company in effect at
the Effective Time shall be the  certificate of  incorporation  of the Surviving
Corporation  until amended in accordance  with applicable law. The Bylaws of the
Company in effect at the  Effective  Time  shall be the bylaws of the  Surviving
Corporation until amended in accordance with applicable law.

         1.6      Directors

         The  directors  of Sub at  the  Effective  Time  shall  be the  initial
directors of the Surviving  Corporation,  each to hold office in accordance with
the certificate of incorporation  and bylaws of the Surviving  Corporation until
such director's successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified.

         1.7      Officers

         The officers of Sub at the Effective Time shall be the initial officers
of the  Surviving  Corporation,  each to hold  office  in  accordance  with  the
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving  Corporation until such
officer's successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified.

                                       2

<PAGE>

         1.8      Conversion of Shares

                  (a) At the Effective  Time,  each share of common  stock,  par
value  $0.001 per share,  of the Company  ("Company  Common  Stock")  issued and
outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time (individually a "Share" and
collectively, the "Shares") (other than (i) Shares held by any subsidiary of the
Company and (ii) Shares held by Parent, Sub or any other subsidiary of Parent or
Sub and (iii)  Dissenting  Shares (as defined in Section 1.10 hereof)) shall, by
virtue of the Merger and without  any action on the part of Sub,  the Company or
the holder  thereof,  be converted  into the right to receive (a) $7.50 in cash,
payable to the holder thereof without  interest  thereon,  upon surrender of the
certificate formerly representing such Share (the "Merger Consideration").

                  (b) At the  Effective  Time,  each  outstanding  share  of the
common  stock,  par value $0.001 per share,  of Sub shall be converted  into one
share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

                  (c) At the Effective  Time, each share of Company Common Stock
held by Parent, Sub or any subsidiary of Parent, Sub or the Company  immediately
prior to the  Effective  Time  shall,  by virtue of the Merger and  without  any
action on the part of Sub,  the  Company or the  holder  thereof,  be  canceled,
retired and cease to exist and no payment shall be made with respect thereto.

         1.9      Payment for Shares

                  (a)  As  of  the  Effective  Time,  Chase  Mellon  Shareholder
Services,  L.L.C.,  or another bank or trust  company  designated  by Parent and
reasonably  acceptable  to the Company  shall act as paying  agent (the  "Paying
Agent") in effecting the payment of the Merger  Consideration  for  certificates
that formerly represented Shares entitled to payment of the Merger Consideration
pursuant to Section 1.8 hereof.  On or before the Effective Time,  Parent or Sub
shall  deposit,  or cause to be deposited,  in trust with the Paying Agent,  the
aggregate  Merger  Consideration to which holders of Shares shall be entitled at
the Effective Time pursuant to Section 1.8 hereof.

                  (b) As soon as  reasonably  practicable  after  the  Effective
Time,  the Paying Agent shall mail to each holder of record of a certificate  or
certificates   which   immediately  prior  to  the  Effective  Time  represented
outstanding  Shares (the  "Certificates")  whose Shares were  converted into the
right to receive the Merger Consideration  pursuant to Section 1.8: (i) a letter
of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of
loss and  title to the  Certificates  shall  pass,  only  upon  delivery  of the
Certificates  to the Paying  Agent and shall be in such form and have such other
provisions  as  Parent  and  the  Company  may  reasonably   specify)  and

                                       3
<PAGE>

(ii)  instructions  for use in effecting the surrender of the  Certificates  and
receiving the Merger Consideration therefor. Upon surrender of a Certificate for
cancellation to the Paying Agent,  the Paying Agent shall pay the holder of such
Certificate the Merger Consideration multiplied by the number of Shares formerly
represented  by such  Certificate,  and the  Certificate  so  surrendered  shall
forthwith be  canceled.  In the event of a transfer of ownership of Shares which
is not registered in the transfer records of the Company, the appropriate Merger
Consideration  for such  surrendered  Certificate may be paid to a transferee if
the  Certificate  representing  such Shares is  presented  to the Paying  Agent,
accompanied  by all documents  required to evidence and effect such transfer and
by evidence  that any  applicable  stock  transfer  taxes have been paid.  Until
surrendered  as  contemplated  by this Section 1.9,  each  Certificate  shall be
deemed  at any time  after the  Effective  Time to  represent  only the right to
receive upon such surrender the aggregate Merger Consideration relating thereto.
No interest shall be paid or accrued on the Merger Consideration.

                  (c)  Promptly  following  the date which is one year after the
Effective Time, the Paying Agent shall deliver to the Surviving  Corporation all
cash,  Certificates  and  other  documents  in its  possession  relating  to the
transactions  described in this  Agreement,  and the Paying Agent's duties shall
terminate.  Thereafter,  each holder of a Certificate  formerly  representing  a
Share may surrender such  Certificate to the Surviving  Corporation and (subject
to  applicable  abandoned  property,   escheat  and  similar  laws)  receive  in
consideration  therefor the aggregate  Merger  Consideration  relating  thereto,
without any interest or dividends thereon.

                  (d) After the Effective  Time,  there shall be no transfers on
the stock transfer  books of the Surviving  Corporation of any Shares which were
outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time.  If, after the Effective
Time,  Certificates  formerly representing Shares are presented to the Surviving
Corporation  or the Paying  Agent,  they shall be  surrendered  and  canceled in
return for the payment of the aggregate Merger  Consideration  relating thereto,
subject to applicable law in the case of Dissenting Shares.

                  (e) In the event that any  Certificate  for Shares  shall have
been lost, stolen or destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by
the person claiming such certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Paying
Agent shall pay to such holder in exchange for such lost,  stolen,  or destroyed
certificate the aggregate Merger Consideration  relating thereto, if any, as may
be required pursuant to this Agreement;  provided,  however, that Parent may, in
its discretion, require the delivery of a suitable bond or indemnity.

                                       4

<PAGE>

                  (f)  Neither  Parent  nor the  Company  shall be liable to any
holder  of  Shares  for  Merger  Consideration  delivered  to a public  official
pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

         1.10     Dissenting Shares

         Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  Shares
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a holder who has
not voted in favor of the Merger or  consented  thereto  in writing  and who has
demanded  appraisal for such Shares in accordance  with Section 262 of the DGCL,
if such Section 262 provides for appraisal  rights for such Shares in the Merger
("Dissenting  Shares"),  shall not be  converted  into the right to receive  the
Merger  Consideration  as provided in Section 1.8 hereof,  unless and until such
holder fails to perfect or  withdraws or otherwise  loses his right to appraisal
and payment under the DGCL. If, after the Effective  Time, any such holder fails
to perfect or withdraws or loses his right to appraisal,  such Dissenting Shares
shall  thereupon be treated as if they had been  converted  as of the  Effective
Time into the right to receive the Merger  Consideration,  if any, to which such
holder is entitled,  without  interest or dividends  thereon.  The Company shall
give Parent prompt  notice of any demands  received by the Company for appraisal
of Shares  and,  prior to the  Effective  Time,  Parent  shall have the right to
participate in all  negotiations  and proceedings  with respect to such demands.
Prior to the  Effective  Time,  the  Company  shall not,  except  with the prior
written consent of Parent,  make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer
to settle, any such demands.

         1.11     Stock Options

                  (a) At the Effective Time, each outstanding option to purchase
Company Common Stock issued pursuant to the Company's 1994 Equity Incentive Plan
(the "Assumed Plan"), whether vested or unvested, shall be assumed by Parent and
shall constitute an option (an "Assumed  Option") to acquire,  on the same terms
and conditions as were applicable under such option prior to the Effective Time,
the number of shares of Common Stock,  no par value,  of Parent  ("Parent Common
Stock"),  rounded down to the nearest  whole number,  determined by  multiplying
 .718 by the number of shares of Company  Common  Stock then  subject to purchase
pursuant to such option.  The exercise  price for such Assumed  Options shall be
equal to the  aggregate  exercise  price for the shares of Company  Common Stock
then subject to purchase pursuant to such option divided by the number of shares
of Parent Common Stock deemed to be purchasable pursuant to such Assumed Option.
With respect to an option for shares of Company  Common  Stock to which  Section
421 of the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code")  applies by
reason of its  qualification  under Section 422 or 423 of the Code (a "qualified
stock  option"),  in no event  shall the terms of any  Assumed  Option  give the

                                       5
<PAGE>

holder of a qualified  stock option  additional  benefits that he or she did not
have under such qualified stock option. Any references in each Assumed Option or
Assumed  Plan  to the  Company  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  Parent,  where
appropriate,  and Parent shall assume the  obligations  of the Company under the
Assumed  Options and the Assumed  Plan.  Parent shall file as soon as reasonably
practicable  following the Closing Date,  and maintain the  effectiveness  of, a
registration  statement  on Form S-8 with  respect  to the Parent  Common  Stock
subject  to the  Assumed  Options  for so long as such  Assumed  Options  remain
outstanding.  Parent  shall use  reasonable  efforts to take such actions as are
necessary  for the  conversion of the Assumed  Options  pursuant to this Section
1.11(b),  including  the  reservation,  issuance and listing of shares of Parent
Common Stock as is necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this
Section  1.11(b).   Following  the  Effective  Time,  Parent  will  prepare  and
distribute to holders of Assumed  Options a notice  explaining the effect of the
conversion of such holder's unvested options into Assumed Options.

                  (b) Except as provided herein or as otherwise agreed to by the
parties,  (i) the  Company  shall not take any action (or  refrain  from  taking
action) the effect of which would cause any options to  accelerate in connection
with the Merger (which options would not have otherwise  accelerated pursuant to
their  terms or the terms of any  existing  employment  agreement  disclosed  to
Parent),  (ii) the 1995  Director  Stock  Option Plan shall  terminate as of the
Effective  Time and the  provisions in any other plan,  program or  arrangement,
providing  for the  issuance  or grant of any other  interest  in respect of the
capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries  (other than the Assumed
Plan) shall be canceled as of the Effective  Time and (iii) no holder of options
to purchase  Company  Common Stock or any  participant  in any of the  Company's
stock option plans or any other plans,  programs or arrangements  shall have any
right thereunder to acquire any equity securities of the Company,  the Surviving
Corporation  or any subsidiary  thereof,  other than with respect to the Assumed
Options.  With  respect to the  options to  purchase  100,000  shares of Company
Common Stock that have been granted under the 1995 Director Stock Option Plan as
of the date  hereof and the  options to  purchase  an  aggregate  of 1.2 million
shares of Company Common Stock outside of the Company's  stock option plans,  on
the Closing Date the Company  shall pay to each holder of such options an amount
in  respect  thereof  equal to the  product  of (A) the excess of $7.50 over the
exercise  price  thereof  and (B) the number of shares of Company  Common  Stock
subject to such option.

2.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

         Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule delivered by the Company
to Parent prior to the  execution of this  Agreement  (the  "Company  Disclosure
Schedule"), the Company hereby represents and warrants to each of Parent and Sub
as follows:

                                       6

<PAGE>

         2.1      Organization and Qualification

                  (a) The  Company  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and has
all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to own,  lease and  operate its
properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

                  (b) The Company has no subsidiaries and does not own, directly
or indirectly,  beneficially or of record,  any shares of capital stock or other
security of any other entity or any other investment in any other entity.

                  (c) The  Company is duly  qualified  or  licensed  and in good
standing to do business in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased
or  operated  by it or the  nature of the  business  conducted  by it makes such
qualification or licensing  necessary,  except in such  jurisdictions  where the
failure to be so duly  qualified or licensed and in good standing would not have
a  Material  Adverse  Effect (as  defined  below) on the  Company.  When used in
connection with the Company, the term "Material Adverse Effect" means any change
or effect that,  when taken together with all other adverse  changes and effects
(i) is or is  reasonably  likely to be  materially  adverse  to the  properties,
business,  results of  operations  or condition  (financial or otherwise) of the
Company,  or (ii) may  impair  the  ability of the  Company  to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (d) The Company has  heretofore  delivered to Parent  accurate
and  complete  copies  of the  certificate  of  incorporation  and  by-laws,  as
currently in effect, of the Company.

         2.2      Capitalization of the Company and its Subsidiaries

                  (a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 25
million  shares  consisting of 2 million shares of preferred  stock,  $0.001 par
value,  and 23 million shares of Company Common Stock.  No preferred  shares and
7,748,382 shares of Company Common Stock are issued and outstanding.  All of the
issued and outstanding  shares of Company Common Stock have been validly issued,
and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. The Company has
reserved an aggregate of 2,750,000  shares of Company  Common Stock for issuance
in connection with the Company's  stock option plans and otherwise.  The Company
has reserved an aggregate of 1,300,000  shares of Company Common Stock under the
1994 Equity  Incentive  Plan, of which 131,781  shares have been issued upon the
exercise of options and an aggregate of 862,504  shares of Company  Common Stock
are currently  subject to  outstanding  grants under such plan.  The Company has
reserved an aggregate of 250,000  shares of Company  Common Stock under the 1995
Directors Plan and options to purchase an aggregate of

                                       7

<PAGE>

100,000  shares of  Company  Common  Stock  have been  granted  under such plan.
Options to purchase an aggregate of 1.2 million shares have been granted outside
of such plans to Nigel P. Gallop and Robert J Majteles (in the amount of 600,000
shares each).  Schedule 2.2 sets forth, for each of option plans and for options
that were granted  outside of the plans,  the number of option shares  currently
vested and exercisable,  the number of additional  option shares that will vest,
by their existing terms, at various specified dates prior to the Effective Time,
and the numbers of additional  options that will become vested immediately prior
to the Merger as a result  thereof.  The Company has reserved  250,000 shares of
Company  Common Stock for issuance  under the Company's  Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (the "ESPP").  A maximum of 13,000  shares of Company  Common Stock will be
issued to  participants  under the ESPP  after the date  hereof and prior to the
Effective  Time.  The ESPP will  terminate on or before the Effective  Time and,
except as set forth in the preceding  sentence,  no additional shares of Company
Common  Stock  will be issued  under the ESPP  between  the date  hereof and the
Closing Date. Except as set forth above,  there are outstanding (i) no shares of
capital stock or other voting  securities of the Company,  (ii) no securities of
the Company or its  subsidiaries  convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
capital  stock or voting  securities  of the Company,  (iii) no options or other
rights to acquire from the Company,  and no obligations of the Company to issue,
any  capital  stock,  voting  securities  or  securities   convertible  into  or
exchangeable for capital stock or voting securities of the Company,  and (iv) no
equity equivalents, interests in the ownership or earnings of the Company or its
subsidiaries  or other similar  rights  (including  stock  appreciation  rights)
(collectively,  "Company Securities").  There are no outstanding  obligations of
the Company to repurchase,  redeem or otherwise acquire any Company  Securities.
There  are no  stockholder  agreements,  voting  trusts or other  agreements  or
understandings  to which the Company is a party or to which it is bound relating
to the voting of any shares of capital stock of the Company.

                  (b) The Company  Common  Stock  constitutes  the only class of
securities  of the  Company or its  subsidiaries  registered  or  required to be
registered under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act").

         2.3      Authority Relative to this Agreement; Consents and Approvals

                  (a)  The  Company  has  all  necessary   corporate  power  and
authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this   Agreement  and  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been duly and
validly  authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  (the  "Company
Board")  and no  other  corporate  proceedings  on the part of the  Company  are
necessary  to  authorize  this  Agreement  or  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby (other than,  with respect to the Merger,  the approval and
adoption of this Agreement by the holders of a majority of the then  outstanding

                                       8

<PAGE>

shares of  Company  Common  Stock).  This  Agreement  has been duly and  validly
executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid, legal and binding
agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its
terms.

                  (b) The Company Board has, by unanimous vote of those present,
duly and validly approved,  and taken all corporate actions required to be taken
by the Company Board for the  consummation  of the  transactions,  including the
Merger,  contemplated  hereby and resolved to recommend that the stockholders of
the  Company  approve and adopt this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that such
approval and recommendation  may be withdrawn,  modified or amended in the event
that the Company Board by majority vote  determines in its good faith  judgment,
after  consultation with and based upon the advice of independent legal counsel,
that it is  necessary to do so in order to comply with its  fiduciary  duties to
stockholders  under applicable law. No state takeover statute or similar statute
or regulation applies or purports to apply to the Merger,  this Agreement or any
of the transactions contemplated hereby.

         2.4      SEC Reports; Financial Statements

                  (a) The  Company  has filed all  required  forms,  reports and
documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") since February
14,  1996,  each of  which  has  complied  in all  material  respects  with  all
applicable  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act") and the  Exchange  Act,  each as in effect on the dates  such
forms, reports and documents were filed. The Company has heretofore delivered to
Parent, in the form filed with the SEC (including any amendments  thereto),  (i)
its Annual  Reports on Form 10-K for each of the fiscal years ended December 31,
1996,  1997 and 1998,  (ii) all  definitive  proxy  statements  relating  to the
Company's  meetings  of  stockholders  (whether  annual or  special)  held since
February 14, 1996 and (iii) all other reports or registration  statements  filed
by the Company with the SEC since February 14, 1996 (the "Company SEC Reports").
None of such forms,  reports or documents,  including,  without limitation,  any
financial statements or schedules included or incorporated by reference therein,
contained,  when filed,  any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omitted to
state a material fact required to be stated or incorporated by reference therein
or  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading.  The  financial
statements  of the Company  included  in the Company SEC Reports  complied as to
form in all material  respects with applicable  accounting  requirements and the
published  rules and  regulations  of the SEC with  respect  thereto  and fairly
present, in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles applied on
a consistent  basis ("GAAP")  (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto),
the financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and its results of
operations  and  changes  in  financial  position  for the  periods  then  ended
(subject, in the case of the unaudited interim financial  statements,  to normal
year-end  adjustments).

                                       9

<PAGE>

Since December 31, 1998,  except as set forth in the Company SEC Reports,  there
has not been any change,  or any  application or request for any change,  by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries in accounting principles, methods or policies
for financial accounting or tax purposes.

                  (b) The  Company has  heretofore  made  available  to Parent a
complete and correct copy of any material  amendments  or  modifications,  which
have  not yet  been  filed  with  the SEC,  to  agreements,  documents  or other
instruments which previously had been filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant
to the Exchange Act.

         2.5      Information Supplied

         None of the  information  with respect to the Company to be included in
the Proxy  Statement (as defined in this Section  below) will contain any untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated  therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the
circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading.  The Proxy Statement
will  comply as to form in all  material  respects  with the  provisions  of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder.  The letters
to stockholders,  notices of meeting,  preliminary  proxy statement,  definitive
proxy  statement  and forms of  proxies to be  distributed  to  stockholders  in
connection  with the  Merger,  and any  schedules  to be  filed  with the SEC in
connection therewith are collectively referred to as the "Proxy Statement."

         2.6      Consents and Approvals; No Violations

         Except for filings, permits, authorizations,  consents and approvals as
may be required under, and other  applicable  requirements of, the Exchange Act,
the filing and recordation of the Certificate of Merger as required by the DGCL,
and the approval of the  stockholders  of the Company,  no filing with or notice
to, and no permit, authorization,  consent or approval of, any court or tribunal
or  administrative,  governmental  or  regulatory  body,  agency or authority (a
"Governmental  Entity")  or any other  person or  entity  is  necessary  for the
execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the  consummation  by
the Company of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Neither the  execution,
delivery and  performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the  consummation
by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) conflict with or
result in any breach of any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws of the Company,  (ii) result in a violation  or breach of, or  constitute
(with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to
any right of  termination,  amendment,  cancellation or acceleration or Lien (as
defined below)) (collectively,  a "Default") under any of the terms,  conditions
or provisions of any material note, bond, mortgage,  indenture,  lease, license,
contract,  agreement or other instrument or obligation

                                       10

<PAGE>

to which  the  Company  is a party or by  which it or any of its  properties  or
assets may be bound  (collectively,  "Agreements")  or would result in a Default
under  any  of the  Company's  Agreements  (whether  or not  such  Agreement  is
material)  which would have a Material  Adverse Effect on the Company,  or (iii)
violate any order, writ,  injunction,  decree, law, statute,  rule or regulation
applicable to the Company or any of its  properties  or assets.  For purposes of
this  Agreement,  "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset  (including,  without
limitation,  any security) any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset.

         2.7      No Default

         The Company is not in default or  violation  (and no event has occurred
which  with  notice or the lapse of time or both would  constitute  a default or
violation)  of any  term,  condition  or  provision  of (i) its  certificate  of
incorporation  or bylaws,  or (ii) any order,  writ,  injunction,  decree,  law,
statute,  rule or regulation  applicable to the Company or any of its properties
or assets,  except in the case of subsection  (ii) for  violations,  breaches or
defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

         2.8      No Undisclosed Liabilities; Absence of Changes

         Except as and to the extent  publicly  disclosed  by the Company in the
Company SEC Reports,  as of December 31, 1998, the Company had no liabilities or
obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued,  contingent or otherwise, and
whether due or to become due or asserted or unasserted,  which would be required
by GAAP to be  reflected  in,  reserved  against or  otherwise  described in the
balance sheet of the Company  (including  the notes  thereto) as of such date or
which could  reasonably  be expected  to have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the
Company. Except as publicly disclosed by the Company in the Company SEC Reports,
since December 31, 1998, the business of the Company has been carried on only in
the ordinary and usual course,  the Company has not incurred any  liabilities of
any nature, whether or not accrued,  contingent or otherwise, and whether due or
to become due or asserted or  unasserted  which could  reasonably be expected to
have,  and there have been no events,  changes  or effects  with  respect to the
Company having or which could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company.

         2.9      Litigation

         Except as publicly disclosed by the Company in the Company SEC Reports,
there is no suit, claim, action,  proceeding or investigation pending or, to the
knowledge  of  the  Company,  threatened  against  the  Company  or  any  of its
properties   or  assets  which  (a)  could   reasonably  be  expected  to  have,
individually  or in the aggregate,  a Material  Adverse Effect on the Company or
(b) as of the date  hereof,  questions  the  validity of this

                                       11

<PAGE>

Agreement  or any  action  to be taken by the  Company  in  connection  with the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby or could otherwise prevent
or delay the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.
Except as publicly  disclosed by the Company,  the Company is not subject to any
outstanding  order,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  which,  insofar  as  can  be
reasonably  foreseen,  could  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect  on the  Company  or would  prevent  or  delay  the  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         2.10     Compliance with Applicable Law

         Except as publicly disclosed by the Company in the Company SEC Reports,
the Company  holds all  permits,  licenses,  variances,  exemptions,  orders and
approvals of all Governmental  Entities  necessary for the lawful conduct of its
business  (the  "Company  Permits"),  except for failures to hold such  permits,
licenses, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals which could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Except as publicly
disclosed  by  the  Company  in the  Company  SEC  Reports,  the  Company  is in
compliance with the terms of the Company Permits, except where the failure so to
comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company. Except as publicly disclosed by the Company in the Company SEC Reports,
the  business of the Company is not being  conducted  in  violation  of any law,
ordinance or regulation  of any  Governmental  Entity  except for  violations or
possible  violations  which do not, and,  insofar as reasonably can be foreseen,
will not,  have a Material  Adverse  Effect on the  Company.  Except as publicly
disclosed  by the Company in the Company SEC Reports,  to the best  knowledge of
the Company no investigation  or review by any Governmental  Entity with respect
to the  Company is pending or  threatened,  nor,  to the best  knowledge  of the
Company, has any Governmental Entity indicated an intention to conduct the same.

         2.11     Employee Benefit Plans

         (a)......The Company Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all top hat
or excess  benefit plans for a select group of management or highly  compensated
employees,  Code Section 401(a) plans,  employee  bonus plans,  Code Section 125
plans,  medical,  dental,  vision,  hospitalization and life insurance,  tuition
reimbursement,  disability plans in excess of state law required benefits,  paid
time  off  and  vacation  benefits,   severance  (including  change  in  control
agreements),  stock purchase,  stock option, stock appreciation  rights,  fringe
benefit  and other  employee  benefit  plans and  programs  (including,  without
limitation,  each "employee  benefit plan," as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA)
and each employment or consulting  contract or agreement which provides for base
annual  compensation  in  excess  of  $75,000,  (i)  sponsored,   maintained  or
contributed  to by  the  Company  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate,  (ii)  covering  or
benefiting  any current or former

                                       12

<PAGE>

officer,  employee,  director or  independent  contractor  of the Company or any
ERISA  Affiliate  or (iii)  with  respect  to which  the  Company  or any  ERISA
Affiliate has any material obligation or liability  (individually,  an "Employee
Benefit Plan" and,  collectively,  the "Employee  Benefit  Plans").  Neither the
Company  nor any ERISA  Affiliate  has any  agreement  to create any  additional
employee  benefit plan or program,  or to modify or amend any existing  Employee
Benefit  Plan.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "ERISA  Affiliate"  means any
Subsidiary and any other corporation,  trade, business or other entity that must
be aggregated  with either the Company or any Subsidiary  under Section  414(b),
(c), (m) or (o) of the Code. The Company has delivered to Parent true,  complete
and accurate  copies of all Employee  Benefit Plans  (including  all  amendments
thereto and summary plan descriptions thereof).

         (b)......There  has  been  no  amendment,   written  interpretation  or
announcement  (whether  or not  written)  by  either  the  Company  or any ERISA
Affiliate  relating to a change in  participation or coverage under any Employee
Benefit Plan that, either alone or together with any other such items or events,
could increase the expense of  maintaining  such Plan above the level of expense
incurred  with respect  thereto for the most recent  fiscal year included in the
Company's or any ERISA Affiliate's audited financial statements.

         (c)......With  respect to each Employee  Benefit Plan (i) such Employee
Benefit Plan and any related trust  agreements,  insurance  contracts or annuity
contracts  (or  any  related  trust  instruments)  are  and at all  times  since
inception have been maintained,  administered, operated and funded in accordance
with their terms and in compliance with each applicable  provision of ERISA, the
Code  and any  other  applicable  laws,  including,  without  limitation,  rules
promulgated  pursuant  thereto or in  connection  therewith,  (ii) each Employee
Benefit  Plan that is intended to be  "qualified"  within the meaning of Section
401(a) of the Code has been the  subject  of a  favorable  determination  letter
issued by the IRS and, to the best  knowledge of the Company,  no  circumstances
exist that have or are likely to adversely  affect,  or result in the revocation
of, such determination, and (iii) no transaction, event or omission has occurred
or failed to occur  that  could  subject  the  Company  or any ERISA  Affiliate,
directly or  indirectly,  to a tax,  fine,  penalty or related  charge under any
applicable law, including,  without limitation,  Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the
Code and Section 502(c), 502(i), 502(l) or 4071 of ERISA;

         (d)......All contributions, premiums and other payments due or required
to be made to (or with respect to) each Employee Benefit Plan under the terms of
such Employee  Benefit Plan or under  applicable law have been made on or before
their due dates in accordance  with the terms of such  Employee  Benefit Plan or
applicable law, or, if not yet due, have been properly  accrued on the financial
statements  of the Company.  The costs of  administering  the  Employee  Benefit
Plans,  including,  without limitation,  fees for the

                                       13

<PAGE>

trustees and other service  providers which are customarily  paid by the Company
or any ERISA Affiliate, have been timely paid, or will be timely paid or accrued
on the financial statements of the Company;

         (e)......Neither   the  Company  nor  any  ERISA  Affiliate   sponsors,
maintains or contributes to, or has ever sponsored, maintained or contributed to
(or been  obligated to  contribute  to), (i) any  multiemployer  plan within the
meaning of Section 3(37) or  4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section  414(f) of the Code,
(ii) any  multiple  employer  plan within the meaning of Section 4063 or 4064 of
ERISA or Section 413(c) of the Code, or (iii) any employee  benefit plan,  fund,
program,  contract or arrangement  that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or
Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA;

         (f)......There  are  no  pending  or  threatened  claims,  lawsuits  or
arbitration   asserted  or  instituted   against  any  Employee  Benefit  Plans,
fiduciaries  or any  officers,  employees,  directors,  agents  or owners of the
Company or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such Plan, and the Company has no
knowledge of any facts which would give rise to or could  reasonably be expected
to give rise to any such claims,  lawsuits or arbitrations.  No Employee Benefit
Plan is currently under investigation, audit or review by the IRS, Department of
Labor or any  other  governmental  entity  or  agency,  and the  Company  has no
knowledge of any facts which could give rise to or could  reasonably be expected
to give rise to any such claims, lawsuits or arbitrations;

         (g)......Neither  the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement or any
related agreement nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  or any  related  agreement  will (i)  entitle  any  current or former
officer,  employee,  director, agent or independent contractor of the Company or
any ERISA  Affiliate to severance pay,  unemployment  compensation  or any other
payment from the Company,  any ERISA Affiliate or any other Person, or otherwise
increase the amount of compensation due to any such  individual,  (ii) result in
any benefit or right becoming  established or increased,  or accelerate the time
of payment or vesting of any benefit,  under any Employee  Benefit  Plan,  (iii)
require the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate to make any  contribution to a trust
or other funding  arrangement or to increase its  contributions  to any Employee
Benefit  Plan,  or (iv)  conflict  with the terms of any Employee  Benefit Plan,
whether  or not some  other  subsequent  action or event  would be  required  to
trigger any of the items specified in this paragraph.

         2.12     Environmental Laws and Regulations

                  (a) Except as publicly disclosed by the Company in the Company
SEC Reports, (i) the Company is in compliance with all applicable federal, state
and local laws and  regulations  relating to  pollution or  protection  of human
health or the environment

                                       14

<PAGE>

(including,  without limitation,  ambient air, surface water, ground water, land
surface or subsurface strata)  (collectively,  "Environmental Laws"), except for
non-compliance  that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company,  which  compliance  includes,  but is not limited to, the
possession  by the  Company  of all  material  permits  and  other  governmental
authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws, and compliance with
the terms and  conditions  thereof;  (ii) the Company has not  received  written
notice of, and, to the best  knowledge  of the  Company,  the Company is not the
subject of, any action, cause of action, claim, investigation,  demand or notice
by any person or entity  alleging  liability  under or  non-compliance  with any
Environmental Law (an "Environmental Claim"); and (iii) to the best knowledge of
the Company, there are no circumstances that are reasonably likely to prevent or
interfere with such material compliance in the future.

                  (b) Except as publicly disclosed by the Company in the Company
SEC Reports,  there are no Environmental Claims that are pending or, to the best
knowledge  of the  Company,  threatened  against  the  Company  or,  to the best
knowledge of the Company,  against any person or entity whose  liability for any
Environmental  Claim the  Company  has or may have  retained  or assumed  either
contractually or by operation of law.

         2.13     Tax Matters

         The Company has accurately  prepared in all material  respects and duly
filed with the appropriate federal,  state, local and foreign taxing authorities
all tax returns,  information returns and reports that are,  individually and in
the aggregate, material and are required to be filed with respect to the Company
and has paid in full or made adequate  provision for the payment of all material
Taxes (as defined  below).  The Company is not  delinquent in the payment of any
material Taxes. As used herein, the term "Taxes" means all federal, state, local
and foreign taxes, including,  without limitation,  income, profits,  franchise,
employment,  transfer,  withholding,  property,  excise,  sales  and  use  taxes
(including interest penalties thereon and additions thereto).

         2.14     Intangible Property

         The Company owns or possesses  adequate  licenses or other valid rights
to use all material patents, patent rights, trademarks,  trademark rights, trade
names, trade name rights, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets, applications
for trademarks and for service marks,  know-how and other proprietary rights and
information  used or held for use in connection with the business of the Company
as currently  conducted or as contemplated  to be conducted,  and the Company is
unaware  of any  assertion  or  claim  challenging  the  validity  of any of the
foregoing.  The  conduct  of the  business  of the  Company  as  heretofore  and
currently  conducted  has not and does not conflict in any way with

                                       15

<PAGE>

any license,  trademark,  trademark right, trade name, trade name right, service
mark, copyright or, to the Company's best knowledge,  any patent or patent right
of any  third  party.  To  the  best  knowledge  of the  Company,  there  are no
infringements  of any  proprietary  rights  owned  by or  licensed  by or to the
Company.

         2.15     Brokers

         No broker,  finder or investment  banker is entitled to any  brokerage,
finder's or other fee or commission or expense  reimbursement in connection with
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by
and on behalf of the  Company or any of its  affiliates.  The  Company  shall be
responsible  for all such fees and  expenses,  except as  otherwise  provided in
Section 6.3.

         2.16     Material Contracts

                  (a) The Company has delivered or otherwise  made  available to
Parent true,  correct and complete  copies of all contracts and agreements  (and
all amendments,  modifications  and supplements  thereto and all side letters to
which the Company is a party affecting the obligations of any party  thereunder)
to which the Company is a party or by which any of its  properties or assets are
bound that are,  material to the business,  properties or assets of the Company,
including,  without  limitation,  to  the  extent  any  of  the  following  are,
individually or in the aggregate, material to the business, properties or assets
of the Company,  all: (i) employment,  product design or  development,  personal
services,  consulting,  non-competition,  severance or indemnification contracts
(including,  without  limitation,  any  contract to which the Company is a party
involving employees of the Company); (ii) licensing,  publishing,  merchandising
or distribution agreements; (iii) contracts granting a right of first refusal or
first negotiation;  (iv) partnership or joint venture agreements; (v) agreements
for the  acquisition,  sale or lease of  material  properties  or  assets of the
Company (by  merger,  purchase  or sale of assets or stock or  otherwise);  (vi)
contracts or  agreements  with any  Governmental  Entity;  (vii)  notes,  bonds,
mortgages,  indentures and leases;  and (viii) all commitments and agreements to
enter into any of the foregoing (collectively,  together with any such contracts
entered  into in  accordance  with  Section 4.1 hereof,  the  "Contracts").  The
Company is not a party to or bound by any severance,  golden  parachute or other
agreement with any employee or consultant pursuant to which such person would be
entitled to receive any additional  compensation  or an  accelerated  payment of
compensation as a result of the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

                  (b)  Each  of  the  Contracts  is  valid  and  enforceable  in
accordance with its terms,  and there is no default under any Contract so listed
either by the Company or, to the  knowledge of the  Company,  by any other party
thereto,  and no event has occurred that

                                       16

<PAGE>

with the  lapse of time or the  giving  of notice  or both  would  constitute  a
default thereunder by the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other
party,  in any such case in which such  default  or event  could  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.  No party to any such
Contract has given notice to the Company of or made a claim  against the Company
with respect to any breach or default thereunder.

                  (c) No party to any such  Contract  has  given  notice  to the
Company of or made a claim  against  the Company  with  respect to any breach or
default thereunder.

         2.17     Disclosure

         No  representation  or  warranty  by  the  Company  contained  in  this
Agreement and no statement contained in any certificate delivered by the Company
to Sub or Parent pursuant to this Agreement  contains any untrue  statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
contained  herein or therein not misleading  when taken together in light of the
circumstances in which they were made.

         2.18     Termination of Certain Contracts

         The Company has terminated its  Distributor  Agreement and has no other
agreements with ACI Worldwide Inc. (as successor to USSI, Inc., "ACI") (provided
that the  Company  may  continue to  distribute  50  licenses  of ACI's  Trans24
software and appropriate  provisions of the Distributor  Agreement will continue
to  apply  to such  licenses).  On or prior to the  closing  the  Company  shall
terminate its agreements  with UniKix  Technologies.  The Company has received a
release and settlement  providing for a complete release from any and all claims
now existing or arising in the future  against the Company and its affiliates by
ACI (other than with respect to the ongoing  licenses and  settlement  payments)
for an amount  payable by the Company as  described  in the  Company  Disclosure
Schedule.  On or prior to the Closing the Company will have reached an agreement
with UniKix Technologies to provide for software licenses in connection with the
Trans24 software licenses with payments not to exceed the amount provided for in
the Company Disclosure Schedule.

3.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND SUB

         Parent and Sub hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

         3.1      Organization

                  (a) Each of Parent and Sub is a  corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and

                                       17

<PAGE>

has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to own,  lease and operate its
properties and to carry on its businesses as now being conducted.

                  (b) Each of Parent and Sub is duly  qualified  or licensed and
in good  standing  to do  business in each  jurisdiction  in which the  property
owned,  leased or operated by it or the nature of the  business  conducted by it
makes such  qualification or licensing  necessary,  except in such jurisdictions
where the failure to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing would
not have a Material  Adverse Effect (as defined  below) on Parent.  When used in
connection  with Parent or Sub, the term  "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means any
change or effect that,  when taken  together with all other adverse  changes and
effects  (i)  is  or is  reasonably  likely  to be  materially  adverse  to  the
properties,   business,   results  of  operations  or  condition  (financial  or
otherwise) of Parent and its subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or (ii) may impair
the ability of Parent and/or Sub to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

                  (c) Parent has  heretofore  delivered to the Company  accurate
and complete  copies of the articles of  incorporation  and by-laws of Parent as
currently in effect.

         3.2      Authority Relative to this Agreement

         Each of Parent and Sub has all necessary  corporate power and authority
to execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby.  The  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  and the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been duly and validly
authorized  by the  boards of  directors  of Parent and Sub and by Parent as the
sole  stockholder  of Sub,  and no other  corporate  proceedings  on the part of
Parent or Sub are necessary to authorize  this  Agreement or to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This  Agreement  has been duly and  validly
executed and delivered by each of Parent and Sub and constitutes a valid,  legal
and binding  agreement  of each of Parent and Sub,  enforceable  against each of
Parent and Sub in accordance with its terms.

         3.3      Information Supplied

         None of the information with respect to Parent or Sub to be supplied by
Parent or Sub in writing  specifically for inclusion in the Proxy Statement will
contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                                       18

<PAGE>

         3.4      Consents and Approvals; No Violations

         Except for filings, permits, authorizations,  consents and approvals as
may be required under, and other  applicable  requirements of, the Exchange Act,
and the filing and  recordation of the  Certificate of Merger as required by the
DGCL,  no filing  with or notice to, and no  permit,  authorization,  consent or
approval of, any Governmental  Entity or any other person or entity is necessary
for the  execution  and  delivery  by  Parent  or Sub of this  Agreement  or the
consummation by Parent or Sub of the transactions  contemplated hereby.  Neither
the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement by Parent or Sub nor
the consummation by Parent or Sub of the transactions  contemplated  hereby will
(i) conflict  with or result in any breach of any  provision  of the  respective
certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws of  Parent  or Sub,  (ii)  result in a
violation  or breach of, or  constitute  (with or without due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default  (or give rise to any right of  termination,  amendment,
cancellation  or acceleration  or Lien) under,  any of the terms,  conditions or
provisions of any note, bond, mortgage,  indenture,  lease,  license,  contract,
agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Parent or Sub is a party or
by which any of them or any of their  respective  properties  or  assets  may be
bound, or (iii) violate any order, writ, injunction,  decree, law, statute, rule
or regulation applicable to Parent or Sub or any of Parent's subsidiaries or any
of their respective properties or assets.

         3.5      Litigation

         Except as publicly  disclosed by Parent in reports filed by Parent with
the SEC (the "Parent SEC Reports"),  there is no suit, claim, action, proceeding
or  investigation  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of Parent or Sub,  threatened
against Parent or Sub or any of their  respective  properties or assets which as
of the date hereof, questions the validity of this Agreement or any action to be
taken  by  Parent  in  connection  with  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or could otherwise prevent or delay the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement.  Except as publicly  disclosed by
Parent in  Parent's  SEC  Reports,  neither  Parent  nor Sub is  subject  to any
outstanding  order,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  which,  insofar  as  can  be
reasonably  foreseen,  could  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect on Parent or would prevent or delay the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         3.6      Brokers

         No broker,  finder or investment  banker is entitled to any  brokerage,
finder's  or  other  fee or  commission  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement based upon  arrangements made by and on behalf of
Parent or Sub or any of

                                       19

<PAGE>

their  affiliates,  except for fees that may be payable to  placement  agents or
lenders in connection with any debt financing obtained by Parent or Sub.

         3.7      Financing

         Parent or Sub has received commitments or highly confident letters from
financially  responsible  third parties to obtain,  and will have at the time of
acceptance  for payment and purchase of Shares at the Effective  Time, the funds
necessary  to  consummate  the Merger and to pay the  Merger  Consideration  and
related fees and expenses.

4.       COVENANTS

         4.1      Conduct of Business of the Company

         Except as contemplated  by this  Agreement,  during the period from the
date hereof to the Effective  Time, the Company will, and will cause each of its
subsidiaries  to,  conduct its  operations  in the  ordinary  course of business
consistent with past practice and, to the extent consistent  therewith,  with no
less  diligence  and  effort  than  would  be  applied  in the  absence  of this
Agreement,  seek to preserve intact its current business organizations,  seek to
keep  available  the service of its current  officers and  employees and seek to
preserve its relationships with customers,  suppliers and others having business
dealings  with it to the end  that  goodwill  and  ongoing  businesses  shall be
unimpaired  at the  Effective  Time.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing,  and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement,  prior
to the Effective  Time,  neither the Company nor any of its  subsidiaries  will,
without the prior written consent of Parent:

                  (a)      amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws;

                  (b) authorize for issuance,  issue,  sell, deliver or agree or
commit to issue,  sell or deliver  (whether  through the issuance or granting of
options, warrants, commitments,  subscriptions, rights to purchase or otherwise)
any stock of any class or any other securities or equity equivalents (including,
without limitation,  any stock options or stock appreciation rights), except for
the issuance of up to 2,162,504  shares of Company  Common Stock pursuant to the
exercise of currently  granted stock  options  under the Company's  stock option
plans and existing option agreements;

                  (c) split,  combine or  reclassify  any shares of its  capital
stock,  declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in
cash,  stock or property or any  combination  thereof) in respect of its capital
stock, make any other actual,  constructive or deemed distribution in respect of
any shares of its capital stock or

                                       20

<PAGE>

otherwise make any payments to stockholders in their capacity as such, or redeem
or  otherwise  acquire any of its  securities  or any  securities  of any of its
subsidiaries;

                  (d)  adopt  a  plan  of  complete   or  partial   liquidation,
dissolution,  merger,  consolidation,  restructuring,  recapitalization or other
reorganization  of  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  (other  than  the
Merger);

                  (e)  alter  through   merger,   liquidation,   reorganization,
restructuring  or in any other fashion the  corporate  structure or ownership of
any subsidiary (other than the Merger);

                  (f) (i) incur or assume any  long-term or  short-term  debt or
issue any debt securities;  (ii) assume, guarantee,  endorse or otherwise become
liable or  responsible  (whether  directly,  contingently  or otherwise) for the
obligations  of any other  person;  (iii)  make any loans,  advances  or capital
contributions to, or investments in, any other person;  (iv) pledge or otherwise
encumber  shares of capital  stock of the  Company or its  subsidiaries;  or (v)
mortgage or pledge any of its material assets, tangible or intangible, or create
or suffer to exist any material Lien thereupon;

                  (g) except as may be  required  by law or as  contemplated  by
this  Agreement,  enter into,  adopt or amend or terminate any Employee  Benefit
Plan (as  defined in Section  2.11),  or  increase  the  compensation  or fringe
benefits of any director, officer or employee or pay any benefit not required by
any Employee Benefit Plan as in effect as of the date hereof (including, without
limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights or performance units);

                  (h) acquire,  sell, lease or dispose of any assets outside the
ordinary course of business or any assets which in the aggregate are material to
the Company and its subsidiaries  taken as a whole, enter into any commitment or
transaction  outside the  ordinary  course of  business  or grant any  exclusive
distribution rights, except as contemplated by Section 2.18 hereof;

                  (i) except as may be  required  as a result of a change in law
or in generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  change any of the accounting
principles or practices used by it;

                  (j)  revalue  in any  material  respect  any  of  its  assets,
including,   without  limitation,   writing  down  the  value  of  inventory  or
writing-off  notes or accounts  receivable  other than in the ordinary course of
business or as required by GAAP;

                  (k) (i) acquire (by merger,  consolidation,  or acquisition of
stock or assets) any corporation,  partnership or other business organization or
division thereof or

                                       21

<PAGE>

any equity interest  therein;  (ii) enter into any contract or agreement,  other
than in the ordinary  course of business or as  contemplated  in Section 2.18 or
amend in any material respect any of the Contracts or the agreements referred to
in Section 2.16;  (iii)  authorize any new capital  expenditure or  expenditures
other than up to an aggregate of $150,000,  provided  such  expenditures  are in
accordance with the Company's capital budget  previously  provided to Parent; or
(iv) enter into or amend any  contract,  agreement,  commitment  or  arrangement
providing for the taking of any action that would be prohibited hereunder;

                  (l) make or revoke any tax  election  or settle or  compromise
any tax liability  material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole
or change (or make a request to any taxing  authority  to change)  any  material
aspect of its method of accounting for tax purposes;

                  (m) pay, discharge or satisfy any material claims, liabilities
or  obligations  (absolute,  accrued,  asserted  or  unasserted,  contingent  or
otherwise),  other than the payment,  discharge or  satisfaction in the ordinary
course  of  business  of  liabilities  reflected  or  reserved  against  in,  or
contemplated by, the financial  statements (or the notes thereto) of the Company
or incurred in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past practice,
except as contemplated by Section 2.18 hereof;

                  (n)  settle or  compromise  any  pending or  threatened  suit,
action or claim  relating to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  except as
contemplated by Section 2.18 hereof; or

                  (o) take  (other  than to Parent in seeking its consent to the
taking of any such action), propose to take, or agree in writing or otherwise to
take,  any of the actions  described in Sections  4.1(a)  through  4.1(n) or any
action which would make any of the  representations or warranties of the Company
contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect in any material respect.

         4.2      Preparation of Proxy Statement and Stockholders' Meeting

                  (a) In order to  consummate  the Merger,  the Company,  acting
through the Board, shall, in accordance with applicable law:

     (i) duly call,  give notice of,  convene and hold a special  meeting of its
stockholders  (the "Special  Meeting") as soon as practicable for the purpose of
considering and taking action upon this Agreement;

     (ii) prepare and file with the SEC a preliminary  proxy statement  relating
to the Merger and this  Agreement and use its  reasonable  efforts (x) to obtain
and

                                       22

<PAGE>

furnish  the  information  required  to be  included  by the  SEC  in the  Proxy
Statement  and,  after  consultation  with  Parent,  to respond  promptly to any
comments  made by the SEC with respect to the  preliminary  Proxy  Statement and
cause a definitive  Proxy Statement to be mailed to its  stockholders and (y) to
obtain  the  necessary  approvals  of  the  Merger  and  this  Agreement  by its
stockholders; and

     (iii) subject to the fiduciary  obligations  of the Board under  applicable
law  as  advised  by  outside  counsel,  include  in  the  Proxy  Statement  the
recommendation  of the Board that  stockholders  of the Company vote in favor of
the approval of the Merger and the adoption of this Agreement.

                  (b) Parent agrees that it will vote, or cause to be voted, all
of the Shares then owned by it, Sub or any of its other subsidiaries in favor of
the approval of the Merger and the adoption of this Agreement.

         4.3      No Solicitation

                  (a) The Company, its affiliates and their respective officers,
directors,  employees,  representatives  and agents shall  immediately cease any
existing  discussions  or  negotiations,  if any,  with  any  parties  conducted
heretofore with respect to any acquisition of all or any material portion of the
assets of, or any equity  interest  in, the Company or its  subsidiaries  or any
business  combination  with the Company or its  subsidiaries.  The Company  may,
directly or indirectly,  furnish  information  and access,  in each case only in
response to unsolicited  requests  therefor,  to any  corporation,  partnership,
person or other entity or group pursuant to confidentiality  agreements, and may
participate  in discussions  and negotiate with such entity or group  concerning
any  merger,  sale of  assets,  sale of  shares  of  capital  stock  or  similar
transaction  involving the Company or any subsidiary or division of the Company,
if such entity or group has submitted a proposal to the Company  (whether or not
in writing) relating to any such transaction and the Company Board by a majority
vote determines in its good faith judgment,  after  consultation  with and based
upon the advice of independent  legal counsel,  that it is necessary to do so to
comply with its  fiduciary  duties to  stockholders  under  applicable  law. The
Company Board shall provide a copy of any such written proposal and a summary of
any oral proposal to Parent within 24 hours after receipt thereof and thereafter
keep Parent promptly  advised of any material  development with respect thereto.
Except as set forth above,  neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall,
nor  shall  the  Company  authorize  or  permit  any of its or their  respective
officers,  directors,  employees,  representatives  or  agents  to  directly  or
indirectly,  encourage,  solicit,  participate  in or  initiate  discussions  or
negotiations with, or provide any information to, any corporation,  partnership,
person or other  entity or group  (other than Parent and Sub,  any  affiliate or
associate of Parent and Sub or any designees of Parent and Sub)  concerning  any
merger,  sale of assets,  sale of shares of

                                       23

<PAGE>

capital stock or similar transaction  involving the Company or any subsidiary or
division of the Company;  provided,  however,  that nothing herein shall prevent
the Company Board from taking, and disclosing to the Company's  stockholders,  a
position  contemplated by Rules 14d-9 and 14e-2  promulgated  under the Exchange
Act with regard to any tender  offer;  provided,  further,  that nothing  herein
shall  prevent the Company  Board from making such  disclosure  to the Company's
stockholders  as,  in the  good  faith  judgment  of the  Company  Board,  after
consultation  with and based upon the advice of independent  legal  counsel,  is
necessary to comply with its fiduciary  duties to stockholders  under applicable
law.

                  (b) Except as set forth in this Section 4.3, the Company Board
shall not approve or recommend, or cause the Company to enter into any agreement
with  respect to any Third Party  Transaction  (as  defined in Section  6.1(d)).
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if the Board of Directors of the Company,  after
consultation  with and based  upon the  advice  of  independent  legal  counsel,
determines  in good faith that it is  necessary to do so in order to comply with
its fiduciary duties to stockholders under applicable law, the Company Board may
approve or recommend a Superior Proposal (as defined below) or cause the Company
to enter into an agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal, but in each case
only (i) after  providing  reasonable  written  notice to Parent (a  "Notice  of
Superior  Proposal")  advising  Parent  that the  Company  Board has  received a
Superior Proposal, specifying the material terms and conditions of such Superior
Proposal and  identifying  the person making such Superior  Proposal and (ii) if
Parent  does not make  within  five days of  Parent's  receipt  of the Notice of
Superior Proposal, an offer which the Company Board, after consultation with its
financial  advisors,  determines  is superior  to such  Superior  Proposal.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  a "Superior  Proposal" means any bona fide proposal
to acquire, directly or indirectly,  for consideration consisting of cash and/or
securities, more than 50% of the shares of Company Common Stock then outstanding
or all or  substantially  all the assets of the Company and  otherwise  on terms
which the Company  Board  determines  in its good faith  judgment  (based on the
written advice of a financial advisor of nationally recognized reputation) to be
more favorable to the Company's stockholders than the Merger.

         4.4      Access to Information

                  (a)  Between  the date  hereof  and the  Effective  Time,  the
Company  will  give  to  Parent  or Sub  and  their  authorized  representatives
reasonable  access  to all  employees,  plants,  offices,  warehouses  and other
facilities and to all books and records of its and its subsidiaries, will permit
such inspections as may reasonably be required and will cause their officers and
those of their  subsidiaries  to furnish such  financial and operating  data and
other  information  with respect to their business,  properties and personnel as
may from time to time be reasonably  requested,  provided that no

                                       24

<PAGE>

investigation  pursuant  to this  Section  4.4(a)  shall  affect or be deemed to
modify any of the representations or warranties made in this Agreement.

                  (b)  Between  the date  hereof  and the  Effective  Time,  the
Company shall furnish to Parent (i) within five business days after the delivery
thereof  to  management,  such  monthly  financial  statements  and  data as are
regularly  prepared for distribution to management and (ii) at the earliest time
they are  available,  such  quarterly  and annual  financial  statements  as are
prepared for its SEC  filings,  which (in the case of this clause (ii)) shall be
in accordance with their books and records.

                  (c) Parent and Sub will hold and will cause their  consultants
and advisors to hold in confidence  all documents  and  information  received in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.5      Additional Agreements; Reasonable Best Efforts

         Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  herein  provided,  each of the
parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be
taken,  all  action,  and to do,  or  cause to be done,  all  things  reasonably
necessary,  proper  or  advisable  under  applicable  laws  and  regulations  to
consummate and make effective the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,
including,  without limitation, (i) cooperation in the preparation and filing of
the Proxy Statement; (ii) the taking of all action reasonably necessary,  proper
or advisable to secure any necessary  consents under  existing  contracts of the
Company and its  subsidiaries  or amend the agreements  relating  thereto to the
extent  required  by such  agreements;  (iii)  contesting  any legal  proceeding
relating to the Merger;  and (iv) the execution of any  additional  instruments,
including the  Certificate of Merger,  necessary to consummate the  transactions
contemplated  hereby;  provided,  however,  that  the  Company  may  postpone  a
previously-scheduled  meeting  of  Company  stockholders  in the event  that the
Company Board by majority  vote  determines  in its good faith  judgment,  after
consultation with and based upon the advice of independent  legal counsel,  that
it is  necessary  to do so in  order to  comply  with its  fiduciary  duties  to
stockholders  under applicable law and, at the time of such  determination,  the
Company has received a bona fide proposal to effect an alternate  sale that is a
Superior Proposal and that has not been withdrawn. In case at any time after the
Effective Time any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this
Agreement, the proper officers and directors of each party hereto shall take all
such necessary action.

         4.6      Consents

         Parent,  Sub and the Company  each will use all  reasonable  efforts to
obtain consents of all third parties and Governmental Entities necessary, proper
or advisable  for the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.


                                       25

<PAGE>

         4.7      Public Announcements

         Each of Parent,  Sub and the  Company  will  consult  with one  another
before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public  statements with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  the Merger,  and shall not issue any such press release or make any
such public statement prior to such  consultation,  except as may be required by
applicable  law or by  obligations  pursuant to any listing  agreement  with the
Nasdaq Stock Market,  as determined by Parent,  Sub or the Company,  as the case
may be.

         4.8      Notification of Certain Matters

         The Company  shall give prompt notice to Parent and Sub, and Parent and
Sub  shall  give  prompt  notice  to the  Company,  of  (i)  the  occurrence  or
nonoccurrence  of any event the  occurrence or  nonoccurrence  of which would be
likely to cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be
untrue or inaccurate in any material  respect at or prior to the Effective Time,
(ii) any material failure of the Company,  Parent or Sub, as the case may be, to
comply with or satisfy any covenant,  condition or agreement to be complied with
or  satisfied  by it  hereunder,  (iii) any  notice  of, or other  communication
relating  to, a default or event  which,  with  notice or lapse of time or both,
would  become a default,  received  by the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries
subsequent to the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time,  under
any  contract or  agreement  material to the  financial  condition,  properties,
businesses or results of operations of it and its subsidiaries  taken as a whole
to which it or any of its subsidiaries is a party or is subject, (iv) any notice
or other  communication  from any third party  alleging that the consent of such
third  party  is  or  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  or (v) any  material  adverse  change  in the
Company's financial condition,  properties,  business,  results of operations or
prospects,  other than  changes  resulting  from  general  economic  conditions;
provided,  however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 4.8
shall not cure such breach or  non-compliance  or limit or otherwise  affect the
remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

         4.9      Release of Liens

         Prior to the Closing,  the Company shall have all Liens relating to its
loan agreement and security  agreement  with Silicon Valley Bank  terminated and
released.

         4.10     Company 401(k) Plan

         If requested in writing by Parent, on or prior to the Closing Date, the
Company will adopt a resolution that  terminates its 401(k) Employee  Retirement
Plan and cause to

                                       26

<PAGE>

be filed with the IRS an application for a determination that the termination of
the plan does not  adversely  affect  the  qualified  status  of the plan  under
Section 401(a) of the Code. The Company shall provide Parent with a copy of such
resolution and determination letter application prior to the Closing Date.

         4.11     Parent 401(k) Plan

         Parent will make such amendments to its 401(k) Plan to provide that the
Company's  employees  may commence  participation  in the Parent's  401(k) Plan,
effective upon or within a reasonable period following the Closing Date pursuant
to the terms of the plan.

5.       CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER

         5.1      Conditions to Each Party's Obligations to Effect the Merger

         The  respective  obligations  of each party hereto to effect the Merger
are  subject  to the  satisfaction  at or  prior  to the  Effective  Time of the
following conditions:

                  (a) this Agreement shall have been approved and adopted by the
requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company;

                  (b) no statute,  rule,  regulation,  executive order,  decree,
ruling or injunction shall have been enacted,  entered,  promulgated or enforced
by any  United  States  court or  United  States  governmental  authority  which
prohibits, restrains, enjoins or restricts the consummation of the Merger; and

                  (c) any other  governmental or regulatory notices or approvals
required with respect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall have been
either filed or received.

         5.2      Conditions to the Obligations of the Company

         The  obligation  of the  Company to effect the Merger is subject to the
satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

                  (a) the  representations  of Parent and Sub  contained in this
Agreement or in any other document  delivered  pursuant hereto shall be true and
correct in all material  respects at and as of the Effective  Time with the same
effect as if made at and as of the Effective Time, and at the Closing Parent and
Sub shall have  delivered to the Company a certificate  to that effect signed by
the chief executive officer of each of Parent and Sub; and

                                       27

<PAGE>

                  (b) each of the  obligations of Parent and Sub to be performed
at or before the Effective  Time pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  shall
have been duly  performed  in all material  respects at or before the  Effective
Time and at the  Closing  Parent and Sub shall have  delivered  to the Company a
certificate  to that  effect  signed by the chief  executive  officer of each of
Parent and Sub.

         5.3      Conditions to the Obligations of Parent and Sub

         The  respective  obligations of Parent and Sub to effect the Merger are
subject to the  satisfaction  at or prior to the Effective Time of the following
conditions:

                  (a)  the  representations  of the  Company  contained  in this
Agreement or in any other document  delivered  pursuant hereto shall be true and
correct in all material  respects at and as of the Effective  Time with the same
effect  as if made  at and as of the  Effective  Time,  and at the  Closing  the
Company  shall have  delivered  to Parent and Sub a  certificate  to that effect
signed by the chief executive officer of the Company;

                  (b) each of the  obligations of the Company to be performed at
or before the Effective Time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement  shall have
been duly performed in all material respects at or before the Effective Time and
at the Closing the Company shall have  delivered to Parent and Sub a certificate
to that effect signed by the chief executive officer of the Company;

                  (c) the Company shall have obtained the consent or approval of
each person whose  consent or approval  shall be required in order to permit the
succession  by  the  Surviving   Corporation  pursuant  to  the  Merger  to  any
obligation,  right or interest of the Company or any  subsidiary  of the Company
under any loan or credit agreement,  note, mortgage,  indenture,  lease or other
agreement  or  instrument,  except for those for which  failure  to obtain  such
consents and  approvals  would not,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Company;

                  (d) there shall have been no events,  changes or effects  with
respect to the Company or its  subsidiaries  having or which could reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company; and

                  (e) each  employee of the Company and its  subsidiaries  shall
have entered into a Proprietary  Rights and  Confidentiality  Agreement,  in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                                       28

<PAGE>

6.       TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER

         6.1      Termination

         This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any
time prior to the Effective Time:

                  (a) by mutual written consent of Parent, Sub and the Company;

                  (b) by  Parent  and Sub or the  Company  if (i) any  court  of
competent  jurisdiction in the United States or other United States governmental
authority  shall have issued a final order,  decree or ruling or taken any other
final action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such
order,  decree,  ruling or other action is or shall have become nonappealable or
(ii) the Merger has not been  consummated  by August 31, 1999;  provided that no
party may terminate this Agreement  pursuant to this clause (ii) if such party's
failure to fulfill any of its  obligations  under this Agreement shall have been
the reason  that the  Effective  Time shall not have  occurred on or before said
date;

                  (c) by the  Company  if (i) there  shall have been a breach of
any  representation  or  warranty on the part of Parent or Sub set forth in this
Agreement,  or if any  representation  or  warranty  of Parent or Sub shall have
become  untrue,  in either  case such that the  conditions  set forth in Section
5.2(a) would be incapable of being satisfied by August 31, 1999 (or as otherwise
extended),  (ii) there shall have been a breach by Parent or Sub of any of their
respective  covenants or agreements hereunder materially adversely affecting (or
materially  delaying) the consummation of the Merger,  and Parent or Sub, as the
case may be,  has not cured  such  breach by August  31,  1999 (or as  otherwise
extended),  (iii) the Company enters into a definitive  agreement  relating to a
Superior  Proposal  in  accordance  with  Section  4.3(b)  (provided  that  such
termination  shall not be effective  until payment of the amount  required under
Section  6.3(a)),  (iv) the Company  shall have convened one or more meetings of
its  stockholders  to vote upon the Merger  and shall have  failed to obtain the
requisite vote of its stockholders  prior to August 31, 1999, or (v) the Company
Board  by  a  majority  vote  determines  in  its  good  faith  judgment,  after
consultation with and based upon the advice of independent  legal counsel,  that
it is necessary to do so to comply with its  fiduciary  duties to  stockholders,
provided  that such  termination  under this  clause (v) shall not be  effective
unless at the time of such  determination  the Company has  received a bona fide
proposal  to effect a Third  Party  Transaction  (as  defined  below)  that is a
Superior  Proposal  and  that  has not  been  withdrawn  as of the  time of such
termination (provided that such termination shall not be effective until payment
of the amount required under Section 6.3(a)); or

                                       29

<PAGE>

         (d)......by Parent and Sub if (i) there shall have been a breach of any
representation  or  warranty  on the  part  of the  Company  set  forth  in this
Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of the Company shall have become
untrue,  in either  case such that the  conditions  set forth in Section  5.3(a)
would be  incapable  of being  satisfied  by August  31,  1999 (or as  otherwise
extended),  (ii) there shall have been a breach by the Company of its  covenants
or  agreements  hereunder  having a Material  Adverse  Effect on the  Company or
materially  adversely affecting (or materially delaying) the consummation of the
Merger,  and the  Company  has not  cured  such  breach by August 31 1999 (or as
otherwise extended),  (iii) the Company Board shall have withdrawn,  modified or
changed its approval or  recommendation  of this Agreement or the Merger,  shall
have  recommended  to the Company's  stockholders  a Third Party  Transaction or
shall  have  failed to call,  give  notice of,  convene or hold a  stockholders'
meeting to vote upon the Merger,  or shall have adopted any resolution to effect
any of the  foregoing,  or (iv) the Company shall have convened a meeting of its
stockholders  to vote upon the  Merger  and  shall  have  failed  to obtain  the
requisite  vote  of its  stockholders  by  August  31,  1999  (or  as  otherwise
extended).

         "Third Party  Transaction" means the occurrence of any of the following
events (i) the  acquisition  of the Company by merger or otherwise by any person
(which  includes a "person"  as such term is defined in Section  13(d)(3) of the
Exchange  Act) or entity  other than  Parent,  Sub or any  affiliate  thereof (a
"Third  Party");  (ii) the  acquisition by a Third Party of more than 30% of the
total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (iii) the
acquisition by a Third Party of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of Company
Common Stock.

         6.2      Effect of Termination

         In the  event of the  termination  and  abandonment  of this  Agreement
pursuant to Section 6.1, this Agreement shall forthwith  become void and have no
effect, without any liability on the part of any party hereto or its affiliates,
directors,  officers or stockholders,  other than the provisions of this Section
6.2 and Sections 4.4(c),  6.3, 7.5, 7.7, 7.9 and 7.11 hereof.  Nothing contained
in this  Section 6.2 shall  relieve any party from  liability  for any breach of
this Agreement.

         6.3      Fees and Expenses

                  (a) In  the  event  that  this  Agreement  shall be terminated
pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) through 6.1(d)(iv) or Section  6.1(c)(iii),  (iv),
or (v) Parent and Sub would suffer direct and substantial damages, which damages
cannot be determined with reasonable certainty. To compensate Parent and Sub for
such  damages,  the Company  shall pay to Parent the amount of $5.0 million as a
termination fee on the date of such

                                       30

<PAGE>

termination.  It is  specifically  agreed that the amount to be paid pursuant to
this  Section  6.3(a)  represents  a  negotiated  termination  fee  and is not a
penalty.

                  (b) In the  event  that  this  Agreement  shall be  terminated
pursuant to Section  6.1(c)(i)  or (ii),  the Company  would  suffer  direct and
substantial  damages,   which  damages  cannot  be  determined  with  reasonable
certainty.  To compensate the Company for such damages,  Parent shall pay to the
Company  the  amount of $5.0  million as a  termination  fee on the date of such
termination.  It is  specifically  agreed that the amount to be paid pursuant to
this  Section  6.3(b)  represents  a  negotiated  termination  fee  and is not a
penalty.

                  (c)  Upon  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  pursuant  to
Sections  6.1(c)(iii),  (iv) or (v) or 6.1(d)(i) through (iv), the Company shall
reimburse  Parent,  Sub and their  affiliates  (not later than ten business days
after submission of statements therefor) for all actual documented out-of-pocket
fees and expenses,  not to exceed $250,000,  actually and reasonably incurred by
any  of  them  or on  their  behalf  in  connection  with  the  Merger  and  the
consummation  of all  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  fees  payable  to  counsel  to any of the  foregoing,  and
accountants).  If  Parent  or Sub  shall  submit  a  request  for  reimbursement
hereunder, Parent or Sub will provide the Company in due course with invoices or
other  reasonable  evidence of such expenses upon request.  The Company shall in
any event pay the amount  requested (not to exceed $250,000) within ten business
days of such request,  subject to the Company's  right to demand a return of any
portion as to which invoices are not received in due course.

                  (d)  Upon  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  pursuant  to
Sections  6.1(c)(i)  or (ii),  Parent  shall  reimburse  the  Company  and their
affiliates  (not later than ten business  days after  submission  of  statements
therefor) for all actual  documented  out-of-pocket  fees and  expenses,  not to
exceed  $250,000,  actually and  reasonably  incurred by any of them or on their
behalf in connection with the Merger and the  consummation  of all  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement (including,  without limitation,  fees payable to
counsel to any of the foregoing, and accountants). If the Company shall submit a
request for  reimbursement  hereunder,  the Company will  provide  Parent in due
course with invoices or other reasonable evidence of such expenses upon request.
Parent  shall in any event pay the  amount  requested  (not to exceed  $250,000)
within ten business days of such request,  subject to Parent's right to demand a
return of any portion as to which invoices are not received in due course.

                  (e) Except as specifically  provided in this Section 6.3, each
party shall bear its own  expenses in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the
transactions

                                       31

<PAGE>

contemplated  hereby.  The cost of printing the Proxy Statement shall be paid by
the Company.

         6.4      Amendment

         This  Agreement  may be amended by action taken by the Company,  Parent
and Sub at any time before or after  approval of the Merger by the  stockholders
of the Company (if required by applicable law) but, after any such approval,  no
amendment shall be made which requires the approval of such  stockholders  under
applicable law without such  approval.  This Agreement may not be amended except
by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the parties hereto.

         6.5      Extension; Waiver

         At any time prior to the Effective  Time,  each party hereto (for these
purposes,  Parent and Sub shall  together  be deemed  one party and the  Company
shall be deemed the other party) may (i) extend the time for the  performance of
any of the  obligations  or  other  acts of the  other  party,  (ii)  waive  any
inaccuracies in the  representations and warranties of the other party contained
herein or in any document,  certificate or writing delivered  pursuant hereto or
(iii)  waive  compliance  by the  other  party  with  any of the  agreements  or
conditions contained herein. Any agreement on the part of either party hereto to
any such  extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an  instrument
in writing signed on behalf of such party. The failure of either party hereto to
assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.

7.       MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1      Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties

         The representations and warranties made herein shall not survive beyond
the Effective Time or a termination of this Agreement.

         7.2      Entire Agreement; Assignment

         This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof and supersedes all other prior
agreements and  understandings,  both written and oral, between the parties with
respect to the subject  matter hereof and (b) shall not be assigned by operation
of law or otherwise;  provided,  however,  that Sub may assign any or all of its
rights and obligations under this Agreement to any subsidiary of Parent,  but no
such assignment shall relieve Sub of its obligations  hereunder if such assignee
does not perform such obligations.


                                       32

<PAGE>

         7.3      Validity

         If any provision of this Agreement,  or the application  thereof to any
person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable,  the remainder of this
Agreement,   and  the   application  of  such  provision  to  other  persons  or
circumstances, shall not be affected thereby, and to such end, the provisions of
this Agreement are agreed to be severable.

         7.4      Notices

         All  notices,   requests,  claims,  demands  and  other  communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have
been duly  given upon  receipt)  by  delivery  in  person,  by cable,  telegram,
facsimile or telex, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid,  return
receipt requested), to the other party as follows:

         if to Parent or Sub:

         CFI ProServices, Inc.
         Suite 200
         400 S.W. Sixth Avenue
         Portland, OR  97204
         Fax:  (503) 274-7280
         Attn:  President

         with a copy to:

         Perkins Coie LLP
         Suite 1500
         1211 S.W. Fifth Avenue
         Portland, OR  97204
         Fax:  (503) 727-2222
         Attn:  Roy W. Tucker

                                       33
<PAGE>

         and a copy to:

         Farleigh, Wada & Witt, P.C.
         Suite 600
         121 S.W. Morrison
         Portland, OR  97204
         Fax:  (503) 228-1741
         Attn:  F. Scott Farleigh

         if to the Company to:

         Ultradata Corporation
         5000 Franklin Drive
         Pleasanton, CA  94588
         Fax:  (925) 224-9879
         Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

         with a copy to:

         Fenwick & West LLP 100 The  Embarcadero,  Suite 300 San  Francisco,  CA
         94105 Fax: (415) 281-1350 Attn: Robert B. Dellenbach

or to such  other  address  as the  person  to whom  notice  is  given  may have
previously furnished to the other in writing in the manner set forth above.

         7.5      Governing Law

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts
of law thereof.

         7.6      Descriptive Headings

         The  descriptive  headings  herein  are  inserted  for  convenience  of
reference  only and are not  intended  to be part of or to affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

         7.7      Parties in Interest

         This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of
each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns,  and nothing in this
Agreement,  express or

                                       34

<PAGE>

implied,  is  intended  to or shall  confer  upon any other  person any  rights,
benefits  or  remedies  of any  nature  whatsoever  under or by  reason  of this
Agreement.

         7.8      Severability

         If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force
and  effect  so long as the  economic  or legal  substance  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby is not  affected  in any manner  materially  adverse to any
party.

         7.9      Specific Performance

         The parties hereto  acknowledge that irreparable damage would result if
this Agreement were not specifically  enforced,  and they therefore consent that
the rights and  obligations  of the parties under this Agreement may be enforced
by a decree of specific performance issued by a court of competent jurisdiction.
Such remedy  shall,  however,  not be exclusive  and shall be in addition to any
other  remedies,  including  arbitration,  which any party may have  under  this
Agreement or otherwise.

         7.10     Subsidiaries

         The term  "subsidiary"  shall  mean,  when used with  reference  to any
entity,  any entity  more than fifty  percent  (50%) of the  outstanding  voting
securities  or interests  (including  membership  interests)  of which are owned
directly or indirectly by such former entity.

         7.11     Brokers

         Except as  otherwise  provided in Section  6.3,  the Company  agrees to
indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Parent  and Sub,  and  Parent  and Sub  agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  from and against any and all liability
to which Parent and Sub, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, may
be subjected by reason of any brokers,  finders or similar fees or expenses with
respect to the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement to the extent such
similar fees and expenses are  attributable  to any action  undertaken  by or on
behalf of the Company, or Parent or Sub, as the case may be.

         7.12     Counterparts

         This  Agreement  may be executed in one or more  counterparts,  each of
which shall be deemed to be an original,  but all of which shall  constitute one
and the same agreement.

                                       35

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each  of  the  parties  has caused this Agreement
to be duly executed on its behalf as of the day and year first above written.

                            ULTRADATA CORPORATION



                            By:   /s/ Robert J. Majteles
                                  ----------------------
                                  Robert J. Majteles
                                  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

                            CFI PROSERVICES, INC.



                            By:   /s/ Matthew W. Chapman
                                  ----------------------
                                  Matthew W. Chapman
                                  Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                            UFO ACQUISITION CO.



                            By:   /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                  ----------------------
                                  Robert P. Chamness
                                  Title:  President

<PAGE>


                              ULTRADATA CORPORATION
                               5000 FRANKLIN DRIVE
                        PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA 94588-3354




                                  May 17, 1999



CFI Pro Services, Inc.
400 S.W. Sixth Avenue
Portland, OR 97204

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         In connection with and pursuant to Article 2 of that certain  Agreement
and Plan of Merger  dated as of May 17, 1999 (the  "Merger  Agreement"),  by and
among CFI Pro  Services,  Inc., a  corporation  organized  under the laws of the
state of  Oregon  ("Parent"),  UFO  Acquisition  Co.,  a  subsidiary  of  Parent
organized  under the laws of the state of Delaware  ("Merger Sub") and ULTRADATA
Corporation,  a  corporation  organized  under the laws of the state of Delaware
("Company"),  under cover of this  letter  Company is  delivering  to Parent and
Merger Sub this disclosure letter ("Disclosure Letter").

         UNLESS  OTHERWISE  DEFINED,  ANY  CAPITALIZED  TERMS  IN  ANY  SCHEDULE
DELIVERED  BY COMPANY TO PARENT AND MERGER SUB UNDER THIS  DISCLOSURE  LETTER OR
OTHERWISE  DELIVERED TO PARENT AND/OR  MERGER SUB IN CONNECTION  WITH THE MERGER
AGREEMENT  SHALL  HAVE THE SAME  MEANINGS  ASSIGNED  TO SUCH TERMS IN THE MERGER
AGREEMENT. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE LETTER BY COMPANY TO PARENT AND MERGER SUB
OR OTHERWISE DELIVERED BY COMPANY TO PARENT AND/OR MERGER SUB IN CONNECTION WITH
THE  MERGER  AGREEMENT  SHALL  CONSTITUTE  AN  ADMISSION  OF  ANY  LIABILITY  OR
OBLIGATION  OF THE  COMPANY TO ANY THIRD  PARTY,  NOR AN  ADMISSION  AGAINST THE
COMPANY'S INTERESTS.

                                   Sincerely,

                                                     ULTRADATA CORPORATION

                                                     /s/ Ronald H. Bissinger
                                                     -----------------------
                                                     Ronald H. Bissinger
                                                     Chief Financial Officer




<PAGE>




                                  Schedule 2.2


Options
                                                                Vested
Outs 5/14     Vested 5/14     Vested 8/30    Accelerated     Effective Date
- ---------     -----------     -----------    -----------     --------------

1994 Equity Incentive Plan
- --------------------------

862,504       364,791         403,906        324,343         728,249


1995 Directors Plan
- -------------------

100,000        46,250          48,750         51,250          100,000


Nigel Gallop Option
- -------------------

600,000       600,000         600,000              0          600,000


Robert Majteles Option
- ----------------------

600,000       387,496         424,995        175,005          600,000


TOTAL
- -----

2,162,504   1,398,537       1,477,651        550,598        2,028,249
- ---------   ---------       ---------        -------        ---------



<PAGE>


                                   Section 2.4


Company Financial Statements

(a)      The description of Mr.  Gallop's  option  agreements in Company's Proxy
         Statement  relating to Company's Annual  Stockholders'  Meeting held on
         May 8, 1998 provides that Mr. Gallop's option remains in effect so long
         as he continues to provide services to Company.  However,  such options
         remain exercisable though July 31, 2000 without any other obligation on
         the part of Mr. Gallop. This description was corrected in the Company's
         Proxy Statement relating to Company's Annual Stockholders' Meeting held
         on May 7, 1999.

         The Company received notice of an informal  investigation of Company by
         the U.S.  Securities and Exchange  Commission  relating to certain 1996
         and 1997  quarterly  and 1997  year-end  adjustments  made by  Company.
         However,  the Company has not received any  communication  from the SEC
         since June 10, 1998.





<PAGE>

                                   Section 2.6


Consents and Approvals; No Violations

         Consents  and/or  permissions  are required to be obtained prior to the
         Merger pursuant to the Company's  agreements with each of the following
         customers to avoid breach or termination:

            Air Academy  Federal Credit Union dated September 30, 1996 Bank-Fund
            Staff  Federal  Credit  Union dated March 6, 1995  Honeywell/Alliant
            Tech Systems Federal Credit Union dated July 8, 1997

         Notices are required to be given in connection with the Merger pursuant
         to the Company's agreements with each of the following parties:

            Credit  Union  1  (f/k/a  Frontier  Alaska State Credit Union) dated
            September 1, 1992  Fischer  Technology  Group  Incorporated,  UniKix
            Technologies  Division,  under Independent Software Vendor Agreement
            dated July 1, 1997.

         The following contracts permit assignment in connection with the Merger
         so long as Parent and Sub agree to be bound by the terms and conditions
         of the agreement:

            GentelCo  West  Federal  Credit  Union  (f/k/a  Long  Beach GentelCo
            Federal  Credit  Union)  dated  September December 1, 1994 San Mateo
            Credit Union dated September 6, 1993 and June 5, 1995

         The Merger will trigger the right of Marriott Employees' Federal Credit
         Union to receive  source code  pursuant to the Escrow  Agreement  dated
         July 16, 1990.

         Consents  and/or  permissions  is required to be obtained  prior to the
         Merger  pursuant  to  the  following  Agreements  to  avoid  breach  or
         termination:


            Reseller Agreement with Tracer Technologies dated August 1, 1998.

            Value   Added   Reseller   Agreement   dated  April  14,  1998  with
            DecisionOne.

            Distributor  Agreement  with USSI,  Inc.,  dated June 30, 1997
            (only if Parent or Sub is a competitor  of USSI).



<PAGE>


                                   Section 2.9


Litigation

Dennis  Roberts,  a former  employee  of Company,  commenced  a lawsuit  against
Company on July 5, 1997.  Mr.  Roberts  purports to represent a class of current
and former  employees of Company who he alleges are  non-exempt  and entitled to
payment of overtime  wages for hours worked in excess of forty per week or eight
per day.  Plaintiff  alleges he  represents  employees in all  computer  related
occupations  at Company  other than  clerical  employees.  Plaintiff  worked for
Company for approximately  nine months as a senior field service  engineer.  Mr.
Roberts'  allegations  have not yet been  adjudicated,  nor have his  ability or
qualifications  to represent the alleged  class.  Mr. Roberts has not yet sought
class certification, and discovery has commenced.

Company received a notice on May 1, 1998 that Steve Fisher, a former employee of
Company  at  Company's  Texas  facility,  commenced  a lawsuit  against  Company
alleging age  discrimination  and retaliation.  Mr. Fisher was laid off on March
31, 1997,  along with  approximately  fifty other  employees at Company's  Texas
facility.  Company  targeted for layoff  programmers and other employees who did
not works at Company's  headquarters in Pleasanton,  California.  Mr. Fisher was
laid off over  similarly  qualified,  lower paid  programmers  who worked out of
Company's  headquarters.  Mr. Fisher based his claim of  retaliation  on alleged
discussions prior to the layoff with Human Resources personnel that he was being
treated unfairly because of his age or location by his then current supervisor.

On May 13, 1999,  the Company  received a letter on behalf of Ex-Cel  Solutions,
Inc. in which Ex-Cel alleges breach of contractual  relations,  misappropriation
of trade  secrets,  interference  with  contractual  relations  and unfair trade
practices. The letter does not describe in detail the alleged facts on which the
assertions of these claims are based.



<PAGE>


                                  Section 2.10


Compliance with Applicable Law

         See disclosure with respect to Section 2.4.




<PAGE>


                                  Section 2.11


Employee Benefit Plans

     (a) Company maintains or contributes to the following:

     (i) Company Pension Plans: Company's 401(k) Employee Retirement Plan.
         ---------------------

     (ii) Company Welfare Plans:
          ---------------------

     (A) Group Health insured through the following:

(1)      Care-ousel  Blue Card Plan issued  under Blue  Cross  Life &  Insurance
         Company. Policy number WLA3010 (JW310).

(2)      Care-ousel  Prudent Buyer Plan (PPO).  Issued under Blue Cross of
         California  policy number RT03010 (JW JW 310).

(3)      Care-ousel  California Care HMO Plan.  Issued under Blue Cross of
         California  policy number RT03010 (JW JW 310).

(4) Kaiser HMO effective January 1, 1999.

     (B) Group Life and  Accidental  Dismemberment  Plan.  Insured  benefits are
provided under UNUM Life Insurance Company of America policy number 522098-012.

     (C) Dental Plan:  Insured  under DMHO Dental Net Plan,  policy issued under
Blue Cross WL/DN 3040 (JW 310) and Point of Service policy

     (D)  Chiropractic  Plan:  insured  under HMO  Medical  Plan.  Issued  under
American Specialty Health Plans policy number HP1167.

     (E) Vision Plan: Insured through Vision Service Plan, Group Number 12055-78

     (F) Employee Assistance Plan: Issued under Blue Cross of California, policy
number  EAP-030310  (JW 310)  (G)  Cafeteria  Plan:  Medical  Reimbursement  and
Dependent  Care  administered  by  BeneSphere  under policy  numbers  348936 and
348937.

     (H) Holiday Benefit

<PAGE>

     (I) Paid Time Off Benefit

     (J) Wellness
         .  Health Club
         .  Quit Smoking
         .  Weight Watchers

     (K) Short Term Disability insured through UNUM.

     (L) Long Term Disability insured through UNUM.

     (M) Education Reimbursement Program

     (N) Voluntary Life. Insured under UNUM policy number 521198-0011.

     (iii) Employee Plans:
           --------------

     (A) 1994 Equity Incentive Plan

     (B) 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     (C) 1995 Director Stock Option Plan

     (D) Non-Plan Stock Option to Nigel P. Gallop

     (E) Non-Plan Stock Option to Robert J. Majteles

     (iv) Employment Agreements:
          ---------------------

     (A) 1999 Management Bonus Plan

     (B) Nigel Gallop Separation Agreement dated April 30, 1997

     (C) Robert J. Majteles Employment Agreement dated October 31, 1996

     (D) James R. Berthelsen Employment Agreement dated November 6, 1998.

     (E) Ronald H. Bissinger Employment Agreement dated November 6, 1998.

     (F) David J. Robbins Employment Agreement dated November 6, 1998.

     (G) Cindy L. Cooper Employment Agreement dated November 6, 1998.

<PAGE>


     (H) 1999 Sales  Compensation  Plan, Vice President,  Sales & Marketing (Jim
Berthelsen).

     (I) 1999 Sales Compensation Plan,  Director,  Emerging  Technologies,  with
Addendum (Tim Lerew).

     (J) 1999 Incentive Plan, Director, Customer Relations (Mary Ann Hearne).


(c), (d), (f)

         Reference is made to the  Department of Labor's  January 9, 1998 letter
         stating  that it will  take  no  further  action  with  respect  to its
         investigation  of the Company's  401(k) Plan.  The  Department of Labor
         informed  the Company  that,  as  required by ERISA,  it will refer the
         findings of its  investigation  to the Internal  Revenue  Service.  The
         Company has not received any  communication  from the Internal  Revenue
         Service in connection with this referral.

(g)      The Nonqualified  Stock Option Agreement  between Company and Robert J.
         Majteles for a total of 600,000  shares with a date of grant of October
         17, 1996  provides  that  immediately  prior to the closing  date for a
         corporate  transaction,  all shares remaining unvested thereunder shall
         immediately become vested and exercisable. This acceleration of vesting
         in addition to a 2.90  severance  payment  due Mr.  Majteles  under his
         Employment  Agreement  described under clause (a)(iv)(C) above with the
         Company may cause an "excess parachute  payment," as defined in Section
         280G of the Code.

         The  employment  agreements  listed  in  clauses  (a)(iv)(D)-(G)  above
         include   provision   for  full   acceleration   of  options  upon  the
         consummation  of  the  Merger  and  payment  of  12  months   severance
         consisting  of base  salary  and other  benefits  in the event that the
         employee  is  terminated  without  cause or  constructively  terminated
         within the 12 months following the consummation of the Merger.

         Pursuant to Company's  1995 Directors  Stock Option Plan,  prior to the
         consummation  of the Merger,  the vesting of all options  granted under
         such plan will  accelerate  and the options will become  exercisable in
         full.


<PAGE>


                                  Section 2.14




            The Value Added  Reseller  Agreement  dated  September  3, 1992 with
            UNIDATA,  Inc.  (now  Ardent)  has  expired.  The  Company is in the
            process of negotiating a renewal, which it expects to complete prior
            to the closing.



<PAGE>




                                  Section 2.16


See disclosure regarding Section 2.11(g).

See disclosure regarding Section 2.14.

See information pertaining to Ex-Cel Solutions, Inc. in the disclosure regarding
Section 2.9.



<PAGE>



                                  Section 2.18



The  termination  agreement with ACI provides for (a) payment of an aggregate of
$1.2 million,  with $500,000  payable up front and the remaining  amount payable
over 24 months;  and (b) that the Company may continue to distribute 50 licenses
of ACI's Trans24 software and that the appropriate provisions of the Distributor
Agreement  will  continue to apply to such  licenses.  In  connection  with such
distribution,  the  Company  will need to  license  software  from  UniKix.  The
agreement with UniKix  provides that it terminates  upon the  termination of the
ACI Distribution  Agreement.  The Company's  position is that the termination of
such  Distribution  Agreement as provided in the termination  agreement with ACI
terminates the UniKix agreement and the Company's  obligation  thereunder to pay
the additional  $350,00  required to be paid under such agreement.  However,  as
certain provisions of the ACI Distribution Agreement survive with respect to the
50 Trans25  licenses,  and the Company will need UniKix  software in  connection
with the  distribution  of such licenses,  the Company will need to enter into a
new  agreement  with  UniKix,  the amounts  payable  under which will not exceed
$350,000.



                             SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE


$15,000,000                                                As of August 13, 1999
Revolving Credit Note No. 1


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned  (hereinafter  "Borrower"),  hereby
promises  to pay to the order of  Foothill  Capital  Corporation,  a  California
corporation  (hereinafter  "Lender"),  such payment to be made to Administrative
Agent for the account of Lender,  in such coin or currency of the United  States
which  shall be legal  tender in  payment  of all debts  and  dues,  public  and
private,  at the time of payment,  the principal sum of  $15,000,000  or so much
thereof  as may be  advanced  and  remain  outstanding  from time to time,  on a
revolving  basis,  together  with interest from and after the date hereof on the
principal amount hereof outstanding at the end of each day at the greater of (y)
8.75% per annum,  and (z) a  fluctuating  rate per annum equal to the  Reference
Rate plus 1%. The rate of interest  set forth in the  foregoing  sentence  shall
increase  or  decrease  by an amount  equal to any  increase  or decrease in the
Reference Rate, effective as of the opening of business on the day that any such
change in the Reference Rate occurs.

         This Secured  Promissory  Note (this  "Note") is one of a series of the
Revolving  Credit Notes referred to in, and is issued  pursuant to, that certain
Financing Agreement,  dated as of August 13, 1999 (hereinafter,  as amended from
time to time, the "Financing  Agreement"),  among Borrower,  Lender, and certain
other  financial  institutions  or funds party thereto and is entitled to all of
the  benefits  and  security  of the  Financing  Agreement.  All  of the  terms,
covenants and conditions of the Financing Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are hereby made a part of this Note and are deemed  incorporated herein in full.
All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise specifically defined in this
Note, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Financing Agreement.  This
Note  evidences the Revolving  Loans by Lender to Borrower  pursuant to Lender's
Revolving  Credit  Commitment,  or so much thereof as may be advanced and remain
outstanding from time to time.

         All interest  shall be computed in the manner  provided in Section 2.04
of the Financing  Agreement.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of
an Event of Default,  the interest  rate  provided  herein shall be increased in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04(b) of the Financing Agreement.

         The principal amount and accrued interest of this Note shall be due and
payable  in  accordance  with  the  Financing  Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the entire  unpaid  principal  balance  hereof and accrued  interest
thereon  shall  be due and  payable  immediately  upon  any  termination  of the
Financing Agreement pursuant to Section 2.05 thereof.

         This Note shall be subject to mandatory  prepayment in accordance  with
the provisions of Section 2.05(c) of the Financing Agreement.

         Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have all of
the rights and remedies set forth in Section 8.01 of the Financing Agreement and
in the other Loan Documents.

                                       1
<PAGE>

         Time is of the essence of this Note. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its legal  representatives,  successors
and assigns, expressly waives presentment,  demand, protest, notice of dishonor,
notice of non-payment,  notice of maturity,  notice of protest,  presentment for
the purpose of accelerating maturity,  diligence in collection,  and the benefit
of any exemption or insolvency laws.

         Wherever possible,  each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without  invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of
this  Note.  No delay or failure  on the part of Lender in the  exercise  of any
right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a  waiver  thereof,  nor  as an
acquiescence in any default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender
of any right or  remedy  preclude  any other  right or  remedy.  Lender,  at its
option, may enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note without
enforcing its rights against  Borrower or any other property or indebtedness due
or to become  due to  Borrower.  Borrower  agrees  that,  without  releasing  or
impairing Borrower's liability hereunder,  Lender (or its agent) may at any time
release, surrender, substitute or exchange any collateral securing this Note and
may at any time  release  any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable  for the
indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

         To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Person composing  Borrower
hereby  waives any  defenses  such Person  might have based upon  suretyship  or
impairment of  collateral,  such waiver being  intended to be a  reservation  of
rights or a waiver contemplated by Section 3-606 of the Code.

         This  Note  shall  be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

                                                  [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

                                       2

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Note has been duly executed and delivered on
the date first above written.

                  CFI PROSERVICES, INC., an Oregon corporation


                  By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                           ----------------------
                           Robert P. Chamness
                           Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

                  ULTRADATA   CORPORATION,   a Delaware   corporation   and
                  successor  by  merger to UFO Acquisition Co.


                  By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                           ----------------------
                           Robert P. Chamness
                           Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

                  MONEYSCAPE HOLDINGS, INC., an Oregon corporation


                  By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                           ----------------------
                           Robert P. Chamness
                           Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

                  MECA SOFTWARE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company


                  By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                           ----------------------
                           Robert P. Chamness
                           Title: President and Chief Operating Officer




                                       3


                                    FORM OF
                             SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE


$35,000,000                                                As of August 13, 1999
Term Note A No. ____


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned  (hereinafter  "Borrower"),  hereby

promises  to pay to the order of  ______________________________________________
(hereinafter "Lender"),  such payment to be made to Administrative Agent for the
account of Lender,  in such coin or currency of the United States which shall be
legal tender in payment of all debts and dues,  public and private,  at the time
of payment,  the principal sum of  $__________,  together with interest from and
after the date hereof on the unpaid  principal  balance  outstanding of the Term
Loan A evidenced  by this Note at the greater of (y) 9.75% per annum,  and (z) a
fluctuating  rate per annum  equal to the  Reference  Rate plus 2%.  The rate of
interest set forth in the foregoing  sentence  shall  increase or decrease by an
amount equal to any increase or decrease in the Reference Rate,  effective as of
the opening of business  on the day that any such change in the  Reference  Rate
occurs.

         This Secured  Promissory  Note (this  "Note") is one of a series of the
Term Notes A referred to in, and is issued  pursuant to, that certain  Financing
Agreement among Borrower,  Lender,  and certain other financial  institutions or
funds party thereto,  dated as of August 13, 1999 (hereinafter,  as amended from
time to time, the "Financing Agreement"), and is entitled to all of the benefits
and  security  of the  Financing  Agreement.  All of the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of the Financing  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents are hereby
made a part of this  Note  and are  deemed  incorporated  herein  in  full.  All
capitalized  terms used herein,  unless otherwise  specifically  defined in this
Note, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Financing Agreement.  This
Note evidences the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan A by Lender to
Borrower as of the date hereof.

         All interest  shall be computed in the manner  provided in Section 2.04
of the Financing  Agreement.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of
an Event of Default,  the interest  rate  provided  herein shall be increased in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04(b) of the Financing Agreement.

         The principal amount and accrued interest of this Note shall be due and
payable  in  accordance  with  the  Financing  Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the entire  unpaid  principal  balance  hereof and accrued  interest
thereon  shall  be due and  payable  immediately  upon  any  termination  of the
Financing Agreement pursuant to Section 2.05 thereof.

     This Note shall be subject to mandatory  prepayment in accordance  with the
provisions of Section 2.05(c) of the Financing Agreement.

     Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have all of the
rights and remedies set forth in Section 8.01 of the Financing  Agreement and in
the other Loan Documents.

         Time is of the essence of this Note. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its legal  representatives,  successors
and assigns, expressly waives

<PAGE>

presentment,  demand, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice
of  maturity,  notice of protest,  presentment  for the purpose of  accelerating
maturity,  diligence  in  collection,  and  the  benefit  of  any  exemption  or
insolvency laws.

         Wherever possible,  each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without  invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of
this  Note.  No delay or failure  on the part of Lender in the  exercise  of any
right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a  waiver  thereof,  nor  as an
acquiescence in any default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender
of any right or  remedy  preclude  any other  right or  remedy.  Lender,  at its
option, may enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note without
enforcing its rights against  Borrower or any other property or indebtedness due
or to become  due to  Borrower.  Borrower  agrees  that,  without  releasing  or
impairing Borrower's liability hereunder,  Lender (or its agent) may at any time
release, surrender, substitute or exchange any collateral securing this Note and
may at any time  release  any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable  for the
indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

         To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Person composing  Borrower
hereby  waives any  defenses  such Person  might have based upon  suretyship  or
impairment of collateral,  such waiver being intended as a reservation of rights
or a waiver contemplated by Section 3-606 of the Code.

         This  Note  shall  be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

                                       2

<PAGE>


                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Note has been duly  executed  and
delivered on the date first above written.

       CFI PROSERVICES, INC., an Oregon corporation


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

      ULTRADATA   CORPORATION,   a Delaware   corporation   and
      successor  by  merger to UFO Acquisition Co.


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

      MONEYSCAPE HOLDINGS, INC., an Oregon corporation


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

      MECA SOFTWARE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer


                                       3

<PAGE>

                         SCHEDULE OF TERM LOAN A NOTES
                         -----------------------------

Holder                                                              Amount
- ----------------------------                                     -----------
Foothill Capital Corporation, a California corporation           $15,000,000
Ableco Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company         $10,000,000
Styx Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership              $10,000,000
                                                                 -----------
          Total                                                  $35,000,000
                                                                 ===========





                                    FORM OF
                             SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE


$30,000,000                                                As of August 13, 1999
Term Note B No. ___


         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned  (hereinafter  "Borrower"),  hereby
promises to pay to the order of ________________________________________________
(hereinafter "Lender"),  such payment to be made to Administrative Agent for the
account of Lender,  in such coin or currency of the United States which shall be
legal tender in payment of all debts and dues,  public and private,  at the time
of payment,  the  principal sum of  $_________,  together with interest from and
after the date hereof on the unpaid  principal  balance  outstanding of the Term
Loan B evidenced by this Note at the greater of (y) 12.75% per annum,  and (z) a
fluctuating  rate per annum  equal to the  Reference  Rate plus 5%.  The rate of
interest set forth in the foregoing  sentence  shall  increase or decrease by an
amount equal to any increase or decrease in the Reference Rate,  effective as of
the opening of business  on the day that any such change in the  Reference  Rate
occurs.

         This Secured  Promissory  Note (this  "Note") is one of a series of the
Term Notes B referred to in, and is issued  pursuant to, that certain  Financing
Agreement among Borrower,  Lender,  and certain other financial  institutions or
funds party thereto,  dated as of August 13, 1999 (hereinafter,  as amended from
time to time, the "Financing Agreement"), and is entitled to all of the benefits
and  security  of the  Financing  Agreement.  All of the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of the Financing  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents are hereby
made a part of this  Note  and are  deemed  incorporated  herein  in  full.  All
capitalized  terms used herein,  unless otherwise  specifically  defined in this
Note, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Financing Agreement.  This
Note evidences the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan B by Lender to
Borrower as of the date hereof.

         All interest  shall be computed in the manner  provided in Section 2.04
of the Financing  Agreement.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of
an Event of Default,  the interest  rate  provided  herein shall be increased in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04(b) of the Financing Agreement.

         The principal amount and accrued interest of this Note shall be due and
payable  in  accordance  with  the  Financing  Agreement.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the entire  unpaid  principal  balance  hereof and accrued  interest
thereon  shall  be due and  payable  immediately  upon  any  termination  of the
Financing Agreement pursuant to Section 2.05 thereof.

         This Note shall be subject to mandatory  prepayment in accordance  with
the provisions of Section 2.05(c) of the Financing Agreement.

         Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have all of
the rights and remedies set forth in Section 8.01 of the Financing Agreement and
in the other Loan Documents.

         Time is of the essence of this Note. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its legal  representatives,  successors
and assigns, expressly waives


<PAGE>

presentment,  demand, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice
of  maturity,  notice of protest,  presentment  for the purpose of  accelerating
maturity,  diligence  in  collection,  and  the  benefit  of  any  exemption  or
insolvency laws.

         Wherever possible,  each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without  invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of
this  Note.  No delay or failure  on the part of Lender in the  exercise  of any
right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a  waiver  thereof,  nor  as an
acquiescence in any default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender
of any right or  remedy  preclude  any other  right or  remedy.  Lender,  at its
option, may enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note without
enforcing its rights against  Borrower or any other property or indebtedness due
or to become  due to  Borrower.  Borrower  agrees  that,  without  releasing  or
impairing Borrower's liability hereunder,  Lender (or its agent) may at any time
release, surrender, substitute or exchange any collateral securing this Note and
may at any time  release  any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable  for the
indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

         To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Person composing  Borrower
hereby  waives any  defenses  such Person  might have based upon  suretyship  or
impairment of collateral,  such waiver being intended as a reservation of rights
or a waiver contemplated by Section 3-606 of the Code.

         This  Note  shall  be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

                                       2

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Note has been duly executed and delivered on the
date first above written.

      CFI PROSERVICES, INC., an Oregon corporation


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

      ULTRADATA   CORPORATION,   a Delaware   corporation   and
      successor  by  merger to UFO Acquisition Co.


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

      MONEYSCAPE HOLDINGS, INC., an Oregon corporation


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

      MECA SOFTWARE, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company


      By:      /s/ Robert P. Chamness
               ----------------------
               Robert P. Chamness
               Title: President and Chief Operating Officer



                                       3

<PAGE>

                         SCHEDULE OF TERM LOAN B NOTES
                         -----------------------------

Holder                                                              Amount
- ----------------------------                                     -----------
Ableco Finance, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company        $ 7,500,000
Levine Leichtman Capital Parnters II, L.P., a California
     limted partnership                                          $10,000,000
Foothill Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership      $ 5,000,000
Styx Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership              $ 7,500,000
                                                                 -----------
               Total                                             $30,000,000
                                                                 ===========





THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE  HEREOF HAVE
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR
ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  OFFERED  FOR SALE,  PLEDGED,
HYPOTHECATED  OR  OTHERWISE   TRANSFERRED  UNLESS  THERE  IS  (i)  AN  EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  SUCH ACT  RELATED  THERETO,  (ii) AN  OPINION OF
COUNSEL  FOR THE  HOLDER,  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE  COMPANY,  THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION  IS NOT REQUIRED,  (iii) RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION  LETTER(S) FROM THE
APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY(IES), OR (iv) UNLESS PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION
THEREFROM UNDER RULE 144 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION) OF THE ACT.



Warrant No. ___                                          Dated:  August 13, 1999

                              CFI PROSERVICES, INC

                                    FORM OF
                       WARRANT TO PURCHASE _______ SHARES
                                 OF COMMON STOCK


                  CFI PROSERVICES,  INC., an Oregon corporation (the "Company"),
hereby  certifies  that,  for value  received,  ________________________________

(the "Initial  Holder"),  or its registered  transferees,  successors or assigns
(collectively,   together  with  the  Initial  Holder,  the  "holder"),  is  the
registered  holder of warrants  (the  "Warrants")  to subscribe for and purchase
_______  shares of the fully paid and  nonassessable  Common  Stock (as adjusted
pursuant  to  Section 4 hereof,  the  "Warrant  Shares")  of the  Company,  at a
purchase price per share equal to $12.34375 (such price, as adjusted pursuant to
Section 4 hereof,  the "Warrant Price"),  subject to the provisions and upon the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. As used herein, (a) the term "Common
Stock" shall mean the Company's presently authorized Common Stock, no par value,
and any stock into or for which such Common Stock may  hereafter be converted or
exchanged, and (b) the term "Date of Grant" shall mean the date of this Warrant.
The term  "Warrant" as used herein shall be deemed to include any warrant issued
upon transfer or partial  exercise of this Warrant,  unless the context  clearly
requires otherwise.

                  This  Warrant  is  being  issued   pursuant  to  that  certain
Financing  Agreement  (the  "Financing  Agreement") of even date herewith by and
among the Company,  UltraData  Corporation,  Meca Software,  L.L.C.,  Moneyscape
Holdings, Inc., the Lenders (as such term is defined therein),  Foothill Capital
Corporation, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and Ableco Finance LLC, as
collateral agent for the Lender Group.  Capitalized  terms not otherwise defined
herein have the meanings set forth in the  Financing  Agreement.  This  Warrant,
together with other Warrants issued under the Financing Agreement as of the date
hereof,  are  referred  to  herein as the  "Investor  Warrants."  The  holder is
entitled to the rights and benefits under the Registration Rights Agreement (the
"Registration  Rights Agreement") of even date herewith by and among the Company
and the holders of the Investor Warrants.

<PAGE>

     1. Term. This Warrant is exercisable,  in whole or in part, at any time and
from  time to time from the Date of Grant  through  and  including  the close of
business on the fifth  anniversary  of this  Warrant  (the  "Expiration  Date");
provided,  however,  that in the  event  that any  portion  of this  Warrant  is
unexercised  as of the  Expiration  Date,  the terms of Section 2(b) below shall
apply.

     2. Exercise.

     a. Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant. Subject to Section
1 hereof,  this Warrant may be exercised  by the holder  hereof,  in whole or in
part and from time to time, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the  Company,  and,  except as otherwise  provided for herein,  by the
payment to the Company of an amount equal to the then  applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares then being  purchased.  The person or
persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s)  representing shares of Common Stock
shall be issuable  upon  exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become
the  holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record
holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to
have been  issued)  immediately  prior to the close of  business  on the date or
dates upon which this Warrant is  exercised  if exercised  prior to the close of
business on such date; otherwise,  the date of record shall be the next business
day. In the event of any  exercise of the rights  represented  by this  Warrant,
certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased  shall be delivered by
the Company at its expense to the holder  hereof as soon as possible  and in any
event within ten (10) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been
fully exercised (including without limitation, exercise pursuant to Section 2(b)
below), a new Warrant  representing  the portion of the Warrant Shares,  if any,
with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also
be issued to the holder  hereof as soon as possible and in any event within such
ten (10)-day period.

     b.  Automatic  Exercise.  In the event  that any  portion  of this  Warrant
remains  unexercised  as of the  Expiration  Date  and  the  fair  market  value
(determined  in accordance  with Section 4.i.  below) of one (1) share of Common
Stock as of the Expiration Date is greater than the applicable  Warrant Price as
of the Expiration Date, then this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised
automatically  immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date
(or,  in the  event  that  the  Expiration  Date  is  not a  business  day,  the
immediately  preceding  business day) (the "Automatic  Exercise Date"),  and the
person  entitled  to  receive  the  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon such
exercise  shall be  treated  for all  purposes  as the  holder of record of such
Warrant Shares as of the close of business on such Automatic Exercise Date. This
Warrant  shall be deemed  to be  surrendered  to the  Company  on the  Automatic
Exercise  Date by virtue of this  Section  2.b.  and  without  any action by the
holder of this  Warrant or any other  person,  and payment to the Company of the
then  applicable  Warrant Price  multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares then
being  purchased  shall be deemed to be made as of the  Automatic  Exercise Date
pursuant to the conversion  provisions of Section 2(c) below (without payment by
the holder of any cash exercise  price).  As promptly as practicable on or after
the Automatic  Exercise  Date and in any event within ten (10) days  thereafter,
the  Company at its  expense  shall  issue and  deliver to the person or persons
entitled to receive the same a  certificate  or  certificates  for the number of
Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise.

                                       2

<PAGE>

     c. Cashless Right to Convert Warrant into Common Stock; Net Issuance.

     (1) Right to Convert. In addition to and without limiting the rights of the
holder hereof under the terms of this  Warrant,  the holder shall have the right
to convert this Warrant or any portion  thereof  (the  "Conversion  Right") into
shares of Common Stock as provided in this Section 2.c. at any time or from time
to time during the term of this Warrant,  including upon the Automatic  Exercise
Date.  Upon exercise of the Conversion  Right with respect to all or a specified
portion of  Warrant  Shares  subject to this  Warrant  (the  "Converted  Warrant
Shares"), the Company shall deliver to the holder (without payment by the holder
of any cash or other cash consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and
nonassessable  Common Stock equal to the  quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the
value of this Warrant (or the specified  portion  hereof) on the Conversion Date
(as defined in Section  2(c)(2)  hereof),  which value shall be equal to (A) the
aggregate  fair market  value of the  Converted  Warrant  Shares  issuable  upon
exercise of this Warrant (or the  specified  portion  hereof) on the  Conversion
Date  less (B) the  aggregate  Warrant  Price of the  Converted  Warrant  Shares
immediately  prior  to the  exercise  of the  Conversion  Right by (ii) the fair
market value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.

                  Expressed as a formula,  such conversion  shall be computed as
follows:

 X  =  A - B
       -----
         Y

 Where:      X =      the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock to be  issued
                      to the holder

             Y =      the fair  market  value  ("FMV")  of one (1)  share of
                      Common Stock

             A =      the aggregate FMV (i.e., FMV x Converted Warrant Shares)

             B =      the aggregate  Warrant Price (i.e.,  Converted  Warrant
                      Shares x Warrant Price)

     No  fractional  shares shall be issuable  upon  exercise of the  Conversion
Right,  and, if the number of shares to be issued  determined in accordance with
the foregoing formula is other than a whole number, the Company shall pay to the
holder  an  amount  in cash  equal to the  fair  market  value of the  resulting
fractional share on the Conversion Date. For purposes of the Registration Rights
Agreement, shares issued pursuant to the Conversion Right shall be treated as if
they were issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

     (2) Method of Exercise. The Conversion Right may be exercised by the holder
by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together
with a written statement  specifying that the holder thereby intends to exercise
the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares subject to this Warrant
which are being

                                       3

<PAGE>

surrendered  (referred to in Section  2(c)(1)  hereof as the  Converted  Warrant
Shares) in exercise of the Conversion  Right. Such conversion shall be effective
upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid  written
statement,  or on such  later  date as is  specified  therein  (the  "Conversion
Date").  Certificates  for the shares  issuable upon exercise of the  Conversion
Right and, if  applicable,  a new warrant  evidencing  the balance of the shares
remaining subject to this Warrant, shall be issued as of the Conversion Date and
shall be delivered to the holder within ten (10) days  following the  Conversion
Date.

     (3)  Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 2.c.,
"fair market  value" of a share of Common Stock shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.i. below.

     3. Stock Fully Paid;  Reservation of Shares. All Warrant Shares that may be
issued upon the exercise of the rights  represented  by this Warrant will,  upon
issuance  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  herein,  be  fully  paid and
nonassessable,  and free from all taxes, liens,  charges, and pre-emptive rights
with respect to the issue thereof.  The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if
any,  attributable  to the  issuance of the Warrant  Shares upon the exercise of
this  Warrant.  During the period  within which the rights  represented  by this
Warrant may be  exercised,  the Company will at all times have  authorized,  and
reserved  for  the  purpose  of the  issue  upon  exercise  of this  Warrant,  a
sufficient  number of shares of its Common  Stock to provide for the exercise of
this Warrant.

     4. Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of
securities  purchasable  upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price
shall be subject to adjustment  from time to time upon the occurrence of certain
events as set forth below:

     a. Adjustment for Initial Errors and the Happening of Certain Events.

     (1) The Company  hereby  acknowledges  that the  initial  number of Warrant
Shares  purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant (the "Exercise  Quantity")
was  calculated  based  upon the  Company's  representation  that the  number of
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  as of the Date of Grant,
calculated  on a  fully  diluted  basis  using  the  treasury  stock  method  as
contemplated by the Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 15 (as referred to
in the  Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128) (such shares as
calculated on any date, being referred to as "Fully Diluted Shares"), and before
giving effect to the issuance of any of the Warrants or Warrant Shares,  totaled
7,636,440  shares.  If for any reason it shall  hereafter be determined that the
number  of Fully  Diluted  Shares  as of the Date of Grant  differed  from  such
initial  number of Warrant  Shares,  then the  Company or the holder  (whichever
shall  discover  such error)  shall  notify the other of such  determination  in
writing and the Company shall forthwith (but in no event more than five (5) days
thereafter)  reissue  all  of  the  outstanding  Warrants  with  an  appropriate
proportional  adjustment in said number of Warrant  Shares to be effective as of
and from the Date of Grant,  provided that such adjustment shall be made only if
it results in an increase in the number of Warrant Shares hereunder.

     (2) If,  prior to the first  anniversary  of the Date of Grant,  holder has
been  paid in full  all  Obligations  owed to it and has  received  its pro rata
portion of a reduction fee of One Million dollars  ($1,000,000) and the "success
fee" payable to it (as contemplated in

                                       4

<PAGE>

the applicable Lender Group Side Letter),  then the initial Exercise Quantity of
this Warrant shall be decreased to 114,547  Warrant Shares or 60% of the initial
Exercise Quantity (the "First-Year  Clawback  Quantity").  If, prior to holder's
receipt of all such  payments,  holder has exercised  this Warrant for more than
the First-Year  Clawback Quantity,  then holder shall return to the Company (and
if such a number of  Warrant  Shares  equal to the  excess  over the  First-Year
Clawback  Quantity  against  delivery to holder by the Company of the  aggregate
exercise  price for such  excess  Warrant  Shares (it being  understood  that if
holder has sold or  otherwise  disposed of such excess  Warrant  Shares,  holder
shall still be required to return to the  Company  such excess  Warrant  Shares)
and, if the holder  fails to return such  excess  Warrant  Shares to the Company
within  forty-five  (45) days of the date the  holder  has been paid in full all
Obligations, the Company shall have a right of offset.

     (3) If, after the first  anniversary  of the Date of Grant and prior to the
second  anniversary  of the Date of Grant,  the holder has been paid in full all
Obligations under the Financing owed to it and has received its pro rata portion
of a reduction fee of Three Million dollars  ($3,000,000)  and the "success fee"
payable to it (as contemplated in the applicable Lender Group Side Letter), then
the initial  Exercise  Quantity of this  Warrant  shall be  decreased  to 57,273
Warrant  Shares  or 30% of  the  initial  Exercise  Quantity  (the  "Second-Year
Clawback Quantity").  If, prior to holder's receipt of all such payments, holder
has exercised this Warrant for more than the Second-Year Clawback Quantity, then
holder  shall  return to the  Company a number of  Warrant  Shares  equal to the
excess over the Second-Year  Clawback Quantity against delivery to holder by the
Company of the aggregate exercise price for such excess Warrant Shares (it being
understood that if holder has sold or otherwise  disposed of such excess Warrant
Shares,  holder  shall still be  required  to return to the Company  such excess
Warrant Shares) and, if the holder fails to return such excess Warrant Shares to
the Company within  forty-five (45) days of the date the holder has been paid in
full all Obligations, the Company shall have a right of offset.

     (4) Any  adjustments  to the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the other subsections of this
Section 4 prior to the date of any increase or decrease in the Exercise Quantity
pursuant  to  Sections  4.a.(1),  (2) or (3)  shall be  recalculated  as if such
increased or decreased  Exercise  Quantity had been the Exercise  Quantity since
the Date of Grant,  but no such  adjustment  shall  affect the number of Warrant
Shares  issued  upon any  exercise  of this  Warrant  prior to the date any such
adjustment is made.

     b. Merger,  Sale,  Reclassification.  In case of any (i)  consolidation  or
merger  of the  Company  with or into  another  entity  (other  than a merger or
reorganization (A) in which the Company is the continuing  corporation and which
does not result in any reclassification or change of the then outstanding shares
of Common  Stock or issuance  of any  dividend  or other  distribution  of cash,
securities  or  property  to  holders of the then  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock, or (B) resulting solely in a change in par value, or from par value to no
par value, or from no par value to par value,  or in a stock split,  subdivision
or  combination  which is the subject of another  paragraph  in this Section 4),
(ii) sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  Company's
assets or  distribution of property to  stockholders  (other than  distributions
payable out of earnings or retained earnings), or (iii) reclassification, change
or

                                       5

<PAGE>

conversion  of  securities  of the class  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant
(other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no
par  value to par  value,  or as a result  of any stock  split,  subdivision  or
combination  which is the subject of another  paragraph in this Section 4), then
the  Company  shall take all  necessary  actions  (including  but not limited to
executing and delivering to the holder of this Warrant an additional  Warrant or
other instrument,  in form and substance  mutually  agreeable to the Company and
the holder of this  Warrant)  to ensure  that the holder of this  Warrant  shall
thereafter  have the right to receive,  at a total  purchase price not to exceed
that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised  portion of this Warrant,  and
in lieu of the shares of Common Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other  securities,  money and
property receivable upon the effectiveness of such  consolidation,  merger, sale
or other disposition,  reclassification, change or conversion by a holder of the
number of shares of Common Stock then purchasable  under this Warrant (which, in
the case of such a transaction in which holders of Common Stock were entitled to
elect between different forms of  consideration,  shall be deemed to be the form
of  consideration  received by a  plurality  of the  electing  holders of Common
Stock).  Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments  that shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section 4.b.  shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes and conversions.

     c. Split,  Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any time
while this Warrant remains  outstanding and unexpired shall split,  subdivide or
combine its  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  the  Warrant  Price shall be
proportionately   decreased   in  the  case  of  a  split  or   subdivision   or
proportionately  increased in the case of a combination,  effective at the close
of business on the date the split, subdivision or combination becomes effective.

     d. Stock  Dividends  and Other  Distributions.  If the  Company at any time
while this Warrant is  outstanding  and unexpired  shall (i) pay a dividend with
respect  to  Common  Stock  payable  in  Common  Stock,  or (ii)  make any other
distribution with respect to Common Stock (except any distribution  specifically
provided for in Section 4.b. or Section 4.c.  hereof) of Common Stock,  then the
Warrant  Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date of  determination  of
stockholders  entitled to receive such dividend or  distribution,  to that price
determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect  immediately prior to such
date of  determination  by a fraction  (i) the  numerator  of which shall be the
total  number of Fully  Diluted  Shares  immediately  prior to such  dividend or
distribution,  and (ii) the  denominator  of which shall be the total  number of
Fully Diluted Shares immediately after such dividend or distribution.

     e. Rights Offerings.  In case the Company shall, at any time after the Date
of Grant, issue to holders of shares of the capital stock of the Company (solely
as a result of such holders'  status as stockholders of the Company) any rights,
options or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common
Stock (or securities  convertible or exchangeable  into Common Stock) at a price
per share of Common Stock (or having a conversion or exchange price per share of
Common Stock if a security  convertible or exchangeable  into Common Stock) less
than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the record date for such
issuance  (or the date of  issuance,  if there is no record  date),  the Warrant
Price to be in effect on and after such record date (or  issuance  date,  as the
case may be)

                                       6

<PAGE>

shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the
Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such record date (or issuance date,
as the case may be) by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the number
of Fully Diluted  Shares on such record date (or issuance  date, as the case may
be) plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price
of the total  number of shares of such  Common  Stock so to be  offered  (or the
aggregate   initial   exchange  or  conversion  price  of  the  exchangeable  or
convertible  securities  so to be  offered)  would  purchase at such fair market
value on such record date (or  issuance  date,  as the case may be) and (ii) the
denominator  of which shall be the number of Fully Diluted Shares on such record
date (or issuance date, as the case may be) plus the number of additional shares
of Common  Stock to be offered for  subscription  or purchase (or into which the
convertible securities to be offered are initially exchangeable or convertible).
In case such subscription  price may be paid in part or in whole in a form other
than cash,  the fair market value of such  consideration  shall be determined by
the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  in good  faith as set forth in a duly
adopted  board  resolution  certified  by the  Company's  Secretary or Assistant
Secretary,  provided, that in the event the Board of Directors is unable to make
such a  determination  or holders  of at least  fifty-one  percent  (51%) of the
Warrant Shares issuable under outstanding  Investor Warrants disagree in writing
with such determination,  then the fair market value of such consideration shall
be  determined  in the same manner as a Valuation  Procedure  under Section 4(i)
below.  Such  adjustment  shall be made  successively  whenever such an issuance
occurs; and in the event that such rights, options,  warrants, or convertible or
exchangeable securities are not so issued or are canceled, expire or cease to be
convertible or exchangeable before they are exercised,  converted,  or exchanged
(as the case may be),  then the Warrant  Price shall again be adjusted to be the
Warrant  Price that would then be in effect if such  issuance had not  occurred,
but such  subsequent  adjustment  shall not affect the number of Warrant  Shares
issued  upon any  exercise  of this  Warrant  prior to the date such  subsequent
adjustment is made.

     f. Other Special Distributions. In case the Company shall fix a record date
for the  making  of a  distribution  (other  than  dividends,  distributions  or
issuances  referred to in Section  4(c),  Section 4(d) or Section 4(e) above) to
all holders of shares of Common Stock (including any such  distribution  made in
connection with a consolidation  or merger in which the Company is the surviving
corporation) of cash, evidences of indebtedness,  assets or subscription rights,
options,  warrants,  or  exchangeable or convertible  securities  containing the
right to subscribe for or purchase  shares of any class of equity  securities of
the  Company,  the  Warrant  Price to be in effect on and after such record date
shall be adjusted by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect  immediately  prior
to such record date by a fraction  (i) the  numerator of which shall be the fair
market  value per share of  Common  Stock on such  record  date  (determined  in
accordance with Section 4(i) below),  less the cash and/or the fair market value
(as  determined  by the Board of  Directors  of the Company in good faith as set
forth in a duly adopted board resolution certified by the Company's Secretary or
Assistant  Secretary) of the portion of the assets or evidences of  indebtedness
so to be distributed  or of such  subscription  rights,  options,  warrants,  or
exchangeable or convertible securities applicable to one (1) share of the Common
Stock outstanding as of such record date, provided,  that in the event the Board
of  Directors  is unable to make such a  determination  or  holders  of at least
fifty-one  percent  (51%)  of the  Warrant  Shares  issuable  under  outstanding
Investor  Warrants  disagree in writing with such  determination,  then the fair
market value of such consideration shall be determined in the same

                                       7

<PAGE>

manner  as a  Valuation  Procedure  under  Section  4(i)  below,  and  (ii)  the
denominator  of which shall be such fair market  value per share of Common Stock
as determined in the manner set forth under Section 4(i) below.  Such adjustment
shall be made  successively  whenever  such a record  date is fixed;  and in the
event that such  distribution  is not so made,  the Warrant Price shall again be
adjusted  to be the  Warrant  Price which would then be in effect if such record
date had not been fixed,  but such  subsequent  adjustment  shall not affect the
number of Warrant  Shares  issued upon any exercise of this Warrant prior to the
date such subsequent adjustment was made.

     g. Other Issuances and Adjustments.

     (1) In case the Company or any subsidiary  thereof shall, at any time after
the Date of Grant, issue shares of Common Stock, or rights, options, warrants or
convertible or exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for or
acquire shares of Common Stock (excluding (i) shares, rights, options, warrants,
or convertible or exchangeable  securities  outstanding on the Date of Grant, or
issued in any of the  transactions  described in Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e)
or 4(f) above,  (ii) shares issued upon the exercise of such rights,  options or
warrants or upon  conversion  or exchange of such  convertible  or  exchangeable
securities,  and  (iii) up to One  Million  Nine  Hundred  Eighty-Nine  Thousand
Ninety-One (1,989,091) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment for splits,
recapitalizations  or similar events) issued,  issuable or reserved for issuance
to  directors,  officers,  employees  or  consultants  of  the  Company  or  any
subsidiary of its  subsidiaries  in connection with their services as directors,
officers,  employees or consultants  pursuant to any stock grant,  stock option,
warrant or other  similar  right issued by the Company and approved by the Board
of Directors of the Company under a stock option or incentive  plan duly adopted
and  approved by the  shareholders  of the Company and in  existence on the date
hereof),  at a price per share of Common Stock  (determined  in the case of such
rights, options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities by dividing
(x) the total amount received and/or  receivable by the Company in consideration
of the sale and issuance of such rights,  options,  warrants,  or convertible or
exchangeable  securities,  plus the total minimum  consideration  payable to the
Company upon exercise,  conversion, or exchange thereof by (y) the total maximum
number of shares of Common Stock covered by such rights,  options,  warrants, or
convertible  or  exchangeable  securities)  less than the fair market  value per
share of Common Stock  (determined in accordance  with Section 4(i) below and in
the case of rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities,
determined at the time of issuance of such securities  rather than upon exercise
thereof),  in each case on the date the Company fixes the offering price of such
shares, rights,  options,  warrants, or convertible or exchangeable  securities,
then the  Warrant  Price  shall be  adjusted  so that it shall  equal  the price
determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect  immediately prior thereto
by a fraction  (i) the  numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of
Fully Diluted  Shares  immediately  prior to such sale and issuance plus (B) the
number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate  consideration  received or
receivable  (determined  as  provided  herein) in  connection  with such sale or
issuance  would  purchase  at such fair  market  value per  share,  and (ii) the
denominator  of  which  shall  be the  total  number  of  Fully  Diluted  Shares
immediately  after  such  sale  and  issuance.  Such  adjustment  shall  be made
successively whenever such an issuance is made.

                                       8

<PAGE>

     (2) In case the Company or any subsidiary  thereof shall, at any time after
the Date of Grant, make or agree to (i) any downward adjustment in the exercise,
exchange or  conversion  price of, (ii) any  increase in the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of, or (iii) any
change in the consideration payable for the exercise, conversion or exchange of,
any  rights,  options,   warrants  or  convertible  or  exchangeable  securities
containing the right to subscribe for or acquire  shares of Common Stock,  other
than such adjustment that is  specifically  contemplated  and required under the
terms of any such  instrument  as of the Date of Grant,  then the Warrant  Price
shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the
Warrant Price in effect immediately prior thereto by a fraction the numerator of
which  shall be the sum of (A) the number of Fully  Diluted  Shares  immediately
prior  thereto,  plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
such exercise,  conversion or exchange immediately prior thereto,  multiplied by
the  aggregate  amount  of the  fair  market  value of the  consideration  to be
received by the Company upon such exercise,  conversion or exchange  immediately
thereafter,  and the denominator shall be the sum of (X) the number of shares of
Fully Diluted Shares  immediately  thereafter,  plus (Y) the number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise, conversion or exchange immediately
thereafter,  multiplied by the aggregate  amount of the fair market value of the
consideration  to be received by the Company upon such  exercise,  conversion or
exchange  immediately prior thereto.  Such adjustment shall be made successively
whenever such an issuance is made.

     (3) For the purposes of an adjustment  under this Section 4(g), the maximum
number of shares of Common Stock which the holder of any right, option,  warrant
or  convertible or  exchangeable  security shall be entitled to subscribe for or
purchase  shall  be  deemed  to be  issued  and  outstanding;  furthermore,  the
consideration  received by the Company  therefor  shall be deemed to be equal to
the  price per share of Common  Stock  (determined  in the case of such  rights,
options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities by dividing (x) the
total amount received and/or  receivable by the Company in  consideration of the
sale  and  issuance  of  such  rights,  options,  warrants,  or  convertible  or
exchangeable  securities,  plus the total minimum  consideration  payable to the
Company upon exercise,  conversion, or exchange thereof by (y) the total maximum
number of shares of Common Stock covered by such rights,  options,  warrants, or
convertible  or  exchangeable  securities)  multiplied  by the  number of shares
deemed  issued and  outstanding  in the previous  sentence.  In case the Company
shall  issue  shares  of Common  Stock,  or issue or make an  adjustment  to the
exercise,  exchange  or  conversion  price  of  rights,  options,  warrants,  or
convertible or exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for or
acquire shares of Common Stock for a  consideration  consisting,  in whole or in
part, of  consideration  other than cash or its equivalent,  then in determining
the  price  per share of Common  Stock  and the  consideration  received  by the
Company,  the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine,  in good faith,
the  fair  market  value  of said  property,  and  such  determination  shall be
described  in a  duly  adopted  board  resolution  certified  by  the  Company's
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary,  provided,  that in the  event the Board of
Directors  is  unable  to make  such a  determination  or  holders  of at  least
fifty-one  percent  (51%)  of the  Warrant  Shares  issuable  under  outstanding
Investor  Warrants  disagree in writing with such  determination,  then the fair
market value of such  consideration  shall be determined in the same manner as a
Valuation  Procedure  under Section 4(i) below.  In case the Company shall issue
shares  of Common  Stock,  or issue or make an  adjustment  to the  exercise  or
conversion price of rights,

                                       9

<PAGE>

options,  warrants,  or convertible or  exchangeable  securities  containing the
right to subscribe for or acquire shares of Common Stock,  together with one (1)
or  more  other  security  as a part  of a unit at a  price  per  unit,  then in
determining the price per share of Common Stock and the  consideration  received
or to be by the Company,  the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine,
in good faith,  which  determination  shall be described in a duly adopted board
resolution certified by the Company's Secretary or Assistant Secretary, the fair
market value of the rights,  options,  warrants,  or convertible or exchangeable
securities then being sold as part of such unit, provided, that in the event the
Board of Directors is unable to make such a determination or holders of at least
fifty-one  percent  (51%)  of the  Warrant  Shares  issuable  under  outstanding
Investor  Warrants  disagree in writing with such  determination,  then the fair
market value of such  consideration  shall be determined in the same manner as a
Valuation Procedure under Section 4(i) below.

     h.  Adjustment  of Number of Shares.  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant
Price, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable  hereunder shall be adjusted, to
the nearest whole share,  to the product  obtained by multiplying  the number of
Warrant Shares  purchasable  immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant
Price  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  shall  be the  Warrant  Price
immediately  prior to such  adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the
Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

     i.  Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of those provisions of
this Warrant  requiring a  determination  in accordance  with this Section 4.i.,
"fair market  value" as of a particular  date (the  "Determination  Date") shall
mean (i) if the Common  Stock is publicly  traded at the time of  determination,
the  average  of the  closing  prices  on such  day of the  Common  Stock on all
domestic  securities  exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed, or, if
there have been no sales on any such  exchange  on such day,  the average of the
highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day
or, if on any such day the  Common  Stock is not so listed,  the  average of the
representative bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system as of 4:00 P.M.,
New York time,  on such day, or if on any day such security is not quoted on the
Nasdaq  system,  the average of the highest bid and lowest  asked prices on such
day in  the  domestic  over-the-counter  market  as  reported  by  the  National
Quotation Bureau, Incorporated,  or any similar successor organization,  in each
such case  averaged  over a period of ten (10) days  consisting of the day as of
which "fair market value" is being determined and the nine consecutive  business
days prior to such day (provided that, if fair market value is being  determined
as of the date of a firm commitment  public  offering of the Common Stock,  fair
market  value as of such date shall be the  offering  price for the Common Stock
subject to such public  offering);  or (ii) if the Common  Stock is not publicly
traded at the time of determination, the Common Stock price per share determined
by  dividing  Market  Value (as  defined  below) by the number of Fully  Diluted
Shares. "Market Value" means the highest price that would be paid for the entire
common  equity  of the  Company  on a  going-concern  basis  in an  arm's-length
transaction  between a willing buyer and a willing seller  (neither acting under
compulsion),  using  valuation  techniques  then  prevailing  in the  securities
industry  (but  without  giving  effect to any discount in respect of a minority
interest) and  determined  in  accordance  with the  "Valuation  Procedure"  (as
defined below) and assuming full  disclosure and  understanding  of all relevant
information and a reasonable  period of time for effectuating such sale. For the
purposes of determining the "Market Value", (a) the exercise

                                       10

<PAGE>

price of options or  warrants to acquire  Common  Stock which are deemed to have
been  exercised  for the  purpose of  determining  the  number of Fully  Diluted
Shares,  shall be  deemed to have  been  received  by the  Company,  (b)(i)  the
liquidation  preference  or  indebtedness,  as the case may be,  represented  by
securities which are deemed exercised for or converted into Common Stock for the
purpose of determining the issued and outstanding number of Fully Diluted Shares
of Common Stock and (ii) any contractual  limitation in respect of the shares of
Common Stock relating to voting rights,  shall be deemed to have been eliminated
or canceled and (c) full effect shall be given to any discount that may arise as
the result of the fact that the shares of Common Stock are not publicly traded.

                  "Valuation Procedure" means, with respect to the determination
of any  amount  or value  required  to be  determined  in  accordance  with such
procedure,  a determination (which shall be final and binding on the Company and
the holders) made (i) by agreement among the Company and the holders of at least
fifty-one  percent  (51%)  of the  Warrant  Shares  issuable  under  outstanding
Investor Warrants  (collectively,  the "Requesting  Holders") within twenty (20)
days following the event requiring such  determination or (ii) in the absence of
such an agreement,  by an Independent  Financial  Expert  selected in accordance
with the further  provisions of this  definition.  If required,  an  Independent
Financial Expert shall be selected within five (5) days following the expiration
of the twenty (20)-day  period referred to above,  either by agreement among the
Company and the Requesting Holders or, in the absence of such agreement,  by lot
from a list of four potential  Independent Financial Experts remaining after the
Company nominates three (3), the Requesting Holders nominate three (3), and each
side  eliminates one potential  Independent  Financial  Expert.  The Independent
Financial  Expert shall be instructed by the Company and the Requesting  Holders
to make its determination within twenty (20) days of its selection. The fees and
expenses of an Independent  Financial Expert selected hereunder shall be paid by
the Company.

                  "Independent  Financial Expert" means a  nationally-recognized
investment  banking  firm (a) that  does not  (and  whose  directors,  officers,
employees and  Affiliates do not) have a direct or indirect  material  financial
interest in the Company or any holder,  (b) that has not been,  and, at the time
it is  called  upon to serve  as an  Independent  Financial  Expert  under  this
Agreement,  is  not  (and  none  of  whose  directors,  officers,  employees  or
Affiliates  is not),  a  promoter,  director  or officer  of the  Company or any
Holder,  (c) that has not been  retained  during the  preceding two years by the
Company or the holder for any purpose,  and (d) that is  otherwise  qualified to
serve as an Independent Financial Advisor. Any such person or entity may receive
customary  compensation  and  indemnification  by the  Company  for  opinions or
services it provides as an Independent Financial Expert.

     j. Adjustments to Anti-Dilution Rights; Limitations on Subsequent Grants of
Anti-Dilution Rights.

     (1)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section 4, to the
extent that any  holders of equity  securities  of the  Company are  entitled to
anti-dilution  rights that are superior or more  favorable to the holder of such
equity  securities  than those  granted  pursuant to this  Section 4, the holder
hereof  shall be  entitled  to such  anti-dilution  rights  with  respect to the
Warrant Shares.

                                       11

<PAGE>

     (2) From and after the Date of Grant,  the Company  shall not,  without the
prior written consent of the holders of at least fifty-one  percent (51%) of the
Warrant Shares issuable under outstanding  Investor Warrants,  grant any holders
of equity  securities of the Company  anti-dilution  rights with respect to such
equity  securities  that are  superior  or more  favorable  than  those  granted
pursuant to this Section 4.

     5.  Notice of  Adjustments.  Whenever  the  Warrant  Price or the number of
Warrant Shares  purchasable  hereunder  shall be adjusted  pursuant to Section 4
hereof,  the Company shall deliver to holder a certificate,  signed by its chief
financial officer,  setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the
adjustment,  the amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such adjustment
was  calculated,  and  the  Warrant  Price  and the  number  of  Warrant  Shares
purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment,  which certificate
shall be mailed  (without  regard to  Section 11 hereof,  by first  class  mail,
postage prepaid) to the holder within five (5) days of the date of determination
of such adjustment.

     6. Fractional  Shares.  No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued
in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares
the Company  shall make a cash payment  therefor  based on the fair market value
(as determined in accordance with Section 4.i. above) of a share of Common Stock
on the date of exercise.

     7.  Compliance  with  Securities  Act;  Disposition  of  Warrant or Warrant
Shares.

     a.  Compliance  with  Securities  Act.  The  holder  of  this  Warrant,  by
acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock to be
issued upon exercise  hereof,  are being  acquired for  investment and that such
holder will not offer,  sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or the Warrant
Shares  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a violation of the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  Upon exercise of this Warrant,
unless the Warrant  Shares to be received  upon such exercise are intended to be
included in a  registration  statement  under the Act,  the holder  hereof shall
confirm in writing,  by executing  the form  attached as Schedule 1 to Exhibit A
hereto,  that the shares of Common  Stock so  received  are being  acquired  for
investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the
Act.  All shares of Common Stock  issued upon  exercise of this Warrant  (unless
registered  under  the Act  shall be  stamped  or  imprinted  with a  legend  in
substantially the following form:

                  "THE  SECURITIES  EVIDENCED  HEREBY  HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED
                  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR ANY STATE
                  SECURITIES  LAWS.  NO  SALE  OR  DISPOSITION  MAY BE  EFFECTED
                  WITHOUT  (i)  AN  EFFECTIVE   REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATED
                  THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, REASONABLY
                  SATISFACTORY  TO THE COMPANY,  THAT SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS NOT
                  REQUIRED,  (iii)  RECEIPT OF A  NO-ACTION  LETTER(S)  FROM THE
                  APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY(IES),  (iv) UNLESS PURSUANT
                  TO AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM  UNDER RULE 144 (OR ANY  SUCCESSOR
                  PROVISION)  OF THE ACT OR (v)  OTHERWISE  COMPLYING  WITH  THE
                  PROVISIONS  OF

                                       12

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 7 OF THE  WARRANT  UNDER  WHICH  THESE SECURITIES WERE
                  ISSUED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY."

                  In addition,  in connection with the issuance of this Warrant,
the holder specifically  represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant
as follows:

     (1) The holder is aware of the  Company's  business  affairs and  financial
condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an
informed  and  knowledgeable  decision to acquire  this  Warrant.  The holder is
acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment  purposes only and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with any "distribution"  thereof for
purposes of the Act in violation of the Act. The holder  acknowledges  that such
holder,  or such  holder's  representatives,  if any,  has been given  access to
information about the Company,  through written material provided in or attached
to the Financing  Agreement,  and through meetings with  representatives  of the
Company,  and has had an opportunity to verify the accuracy of such information,
to ask  questions  of the  Company's  officers and  directors,  and has received
answers to such holder's satisfaction. The holder understands that the valuation
and terms of this  Warrant  has been made solely  through and upon  negotiations
between  the  Company  and the  holder,  and not by an  independent  accountant,
auditor,  investment  banker or third  party.  The holder  represents  that such
holder has evaluated the fairness of the terms and conditions of this Warrant to
the extent he, she or it has deemed necessary.  In making a decision to purchase
this  Warrant,  the holder has relied  solely on the  information  contained  or
referred to herein and upon  independent  investigations  made by such holder in
its  discretion.  In  addition,  the holder is not  purchasing  the Warrant as a
result or  subsequent  to:  (1) any  advertisement,  article,  notice,  or other
publication  published in any newspaper,  magazine,  or similar  broadcast media
over the  internet,  television,  or radio;  or (2) any seminar or meeting whose
attendees,  including the holder, were invited as a result of, subsequent to, or
pursuant to, any general solicitation.

     (2) The holder  understands  that this Warrant and the Warrant  Shares have
not  been  registered  under  the  Act in  reliance  upon a  specific  exemption
therefrom,  which  exemption  depends upon,  among other  things,  the bona fide
nature of the holder's investment intent as expressed herein.

     (3) The holder  understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares may be
held  indefinitely  unless  subsequently   registered  under  the  Act  and  any
applicable  state securities  laws, or unless  exemptions from  registration are
otherwise available.

     (4) The holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Act,  which,   in  substance,   permit  limited  public  resale  of  "restricted
securities" acquired,  directly or indirectly,  from the issuer thereof (or from
an  affiliate  of  such  issuer),  in  a  non-public  offering  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of certain  conditions,  if  applicable,  including,  among  other
things:  the availability of certain public  information about the Company,  the
resale  occurring  not less than one (1) year after the party has  purchased and
paid for the  securities to be sold;  the sale being made through a broker in an
unsolicited  "broker's  transaction" or in  transactions  directly with a market
maker (as said term is defined  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended)  and the amount of  securities  being sold  during any three  (3)-month
period not exceeding the specified limitations stated therein.

                                       13

<PAGE>

     (5) The holder understands that at the time such holder wishes to sell this
Warrant and the Warrant  Shares there may be no public market upon which to make
such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may
not be satisfying the current public  information  requirements of Rule 144, and
that, in such event,  the holder may be precluded  from selling this Warrant and
the  Warrant  Shares  under Rule 144 even if the one  (1)-year  minimum  holding
period had been satisfied.

     b.  Disposition of Warrant or Warrant Shares.  This Warrant and the Warrant
Shares may be detached and sold or otherwise  transferred,  in whole or in part,
separately from the Loans made pursuant to the Financing Agreement. With respect
to any offer, sale or other  disposition of this Warrant,  or any Warrant Shares
acquired  pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant prior to registration of such
Warrant or Warrant Shares,  the holder hereof and each subsequent holder of this
Warrant agrees to deliver,  prior to the  registration  of any such transfer,  a
written opinion of such holder's counsel (which may be in-house counsel for such
holder), if reasonably  requested by the Company, to the effect that the sale or
other disposition of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be, may
be effected without registration under the Act. If a determination has been made
pursuant to this Section 7.b.  that the opinion of counsel for the holder is not
reasonably  satisfactory to the Company,  the Company shall so notify the holder
in writing promptly after such  determination has been made (but in any event no
more than two business days  thereafter).  The foregoing  notwithstanding,  this
Warrant or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be, may, as to such federal laws,
be offered,  sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Act,  provided that the Company shall have been furnished with such  information
as the Company may reasonably request to provide a reasonable assurance that the
provisions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Each certificate  representing this
Warrant or the Warrant Shares thus  transferred  (except a transfer  pursuant to
Rule  144)  shall  bear  a  legend  as  to  the   applicable   restrictions   on
transferability  in order to ensure  compliance with such laws,  unless based on
the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the holder,  such legend is not required in
order to ensure  compliance  with such laws. The Company may issue stop transfer
instructions to its transfer agent or, if acting as its own transfer agent,  the
Company may stop  transfer  on its  corporate  books,  in  connection  with such
restrictions.

     8. Rights as Stockholders; Information. No holder of this Warrant, as such,
shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Common
Stock or any other  securities  of the Company which may at any time be issuable
on the exercise hereof for any purpose,  nor shall anything  contained herein be
construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant,  as such, any of the rights
of a  stockholder  of the  Company or any right to vote for the  election of the
directors or upon any matter  submitted to stockholders at any meeting  thereof,
or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights
or  otherwise,  until this  Warrant  shall have been  exercised  and the Warrant
Shares  purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become  deliverable,  as
provided herein. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company will transmit to the
holder of this Warrant such information,  documents and reports as are generally
distributed  to the  holders  of any class or series  of the  securities  of the
Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to the stockholders.

                                       14

<PAGE>

     9.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company represents and warrants to
the holder of this Warrant as follows:

     a. This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is
a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its
terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency
and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing
specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies;

     b. The Warrant  Shares have been duly  authorized and reserved for issuance
by the Company and,  when issued in accordance  with the terms  hereof,  will be
validly  issued,  fully  paid  and  nonassessable  and  are not  subject  to any
preemptive right of any stockholder of the Company;

     c. The  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  granted to or
imposed  upon the Common  Stock and the holders  thereof are as set forth in the
certificate of incorporation of the Company, as amended to the Date of Grant (as
so amended, the "Charter"), a true and complete copy of which has been delivered
by the Company to the original holder of this Warrant;

     d. The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance and
delivery of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance  with
the terms  hereof will not be,  inconsistent  with the charter or by-laws of the
Company,  do  not  and  will  not  contravene,  in  any  material  respect,  any
governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, do
not and will not conflict with or  contravene  any provision of, or constitute a
default under,  any indenture,  mortgage,  contract or other instrument of which
the  Company  is a party  or by which it is bound  or  require  the  consent  or
approval  of, the giving of notice to, the  registration  or filing  with or the
taking of any action in respect of or by, any Federal, state or local government
authority or agency or other person,  except for the filing of notices  pursuant
to federal and state  securities  laws,  which  filings will be  effected.  This
Warrant  and the  Warrant  Shares are not and will not, be subject to any voting
trust  agreement  or  other  contract,  agreement,  arrangement,  commitment  or
understanding  to which  the  Company  is a  party,  including  such  agreement,
arrangement,  commitment or understanding  restricting or otherwise  relating to
the voting or disposition thereof, other than the Registration Rights Agreement;

     e. There are no  actions,  suits,  audits,  investigations  or  proceedings
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened  against the Company in
any court or before any  governmental  commission,  board or authority which, if
adversely determined,  will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the
Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant;

     f. As of the Date of Grant, the authorized capital stock of the Company (of
all classes and series,  including  Common Stock and preferred  stock),  the par
value thereof,  and the issued and outstanding amounts thereof, are as set forth
on Schedule  9.f.  hereof.  The issuance and sale of all such  interests  was in
compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and all issued
and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the Company  are duly

                                       15

<PAGE>

authorized,  validly  issued,  fully paid,  and  non-assessable.  Other than the
Warrants, and other than as specified on Schedule 9.f. hereof, as of the Date of
Grant there are no preemptive rights or any outstanding subscriptions,  options,
warrants,   rights,   convertible   securities,   calls  or  other   agreements,
arrangements or commitments (including, without limitation,  registration rights
agreements and  anti-dilution  rights) relating to the issued or unissued shares
of the  Company's  capital  stock or other  securities,  including  any right of
conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. Other
than the Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the Warrants and any shares of Common
Stock  issued upon  exercise of the  Warrants are not and will not be subject to
any voting trust agreement or other contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment
or understanding to which the Company is a party,  including any such agreement,
arrangement,  commitment or understanding  restricting or otherwise  relating to
the  voting  or  disposition  thereof.  There  are  not any  outstanding  bonds,
debentures,  notes or other indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote
(or convertible into, or exchangeable for,  securities having the right to vote)
on any matters on which  stockholders  of the  Company  may vote.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 9.f., as of the Date of Grant,  there are not any  securities,
options,  warrants,  calls,  rights,  convertible or exchangeable  securities or
commitments,  agreements,  arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which the
Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party or by which any of them is bound
obligating the Company or any of its  subsidiaries to issue,  deliver or sell or
create, or cause to be issued,  delivered or sold or created,  additional shares
of capital stock or other voting  securities or stock equivalents of the Company
or any of its  subsidiaries or obligating the Company or any of its subsidiaries
to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such security,  option, warrant, call,
right, commitment,  agreement,  arrangement or understanding.  As of the Date of
Grant,  other than as  specified  on Schedule  9.f.  hereof,  the Company is not
subject to any  obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise
acquire or retire any shares of its capital  stock or any  security  convertible
into or exchangeable for any of its capital stock.

     10.  Modification  and Waiver.  Subject to Section 20, this Warrant and any
provision  hereof may be changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated  only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against which  enforcement of the same
is sought.

     11.  Notices.   Unless  otherwise   specifically   provided   herein,   all
communications  under this  Warrant  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to
have been duly  given (i) on the date of  service  if served  personally  on the
party to whom notice is to be given,  (ii) on the day of transmission if sent by
facsimile  transmission  to a number provided to a party  specifically  for such
purposes,  and  facsimile  confirmation  of receipt is obtained  promptly  after
completion of  transmission,  (iii) on the day after delivery to Federal Express
or similar overnight courier,  or (iv) on the fifth day after mailing, if mailed
to the party to whom notice is to be given,  by first class mail,  registered or
certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed, return receipt requested, to
each such  holder or to the  Company at the  address  indicated  therefor on the
signature  page of this  Warrant.  Any party  hereto may change its  address for
purposes of this Section 11 by giving the other party written  notice of the new
address in the manner set forth herein.

     12. Binding  Effect on  Successors.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any
corporation  succeeding the Company by merger,  consolidation  or acquisition of
all or

                                       16

<PAGE>

substantially  all of the Company's  assets,  and all of the  obligations of the
Company relating to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of
this Warrant shall  survive the exercise,  conversion  and  termination  of this
Warrant and all of the  covenants  and  agreements of the Company shall inure to
the  benefit of the  successors  and assigns of the holder  hereof.  The Company
will, at the time of the exercise or conversion of this Warrant,  in whole or in
part,  upon  request  of  the  holder  hereof  but  at  the  Company's  expense,
acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to the holder hereof in respect
of any rights to which the holder  hereof  shall  continue to be entitled  after
such exercise or conversion in accordance with this Warrant; provided,  however,
that the failure of the holder  hereof to make any such request shall not affect
the continuing obligation of the Company to the holder hereof in respect of such
rights.

     13. Lost  Warrants or Stock  Certificates.  The  Company  covenants  to the
holder  hereof that,  upon receipt of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation of this Warrant or any
stock  certificate  and,  in the case of any loss,  theft or  destruction,  upon
receipt of an executed lost securities bond or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to the  Company,  or in the  case of any  such  mutilation  upon  surrender  and
cancellation  of such Warrant or stock  certificate,  the Company will  promptly
(but in no event more than three  business  days) make and deliver a new Warrant
or stock certificate,  of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen,  destroyed or
mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

     14.  Descriptive   Headings.   The  descriptive  headings  of  the  several
paragraphs  of  this  Warrant  are  inserted  for  convenience  only  and do not
constitute a part of this Warrant.

     15.  Governing Law. The validity,  interpretation  and  performance of this
Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the laws of the
State of New York  applicable  to contracts  made and to be  performed  entirely
within such State,  regardless of the law that might be applied under principles
of conflicts of law.

     16. Survival of  Representations,  Warranties and  Agreements.  Each of the
respective  representations  and warranties of the Company and the holder hereof
contained  herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of
this  Warrant (or any part  hereof) and the  termination  or  expiration  of any
rights hereunder.  Each of the respective  agreements of each of the Company and
the holder hereof  contained herein shall survive  indefinitely  until, by their
respective terms, they are no longer operative.

     17.  Remedies.  In case any one (1) or more of the covenants and agreements
contained in this Warrant shall have been  breached,  the holders hereof (in the
case of a breach by the  Company),  or the Company (in the case of a breach by a
holder),  may proceed to protect and enforce  their or its rights either by suit
in equity and/or by action at law, including,  but not limited to, an action for
damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance
of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

     18.  Acceptance.  Receipt  of  this  Warrant  by the  holder  hereof  shall
constitute acceptance of and agreement to the foregoing terms and conditions.

     19. No  Impairment  of Rights.  The Company  will not, by  amendment of its
Charter or through any other  means,  avoid or seek to avoid the  observance  or
performance  of any

                                       17

<PAGE>

of the terms of this Warrant,  but will at all times in good faith assist in the
carrying  out of all such terms and in the  taking of all such  action as may be
necessary  or  appropriate  in order to protect the rights of the holder of this
Warrant against impairment.

     20. Amendment. This Warrant may be amended by the signed, written agreement
of the Company and holders of holding at least  fifty-one  percent  (51%) of the
Investor Warrants, collectively and on an as-exercised basis, and such amendment
shall be binding on all  holders of this  Warrant or Warrant  Shares;  provided,
however,  that the consent of all holders of Warrants  affected by any amendment
will be required  for an  amendment  pursuant to which (i) the Warrant  Price is
increased,  (ii) the number of Warrant Shares  purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant is decreased (other than pursuant to any adjustments  provided  herein),
(iii)  the  Expiration  Date is  changed,  or (iv) any  right of the  holder  is
adversely  impacted  in a manner  different  than the other  holders of Investor
Warrants.

     21. Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company shall provide to the holder
hereof, upon written request at any time, a true copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement, as amended and modified to date.



                            [Signature page follows.]

                                       18

<PAGE>





                           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT]


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Warrant as of the day and
year first above written.



COMPANY:                  CFI PROSERVICES, INC.,
                          an Oregon corporation



                          By:    /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                 ----------------------
                                 Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                 Title: President

                                 Address: 400 SW Sixth Avenue
                                          Portland, OR  97204


                           [Signature page continues]

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


To:      CFI ProServices, Inc.

     1. The  undersigned  hereby elects to purchase _____ shares of Common Stock
of  ______________________  pursuant to the terms of the attached  Warrant,  and
tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

     2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing  said shares in
the name of the  undersigned  or in such  other  name or names as are  specified
below:

- -----------------------------                     ------------------------------
 (Name)
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  (Address)

     3. The undersigned  represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired
for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for
resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has
no present  intention of  distributing  or reselling such shares in violation of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In support thereof,  the undersigned has
executed an Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Schedule 1.


_________________________ (Signature)                   __________________(Date)

     4. Please issue a new Warrant for the  unexercised  portion of the attached
Warrant in the name of the  undersigned  or in such  other name as is  specified
below:

                                                  ------------------------------


     5. I elect to convert  this  Warrant  pursuant to the  cashless  Conversion
Right  described  in Section  2.c. of the  Warrant  Agreement  for  ____________
Warrant Shares (as such term is defined therein). ___ (check here)



Date: _________________________
                                                     By:  (Warrantholder)
                                                     Name:  (Print)
                                                     Its:


<PAGE>


                                   Schedule 1

                       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT



Purchaser:

Company:          CFI ProServices, Inc.

Security:         Common Stock

Amount:

Date:


                  In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities
(the "Registrable Securities"),  the undersigned (the "Purchaser") represents to
the Company as follows:

     (a) The Purchaser is aware of the Company's  business affairs and financial
condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Registrable  Securities.  The
Purchaser  is  purchasing  the  Registrable  Securities  for its own account for
investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection
with, any "distribution"  thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act").

     (b) The Purchaser understands that the Registrable Securities have not been
registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom,  which
exemption  depends  upon,  among  other  things,  the bona  fide  nature  of the
Purchaser's investment intent as expressed herein.

     (c) The Purchaser further  understands that the Registrable  Securities may
be held indefinitely unless  subsequently  registered under the Act or unless an
exemption from registration is otherwise available.  In addition,  the Purchaser
understands that the certificate  evidencing the Registrable  Securities will be
imprinted with the legend referred to in the Warrant under which the Registrable
Securities are being purchased.

     (d)  The  Purchaser  is  aware  of the  provisions  of Rule  144 and  144A,
promulgated under the Act, which, in substance,  permit limited public resale of
"restricted  securities"  acquired,  directly  or  indirectly,  from the  issuer
thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer),  in a non-public offering subject
to the satisfaction of certain conditions, if applicable, including, among other
things:  The availability of certain public  information about the Company,  the
resale  occurring  not less than one (1) year after the party has  purchased and
paid for the  securities to be sold;  the sale being made through a broker in an
unsolicited  "broker's  transaction" or in  transactions  directly with a market
maker (as said term is defined  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended) and the amount of securities  being sold during any three-month  period
not exceeding the specified limitations stated therein.

<PAGE>

     (e) The Purchaser  further  understands  that at the time it wishes to sell
the Registrable Securities there may be no public market upon which to make such
a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists,  the Company may not
be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144, and that,
in such event,  the  Purchaser  may be precluded  from  selling the  Registrable
Securities  under Rule 144 even if the one-year  minimum holding period had been
satisfied.



                               Purchaser:



<PAGE>

            SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
            -------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 Number of
Holder                                                            Shares
- ---------------------------------------------------------       ----------
Abelco Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company        190,911
Levine Leichtman Capital Partners, II, L.P., a California
     limited partnership                                         127,274
Foothill Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnerhip        63,637
                                                                 -------
               Total                                             381,822
                                                                 =======




                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT  dated as of August  13,  1999
(this  "Agreement"),  by and among CFI ProServices,  Inc., an Oregon corporation
(the "Company"),  and the Investors named on the signature page hereof (each, an
"Investor" and collectively, the "Investors").

                                 R E C I T A L S

                  WHEREAS, this Agreement is being entered into pursuant to that
certain Financing Agreement (the "Financing Agreement") of even date herewith by
and among the Company, UltraData Corporation,  Meca Software, L.L.C., Moneyscape
Holdings, Inc., the Lenders (as such term is defined therein),  Foothill Capital
Corporation,  as administrative  agent for the Lenders, and Ableco Holdings LLC,
as collateral agent for the Lender Group (as such term is defined therein); and



                  WHEREAS,  in  connection  with the  Financing  Agreement,  the
Company  has  agreed to issue to the  Investors  warrants  (the  "Warrants")  to
purchase in the  aggregate  381,822  shares of Common  Stock  representing  five
percent (5%) of shares of the Company as of Closing on a fully diluted basis.

                  NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of these premises,  and the
respective  promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

ARTICLE 1.

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  "Act"  means the  United  States  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended,  or any similar Federal  statute,  and the rules and regulations of the
Commission  issued  under the Act,  as they each may,  from time to time,  be in
effect.

                  "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or
other day on which  commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
to close.

                  "Commission"  means the United States  Securities and Exchange
Commission, or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Act.

                  "Common Stock" means the shares of common stock, no par value,
of the Company.

<PAGE>

                  "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act
of  1934,  as  amended,  or any  similar  Federal  statute,  and the  rules  and
regulations of the  Commission  issued under the Exchange Act, as they each may,
from time to time, be in effect.

                  "Holder" means any Investor who holds  Registrable  Securities
and any person or entity who holds Registrable Securities and to whom the rights
granted under this  Agreement  have been  transferred  in  compliance  with this
Agreement, and their Permitted Transferees (as defined in Section 2.9 hereof).

                  "Indemnified Party" has the  meaning  described in Section 2.5
(c) below.

                  "Indemnifying Party" has the meaning  described in Section 2.5
(c) below.

                  "Registration  Statement" means a registration statement filed
by the Company with the Commission in compliance  with the Act and the rules and
regulations  promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of its Common
Stock  (other than a  registration  statement  on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or their
successors,  or any  other  form  for a  limited  purpose,  or any  registration
statement  covering  only  securities  proposed  to be  issued in  exchange  for
securities or assets of another entity).

                  "Registrable  Securities"  means shares of Common Stock issued
or issuable  pursuant to the exercise of the  Warrants.  Registrable  Securities
shall include any warrants,  shares of capital stock or other  securities of the
Company  issued  as a  dividend  or other  distribution  with  respect  to or in
exchange  for or in  replacement  of such  shares  of  Common  Stock.  As to any
particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable
Securities  when (a) a  Registration  Statement with respect to the sale of such
securities  shall have become  effective under the Act and such securities shall
have been sold,  transferred,  disposed of or exchanged in accordance  with such
Registration   Statement,   (b)  such  securities   shall  have  been  otherwise
transferred,  new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further
transfer  shall  have  been  delivered  by the  Company  and  subsequent  public
distribution  of them shall not  require  registration  under the Act,  (c) such
securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or (d) upon any sale, transfer or
other  disposition  in any  manner  to a person or  entity  which,  by virtue of
Section 2.9 hereof, is not entitled to the rights provided by this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2.

                               REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.1       Shelf Registration of Registrable Securities.

     (a) The Company  shall mail as soon as  practicable  a  questionnaire  (the
"Questionnaire"),  soliciting the  information  required by Items 507 and 508 of
Regulations S-K under the Act, to each of the Holders,  and shall deliver a copy
of such  Questionnaire  to any


                                       2
<PAGE>

Holder  within five (5) days of it  becoming  available.  As a condition  to any
Registrable  Securities being included in the Registration Statement referred to
below,  such Holder shall submit a  Questionnaire  and shall amend and submit to
the Company a revised  Questionnaire any time the information  contained therein
ceases to be accurate and complete.

     (b) The  Company  agrees  to  file  with  the  Commission,  a  Registration
Statement (the "Shelf  Registration") for an offering to be made on a continuous
basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act  covering all  Registrable  Securities
held by the Holder, as soon as practicable from the date hereof, but in no event
more than ninety (90) days from the date hereof.  The Holders  shall be included
as selling  securityholders in such Registration  Statement promptly, and within
two (2)  Business  Days,  after they have fully  completed  and  returned to the
Company the Questionnaire. The Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 under the
Act or another  appropriate form (including Form S-1, if applicable)  permitting
registration  of such  Registrable  Securities  for resale by the Holders in the
manner or manners reasonably designated by them (including,  without limitation,
one  or  more  underwritten  offerings).  The  Company  shall  cause  the  Shelf
Registration  to be  declared  effective  pursuant to the Act on or prior to the
date  that is 180  days  after  the  date of the  Closing  under  the  Financing
Agreement (the  "Effectiveness  Target Date") and to keep the Shelf Registration
continuously effective under the Act for 60 months (the "Effectiveness  Period")
or  such  shorter  period  ending  when  there  ceases  to  be  outstanding  any
Registrable Securities.

     (c) The Company  shall use all  reasonable  best  efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration  continuously effective, for the period described in Section 2.1(b)
hereof, by supplementing and amending the Shelf  Registration if required by the
rules,  regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for
such Shelf  Registration,  if required by the Act or if reasonably  requested by
the Holders of a majority in amount of Registrable  Securities  (determined on a
fully converted basis) covered by such Shelf Registration.

     (d) In the event any adjustment in the Exercise Quantity (as defined in the
Warrants) would result in the issuance of additional Registrable Securities upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  the  Company  shall  promptly,  and within ten (10)
Business Days,  amend or supplement the Shelf  Registration in order to effect a
Shelf  Registration of such additional  Registrable  Securities  pursuant to the
terms of Section 2.1(b), provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in Section  2.1(b) or the Financing  Agreement,  the  Effectiveness  Target Date
shall be ninety (90) days from the date of the effective  date of the adjustment
to the Exercise Quantity resulting in additional Registrable Securities becoming
issuable to the Holders.

     (e)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in this  Section  2.1,  the
Company may, by delivering  written notice to the Holders,  prohibit  offers and
sales of Registrable  Securities  pursuant to the Shelf Registration at any time
if (A)(i) the  Company  is in  possession  of  material  non-public  information
relating  to the  Company,  (ii) the  Company  determines  (based  on  advice of
counsel) that such  prohibition  is necessary in order to avoid a



                                       3
<PAGE>

requirement to disclose such material  non-public  information to the public and
(iii) the  Company  determines  in good faith  that  public  disclosure  of such
material  non-public  information  would  not be in the  best  interests  of the
Company  and  its  stockholders,  or  (B)(i)  the  Company  has  made  a  public
announcement  relating to an  acquisition  or business  combination  transaction
including the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries that is material to
the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  taken  as a whole  and  (ii)  the  Company
determines  in good faith that (x)  offers and sales of  Registrable  Securities
pursuant to the Shelf Registration prior to the consummation of such transaction
(or such earlier date as the Company shall  determine)  would not be in the best
interests of the Company and its  shareholders or (y) it would be  impracticable
at the time to obtain any financial  statements  relating to such acquisition or
business  combination  transaction that would be required to be set forth in the
Shelf Registration;  provided,  however,  that upon (i) the public disclosure by
the Company of the material  non-public  information  described in clause (A) of
this paragraph or (ii) the  consummation,  abandonment or termination of, or the
availability of the required financial statements with respect to, a transaction
described  in clause (B) of this  paragraph,  the  suspension  of the use of the
Shelf  Registration  pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall cease and the Company
shall promptly  comply,  prior to the next Business Day, with Section 2.3 hereof
and notify the  Holders  that  dispositions  of  Registrable  Securities  may be
resumed. In the event that during the Effectiveness  Period the prospectus under
the  Shelf  Registration  becomes  not  usable  as a  result  of  the  Company's
notification  under this  Section,  the Company  shall use its  reasonable  best
efforts to provide the Holders a usable  prospectus as soon as practicable,  and
in no event shall sales of Registrable  Securities under the Shelf  Registration
be suspended for more than 30 days in any 365-day period.

Section 2.2       [Reserved]

Section 2.3       Registration Procedures.

     (a) The Company shall, at its expense:

     (i) file with the Commission  within 90 days a Registration  Statement with
respect to such  Registrable  Securities  and use its best efforts to cause that
Registration Statement to become and remain effective prior to the Effectiveness
Target Date and for the duration of the Effectiveness Period;

     (ii) prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to
the  Registration  Statement  and the  prospectus  included in the  Registration
Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration  Statement  effective for
the period  described in Section  2.3(a)(i) above and comply with the provisions
of the Act with respect to the  disposition  of all  securities  covered by such
Registration Statement;

     (iii) furnish to each selling Holder such  reasonable  numbers of copies of
the Registration  Statement,  preliminary  prospectus,  final prospectus and any


                                       4
<PAGE>

amendments and  supplements  and such other documents as each selling Holder may
reasonably   request  in  order  to  facilitate  the  public  offering  of  such
securities;

     (iv) promptly and prior to the next  Business Day,  furnish to each selling
Holder  written  notice  of any  stop  order or  similar  notice  issued  by the
Commission or any state agency  charged with the regulation of securities and of
any notice from the Nasdaq  National  Market or other  securities  exchange then
listing the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement;

     (v)  register  or  qualify  the  Registrable   Securities  covered  by  the
Registration  Statement  under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such states as
shall  be  reasonably  appropriate  for  the  distribution  of  the  Registrable
Securities;  provided,  however,  that the Company  shall not for any purpose be
required to qualify to do business as a foreign  corporation in any jurisdiction
wherein it is not so qualified;

     (vi) use its best efforts to make  available to its  security  holders,  as
soon as reasonably practicable,  an earnings statement covering the period of at
least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first
month after the effective  date of the  Registration  Statement,  which earnings
statement  shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158
thereunder;

     (vii) use its best efforts to comply with all rules and  regulations of the
Nasdaq National Market, or such other principal securities exchange on which the
equity securities issued by the Company are then quoted or listed and traded, to
ensure  that the  Registrable  Securities  are  freely  tradeable  thereon  upon
registration thereof under the Act;

     (viii)  provide,  if one has not already been  appointed by the Company,  a
transfer  agent and registrar  for all  Registrable  Securities  covered by such
Registration  Statement not later than the effective  date of such  Registration
Statement;

     (ix) enter into a cross-indemnity  agreement,  in customary form, with each
underwriter, if any;

     (x) include in the  Registration  Statement filed with the Commission,  all
Registrable Securities;  and promptly, within two (2) Business Days after filing
of such a registration  statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements
thereto,  the Company shall furnish to each Holder copies of all such  documents
so filed  including,  if requested,  documents  incorporated by reference in the
registration statement;  and notify each selling Holder of any stop order issued
or threatened by the Commission and use its best efforts to prevent the entry of
such stop order or to remove it if entered;

     (xi) notify each selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus  relating to
such selling Holder's  Registrable  Securities is required to be delivered under
the Act,




                                       5
<PAGE>

of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the  prospectus  included in
such registration  statement  contains an untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state any material fact  necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading, and as soon as practicable prepare a supplement or amendment to such
prospectus  so  that,  as  thereafter   delivered  to  the  purchasers  of  such
Registrable Securities,  such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of
a  material  fact or omit to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make the
statements therein not misleading;

     (xii)  cause all such  Registrable  Securities  to be listed on the  Nasdaq
National Market System (or on such other principal  securities exchange on which
the  equity  securities  issued by the  Company  are then  quoted or listed  and
traded);

     (xiii) enter into an underwriting  agreement in customary form and take all
such other  actions  that the  selling  Holders or their  underwriters,  if any,
reasonably  request in order to expedite or facilitate  the  disposition of such
Registrable Securities;

     (xiv) make  available for  inspection by each selling Holder and one (1) of
its counsel acting for them, any  underwriter  participating  in any disposition
pursuant to such  registration  statement,  and any counsel retained by any such
underwriter,  all  pertinent  financial  and  other  information  and  corporate
documents of the Company reasonably requested, and cause the Company's officers,
directors and employees to supply all  information  reasonably  requested by any
such selling Holder, underwriter or counsel in connection with such registration
statement and to participate in "road shows" or management  presentations as may
be reasonably requested by any underwriter;

     (xv) with respect to any  underwritten  offering,  use its reasonable  best
efforts to obtain a "cold comfort" letter from the Company's  independent public
accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type  customarily
covered by "cold comfort"  letters as the selling Holders or any underwriter may
reasonably request;

     (xvi)  with  respect  to an  underwritten  offering,  obtain an  opinion of
counsel to the Company, addressed to the selling Holders and any underwriter, in
customary  form and including  such matters as are  customarily  covered by such
opinions  in  underwritten  registered  offerings  of equity  securities  as the
selling Holders or any underwriter  may reasonably  request,  such opinion to be
reasonably  satisfactory  in form and substance to each selling  Holder;  (xvii)
furnish to each selling  Holder upon request of such selling Holder within three
(3)  Business  Days,  copies of all  correspondence  between  the  Company,  the
Commission and any applicable state securities  regulatory  agencies relating to
such registration;

     (xviii)  during  the  period  that the  Company  is  required  to keep such
Registration  Statement effective,  promptly and prior to the next Business Day,
notify  each  selling   Holder  of  Registrable   Securities   covered  by  such
Registration  Statement  at any  time  when a  prospectus  relating  thereto  is
required  to be  delivered  under the Act,  of the  happening  of



                                       6
<PAGE>

any event as a result  of which  the  prospectus  or any  prospectus  supplement
included in such  registration  statement,  as then in effect,  or any  material
incorporated by reference  therein,  includes an untrue  statement of a material
fact or omits to state  any  material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or
necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in  light  of the
circumstances  then existing,  or if it is necessary to amend or supplement such
prospectus or any prospectus  supplement or  registration  statement or material
incorporated by reference  therein to comply with the law, and at the request of
any such selling Holder, prepare and furnish to such selling Holder a reasonable
number of copies of a supplement  to or an amendment of such  prospectus  or any
prospectus  supplement or material  incorporated by reference  therein as may be
necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable
Securities,   such   prospectus  or  any   prospectus   supplement  or  material
incorporated  by reference  therein  shall not include an untrue  statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or
necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in  light  of the
circumstances then existing and so that such prospectus or prospectus supplement
or  registration  statement or material  incorporated by reference  therein,  as
amended or supplemented, will comply with the law;

     (xix) upon the reasonable  request of any selling  Holder,  to include in a
prospectus  supplement  or  an  amendment  to  a  Registrable  Securities  Shelf
Registration  any change in the information  provided to the Company pursuant to
Rules 507 or 508 under Regulation S-K under the Act; and

     (xx) upon  delivery of the  certificates  with  respect to the  Registrable
Securities to be registered  pursuant hereto,  issue to any underwriter to which
the selling Holder may sell such  Registrable  Securities in connection with any
such  registrations  (and to any  direct  or  indirect  transferee  of any  such
underwriter)  certificates  evidencing such Registrable  Securities  without any
legend restricting the transferability of the Registrable Securities.

     (b) Each selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt
of any written  notice from the Company of (i) any request by the Commission for
amendments or  supplements  to a  Registration  Statement or related  prospectus
covering any of such selling Holder's Registrable Securities,  (ii) the issuance
by  the  Commission  of  any  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of  a
Registration  Statement  covering  any  of  such  selling  Holder's  Registrable
Securities or the  initiation  of any  proceedings  for that purpose,  (iii) the
receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification of any Registrable  Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (iv) the happening
of any event  that  requires  the  making  of any  changes  in the  Registration
Statement covering any of such selling Holder's  Registrable  Securities so that
it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein  not  misleading  or that any  related  prospectus  will not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
in order to make the statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under
which  they  are  made,  not  misleading,   and  (v)  the  Company's  reasonable


                                       7
<PAGE>

determination  that  a  post-effective  amendment  to a  Registration  Statement
covering any of such selling Holder's Registrable  Securities or a supplement to
any related  prospectus  is required  under the Act;  such  selling  Holder will
forthwith  discontinue  disposition of such  Registrable  Securities until it is
advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable  prospectus (as
amended or supplemented,  as the case may be) and disposition of the Registrable
Securities covered thereby pursuant thereto may be resumed,  provided,  however,
(x) that such selling  Holder shall not resume its  disposition  of  Registrable
Securities pursuant to such Registration  Statement or related prospectus unless
it has  received  notice from the Company  that such  Registration  Statement or
amendment has become  effective  under the Act and has received a copy or copies
of the related prospectus (as then amended or supplemented.  as the case may be)
unless the  Registrable  Securities  are then  listed on a  national  securities
exchange and the Company has advised  such  selling  Holder that the Company has
delivered copies of the related prospectus, as then amended or supplemented,  in
transactions  effected upon such exchange,  subject to any subsequent receipt by
such  selling  Holder  from the  Company of written  notice of any of the events
contemplated  by clauses  (i)  through  (v) of this  paragraph,  and,  (y) if so
directed by the  Company,  such  holder will  deliver to the Company all copies,
other than  permanent  file  copies  then in such  Holder's  possession,  of the
prospectus  covering such Registrable  Securities current at the time of receipt
of  such  notice.  In the  event  the  Holders  are  required  to  refrain  from
disposition  of  Registrable  Securities  for more  than 30 days in any  365-day
period, the Company shall be deemed in breach of this Agreement.

     Section 2.4  Registration  Expenses.  The Company  shall bear all  expenses
incident to the  Company's  performance  of or compliance  with this  Agreement,
including,  without limitation, all fees and expenses relating to the listing of
any  Registrable  Securities  with the Nasdaq National Market System (or on such
other principal securities exchange on which the equity securities issued by the
Company are then quoted or listed and traded),  fees and expenses of  compliance
with securities or Blue Sky laws in  jurisdictions  reasonably  requested by any
selling Holder or underwriter  pursuant to Section 2.3(b) (including  reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky  qualifications of
the  Registrable  Securities),  all word  processing,  duplicating  and printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for
the Company and one (1) counsel  for the selling  Holders  (selected  by Holders
holding  a  majority  of  the  Registrable   Securities),   independent   public
accountants  (including  the  expenses  of any special  audit or "cold  comfort"
letters required by or incident to such performance) and underwriters (excluding
discounts, commissions or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers
or similar  securities  industry  professionals  attributable  to the securities
being  registered,  which  discounts,  commissions  or fees with  respect to any
selling Holder's respective Registrable Securities shall be paid by such selling
Holder), all the Company's internal expenses (including, without limitation, all
salaries  and  expenses  of its  officers  and  employees  performing  legal  or
accounting  duties),  fees of the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.,  the  expense of any annual  audit,  the  expenses  of any  special  audit
incident  to or  required  by any  registration,  the  expense of any  liability
insurance  (if  the  Company  determines  to  obtain  such  insurance)  and  the
reasonable  fees and  expenses  of any  special  experts



                                       8
<PAGE>

(including  attorneys)  retained by the Company (if it so desires) in connection
with such  registration  and fees and expenses of other persons  retained by the
Company.

     Section 2.5 Indemnification.

     (a) In the event of any  registration of any of the Registrable  Securities
under the Act pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Company will  indemnify and hold
harmless  the  selling  Holder  of  such  Registrable  Securities,  each  of its
officers,  directors,  partners, legal counsel and accountants, each underwriter
(if any) and each other person, if any, who controls such selling Holder or such
underwriter within the meaning of the Act, against any expenses, losses, claims,
damages  or  liabilities,  joint or  several,  arising  out of or based upon any
untrue  statement (or alleged untrue  statement) of a material fact contained in
any  Registration   Statement  under  which  such  Registrable  Securities  were
registered  under the Act,  any  preliminary  prospectus,  final  prospectus  or
summary prospectus contained in the Registration  Statement, or any amendment or
supplement to such Registration  Statement,  or arising out of or based upon any
omission (or alleged  omission) to state a material  fact  required to be stated
therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  or any
violation  by the  Company  of the  Act or any  rule or  regulation  promulgated
thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required
of the Company in connection with any such registration; and, subject to Section
2.5(c)  below,  the Company  will  reimburse  such selling  Holder,  each of its
officers, directors,  partners, legal counsel and accountants, each underwriter,
if any, and each such  controlling  person for any legal and any other  expenses
reasonably  incurred by such selling Holder or controlling  person in connection
with  investigating  and  defending  any  such  expense,  loss,  claim,  damage,
liability or action;  provided,  however, that the Company will not be liable in
any such  case to the  extent  that any such  expense,  loss,  claim,  damage or
liability  arises out of or is based upon any untrue  statement or omission made
in such Registration  Statement,  preliminary prospectus,  final prospectus,  or
summary prospectus,  or any such amendment or supplement,  made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such
selling Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein.

     (b) Each selling Holder of Registration Securities will, severally, and not
jointly and severally, in the event that any Registrable Securities held by such
selling  Holder as to which any  registration  is being  effected  under the Act
pursuant to this Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its
directors and officers and each underwriter (if any), and each other person,  if
any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter  within the meaning of the
Act,  against  any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or several,
insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities  (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement of a material fact
contained in any Registration  Statement under which such Registrable Securities
were registered under the Act, any preliminary  prospectus,  final prospectus or
summary prospectus contained in the Registration  Statement, or any amendment or
supplement to the Registration  Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any
omission to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made
in



                                       9
<PAGE>

reliance upon and in  conformity  with  information  furnished in writing to the
Company by such selling  Holder and stated to be  specifically  for use therein,
and shall  reimburse the Company,  its  directors  and  officers,  and each such
controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of
them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action.  This  indemnity  shall remain in full force and effect for
the applicable statute of limitation period regardless of any investigation made
by or on behalf of the Company or such controlling  person and shall survive the
transfer  of shares.  No selling  Holder  shall be liable to the Company and the
other indemnified  parties under this Section 2.5(b) for any amount in excess of
the net proceeds received from the Registrable Securities sold by it pursuant to
the Registration Statement.

     (c) Each party  entitled  to  indemnification  under this  Section 2.5 (the
"Indemnified  Party")  shall  give  notice  to the  party  required  to  provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any loss, claim, action, damage or liability as to which
indemnity may be sought,  and shall permit the  Indemnified  Party to assume the
defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;  provided, that
counsel for the  Indemnifying  Party who shall conduct the defense of such claim
or litigation,  shall be approved by the Indemnified  Party whose approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld);  and, provided,  further, that the failure of any
Indemnified  Party to give  notice as  provided  herein  shall not  relieve  the
Indemnified  Party of its  obligations  under this  Section  2.5,  except to the
extent that such failure to give notice  prejudices  the  Indemnifying  Party or
such  Indemnifying  Party is damaged by such delay.  The  Indemnified  Party may
participate in such defense at such party's expense; provided, however, that the
Indemnifying   Party  shall  pay  such  expense  (but  in  no  event  shall  the
Indemnifying  Party be  obligated  to pay the fees and expenses of more than one
counsel  for  the  Indemnified  Party  or  Parties)  if  representation  of such
Indemnified  Party by the counsel retained by the  Indemnifying  Party would, in
the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, be inappropriate due to actual
or potential  conflict of interests  between the Indemnified Party and any other
party  represented by such counsel in such  proceeding.  If, in the  Indemnified
Party's reasonable judgment, a conflict of interest between such Indemnified and
Indemnifying  Parties may exist in respect of such claim, the Indemnified  Party
may assume the defense of such claim,  jointly with any other  Indemnified Party
that  reasonably  determines  such  conflict  of  interest  to  exist,  and  the
Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  liable  to  such  Indemnified  Parties  for  the
reasonable  legal fees and  expenses  of one  counsel  for all such  Indemnified
Parties  and for other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with the
defense thereof incurred by the Indemnified  Parties.  No Indemnifying Party, in
the defense of any such claim or  litigation  shall,  except with the consent of
each  Indemnified  Party (which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld),
consent to entry of any  judgment  or enter into any  settlement  which does not
include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff
to such  Indemnified  Party of a release  from all  liability in respect of such
claim or  litigation,  and no  Indemnified  Party shall  consent to entry of any
judgment or settle such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of
the Indemnifying Party.




                                       10
<PAGE>

     (d) If the  indemnification  provided  for in this  Section  2.5 is finally
determined  by a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  be  unavailable  to an
Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense
referred to therein or contribution  is required under the Act in  circumstances
for  which   indemnification   is  provided  under  this  Section  2,  then  the
Indemnifying  Party, in lieu of indemnifying  such Indemnified  Party hereunder,
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  Indemnified  Party as a
result of such loss, liability,  claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as
is appropriate  to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the  Indemnifying
Party on the one  hand  and the  Indemnified  Party  on the  other  and also the
relative fault of the  Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party as well as
any  other  relevant  equitable  considerations.   The  relative  fault  of  the
Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference
to,  among other  things,  whether the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material  fact or the omission to state a material  fact related to  information
supplied by the Indemnifying  Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission;  provided,  however, that, in any such case,
(A) no Holder  will be required  to  contribute  any amount in excess of the net
proceeds  received from the  Registrable  Securities sold by it pursuant to such
Registration  Statement,  and (B) no  person  or  entity  guilty  of  fraudulent
misrepresentation,  within the  meaning of  Section  11(f) of the Act,  shall be
entitled  to  contribution  from any  person or entity who is not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

     (e)  Indemnification  and  contribution  similar to that  specified in this
Section 2.5(e) (with  appropriate  modifications)  shall be given by the Company
and each  selling  Holder with  respect to any  required  registration  or other
qualification  of  Registrable  Securities  under  any  Federal  or state law or
regulation of any governmental authority, other than the Act.

     (f) The  indemnification  required  by this  Section  2.5  shall be made by
periodic  payments of the amount thereof during the course of the  investigation
or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability
is incurred.

     (g) The obligations  under this Section 2.5 shall survive the completion of
any offering of Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement.

     Section 2.6 Indemnification with Respect to Underwritten Offering.

     (a) In the  event  that  Registrable  Securities  are  sold  pursuant  to a
Registration  Statement in an underwritten offering, the Company agrees to enter
into  an  underwriting   agreement  containing  customary   representations  and
warranties  with  respect to the  business  and  operations  of the  Company and
customary  covenants and  agreements  to be performed by the Company,  including
without limitation  customary  provisions with respect to indemnification by the
Company of the underwriters of such offering.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     (b) No Holder may participate in any underwritten  registration pursuant to
Section 2  hereunder  unless  such  Holder  (i)  agrees to sell the  Registrable
Securities  which it proposes to sell in such  underwritten  registration on the
basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled
hereunder  to approve  such  arrangements  and (ii)  completes  and executes all
questionnaires,  powers  of  attorney,  reasonable  and  customary  indemnities,
underwriting  agreements  and other  documents  required under the terms of such
underwriting  arrangements and provides such other information and documentation
as the Company or the  underwriters  may reasonably  request in connection  with
such underwritten registration.

     Section 2.7  Information by Holder.  Each holder of Registrable  Securities
included  in any  Registration  shall  furnish to the Company  such  information
regarding  such  holder and the  distribution  in proposed by such holder as the
Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection
with any registration,  qualification or compliance  referred to in this Article
2.

     Section  2.8  Termination.  All of the  Company's  obligations  to register
Registrable  Securities  under this Agreement  pursuant to this Agreement  shall
terminate  on the  earlier of (x) when there are no  Registrable  Securities  as
defined herein and (y) seven years from the date hereof.

     Section 2.9 Transfer of Rights.

     (a) The rights and  obligations of each Holder (or assignee  thereof) under
this  Agreement  may be  transferred  or assigned  by such  Holder (or  assignee
thereof),  in whole or in part,  without the consent of the Company or any other
Holder,  (i) to any  Affiliate  of the  Holder  or (ii)  any  person  or  entity
acquiring at least five hundred (500)  Registrable  Securities  (as adjusted for
stock splits, stock dividends,  recapitalization or similar events) (all of such
parties, collectively, the "Permitted Transferees").  The Company may not assign
this  Agreement  or any of its  rights  or  obligations  hereunder  or under the
Warrant without the prior written consent of each Holder and each Warrant holder
(which  consent may be withheld  for any reason in the sole  discretion  of such
Holder or Holders).

     (b) Any  transferee  (other  than a  Holder  who is  already  a party to an
agreement in form and substance  similar to this Agreement) to whom rights under
this Agreement are transferred  shall, as a condition to such transfer,  deliver
to the Company a written instrument by which such transferee  identifies itself,
gives  the  Company  notice  of the  transfer  of  such  rights,  indicates  the
Registrable  Securities  owned by it and  agrees to be bound by the  obligations
imposed upon the Investors under this Agreement.

     (c) A transferee to whom rights or obligations are transferred  pursuant to
this Section 2.9 may not again  transfer such rights or obligations to any other
person or entity, other than as provided in this Section 2.9.


                                       12
<PAGE>

     Section  2.10 Rule 144.  The Company  will file the reports  required to be
filed by it under the Act and the  Exchange  Act,  and will  take  such  further
action as any Holder of Registrable  Securities may reasonably  request,  all to
the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell  Registrable
Securities  without  registration  under the Act within the  limitations  of the
exemptions  provided  by (a) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended
from time to time,  or (b) any similar rule or regulation  hereafter  adopted by
the  Commission.   Upon  the  written  request  of  any  Holder  of  Registrable
Securities,  the  Company  will  deliver  to such  Holder,  within  five days of
delivery of such request, a written statement as to whether it has complied with
such filing requirements.  In connection with any sale of Registrable Securities
that will result in such securities no longer being "restricted  securities" (as
defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act), the Company shall cooperate with
the  selling  Holders  and  the  underwriter(s),  if  any,  and  facilitate  the
preparation and delivery of certificates representing such securities to be sold
which do not bear any restrictive legends to permit delivery of such securities.

     Section 2.11 Information  Reports.  The Company  covenants that,  except at
such times as the Company is a reporting  company  under  Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, the Company shall,  upon the written  request of any Holder of
Registrable  Securities,  provide  to any  such  Holder  and to any  prospective
institutional  transferee of Registrable  Securities  designated by such Holder,
within five Business Days after delivery of such written request, such financial
and other  information  as is  available  to the  Company and as such Holder may
reasonably  determine  is  required  to permit a  transfer  of such  Registrable
Securities to comply with the  requirements of Rule 144A  promulgated  under the
Act.

     Section 2.12 Investor  Representations.  In connection with the acquisition
of the  Warrants,  each of the  Investors  hereby  represents  that it has  such
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is
capable of evaluating  the merits and risks of its  investment  contemplated  by
this Agreement and has the capacity to protect its own interests.  Each Investor
acknowledges  that  investment  in the Warrant and the shares of Company  common
stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  Warrant  ("Warrant  Shares") is highly
speculative  and involves a  substantial  and high degree of risk of loss of the
entire investment. Each Investor has adequate means of providing for current and
anticipated financial needs and contingencies, is able to bear the economic risk
of its  investment in the Warrant and Warrant  Shares and could afford  complete
loss of such investment. Each Investor is an "accredited investor" (as such term
is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Act).

     Section 2.13 Market Stand-off Agreement.  Each Holder agrees, in connection
with any  underwritten  public offering that, upon request of the Company or the
underwriters   managing  any  underwritten  public  offering  of  the  Company's
securities,  not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the
purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock of the Company (other than
those shares of Common  Stock  included in the  registration)  without the prior
written  consent of the  Company or such  underwriters,  as the case may be, for
such  period of time (not to exceed  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days) from the
effective date of



                                       13
<PAGE>

such  registration  as may be  requested  by the  underwriters.  The Company may
impose stop-transfer  instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of
each Holder (and the shares or securities  of every other person  subject to the
foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.



                                   ARTICLE 3.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section  3.1  Notices.  All  notices,   demands,   instructions  and  other
communications  required  or  permitted  to be given to or made  upon any  party
hereto shall be in writing  delivered to the parties at the  addresses set forth
on the  signature  page hereof (or such other  address as may be provided by one
party in a  notice  to the  other).  Notice  delivered  in  accordance  with the
foregoing shall be effective (i) when delivered,  if delivered personally,  (ii)
three  hours  after   confirmation   of  receipt,   if  delivered  by  facsimile
transmission,  or (iii) two days after  being  delivered  in the  United  States
(properly  addressed and all fees paid) for by overnight  delivery  service to a
courier  (such as Federal  Express)  which  regularly  provides such service and
regularly obtains executed receipts  evidencing  delivery.  Notices shall not be
given via U.S. Mail.

     Section 3.2 Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the  benefit  of and be  enforceable  by (i) the  parties  hereto;  (ii)  the
Permitted  Transferees;  and (iii) the  respective  successors of the foregoing,
including those resulting by operation of law.

     Section 3.3 Headings.  Article and Section  headings used in this Agreement
are for  convenience  of reference  only and shall not constitute a part of this
Agreement for any purpose or affect the construction of this Agreement.

     Section 3.4 Execution in  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts  and by different  parties on separate  counterparts,
each of which counterparts,  when so executed and delivered,  shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which counterparts,  taken together,  shall constitute
one and the same  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the
execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.

     Section 3.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made
in the State of New York and the validity of this Agreement,  the  construction,
interpretation  and enforcement  thereof,  and the rights of the parties thereto
shall be determined  under,  governed by, and  construed in accordance  with the
internal  laws of the  State  of New  York,  without  regard  to  principles  of
conflicts of law.


                                       14
<PAGE>

     Section 3.6 Survival of Agreements,  Representations  and  Warranties.  All
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement.

     Section 3.7 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE COMPANY WAIVES (A) THE RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY  JURY  (WHICH  EACH  INVESTOR  HEREBY  ALSO  WAIVES)  IN  ANY  ACTION,  SUIT,
PROCEEDING,  OR  COUNTERCLAIM  OF ANY KIND  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATED  TO THIS
AGREEMENT,  THE WARRANT OR THE WARRANT  CERTIFICATE.  THE COMPANY  WARRANTS  AND
REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THE FOREGOING  WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND
HAS  KNOWINGLY  AND   VOLUNTARILY   WAIVED  ITS  JURY  TRIAL  RIGHTS   FOLLOWING
CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION,  THIS AGREEMENT MAY
BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

     Section  3.8  Amendment  and  Waivers.  Any term of this  Agreement  may be
amended and the  observance of any term of this  Agreement may be waived (either
generally   or  in  a   particular   instance   and  either   retroactively   or
prospectively),  with the  written  consent of the Company and the holders of at
least 51% of the Registrable  Securities;  provided,  that this Agreement may be
amended with the consent of the holders of less than all Registrable  Securities
(but not less  than 51% of such  shares)  only in a  manner  which  affects  all
Registrable  Securities in the same fashion.  In no event may this  Agreement be
amended to (i) shorten the Effectiveness  Period,  (ii) extend the Effectiveness
Target Date or (iii)  require a Holder to pay  expenses  otherwise  borne by the
Company  under  Section 2.4,  without the prior  written  consent of each Holder
affected  thereby.  No  waivers  of or  exceptions  to any  term,  condition  or
provision of this Agreement,  in any one or more  instances,  shall be deemed to
be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term,  condition
or provision.

     Section 3.9  Availability of Equitable  Remedies.  Each party  acknowledges
that a breach  of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  could not  adequately  be
compensated  by money  damages.  Accordingly,  any party shall be  entitled,  in
addition  to any  other  right  or  remedy  available  to it,  to an  injunction
restraining  such breach or a threatened  breach and to specific  performance of
any  such  provision  of this  Agreement,  and in  either  case no bond or other
security  shall be  required in  connection  therewith,  and the parties  hereby
consent to such injunction and to the ordering of specific performance.

     Section  3.10  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  sets  forth the  entire
understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

     Section 3.11 Attorneys Fees. Any holder of the Warrant shall be entitled to
recover from the Company the reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by
such holder in connection  with  enforcement by such holder of any obligation of
the Company hereunder or under the Warrant.


                                       15
<PAGE>

     Section 3.12 No  Impairment  Rights.  The Company will not, by amendment of
its Certificate of  Incorporation  or through any other means,  avoid or seek to
avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this  Agreement,  but
will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and
in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or  appropriate in order to
protect the rights of the holder of this Agreement against impairment.

     Section 3.13 No Inconsistent or Superior Registration Rights.

     (a) From and after  the date of this  Agreement,  the  Company  shall  not,
without the prior  written  consent of the  Holders of a majority  in  principal
amount  of  Registrable  Securities,  (i)  enter  into  any  agreement  granting
registration  rights with respect to the Common Stock or other  securities which
are  inconsistent  with  or  superior  to the  rights  granted  to  the  Holders
hereunder;  or (ii) amend any agreement,  in effect as of the date hereof, so as
to grant  registration  rights to any other  person or entity  which causes such
registration  rights  to be  inconsistent  with  those  granted  to the  Holders
hereunder or to otherwise  adversely affect the  registration  rights granted to
the Holders hereunder.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investors acknowledge and agree that
comparable  registration rights have been granted  concurrently  herewith to (i)
the holders of the 10% Convertible  Subordinated  Discount Notes issued pursuant
to that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated of even date herewith by and among
the Company the  subsidiaries of the Company listed on Exhibit A thereto and the
purchasers  of such notes  listed on the  signature  page  thereof  and (ii) the
holders of 58,000  warrants to purchase  shares of Common  Stock  issued to U.S.
Bancorp  Investments,  Inc.,  pursuant to a warrant agreement dated of even date
herewith.







                            [Signature Page Follows.]



                                       16
<PAGE>


                [SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the date first above written.

                              CFI PROSERVICES, INC.



                              By:        /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                         ----------------------
                              Name:      Robert P. Chamness
                              Title:     President

                                   Address:   400 S.W. Sixth Avenue
                                              Portland, Oregon  97204

INVESTORS:
                              ABLECO HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability
                              company


                              By:        /s/ Steven Feinberg
                                         -------------------
                              Name:      Steven Feinberg
                              Title:     Chief Executive Officer


                              LEVINE  LEICHTMAN  CAPITAL  PARTNERS  II,  L.P., a
                              California limited partnership

                                       By: LLCP  California Equity  Partners II,
                              L.P., a California limited partnership, its
                              General Partner

                                                By:  Levine  Leichtman   Capital
                              Partners, Inc., a California corporation, its
                              General Partner

                                       By:        /s/ Arthur E. Levine
                                                  --------------------
                                       Name:      Arthur E. Levine
                                       Title:     President


                           [Signature page continues]




<PAGE>





                              FOOTHILL PARTNERS III, L.P., a Delaware limited
                              partnership, as a Lender

                              By:       /s/ William Shiao
                                        -----------------
                              Name:     William Shiao
                              Title:    Vice President






                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                  BY AND AMONG

                             CFI PROSERVICES, INC.,

                   THE SUBSIDIARIES OF CFI PROSERVICES, INC.,

                                       AND

                    THE PURCHASERS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO



                                 August 13, 1999





<PAGE>



                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


          This NOTE PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of the 13th day of August 1999, by and among CFI  ProServices,  Inc., an
Oregon  corporation  ("Seller"  or  the  "Company"),  Ultradata  Corporation,  a
Delaware   corporation   and  successor  by  merger  to  UFO   Acquisition   Co.
("Ultradata"),  Meca Software,  L.L.C.,  a Delaware  limited  liability  company
("MECA"),  Moneyscape  Holdings,  Inc.,  an Oregon  corporation  (together  with
Ultradata and MECA, the  "Guarantors"),  and the purchasers  listed on Exhibit A
hereto (collectively, the "Purchasers").


                                 R E C I T A L S

          WHEREAS,   concurrently  herewith,  Seller  is  seeking  financing  to
complete its  acquisition  of  Ultradata  Corporation,  and for working  capital
purposes and, in connection  therewith is seeking  senior debt  financing in the
form of a $35,000,000  term loan designated as "Term Loan A", a $30,000,000 term
loan  designated  as "Term  Loan  B",  and a  revolving  credit  facility  in an
aggregate  principal amount not to exceed  $15,000,000 at any time  outstanding,
all of which are being issued pursuant to that certain Financing Agreement dated
as of August 13, 1999 (the  "Credit  Agreement,"  and  together  with any notes,
security  agreements  or other  documents  entered  into by the Seller  pursuant
thereto,  the "1999 Credit  Facility") by and among the Seller,  the Guarantors,
the  financial  institutions  or  funds  identified  therein  as the  "Lenders",
Foothill  Capital  Corporation,  as  administrative  agent for the Lenders,  and
Ableco  Finance  LLC,  as  collateral  agent for the  Lender  Group (as  defined
therein);

          WHEREAS,  as  part of the  contemplated  transaction,  Seller  is also
seeking  to obtain  subordinated  debt  financing,  the net  proceeds  of which,
together with the net proceeds of the 1999 Credit Facility,  would be applied to
complete the  acquisition of Ultradata  Corporation and used for working capital
purposes;

          WHEREAS,  in order to obtain such  subordinated  financing,  Seller is
willing to  authorize,  issue and sell,  an aggregate  principal  face amount of
$7,437,535 of its 10%  Convertible  Subordinated  Discount  Notes (the "Notes"),
which Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors; and

          WHEREAS,  subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth herein,  the
Purchasers are willing to purchase the Notes.


                                A G R E E M E N T

          In  consideration  of the mutual premises and covenants and agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:



<PAGE>



                                    SECTION 1

                              PURCHASE OF THE NOTES

          1.1  Authorization.  Seller  has  authorized  the  issuance,  sale and
delivery  to the  Purchasers  of the  Notes in the form  attached  as  Exhibit B
hereto, in the aggregate principal face amount of $7,437,535.

          1.2 Purchase from Seller.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, each Purchaser,  severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally,
agrees to purchase  from  Seller,  and Seller  agrees to sell to each  Purchaser
Note(s) in the principal face amount set forth opposite each Purchaser's name on
Exhibit A, at a purchase price equal to 74.6215% of the principal amount thereof
(the "Purchase Price").

          1.3 Closing.  The purchase and sale of the Notes (the "Closing") shall
take place at the  offices of  Brobeck,  Phleger & Harrison  LLP  located in Los
Angeles,  California,  on August 13,  1999 (or such other  place and time as the
parties may mutually agree). At the Closing:

                  (a) Seller shall deliver to each  Purchaser  such  Purchaser's
Note(s), dated the Closing Date, duly registered in the Purchaser's name; and

                  (b) Each Purchaser  shall deliver to Seller the Purchase Price
set  forth  opposite  its name on  Exhibit  A to the  bank  account  of  Seller,
designated by Seller two (2) business days prior to the Closing,  in immediately
available funds.

          1.4     Other Defined Terms.  Certain other terms used or incorporated
by reference herein, but not defined herein, are defined on Annex I.


                                    SECTION 2

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EACH PURCHASER

          Each  Purchaser  hereby  severally,  and not  jointly or  jointly  and
severally, represents and warrants to Seller that:

          2.1 Due Incorporation or Formation;  Authorization of Agreement. It is
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of its
jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate power and authority
necessary to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to perform its  obligations
hereunder,  and the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement has
been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate or other action. This Agreement
has been duly and validly  executed  and  delivered by it, and  constitutes  the
legal, valid, and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance
with its terms, subject to

                                       2.


<PAGE>



bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent  transfer,  moratorium,  reorganization and
other similar laws of applicability  relating to creditors rights and to general
equity principles.

          2.2     No Conflict.

                  (a) Neither the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
Agreement nor the  consummation by it of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby
will (i) violate any provision of its organizational  documents; or (ii) violate
any judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation binding
upon  it  or  its  properties  or  assets,  other  than  such  violations  which
individually or in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect on its
ability to consummate the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and under
its Note.

                  (b) No authorization,  consent or approval of, or filing with,
any public body or governmental  authority is necessary for the  consummation by
it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          2.3 Investment  Intent.  Each Purchaser is acquiring the Notes and the
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes (the  "Securities")  pursuant
to  this  Agreement  for its own  account.  Each  Purchaser  is  purchasing  the
Securities  for  investment  purposes  and  not  with a  view  to  the  sale  or
distribution of any Securities,  by public or private sale or other disposition,
in violation of the Securities  Act.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or anything
else contained herein to the contrary,  the Notes and the shares of Common Stock
issuable or issued upon  conversion of the Notes may be pledged as collateral in
connection with a bona fide margin account or other lending arrangement.

          2.4 Certificates to be Legended.  Each Purchaser understands that each
Security will bear a legend on the face thereof (or on the reverse  thereof with
a reference to such legend on the face thereof)  required by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission or a state securities commission.

          2.5  Securities  Will  be  "Restricted  Securities".   Each  Purchaser
understands that the Securities will be "restricted  securities" as that term is
defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          2.6  Sophistication of Purchasers;  Accredited  Investor Status.  Each
Purchaser has such  knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters
that such  Purchaser  is  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits  and risks of its
investment  contemplated  by this  Agreement and has the capacity to protect its
own interests.  Each Purchaser acknowledges that investment in the Securities is
highly speculative and involves a substantial and high degree of risk of loss of
the entire  investment.  Each  Purchaser  has adequate  means of  providing  for
current and anticipated  financial needs and contingencies,  is able to bear the
economic risk of its investment in the Securities and could afford complete loss
of such investment.  Each Purchaser is an "accredited investor" (as such term is
defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).


                                       3.


<PAGE>



          2.7 Due  Diligence.  Each  Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss
the Seller's  business,  management,  and financial affairs with its management.
Each  Purchaser  is  entering  into  this  Agreement  and the  other  agreements
described  therein  and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and  thereby in
reliance on its own investigation  and review of the information  concerning the
Seller provided to it and the representations contained in this Agreement and in
the 1999 Credit Facility.


                                    SECTION 3

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                          OF THE SELLER AND GUARANTORS

          Seller and each of the  Guarantors  hereby  represents and warrants to
the Purchasers, jointly and severally, as follows:

          3.1  Representations  and Warranties  Incorporated  by Reference.  All
representations  and  warranties of Seller and each  Guarantor  contained in the
1999 Credit  Facility as in effect on the Closing Date (without giving effect to
any  modifications  or supplements to the 1999 Credit Facility or termination of
the 1999 Credit  Facility  after the Closing  Date) are  incorporated  herein by
reference and are made to or for the benefit of the Purchasers. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing,  the  representations  and warranties of Seller
and each  Guarantor  set  forth in  Article  V and  Section  9.02 of the  Credit
Agreement,  together  with related  definitions  and  ancillary  provisions  and
schedules and exhibits,  are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by reference,
as if set forth in this Agreement in full, mutatis mutandis;  provided, that, as
incorporated into this Agreement,  (i) each reference in the Credit Agreement to
a "Loan Party" or the "Loan Parties" shall be deemed to be a reference to one or
more of the  Seller  and the  Guarantors,  (ii)  each  reference  in the  Credit
Agreement  to the  "Lender  Group"  shall be  deemed  to be a  reference  to the
Purchasers, (iii) each reference in the Credit Agreement to a "Loan Document" or
a "Warrant" shall be deemed to be a reference to this Agreement,  the Notes, the
Registration Rights Agreement, and any other document entered into in connection
herewith (the "Subordinated  Note Documents"),  and (iv) each other defined term
used in the Credit Agreement and incorporated by reference herein shall have the
meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

          3.2 Shares Reserved. As of the date hereof, 602,534 shares of Seller's
Common Stock, no par value per share ("Common Stock"), have been duly authorized
for issuance in connection  with the conversion of the Notes.  Upon  conversion,
the  shares  of Common  Stock  issued to the  Holders  will be duly  authorized,
validly  issued,  fully  paid  and  nonassessable.  Except  as set  forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement,  and a registration rights agreement entered into
pursuant to the 1999 Credit  Facility,  Seller has not granted to any Person the
right to cause Seller to register  with any state or federal  securities  agency
any Capital Stock owned by such Person.


                                       4.


<PAGE>



          3.3 Indebtedness. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated
hereby,  Seller and the Guarantors will have Indebtedness due to the persons and
in the amounts and pursuant to the terms set forth on Exhibit C hereto.


                                    SECTION 4

                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

          The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase the Notes to be purchased
during the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to its  satisfaction of each of
the following conditions:

          4.1 Representations  and Warranties  Correct.  The representations and
warranties  made by the Seller and the  Guarantors  in Section 3 hereof shall be
true and correct in all respects when made, and shall be true and correct on the
Closing Date,  with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as
of that date.

          4.2 Performance. All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in
this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Seller on or prior to the
Closing Date shall have been performed or complied with in all respects.

          4.3 Opinion of Seller's  Counsel.  Each Purchaser  shall have received
from Farleigh,  Wada & Witt, P.C., and Hiscock & Barclay,  counsel to the Seller
and the  Guarantors,  opinions  addressed to it, dated the Closing Date,  and in
substantially the form attached as Exhibit D hereto.

          4.4 Legal  Investment.  The  issuance  of the Notes to each  Purchaser
hereunder  shall  be  legally  permitted  by all  federal  and  state  laws  and
regulations,  and any rules or  regulations  of any stock exchange or the Nasdaq
National Market, to which such issuance and the Seller are subject.

          4.5 Compliance  Certificate.  Seller shall have delivered an Officer's
Certificate,  dated as of the Closing Date, certifying to the fulfillment of the
conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Agreement.

          4.6 Proceedings and Documents.  All corporate and other proceedings in
connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and all  documents  and
instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory in substance and
form to each Purchaser and its counsel.

          4.7 Qualification.  All authorizations,  approvals or permits, if any,
of any governmental authority or regulatory body that are required in connection
with the lawful issuance and sale of the Notes pursuant to this  Agreement,  the
conversion  of the Notes into Common Stock and the issuance of such Common Stock
upon such conversion shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and
as of the Closing Date.


                                       5.


<PAGE>



          4.8 Closing of Credit Agreement.  Each of the conditions  precedent to
the  Lender  Group's  obligation  to make the  initial  loans  under the  Credit
Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived on terms  reasonably  satisfactory
to the Purchasers.

          4.9  Closing of  Acquisition;  Use of  Proceeds.  The  acquisition  of
Ultradata  Corporation  shall  have  been  consummated  simultaneously  herewith
pursuant to the terms of the Ultradata Acquisition Documents, and the Purchasers
shall have been satisfied in their  reasonable  discretion  that the proceeds of
the  purchase  and sale of the Notes are being used in  accordance  with Section
7.15 hereof.

          4.10  Registration  Rights  Agreement.  Seller shall have delivered to
each Purchaser an executed  Registration  Rights  Agreement in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit E.

          4.11  Suretyship  Agreement.  Seller  shall  have  delivered  to  each
Purchaser  an  executed  Suretyship  Agreement  in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit F.


                                    SECTION 5

                                  SUBORDINATION

          5.1  Subordination  of  the  Subordinated  Notes.   Anything  in  this
Agreement or the Subordinated Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holder,
by its  acceptance  of a  Subordinated  Note  hereunder,  hereby agrees that the
Indebtedness  evidenced by this  Agreement  and the  Subordinated  Notes and any
guarantee of payment with respect  thereto,  including  the payment of principal
of,  premium,  if any,  or  interest  on the  Subordinated  Notes  and any other
Indebtedness,  whether now existing or hereafter  created,  arising  under or in
connection  with  this  Agreement  and the  Subordinated  Notes,  including  all
expenses,  fees,  and  other  amounts  now or  hereafter  payable  hereunder  or
thereunder (all of the foregoing, the "Subordinated  Obligations") are and shall
be subordinate and junior,  to the extent set forth below,  and subject in right
of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

          The expression "payment in full" or "paid in full" or any similar term
or phrase,  when used in this Section 5.1 with  respect to Senior  Indebtedness,
shall mean the payment in full of all such Senior  Indebtedness  in cash and the
termination of all financing  commitments of the Senior Lenders, or, in the case
of Senior  Indebtedness  consisting  of  contingent  obligations  in  respect of
letters of credit or other reimbursement obligations,  the setting apart of cash
sufficient to discharge  such portion of Senior  Indebtedness  in an account for
the  exclusive  benefit of the holders  thereof,  in which  account such holders
shall have (or be granted by the  Seller) a first  priority  perfected  security
interest in a manner reasonably acceptable to such holders.

                  (a) If (i) the  Seller  shall  default  in the  payment of any
Senior Indebtedness (whether principal,  interest or other amount) when the same
becomes due and  payable,  whether at maturity or at a date fixed for  scheduled
payment or by declaration or acceleration or otherwise

                                       6.


<PAGE>



(a  "Payment  Default   Event"),   and  (ii)  the  Holders  (or  the  Designated
Representative,  as applicable)  shall have received a Payment  Default  Notice,
then the Seller shall not make,  and no Holder of the  Subordinated  Notes shall
accept or receive, any direct or indirect payment or distribution of any kind or
character (whether in cash,  securities,  Assets, by set-off, or otherwise),  on
account of the  Subordinated  Obligations  during the  Payment  Blockage  Period
applicable  to such Payment  Default  Event (it being  understood  however that,
notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  the Seller may issue Common Stock or
other junior  securities  upon  conversion of any  Subordinated  Notes,  and the
Subordinated  Notes shall continue to accrete in value to the extent, and in the
manner,  provided for in the  Subordinated  Notes,  during any Payment  Blockage
Period); provided,  however, that in the case of any payment on or in respect of
any  Subordinated  Obligation  that would (in the  absence  of any such  Payment
Default  Notice)  have been due and  payable on any date (a  "Scheduled  Payment
Date") during such Payment  Blockage  Period,  the provisions of this subsection
(a) shall not prevent the making of such payment (a  "Scheduled  Payment") on or
after the date  immediately  following the termination of such Payment  Blockage
Period.   The  foregoing   provisions   of  this   subsection  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,  the  failure  by the Seller to make a  Scheduled  Payment on a
Scheduled  Payment Date during a Payment  Blockage  Period shall  constitute  an
Event  of  Default.  If  the  Holders  (or  the  Designated  Representative,  as
applicable),  shall have received a Payment  Default Notice from or on behalf of
the Agent,  then each Holder  shall,  during the  Standstill  Period  applicable
thereto,  be prohibited  from  accelerating  the  Indebtedness  evidenced by its
Subordinated  Notes and  enforcing any of its default  remedies  (other than the
application  of the  Default  Rate and the  default  rate of  accretion  and the
accrual (but not the payment) of Liquidated  Damages,  if any, but including the
right to accelerate such  Indebtedness and exercise set-off rights) with respect
thereto  (including any right to sue the Seller or to file or participate in the
filing of an  involuntary  bankruptcy  petition  against the Seller)  until such
Standstill  Period  shall cease to be in effect;  provided,  however,  that if a
Holder had initiated an  enforcement  action prior to the  commencement  of such
Standstill  Period at a time when such  Holder was  entitled to do so, then such
Holder shall not be  prevented  during such  Standstill  Period from taking such
otherwise  prohibited  steps,  but no  others,  with  respect  to  such  pending
enforcement action as are required by a mandatory  provision of law. Each Holder
upon the termination of any Standstill  Period applicable  thereto,  may, at its
sole election,  exercise any and all remedies (including the acceleration of the
maturity of the Subordinated  Notes)  available to it under this Agreement,  the
Subordinated Notes, or applicable law.

          In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Seller shall
make any payment to any Holder  prohibited by the  foregoing  provisions of this
subsection  (a), then and in such event such payment shall be segregated by such
Holder and held in trust for the benefit of and  immediately  shall be paid over
to the Agent (in the same form received,  with all necessary  endorsements)  for
application  against the Senior  Indebtedness  remaining unpaid until the Senior
Indebtedness is paid in full.

                  (b) Except under  circumstances  when the terms of subsections
(a) or (d) are  applicable,  if (i) an event of  default  (other  than a payment
default) shall have occurred and be continuing  under the Credit Agreement (or a
refinancing  agreement in respect thereof) (a "Non-Payment  Default Event"), and
(ii) the Holders (or the Designated Representative, as

                                       7.


<PAGE>



applicable)  shall have received a Non-Payment  Default Notice,  then the Seller
shall not make,  and no Holder shall  accept or receive,  any direct or indirect
payment or  distribution  of any kind or  character  (whether  in cash,  Assets,
securities, by set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Subordinated Obligations
during the Non-Payment  Blockage Period  applicable to such Non-Payment  Default
Event  (it  being  understood  however  that,  notwithstanding  anything  to the
contrary,  the Seller may issue  Common Stock or other  junior  securities  upon
conversion of any Subordinated  Notes, and the Subordinated Notes shall continue
to  accrete  in value to the  extent,  and in the  manner,  provided  for in the
Subordinated Notes, during any Non-Payment Blockage Period); provided,  however,
that in the case of any Scheduled  Payment on or in respect of any  Subordinated
Obligation  that would (in the absence of any such  Non-Payment  Default Notice)
have been due and payable on any Scheduled  Payment Date during such Non-Payment
Blockage  Period,  the  provisions of this  subsection (b) shall not prevent the
making of such Scheduled Payment on or after the date immediately  following the
termination of such  Non-Payment  Blockage Period.  The foregoing  provisions of
this subsection (b) to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the failure by the Seller
to make a Scheduled  Payment on a Scheduled  Payment  Date during a  Non-Payment
Blockage  Period shall  constitute  an Event of Default.  If the Holders (or the
Designated  Representative,  as  applicable)  shall have  received a Non-Payment
Default  Notice  from  or on  behalf  of the  Agent,  then  each  Holder  of the
Subordinated Notes,  during the Standstill Period applicable  thereto,  shall be
prohibited from  accelerating  the Indebtedness  evidenced  thereby and shall be
prohibited  from  enforcing  any  of  its  default   remedies  (other  than  the
application  of the  Default  Rate and the  default  rate of  accretion  and the
accrual (but not the payment) of Liquidated  Damages,  if any, but including the
right to accelerate such  Indebtedness and exercise set-off rights) with respect
thereto  (including any right to sue the Seller or to file or participate in the
filing of an  involuntary  bankruptcy  petition  against the Seller)  until such
Standstill  Period  shall cease to be in effect;  provided,  however,  that if a
holder of a Subordinated  Note had initiated an enforcement  action prior to the
commencement of such  Standstill  Period at a time when such holder was entitled
to do so, then such holder shall not be prevented during such Standstill  Period
from taking those steps, but no others, with respect to such pending enforcement
action as are  required  by a  mandatory  provision  of law.  Each Holder of the
Subordinated  Notes,  upon the termination of any Standstill  Period  applicable
thereto, may, at its sole election, exercise any and all remedies (including the
acceleration of the maturity of the  Subordinated  Notes)  available to it under
this Agreement or applicable law.

          In the event that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Seller shall
make any  payment  to any Holder of the  Subordinated  Notes  prohibited  by the
foregoing provisions of this subsection (b), then and in such event such payment
shall be  segregated  by such  holder  and held in trust for the  benefit of and
immediately shall be paid over to the Agent (in the same form received, with any
necessary   endorsements)  for  application   against  the  Senior  Indebtedness
remaining unpaid until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full.

                  (c)  Anything  contained  in Sections  5.1(a) or 5.1(b) to the
contrary  notwithstanding:  (i) no  Holder  shall  exercise  any of its  default
remedies (other than the application of the Default Rate and the default rate of
accretion and the accrual (but not the payment) of Liquidated  Damages,  if any,
but including any judicial or non-judicial action to

                                       8.


<PAGE>



accelerate  or enforce  the  Indebtedness  evidenced  thereby,  any  exercise of
set-off rights, and any right to sue the Seller or to file or participate in the
filing of an involuntary bankruptcy petition against the Seller) with respect to
an Event of Default  prior to five (5)  Business  Days after the  receipt by the
Representative  of Senior  Indebtedness of a written notice from any Holders (or
the Designated  Representative,  as applicable) stating that an Event of Default
has occurred and is  continuing,  specifying in reasonable  detail the nature of
such Event of Default,  and  specifically  designating such notice as a "Default
Notice";  and (ii) the aggregate number of days that any Holder shall be subject
to one or more Non-Payment Blockage Periods (or Standstill Periods on account of
Non-Payment  Blockage  Periods) shall not exceed 270 days in any 360 consecutive
day period;  provided,  however,  that if the Senior Indebtedness is accelerated
and the Agent or the Required  Lenders,  as the case may be, have  commenced and
diligently  and in good faith are pursuing a judicial  proceeding to collect the
Senior  Indebtedness  or  diligently  and in good  faith are  pursuing  material
non-judicial  remedies  to effect  the  foreclosure  and sale of the  collateral
securing  the Senior  Indebtedness,  then any  applicable  Blockage  Period (and
correlative  Standstill  Period) may continue  beyond the maximum number of days
set forth in this  clause  (ii)  unless  and  until  the  Agent or the  Required
Lenders,  as  applicable,  rescind  such  acceleration  in writing,  or abandon,
terminate,  or fail diligently to pursue such judicial or non-judicial remedies.
No  Non-Payment  Default  Event  that  existed  on the date of  delivery  of any
Non-Payment Default Notice or during the resulting  Non-Payment  Blockage Period
shall be made  the  basis  for a  subsequent  Non-Payment  Blockage  Period.  No
Non-Payment  Default Event or Payment  Default Event that existed on the date of
delivery of any Payment Default Notice or during the resulting  Payment Blockage
Period shall be made the basis for a subsequent  Non-Payment  Blockage Period or
Payment Blockage Period.

                  (d) In the event of (i) any Insolvency Proceedings relative to
the Seller or any Guarantor,  (ii) any  proceedings  for voluntary  liquidation,
dissolution,  or  other  winding  up of the  Seller  or any  Guarantor,  whether
involving any  Insolvency  Proceedings,  or (iii) any  arrangement,  adjustment,
composition or relief of the Seller or its debts or any marshaling of the assets
of the Seller,  then, in each case, (A) all Senior  Indebtedness  shall first be
paid in full  before  any  payment  is made by or on behalf of the Seller or any
Guarantor on the  Subordinated  Obligations;  (B) any payment or distribution of
any kind or  character  (whether in cash,  securities,  Assets,  by set-off,  or
otherwise,  but excluding any Common Stock or other junior  securities issued by
the Seller upon conversion of any Subordinated  Notes and the accretion in value
of the  Subordinated  Notes  to the  extent,  and in the  manner,  provided  for
therein) to which the Holders  would be entitled but for the  provisions of this
subsection (d) (including, without limitation, any payment or distribution which
may be payable or  deliverable  to such  holders by reason of the payment of any
other  Indebtedness  of the Seller or its  Subsidiaries  being  subordinated  to
payment  of the  Subordinated  Obligations)  shall be paid or  delivered  by the
Person making such payment or distribution,  whether a trustee in bankruptcy,  a
receiver,  a liquidating  trustee,  or otherwise,  directly to the Agent, or the
agent or other Representative of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, for the
benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, as their interest may appear,
to the extent  necessary  to make  payment  in full of all  Senior  Indebtedness
remaining unpaid.  In the event that, in the circumstances  contemplated by this
subsection (d), and notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this subsection
(d), the Holders of the Subordinated

                                       9.


<PAGE>



Notes  shall  have  received  any such  payment or  distribution  of any kind or
character  (whether in cash,  securities,  Assets,  by setoff, or otherwise that
they are not entitled to receive by the foregoing provisions,  before all Senior
Indebtedness  is  paid  in  full,  then  and  in  such  event  such  payment  or
distribution  shall  be  segregated  and held in trust  for the  benefit  of and
immediately   shall  be  paid  over  to  the  Agent,   or  the  agent  or  other
representative of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, for the benefit of the
holders  of  the  Senior  Indebtedness,   as  their  interest  may  appear,  for
application  against the  payment of all Senior  Indebtedness  remaining  unpaid
until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full.

                  (e) If any  Holder  does not  file a proper  claim or proof of
debt or  other  document  or  amendment  thereof  in the  form  required  in any
proceeding  under the  Bankruptcy  Code  prior to thirty  (30) days  before  the
expiration  of time to file such claim or other  document or amendment  thereof,
then the Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) in such proceeding,
and hereby  irrevocably  is  appointed  lawful  attorney  of such Holder for the
purpose of  enabling  the Agent to demand,  sue for,  collect,  receive and give
receipt  for the  payments  and  distributions  in respect  of the  Subordinated
Indebtedness  owing to such Holder that are made in such proceeding and that are
required to be paid or  delivered to the holders of the Senior  Indebtedness  as
provided in  subsection  (d),  and to file and prove all claims  therefor and to
execute and deliver all  documents in such  proceeding in name of such Holder or
otherwise in respect of such claims, as the Agent reasonably may determine to be
necessary or appropriate.

          Each  Holder  agrees  that it will not  enter  into any  amendment  or
modification  of the  provisions of this  Agreement or the  Subordinated  Notes,
without having first obtained the prior written consent of the Required Lenders,
if the effect  thereof  would be to amend or modify in any way (a) the  interest
rate or principal  amount or schedule of payments of principal and interest with
respect  to any of the  Subordinated  Obligations,  other  than  to  reduce  the
interest  rate  thereon or  principal  amount  thereof or extend the schedule of
payments with respect  thereto,  (b) the  subordination  provisions set forth in
this Section 5 or any of the Subsidiary Guarantees, or (c) the Events of Default
set forth  herein,  other than to make such  covenants or Events of Default less
restrictive or to issue a waiver in respect thereof.

          No right of any  present or future  holder of Senior  Indebtedness  to
enforce  subordination  as  herein  provided  shall  at any  time  in any way be
prejudiced  or  impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Seller,
or by any  non-compliance  by  the  Seller  or by any  Holder  with  the  terms,
provisions,   and  covenants  of  this  Agreement  or  the  Subordinated  Notes,
regardless of any knowledge  thereof any such holder of Senior  Indebtedness may
have or be otherwise charged with.

          Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph,
the holders of the Senior  Indebtedness  may, at any time and from time to time,
without  the   consent  of  or  notice  to  the   Holders,   without   incurring
responsibility   to  the  Holders,   and  without  impairing  or  releasing  the
subordination  provided in this Section 5 or the  obligations  of the Holders to
the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (a)
change the manner,  place, or terms of payment (including any change in the rate
of interest), or extend the time of payment of,

                                       10.


<PAGE>



or renew, amend, modify,  alter, or grant any waiver or release with respect to,
or consent to any departure  from,  any Senior  Indebtedness  or any  instrument
evidencing  the  same  or  any  agreement   evidencing,   governing,   creating,
guaranteeing or securing any Senior Indebtedness;  (b) sell, exchange,  release,
or otherwise  deal with any property  pledged,  mortgaged or otherwise  securing
Senior  Indebtedness;  (c) release any Person  liable under or in respect of the
Senior  Indebtedness;  (d) fail or delay in the perfection of Liens securing the
Senior Indebtedness;  (e) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against
the Seller and any other  Person;  or (f) amend,  or grant any waiver or release
with respect to, or consent to any departure  from, any guarantee for all or any
of the Senior Indebtedness.

          The provisions of this Section 5.1 are for the purpose of defining the
relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness,  on the one hand, and the
Holders,  on the other hand,  and nothing  herein shall  impair,  as between the
Seller and the Holders, the obligation of the Seller, which is unconditional and
absolute,  to pay to the Holders thereof the principal  thereof and premium,  if
any,  and interest  thereon in  accordance  with their terms and the  provisions
hereof.  Upon payment in full of the Senior  Indebtedness and the termination of
all  obligations  of the  Senior  Lenders  under the  Credit  Agreement  (or any
refinancing  agreement  in respect  thereof),  the Holders  shall be  subrogated
(without  any  representation  or warranty on the part of Agent or any holder of
Senior  Indebtedness) to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to
receive  payments  or  distributions  of  Assets  of the  Seller  made on Senior
Indebtedness  (and any security  therefor)  until the  Subordinated  Obligations
shall be paid in full, and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments to
the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any cash, Assets, stock, or obligations to
which the Holders would be entitled  except for the provisions of subsection (e)
above shall, as between the Seller, its creditors (other than the holders of the
Senior  Indebtedness),  and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Seller
to or on account of Senior Indebtedness.

          The  agreements  contained  in this  Section 5.1 shall  continue to be
effective or shall be  automatically  reinstated,  as the case may be, if at any
time any payment (or any part of any payment) on the Senior  Indebtedness  shall
be returned by any holder of Senior Indebtedness: (a) under any state or federal
law upon or following  the  insolvency,  bankruptcy,  or  reorganization  of the
Seller or  otherwise;  or (b) by reason of any  settlement  or compromise of any
claim  against such holder for repayment or recovery of any amount on account of
any Senior Indebtedness; in each case, as though such payment had not been made.

          5.2 Right of Holder to Hold  Senior  Indebtedness.  Any Holder that is
also a Senior Lender shall be entitled to the benefit of the rights set forth in
this Section 5 in respect of any Senior  Indebtedness  at any time held by it to
the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness,  and nothing in this
Agreement  shall be  construed  to deprive such Holder of any of its rights as a
holder of Senior Indebtedness.

          5.3 Designated  Representative.  Within sixty (60) days of the date of
this Agreement,  the Required Holders shall select a Designated  Representative,
who may (but need not) be a Holder and  provide  written  notice to the Agent of
such selection; provided, however, that if no

                                       11.


<PAGE>



Designated  Representative  is selected  within such sixty (60) day period,  the
Agent may  select a  Designated  Representative  (who  shall be a  Holder),  and
provide  written  notice to the Holders of such  selection.  Each  Holder  shall
execute and deliver to the Designated  Representative  any agency  agreement the
Designated Representative shall reasonably request; it being understood that the
protections  and indemnities  afforded the Agent under the Credit  Agreement are
hereby deemed reasonable for this purpose.  The Company hereby agrees to pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of the Designated  Representative within 30 days of
invoice therefor. The Designated Representative may be changed from time to time
by written consent of the Required Holders,  but at all times after the original
selection  of  a  Designated  Representative,   the  Holders  shall  maintain  a
Designated   Representative   under  this   Agreement.   This  Section  5.3  is,
notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, made for the benefit
of the Agent and the Senior Lenders (and their  successors and assigns under the
Senior Loan  Documents),  who are hereby  entitled  to rely on and enforce  this
covenant.

          The  foregoing  provisions  of  this  Section  5  shall  constitute  a
continuing  offer to all Persons who, in reliance upon such  provisions,  become
holders of Senior Indebtedness, and such provisions are made for the benefit of,
and may be enforced directly by, holders of Senior Indebtedness,  who hereby are
expressly stated to be intended beneficiaries of this Section 5, notwithstanding
any rescission of this Agreement by the parties hereto.


                                    SECTION 6

                                    GUARANTEE

          6.1   Guarantee.   Each   Guarantor   hereby   jointly  and  severally
unconditionally  guarantees to each Holder,  (i) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of, and premium,  if any, Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest
on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable,  subject to any
applicable  grace  period,  if any,  whether at  maturity,  by  acceleration  or
otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest (including default interest)
on the overdue  principal  of, and  premium,  Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  and
interest  on the  Notes,  to  the  extent  lawful,  and  the  due  and  punctual
performance  of all  other  Obligations  of the  Seller  to the  Holders  all in
accordance with the terms of such Note and this Agreement,  subject, however, to
the limitations set forth in Section 5, and (ii) in the case of any extension of
time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other  Obligations,  that
the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance  with
the terms of the extension or renewal,  at stated  maturity,  by acceleration or
otherwise.  Each  Guarantor  hereby agrees that its  obligations  thereunder and
hereunder  shall be absolute and  unconditional,  irrespective  of, and shall be
unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note
or this  Agreement,  any failure to enforce the  provisions  of any such Note or
this Agreement,  any waiver,  modification  or indulgence  granted to the Seller
with  respect  thereto by the Holder of such  Note,  or any other  circumstances
which may  otherwise  constitute a legal or  equitable  discharge of a surety or
such Guarantor.


                                       12.


<PAGE>



          Each  Guarantor  hereby  waives  diligence,  presentment,  demand  for
payment,  filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or  bankruptcy of
the Seller, any right to require a proceeding first against the Seller,  protest
or notice with respect to any such Note or the  Indebtedness  evidenced  thereby
and all demands  whatsoever,  and will covenant that this  Guarantee will not be
discharged  as to any such  Note  except  by  payment  in full of the  principal
thereof,  premium if any,  and  interest  thereon  and as  provided in Section 6
hereof.  Each Guarantor  further agrees that, as between such Guarantor,  on the
one  hand,  and  the  Holders,  on the  other  hand,  (i)  the  maturity  of the
Obligations  guaranteed  hereby may be  accelerated  as  provided  in Section 10
hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee,  notwithstanding any stay, injunction
or other prohibition  preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations
guaranteed  hereby,  and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
such Obligations as provided in Section 10 hereof, such Obligations  (whether or
not due and payable)  shall  forthwith  become due and payable by each Guarantor
for the purpose of this Guarantee.  In addition,  without limiting the foregoing
provisions,  upon the effectiveness of an acceleration  under Section 10 hereof,
the  Holders  are hereby  deemed to have made a demand for  payment on the Notes
under the Guarantee provided for in this Section 6.

          The guaranty  set forth in this  Section is a continuing  guaranty and
shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the later of the cash payment in
full of the Obligations (other than  indemnification  obligations as to which no
claim has been made) and all other  amounts  payable  under this Section and the
maturity date of the Notes,  (b) be binding upon each Guarantor,  its successors
and assigns,  and (c) inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable by the Holders
and their successors,  pledgees,  transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the
generality  of the  foregoing  clause (c),  the  Holders  may pledge,  assign or
otherwise transfer all or any portion of their rights and obligations under this
Agreement  and  the  other  Subordinated  Note  Documents  (including,   without
limitation,  all or any portion of its Note) to any other Person, and such other
Person shall  thereupon  become vested with all the benefits in respect  thereof
granted the  Holders  herein or  otherwise,  in each case as provided in Section
14.9(a).

          6.2 Limitation of Guarantee.  Notwithstanding any term or provision of
this Agreement to the contrary,  the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations
guaranteed  hereunder by any Guarantor  shall not exceed the maximum amount that
can be guaranteed  hereunder by such Guarantor  without rendering the Guarantee,
as it relates to such  Guarantor,  voidable  under  applicable  law  relating to
fraudulent  conveyance  or  fraudulent  transfer or similar laws  affecting  the
rights of creditors generally.

          6.3  Additional  Guarantors.  The Seller  covenants and agrees that it
shall cause any Person which becomes  obligated  under  Section 7.13 hereof,  to
guarantee  the  Notes,  pursuant  to the terms of  Section 6 hereof,  to execute
either a (i) joinder to this  Agreement and the  Suretyship  Agreement or (ii) a
guarantee,  satisfactory  in form and substance to the  Purchasers,  pursuant to
which such  Subsidiary  shall  guarantee the obligations of the Seller under the
Notes and this  Agreement in  accordance  with this Section with the same effect
and to the same extent as if such Person had been named herein as a Guarantor.


                                       13.


<PAGE>



          6.4 Release of  Guarantor.  A Guarantor  shall be released from all of
its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee if:

                           (i) the Guarantor has sold all or  substantially  all
          of its assets or the Seller and its Subsidiaries  have sold all of the
          Capital  Stock  of the  Guarantor  owned by  them,  in each  case in a
          transaction in compliance with this Agreement; or

                           (ii)   the   Guarantor   merges   with   or  into  or
          consolidates with, or transfers all or substantially all of its assets
          to, the Seller or another  Guarantor in a  transaction  in  compliance
          with this Agreement;

and in each such case,  such Guarantor has delivered to the Holders an Officers'
Certificate and an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Holders, each
stating  that all  conditions  precedent  herein  provided  for relating to such
transactions have been complied with.

          The Holders shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Seller,  at its
request and upon receipt of the documents mentioned in the preceding  paragraph,
deliver an appropriate  instrument  evidencing such release, and take such other
actions as may be reasonably necessary or desirable.

          6.5 Guarantee  Obligations  Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness.  Each
Guarantor  hereby  covenants  and  agrees,  and each  Holder  of a Note,  by its
acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that to the extent and in the
manner  hereinafter set forth in Section 5, the Indebtedness  represented by the
Subsidiary Guarantee and the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest
and  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  on the  Notes  pursuant  to the  Subsidiary
Guarantee by such Guarantor are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in
right of payment as provided in Section 5  (substituting,  for  purposes of this
Guarantee,  the Guarantor's  Indebtedness for the Seller's  Indebtedness) to the
prior indefeasible  payment and satisfaction in full of all Senior  Indebtedness
of such Guarantor, mutatis mutandis. In furtherance and not in limitation of the
foregoing,  in the event  the  Holders  (or the  Designated  Representative,  as
applicable)  shall  have  received  a Payment  Default  Notice or a  Non-Payment
Default  Notice  from or on behalf of the Agent,  during the  Standstill  Period
applicable  thereto  each  Holder  shall be  prohibited  from  accelerating  the
Indebtedness  evidenced by the Subsidiary Guarantee and shall be prohibited from
enforcing any of its default  remedies  (other than  application  of the Default
Rate and the default rate of accretion  and the accrual (but not the payment) of
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  but  including  the  right  to  accelerate  such
Indebtedness  and exercise  set-off rights) with respect thereto  (including any
right  to sue the  Guarantor  or to  file or  participate  in the  filing  of an
involuntary  bankruptcy  proceeding against the Guarantor) until such Standstill
Period  shall  cease to be in effect;  provided,  however,  that if a Holder had
initiated an enforcement  action prior to the  commencement  of such  Standstill
Period at a time when such Holder was  entitled to do so, then such Holder shall
not be prevented  during such Standstill  Period from taking those steps, but no
others,  with  respect to such pending  enforcement  action as are required by a
mandatory  provision of law.  The failure by any  Guarantor to make a payment in
respect  of its  obligations  on  its  Subsidiary  Guarantee  by  reason  of any
provision of Section 5

                                       14.


<PAGE>



or this Section 6.5 shall not be construed as  preventing  the  occurrence  of a
Default or any Event of Default hereunder.

          This Section 6.5 constitutes a continuing offer to all Persons who, in
reliance  upon such  provisions,  become  holders of or  continue to hold Senior
Indebtedness  of any Guarantor;  and such provisions are made for the benefit of
the holders of Senior Indebtedness of each Guarantor;  and such holders are made
obligees hereunder and they or each of them may enforce such provisions.

          6.6 Suretyship Agreement. The agreements and waivers set forth in this
Section 6 are in  addition  to, and not in  limitation  of, the  agreements  and
waivers  set  forth  in the  Suretyship  Agreement,  and the  provisions  of the
Suretyship Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference.


                                    SECTION 7

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

          The Seller hereby  covenants and agrees that,  during such time as any
Holder owns any Notes or any shares of Common  Stock issued upon  conversion  of
the Notes:

          7.1  Financial  Information.  The Seller will  furnish  the  following
reports to each Holder so long as the Holder is a holder of any Notes, or Common
Stock issued upon  conversion  of any Notes that,  in the  aggregate,  represent
ownership  of one percent  (1%) or more,  of the issued and  outstanding  voting
securities of the Seller:

                  (a) As soon as  practicable  after the end of each fiscal year
of the  Seller,  and  in  any  event  within  ninety  (90)  days  thereafter,  a
consolidated   and   consolidating   balance   sheets  of  the  Seller  and  its
subsidiaries,  if any,  as of the  end of such  fiscal  year,  and  consolidated
statements   of  operations   and  retained   earnings  and   consolidated   and
consolidating  statements of cash flows of the Seller and its  subsidiaries,  if
any, for such year,  prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles  consistently  applied and setting forth in each case in  comparative
form the figures for the previous  fiscal  year,  all in  reasonable  detail and
certified  by  independent  public  accountants  from  one of the  five  largest
national  accounting  firms by the Seller,  which opinion shall be without (A) a
"going concern" or like  qualification or exception or (B) any  qualification or
exception as to the scope of such audit or (C) any  qualification  which relates
to the treatment or  classification of any item and which, as a condition to the
removal of such  qualification,  would require an  adjustment to such item,  the
effect of which would be to cause any default under Indebtedness of the Seller.

                  (b) As soon as practicable after the end of the first,  second
and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Seller, and in
any  event  within   forty-five  (45)  days   thereafter,   a  consolidated  and
consolidating balance sheets of the Seller and its subsidiaries, if

                                       15.


<PAGE>



any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and consolidated statements of
operations and retained earnings and consolidated and  consolidating  statements
of cash  flows of the Seller and its  subsidiaries  for such  period and for the
current  fiscal year to date,  prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles consistently applied and setting forth in comparative form
the figures for the corresponding  periods of the previous fiscal year,  subject
to changes resulting from year-end audit  adjustments,  all in reasonable detail
and certified by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Seller.

                  (c) So  long  as  the  Seller  is  subject  to  the  reporting
requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act") and in lieu of the financial  information  required pursuant to paragraphs
7.1(a)  and (b),  copies of its Annual  and  Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-K and
10-Q,  respectively,  or any  similar  successor  forms,  as shall be filed on a
timely basis with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          7.2 Additional Information.  Seller will permit representatives of the
Holders to whom Paragraph 7.1 applies to visit and inspect any of the properties
of the Seller  and its  Subsidiaries,  including  its books of  account,  and to
discuss its affairs,  finances and accounts  with the Seller's  officers and its
independent public  accountants,  all at such reasonable times and as often as a
Holder  may  reasonably  request,   and  the  Seller  hereby  consents  to  such
discussions.  If at any time the Seller is no longer  subject  to the  reporting
requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (ii) quotations for
the Common  Stock of the Seller are no longer  reported  by the Nasdaq  National
Market System,  or by an equivalent  quotations  system or stock  exchange,  the
Seller will deliver the reports  described  below in this  paragraph 7.2 to each
Purchaser entitled to receive financial information pursuant to Section 7.1:

                  (a) As soon as practicable  after the end of each month and in
any event within  thirty (30)  business  days  thereafter,  a  consolidated  and
consolidating  balance sheets of the Seller and its Subsidiaries,  if any, as at
the end of such month,  and  consolidated  statements of operations and retained
earnings and  consolidated  and  consolidating  statements  of cash flows of the
Seller and its  Subsidiaries,  for each month and for the current fiscal year of
the Seller to date,  prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles  consistently  applied,  and certified,  subject to changes resulting
from  year-end  audit  adjustments,  by the  principal  financial or  accounting
officer of the Seller.

                  (b) With  reasonable  promptness,  such other  information and
data with respect to the Seller and any  subsidiaries  as a Holder may from time
to time reasonably request.

                  (c) The foregoing  provisions of this  paragraph 7.2 shall not
be in  limitation of any rights which a Holder may have to the books and records
of the Seller and any  Subsidiaries,  or to inspect their  properties or discuss
their affairs,  finances and accounts,  under the laws of the  jurisdictions  in
which they are incorporated.

     7.3 Notice of Litigation, Adverse Claims, etc. Seller will promptly deliver
to each  Holder,  but in any event  within  five (5) days  after the  discovery,
notice of any material adverse

                                       16.


<PAGE>



event or circumstance  affecting the Seller (including,  but not limited to, the
filing of any litigation or administrative claim against the Seller, any officer
of the  Seller,  or any of its  Subsidiaries  involving  a claim  in  excess  of
$1,000,000 or which,  if concluded  adversely,  could  reasonably be expected to
materially  adversely affect the business or assets of the Seller, such officer,
or any of its Subsidiaries or the existence of any dispute with any person which
involves a reasonable  likelihood of litigation being filed or any investigation
or  proceeding  instituted  or  threatened  by any  federal or state  regulatory
agency).

          7.4 Notice of Default,  Event of Default or Acceleration of the Notes.
Seller will deliver to each Holder the notices described herein immediately, and
in any event within one (1) day after a Responsible  Officer  becoming aware of:
(i) the  existence  of any  Default  or Event of  Default or that any Person has
given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder
or that any Person has given any  notice or taken any action  with  respect to a
claimed  default of the type  referred to in Section  9.1(f),  a written  notice
specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Seller
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) the acceleration of any
Note  pursuant  to Section  10.1  hereof,  a written  notice  setting  forth the
principal amount of each Note so accelerated, the name of the holder thereof and
the  circumstances  surrounding  such  acceleration and (iii) the existence of a
default or event of default under any Senior  Indebtedness or other indebtedness
of the  Seller  in an  amount  of  $1,000,000  or more,  and any  concurrent  or
subsequent  acceleration of such indebtedness,  a written notice describing such
default or acceleration.

          7.5 Prompt  Payment of Taxes,  etc.  Seller  will,  and will cause its
Subsidiaries to, promptly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged,
when due and payable, all lawful taxes,  assessments and governmental charges or
levies imposed upon the income,  profits,  property or business of the Seller or
any Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such tax, assessment, charge or levy
need not be paid if the validity  thereof  shall  currently be contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings  and if the Seller shall have set aside on its
books adequate reserves with respect thereto,  and provided,  further,  that the
Seller will pay all such taxes,  assessments,  charges or levies  forthwith upon
the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien which may have attached as
security therefor.

          7.6  Maintenance of Properties and Leases.  Seller will and will cause
its  Subsidiaries  to, keep its properties and those of its Subsidiaries in good
repair, working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and from
time to time  make all  needful  and  proper  repairs,  renewals,  replacements,
additions and improvements  thereto; and the Seller and any Subsidiaries will at
all times  comply  with each  provision  of all leases to which any of them is a
party or  under  which  any of them  occupies  property  if the  breach  of such
provision  might have a material  adverse affect on the condition,  financial or
otherwise, or operations of the Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          7.7  Insurance.  Seller will keep its business and assets and those of
its  Subsidiaries  which are of an insurable  character  insured by  financially
sound and reputable  insurers against loss or damage by fire,  extended coverage
and explosion in reasonable and adequate amounts and

                                       17.


<PAGE>



the  Seller  will  maintain,  with  financially  sound and  reputable  insurers,
insurance  against other hazards and risks and liability to persons and property
to the extent and in the manner  customary for  companies in similar  businesses
similarly situated.

          7.8 Account and  Records.  Seller will keep true  records and books of
account in which full,  true and correct entries will be made of all dealings or
transactions  in  relation  to its  business  and  affairs  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

          7.9 Independent  Accountants.  Seller will retain  independent  public
accountants  from one of the five largest  national  accounting  firms who shall
certify the Seller's financial  statements as of the end of each fiscal year. In
the event the services of the independent public  accountants,  so selected,  or
any firm of independent public accountants  hereafter employed by the Seller are
terminated,  the Seller  will  immediately,  and within one (1) day,  thereafter
notify the Holders and will request the firm of independent  public  accountants
whose services are terminated to deliver to the Purchasers a letter of such firm
setting forth the reasons for the termination of their services. In the event of
such termination,  the Seller will promptly thereafter engage another one of the
five largest national  accounting firms. In its notice to the Holders the Seller
shall state whether the change of accountants was recommended or approved by the
Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

          7.10 Compliance with Requirements of Governmental Authorities.  Seller
shall,  and cause all of its  Subsidiaries  to, duly  observe and conform to all
valid requirements of governmental  authorities relating to the conduct of their
businesses  or to their  property or assets,  and shall  comply in all  material
respects to all laws and regulations  applicable to Seller,  its Subsidiaries or
their business.

          7.11 Maintenance of Corporate Existence,  etc. Seller shall, and shall
cause its  Subsidiaries  to,  maintain in full force and effect their  corporate
existence,  rights  and  franchises  and all  licenses  and other  rights to use
patents,  processes,  licenses,  trademarks,  trade names or copyrights owned or
possessed  by them and deemed by the Seller to be  necessary  to the  conduct of
their  business.  Seller  shall at all times  maintain the listing of its Common
Stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market,  the New York Exchange,  or an equivalent
nationally recognized exchange.

          7.12  Availability of Common Stock for  Conversion.  Seller will, from
time to time,  in  accordance  with the laws of the state of its  incorporation,
increase the authorized amount of Common Stock prior to such time as the failure
to do so would cause the number of shares of Common Stock  remaining  authorized
and unissued to be insufficient to permit conversion of all the then outstanding
Notes.  No later  than the  first to occur of (i) the date a Shelf  Registration
with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of the Notes is filed
with the SEC pursuant to the  Registration  Rights Agreement or (ii) ninety (90)
days  from  the  date  hereof,  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Seller  shall
specifically  reserve for issuance  602,534  shares of Common Stock to be issued
upon conversion of the Notes. Upon any adjustment in the number

                                       18.


<PAGE>



of shares of Common Stock that become  issuable  upon  conversion  of the Notes,
whether  due  to the  antidilution  provisions  of the  Notes,  a  reset  of the
Conversion  Price (as defined in the Notes),  or a default  rate of accretion or
default rate of interest or  Liquidated  Damages  becoming due and available for
conversion into shares of Common Stock, or otherwise,  Seller shall reserve such
shares for issuance upon conversion and maintain an adequate number of shares so
reserved until all of the Notes have been converted or paid in full. Seller will
cause any additional shares of Common Stock that become issuable upon conversion
of the Notes as a result of an adjustment to the Conversion Price (as defined in
the Notes) to be listed,  as of the effective  time of such  adjustment,  on the
Nasdaq  National  Market or other  exchange  on which the  Common  Stock is then
listed.

          7.13  Subsidiary  Guarantee.  At such  time as any  Person  becomes  a
Subsidiary of the Seller,  to cause such Person to deliver  either (i) a joinder
to this  Agreement and the  Suretyship  Agreement and thereby become a Guarantor
hereunder or (ii) a Guarantee of the Notes, in either case in form and substance
satisfactory to the Holders.

          7.14    Registration Rights.

                  (a)  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the   Registration   Rights
Agreement,  the Seller shall register the Common Stock issuable upon  conversion
of the Notes for re-sale by the Holders.

                  (b) The Seller and the Purchaser agree that the Holders of the
Notes  will  suffer  damages  if the Seller  fails to  fulfill  its  obligations
pursuant to the Registration  Rights Agreement and that it would not be possible
to ascertain the extent of such damages.  Accordingly, in the event of a failure
by the Seller to fulfill its  obligation to register the Common Stock for resale
pursuant to the terms of the  Registration  Rights  Agreement on or prior to the
Effectiveness  Target Date, the Seller hereby agrees to pay  liquidated  damages
("Liquidated  Damages")  to  each  Purchaser  or  Holder  of a  Note  under  the
circumstances  and to  the  extent  set  forth  below.  If  the  Seller's  Shelf
Registration (as defined in the Registration  Rights  Agreement) is not declared
effective by the SEC on or prior to the Effectiveness  Target Date, or the Shelf
Registration has been declared  effective by the SEC and such Shelf Registration
ceases to be effective or the prospectus  ceases to be usable at any time during
Effectiveness  Period  for a period of time  which  shall  exceed 30 days in the
aggregate  during any 365-day  period  (any of the  foregoing,  a  "Registration
Default")  then the  Seller  shall pay  Liquidated  Damages in cash on the first
Business  Day  of  each  month  to  each  Purchaser  immediately  following  the
occurrence of such  Registration  Default in an amount equal to $10.00 per month
per $1,000  principal  amount of Notes for each month  (computed  the basis of a
30-day  month) or  portion  thereof  that the  Registration  Default  continues.
Following the cure of all  Registration  Defaults  relating to any breach of the
Registration Rights Agreement, the accrual of Liquidated Damages with respect to
such Registration  Default shall cease. The Registration Default shall be deemed
cured on a date that either the Shelf  Registration is declared effective or, in
the case of a  prospectus  that has  become  unusable,  the date the  prospectus
contained therein again becomes usable consistent with applicable law.

                                       19.


<PAGE>



                  (c) The Seller shall notify the Holders on the date of, and on
a weekly basis during the pendency of, any Registration  Default. The obligation
to pay  Liquidated  Damages  shall  be  deemed  to  commence  on the date of the
applicable Registration Default and to cease when all Registration Defaults have
been cured.

                  (d) For  purposes of this  Section  7.14 and the  Registration
Rights  Agreement,  the  Effectiveness  Target  Date shall be 180 days after the
Closing Date and the Effectiveness Period shall be five years.

                  (e) For  purposes  of  determining  the  amount of  Liquidated
Damages due hereunder,  Common Stock  acquired by a Holder upon  conversion of a
Note and not  disposed of shall be treated as if it were not  converted  and was
still held as Notes by a Holder.

          7.15 Use of Proceeds.  Seller will use the  proceeds  from the sale of
the Notes to be issued to consummate  the Ultradata  Acquisition  (including the
payment of expenses in connection therewith) and for working capital purposes.

          7.16  Further  Assurances.  Seller shall take such action and execute,
acknowledge and deliver,  and cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action
and  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver,  at their sole cost and  expense,  such
agreements, instruments or other documents as the Holders may reasonably require
from time to time in order (i) to carry out more  effectively  the  purposes  of
this Agreement and the other Subordinated Note Documents,  (ii) to establish and
maintain  the  validity  and  effectiveness  of  any of  the  Subordinated  Note
Documents,  and (iii) to better  assure,  convey,  grant,  assign,  transfer and
confirm unto the Holders the rights now or  hereafter  intended to be granted to
the Holders under this Agreement or any other Subordinated Note Document.


                                    SECTION 8

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

          8.1     Employee Stock Purchases; Preferred Stock.

                  (a) Seller will not issue any of its Capital  Stock,  or grant
an option to  purchase  any of its  Capital  Stock,  to any  employee,  officer,
director,  consultant  or  independent  contractor of the Seller or a subsidiary
except pursuant to the Seller's Stock Option Plans described in Schedule 5.01(e)
to the 1999 Credit  Facility or any  substantially  similar plan approved by the
Board of Directors in the ordinary  course of business and consistent  with past
practices or approved by the Seller's shareholders, and except for up to 150,000
options or warrants issued at fair market value to an outside investor relations
firm.

                  (b)  Seller  will  not  (or  cause  any  Subsidiary  to) issue
any  Prohibited Preferred Stock.

                                       20.


<PAGE>



          8.2  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  Neither Seller nor any Guarantor
shall  enter  into,  renew,  extend  or be a  party  to,  or  permit  any of its
Subsidiaries  to enter into,  renew,  extend or be a party to any transaction or
series of related  transactions  (including,  without limitation,  the purchase,
sale,  lease,  transfer  or  exchange  of  property or assets of any kind or the
rendering  of  services of any kind) with any of its  Affiliates,  except in the
ordinary  course of business in a manner and to an extent  consistent  with past
practice and necessary or desirable  for the prudent  operation of its business,
for fair  consideration  and on terms no less favorable to Seller,  Guarantor or
such  Subsidiary  than  would  be  obtainable  in  a  comparable   arm's  length
transaction  with a Person  that is not an  Affiliate  thereof,  and  unless (i)
Seller or  Guarantor  has  obtained the approval of a majority of the members of
the Board of Directors not interested in such Affiliate  transaction and (ii) at
a time  reasonably  (and no less than five (5) days) prior to the  submission of
such  transaction to the  disinterested  directors for approval,  notice of such
transaction has been given to the Holders.

          8.3  Nature of  Business.  Seller  will not,  and will not  permit any
Subsidiary  to, make any  fundamental  or  material  change in the nature of its
business as described in Section 5.01(m) of the Credit Agreement.

          8.4 Limitation on Restricted  Payments.  Seller,  the Guarantors,  and
their  Subsidiaries  shall not,  directly or indirectly,  (i) declare or pay any
dividend or other  distribution,  direct or indirect,  on account of any Capital
Stock of  Seller,  Guarantors  or any of their  subsidiaries,  now or  hereafter
outstanding,  (ii)  make any  repurchase,  redemption,  retirement,  defeasance,
sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct
or indirect,  of any Capital Stock of Seller or any Guarantor,  now or hereafter
outstanding,  (iii) make any payment to retire,  or to obtain the  surrender of,
any  outstanding  warrants,   options  or  other  rights  for  the  purchase  or
acquisition  of shares of any class of Capital Stock of Seller or any Guarantor,
now or hereafter  outstanding,  (iv) return any capital to any  shareholders  or
other equity holders of Seller, Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries, or make
any other distribution of property,  assets, shares of Capital Stock,  warrants,
rights, options, obligations or securities thereto as such, (v) purchase, redeem
or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to maturity  Indebtedness that is
subordinated  to or pari passu with the Notes or (vi) pay any management fees or
any other  fees or  expenses  (including  the  reimbursement  thereof by Seller,
Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries) pursuant to any management,  consulting
or other services agreement to any of the shareholders or other equityholders of
Seller,  Guarantor or any of their  Subsidiaries or other Affiliates,  or to any
other Subsidiaries or Affiliates of Seller or any Guarantor;  provided, however,
that:

                  (A) Subsidiaries that are wholly-owned  directly or indirectly
by Seller may declare and pay cash and stock dividends,  return capital and make
distributions of assets to Seller;

                  (B) Seller may make regularly scheduled mandatory redemptions,
as and when due and payable, of the CFI Class A Preferred Stock, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $103,142 in any fiscal year;


                                       21.


<PAGE>



                  (C) Seller may declare  and pay  dividends  and  distributions
payable  solely in shares of Seller's  Common Stock,  subject to the  adjustment
provisions of the Notes;

                  (D) Ultradata may make payments to holders of the  "Dissenting
Shares" (as such term is defined in the  Ultradata  Acquisition  Documents),  if
any, with respect to such  Dissenting  Shares,  to the extent required under the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law and  the  Ultradata  Acquisition  Documents;
provided,  however,  that the number of Dissenting  Shares shall not  constitute
more  than  5%  of  the  Capital  Stock  of  Ultradata  issued  and  outstanding
immediately prior to the consummation of the Ultradata Acquisition; and

                  (E) Seller may make  payments to the  holders of the  Warrants
issued in connection  with the 1999 Credit  Facility under  Sections  4(a)(2) or
4(a)(3) thereof in order to reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants,  but the Seller may not amend such  provisions to
increase  the  amounts  paid  thereunder  without  the  consent of the  Required
Holders.

          8.5  Restriction  On Fundamental  Changes.  Without the consent of the
Required Holders, Seller shall not (i) liquidate, wind-up or dissolve (or permit
or suffer  any  thereof),  (ii) enter into any  agreement  that would  impair or
restrict the Seller's  ability to perform its obligations  under this Agreement,
the Notes or the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  (iii)  amend its  charter or
bylaws in any manner  which would  impair or restrict  the  Seller's  ability to
perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  the Notes or the  Registration
Rights Agreement,  or (iv) agree to do any of the foregoing,  provided, that any
wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of Seller or a Guarantor  may be merged with any other
wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of  Seller  or a  Guarantor,  so long as (A) no  other
provisions of this  Agreement  would be violated  thereby,  (B) Seller gives the
Holders at least 30 days' prior written notice of such merger, (C) no Default or
Event of Default shall have  occurred and be  continuing  either before or after
giving effect to such transaction, and (D) if the merger is between a Subsidiary
that  is a  Guarantor  and  another  Subsidiary  that  is not a  Guarantor,  the
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be the surviving  entity of such merger or,
the party  designated to survive the merger shall  deliver a Guarantee  prior to
the date of such merger.

          8.6 Limitation on Dividend  Payments by  Subsidiaries.  Neither Seller
nor any Subsidiary shall create or otherwise  cause,  incur,  assume,  suffer or
permit to exist or become  effective  any agreement  restricting  the payment of
dividends,  or the  transfer,  loan or advance of funds or assets by or from any
Subsidiary  of Seller to Seller,  or the payment of any Note on behalf of Seller
(pursuant to the Guaranty or  otherwise)  unless  otherwise  required by (i) any
Senior Indebtedness or (ii) applicable laws and regulations,  provided,  that in
each case the Holders of the Notes are  provided at least 30 days prior  written
notice of the effectiveness of such restriction.



                                       22.


<PAGE>



                                    SECTION 9

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          9.1 Events of  Default.  A "Default"  or an "Event of  Default"  shall
exist  if  any  of  the  following  conditions  or  events  shall  occur  and be
continuing:

                  (a) the Seller  defaults  in the payment of any  principal  or
premium,  if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable,  whether at
maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or  acceleration or
otherwise; or

                  (b) the Seller  defaults in the payment of any interest on any
Note when the same becomes due and payable; or

                  (c) the Seller  defaults in the  performance  of or compliance
with any  covenant  contained  in  Sections  8.1 through  8.6, or Sections  7.12
through 7.14; or

                  (d) the Seller  defaults in the  performance  of or compliance
with any term contained  herein (other than those referred to in paragraphs (a),
(b) and (c) of this Section 9.1) and such default is not remedied within 30 days
after the earlier of (i) a Responsible  Officer of the Seller  obtaining  actual
knowledge of such default or (ii) the Seller  receiving  written  notice of such
default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a
"notice of default" and to refer specifically to this Section 9); or

                  (e) any  representation  or warranty  made in writing by or on
behalf of the Seller or by any officer of the Seller in this Agreement or in any
writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves
to have been false or incorrect in any respect on the date as of which made; or

                  (f) (i) (A) the Seller or any  Subsidiary  is in  default  (as
principal or as guarantor or other  surety) in the payment,  of any principal of
or  premium  or  make-whole  amount  or  interest  on any  Indebtedness  that is
outstanding in an aggregate  principal amount of at least $1,000,000  beyond any
period  of  grace  provided  with  respect  thereto,  or (B) the  Seller  or any
Subsidiary is in default in the  performance  of or compliance  with any term of
any evidence of any Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of
at least  $1,000,000 or of any mortgage,  indenture or other agreement  relating
thereto  or any  other  condition  exists,  and  (ii)  as a  consequence  of the
occurrence or continuation of any event or condition  (other than the passage of
time or the right of the holder of  Indebtedness  to convert  such  Indebtedness
into equity  interests),  the Seller or any Subsidiary  has become  obligated to
purchase or repay  Indebtedness,  or any Indebtedness has matured, or has become
or been  declared  due or payable  before  its  regular  maturity  or before its
regularly  scheduled  dates of payment  in an  aggregate  outstanding  principal
amount of at least $1,000,000, provided, that the occurrence of a default of the
type  described in clause (i) of this paragraph (f) shall entitle the Holders to
receive interest at the

                                       23.


<PAGE>



Default Rate or the default rate of accretion  under the Notes  (notwithstanding
that Seller is not in Default hereunder); or

                  (g) the Seller or any  Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying,
or admits in writing its  inability to pay,  its debts as they become due,  (ii)
files,  or  consents  by answer or  otherwise  to the  filing  against  it of, a
petition for relief or  reorganization  or  arrangement or any other petition in
bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes
an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment
of a custodian,  receiver,  trustee or other  officer  with similar  powers with
respect to it or with respect to any  substantial  part of its property,  (v) is
adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for
the purpose of any of the foregoing; or

                  (h)  a  court   or   governmental   authority   of   competent
jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Seller or any of
its Subsidiaries,  a custodian,  receiver, trustee or other officer with similar
powers  with  respect  to it or  with  respect  to any  substantial  part of its
property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief
or  reorganization  or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to
take  advantage of any  bankruptcy or  insolvency  law of any  jurisdiction,  or
ordering the dissolution,  winding-up or liquidation of the Seller or any of its
Subsidiaries, or any such petition, order or approval shall be filed against the
Seller or any of its Subsidiaries and such petition, order or approval shall not
be dismissed with prejudice within 60 days; or

                  (i) a final  judgment  or  judgments  for the payment of money
aggregating  in excess of  $1,000,000  are  rendered  against one or more of the
Seller and its  Subsidiaries  and such  judgments are not,  within 30 days after
entry  thereof,  bonded,  discharged  or  stayed  pending  appeal,  or  are  not
discharged within 30 days after the expiration of such stay; or

                  (j) if the  amount  of  unfunded  benefit  liabilities  of the
Seller under any employee benefit plan shall exceed  $100,000,  or the Seller or
any  Subsidiary  establishes  or amends any employee  welfare  benefit plan that
provides  post-employment  welfare  benefits in a manner that would increase the
liability of the Seller or any Subsidiary thereunder.

As used in Section  9.1(i),  the terms  "employee  benefit  plan" and  "employee
welfare benefit plan" shall have the respective  meanings assigned to such terms
in Section 3 of ERISA.


                                   SECTION 10

                               REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

          10.1  Acceleration.  If an Event of Default with respect to the Seller
described in  paragraph  (g) or (h) of Section 9.1 has  occurred,  all the Notes
then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject
to the subordination provisions set

                                                       24.


<PAGE>



forth in  Sections 5 and 6, if any other Event of Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  any Holder or Holders of more than 33-1/3% in  principal  amount of
the Notes at the time  outstanding  may at any time at its or their  option,  by
notice or notices to the Seller,  declare all the Notes then  outstanding  to be
immediately  due and payable.  Upon any Note becoming due and payable under this
Section 10.1, whether automatically or by declaration,  such Note will forthwith
mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Note, plus all accrued and
unpaid  interest  thereon,  and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, shall  immediately
become due and payable.

          10.2 Other  Remedies.  If any Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is  continuing,  and  irrespective  of whether any Notes have become or have
been declared  immediately due and payable under Section 10.1, the Holder of any
Note at the time  outstanding  may  proceed to protect and enforce the rights of
such Holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding,
whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any
Note,  or for an  injunction  against a violation  of any of the terms hereof or
thereof,  or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by
law or otherwise.

          10.3  Rescission.  At any time after any Notes have been  declared due
and payable  pursuant to the second sentence of Section 10.1, the Holders of not
less than 50% in  principal  amount of the Notes  then  outstanding,  by written
notice  to the  Seller,  may  rescind  and annul  any such  declaration  and its
consequences if (a) the Seller has paid all overdue  interest on the Notes,  all
principal of and premium and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on any Notes that are
due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all
interest on such  overdue  principal  and  premium,  if any,  and (to the extent
permitted by applicable law) any overdue  interest in respect of the Notes,  (b)
all Events of Default and Defaults,  other than non-payment of amounts that have
become  due solely by reason of such  declaration,  have been cured or have been
waived  pursuant to Section 14.1, and (c) no judgment or decree has been entered
for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission
and  annulment  under this Section 10.3 will extend to or affect any  subsequent
Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

          10.4 No Waivers or Election of Remedies,  Expenses,  etc. No course of
dealing  and no delay on the part of any  Holder of any Note in  exercising  any
right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise  prejudice
such holder's rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by
this  Agreement or by any Note upon any Holder thereof shall be exclusive of any
other right,  power or remedy  referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter
available  at law, in equity,  by statute or  otherwise.  Without  limiting  the
obligations  of the Seller under Section 11.1, the Seller will pay to the Holder
of each Note on demand such further  amount as shall be  sufficient to cover all
costs and  expenses of such Holder  incurred in any  enforcement  or  collection
under this Section 10,  including,  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys'
fees, expenses and disbursements.



                                       25.


<PAGE>



                                   SECTION 11

                                 EXPENSES, ETC.

          11.1 Transaction  Expenses;  Fees. The Seller will pay, on demand, all
Holder Group  Expenses  incurred by or on behalf of the Holders,  regardless  of
whether the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, including, without
limitation,  reasonable fees, costs,  client charges and expenses of the several
counsel (including in-house counsel) for the Holders, accounting, due diligence,
periodic field audits, physical counts, valuations,  investigations,  monitoring
of assets, environmental assessments, miscellaneous disbursements,  examination,
travel,  lodging  and meals,  arising  from or  relating  to:  the  negotiation,
preparation,   execution,  delivery,  performance  and  administration  of  this
Agreement  the  Notes  or  any  other  related  documents,  (including,  without
limitation, (a) any requested amendments, waivers or consents to this Agreement,
the Notes or any other related  documents  whether or not such documents  become
effective  or are  given,  (b) the  preservation  and  protection  of any of the
Holder's rights under this Agreement,  the Notes or any other related documents,
(c) the defense of any claim or action asserted or brought against any Holder by
any Person that arises from or relates to this Agreement, the Notes or any other
related  documents,  the Holder's  claims against the Seller or any Guarantor or
any and all matters in connection therewith, (d) the commencement or defense of,
or  intervention  in,  any court  proceeding  arising  from or  related  to this
Agreement,  the  Notes or any other  related  documents,  (e) the  filing of any
petition,  complaint,  answer,  motion  or  other  pleading  by  any  Holder  in
connection with this Agreement,  the Notes or any other related  documents,  (f)
any attempt to collect from the Seller or any Guarantor,  (g) the receipt by any
Holder  of  any  advice  from  its  professionals  with  respect  to  any of the
foregoing,  (h) all liabilities and costs arising from or in connection with the
past, present or future operations of the Seller or any Guarantor  involving any
damage to real or  personal  property  or  natural  resources  or harm or injury
alleged to have  resulted  from any Release of Hazardous  Materials  on, upon or
into such  property,  or any  Environmental  Liabilities  and Costs  incurred in
connection with the  investigation,  removal,  cleanup and/or remediation of any
Hazardous  Materials present or arising out of the operations of any facility of
the Seller and its Subsidiaries,  or (i) any Environmental Liabilities and Costs
incurred in connection with any Environmental  Lien.  Without  limitation of the
foregoing  or any  other  provision  of this  Agreement,  the Notes or any other
related documents:  (x) the Seller agrees to pay all stamp, document,  transfer,
recording  or filing  taxes or fees and  similar  impositions  now or  hereafter
imposed  or  levied  in  connection  with  this  Agreement,  the  Notes  (or the
conversion thereof) or any related documents,  and the Seller agrees to hold the
Holders  harmless  from  and  against  any and all  present  or  future  claims,
liabilities  or losses with respect to or resulting  from any omission to pay or
delay in paying any such taxes,  fees or  impositions,  (y) the Seller agrees to
pay all  broker  fees that may become due in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement,  and (z) if the Seller or any Guarantor fails to
perform  any  covenant  or  agreement  contained  herein  or in the Notes or any
related documents, the Holders may perform or cause performance of such covenant
or  agreement,  and  the  Holder  Group  Expenses  of the  Holders  incurred  in
connection therewith shall be reimbursed on demand by the Seller.


                                       26.


<PAGE>



          11.2  Survival.  The  obligations  of the Seller under this Section 11
will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement,  amendment or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes,  and the  termination of
this Agreement.


                                   SECTION 12

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

          12.1  Losses.  Whether or not the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement are consummated, the Seller and each Guarantor, jointly and severally,
shall indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser and its Affiliates,  employees,
partners,   general   partners,   members,   managers,   officers,    directors,
representatives,  agents,  attorneys,  successors and assigns, (the "Indemnified
Parties")  from and against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities,
expenses and costs,  including,  without  limitation,  attorneys' fees and other
fees and expenses incurred in, and the costs of preparing for,  investigating or
defending  any matter  (collectively,  "Losses"),  incurred by such  Indemnified
Party in  connection  with or arising from (i) any breach of any warranty or the
inaccuracy  of any  representation  made by the Seller in, or the failure of the
Seller to fulfill any of its agreements or undertakings  under,  this Agreement,
any Note or any other agreement,  instrument, or document contemplated hereby or
relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any failure by the Seller
or its Subsidiaries to perform any their covenants  hereunder or under any Note,
or (iii) any  actions  taken by the  Seller or any of the  Seller's  Affiliates,
employees,  officers,  directors,   representatives,   agents  or  attorneys  in
connection with the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement.  The Seller
shall either pay  directly  all Losses which it is required to pay  hereunder or
reimburse any Indemnified  Party within ten (10) days after any request for such
payment.  The  obligations of the Seller to the  Indemnified  Parties under this
Section 12.1 shall be separate  obligations to each  Indemnified  Party, and the
liability  of the  Seller to such  Indemnified  Parties  hereunder  shall not be
extinguished  solely because any Indemnified  Party is not entitled to indemnity
hereunder.  The  obligations of the Seller and the Guarantors to the Indemnified
Parties under this Section 12.1
 shall survive (a) the payment of any Note  (whether at maturity,  by prepayment
or acceleration or otherwise),  (b) the conversion of all or a part of any Note,
(c) any transfer of any Note or any interest  therein,  (d) the  termination  of
this  Agreement  or any other  agreement,  instrument  or document  contemplated
hereby or relating hereto,  (e) the termination,  refinancing,  restructuring or
repayment of the 1999 Credit  Facility and (f) the sale of Common Stock acquired
upon conversion of any Note.

          12.2    Indemnification    Procedures.    Any   Person   entitled   to
indemnification  under this Section 12 shall (a) give prompt  written  notice to
the Seller of any claim with respect to which it seeks  indemnification  and (b)
permit the Seller to assume the defense of such claim with  counsel  selected by
the Seller and reasonably acceptable to such Person; provided, however, that any
Person  entitled  to  indemnification  hereunder  shall have the right to employ
separate  counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim,  but the fees
and expenses of such counsel  shall be at the expense of such Person  unless (i)
the Seller has agreed to pay such fees or expenses; (ii) the

                                       27.


<PAGE>



Seller has failed to notify such  Person in writing  within ten (10) days of its
receipt of such written  notice of claim that it will assume the defense of such
claim and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person; or (iii) in the
judgment  of any such  Person,  based  upon the  written  advice of  counsel,  a
conflict of interest  may exist  between such Person and the Seller with respect
to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the Seller in writing that
such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Seller,  the
Seller shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of
such Person). The Seller and the Guarantors will not be subject to any liability
for any settlement  made without the Seller's  consent (but such consent may not
be unreasonably  withheld). No Indemnified Party may, without the consent (which
consent will not be  unreasonably  withheld) of the Seller,  consent to entry of
any  judgment  or enter  into  any  settlement  which  does  not  include  as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to the Seller
of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

          12.3 Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section
12 is unavailable to the Purchaser or any other  Indemnified Party in respect of
any Losses,  then the Seller,  in lieu of indemnifying  such Indemnified  Party,
shall  contribute  to the amount paid or payable by the  Indemnified  Party as a
result of such  Losses,  in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to reflect the
relative fault of the Seller, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party on the
other hand,  in  connection  with the actions,  statements  or  omissions  which
resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative fault of the Seller, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party on
the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
any action in question,  including any untrue or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been
taken by, or  relates  to  information  supplied  by,  either the Seller or such
Indemnified  Party,  and the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,  access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action,  statement or
omission.  The  parties  agree  that it  would  not be  just  and  equitable  if
contribution  pursuant  to  this  Section  12.3  were  determined  by  pro  rata
allocation or by any other method of  allocation  which does not take account of
the equitable  considerations  referred to above. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the  Securities  Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any Person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.


                                   SECTION 13

                                  SURVIVAL ETC.

          13.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement. All
representations and warranties  contained herein shall survive the execution and
delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  Notes,  the  purchase  or  transfer  by a
Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest  therein the payment of any
Note, and the termination, refinancing,  restructuring, or repayment of the 1999
Credit  Facility  and may be  relied  upon by any  subsequent  holder of a Note,
regardless  of  any  investigation  made  at any  time  by or on  behalf  of the
Purchasers or any

                                       28.


<PAGE>



other holder of a Note.  All  statements  contained in any  certificate or other
instrument  delivered by or on behalf of the Seller  pursuant to this  Agreement
shall  be  deemed  representations  and  warranties  of the  Seller  under  this
Agreement.  Subject to the  preceding  sentence,  this  Agreement  and the Notes
embody the entire  agreement and  understanding  between the  Purchasers and the
Seller and supersede all prior oral and written  agreements  and  understandings
relating to the subject matter hereof,  except that the letter  agreement  dated
July 29, 1999, by and between the Seller and Levine Leichtman  Capital Partners,
Inc. shall survive the execution of this  Agreement  until the  obligations  set
forth therein have been fully performed.


                                   SECTION 14

                       AMENDMENT AND WAIVER; MISCELLANEOUS

          14.1  Requirements.  This Agreement and the Notes may be amended,  and
the  observance  of any  term  hereof  or of the  Notes  may be  waived  (either
retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the
Seller and the Required Holders, (and, in the case of Section 5 and Section 6.5,
of the Agent and the Required  Lenders)  except that without the written consent
of each Holder affected,  an amendment or waiver under this Section 14.1 may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

                  (a) reduce  or  increase  the  principal amount of Notes whose
Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

                  (b) reduce the  principal  of or change the fixed  maturity of
any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions  with respect to the prepayment
or redemption of the Notes;

                  (c)  reduce  the rate of or  change  the time for  payment  of
interest, including default interest, on any Note;

                  (d) waive a Default  or Event of  Default  in the  payment  of
principal of or premium,  if any, or interest or Liquidated  Damages, if any, on
the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and
a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

                  (e) make any Note  payable in money  other than that stated in
the Notes;

                  (f)  make  any  change  in the  provisions  of this  Agreement
relating  to  waivers  of past  Defaults  or the  rights of  Holders of Notes to
receive  payments of principal of or interest or premium or Liquidated  Damages,
if any, on the Notes;

                  (g)  adversely  affect  the right of such  Holder  to  convert
Notes,  or the other  rights of the Holders  with  respect to  conversion  under
Section 6 of the Notes; or

                                       29.


<PAGE>



                  (h) impair the right to institute suit for the conversion of a
Note or for the  enforcement  of any  payment (to the extent  already  permitted
under Section 5) on or after the due date thereof.

          14.2    Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

                  (a)  Solicitation.  The Seller will provide each Holder of the
Notes  (irrespective  of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with a reasonably
sufficient  amount of information,  with reasonable (and at least five (5) days)
prior  notice in advance  of the date a decision  is  required,  to enable  such
Holder to make an informed and considered  decision with respect to any proposed
amendment,  waiver or consent in respect of any of the  provisions  hereof or of
the Notes.  The Seller will deliver  executed or true and correct copies of each
amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section
14 to each holder of outstanding  Notes promptly  (within two (2) Business Days)
following  the date on which it is executed  and  delivered  by, or receives the
consent or approval of, the requisite Holders of Notes.

                  (b) Payment. The Seller will not directly or indirectly pay or
cause to be paid any remuneration,  whether by way of supplemental or additional
interest,  fee or otherwise,  or grant any  security,  to any Holder of Notes as
consideration  for or as an  inducement  to the  entering  into by any Holder of
Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of
the Notes  unless  such  remuneration  is  concurrently  paid,  or  security  is
concurrently  granted,  on the same terms,  ratably to each Holder of Notes then
outstanding whether or not such Holder consented to such waiver or amendment.

          14.3  Binding  Effect,  etc. Any  amendment or waiver  consented to as
provided  in this  Section  14 applies  equally  to all  Holders of Notes and is
binding  upon them and upon each  future  Holder of any Note and upon the Seller
without  regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such  amendment
or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation,
covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived
or impair any right consequent  thereon. No course of dealing between the Seller
and the Holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising  any rights  hereunder or
under any Note  shall  operate  as a waiver of any  rights of any Holder of such
Note. As used herein,  the term "this  Agreement" and  references  thereto shall
mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

          14.4 Notes Held by Seller,  etc. Solely for the purpose of determining
whether the  holders of the  requisite  percentage  of the  aggregate  principal
amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment,  waiver
or consent to be given under this  Agreement or the Notes,  or have directed the
taking  of any  action  provided  herein  or in the  Notes to be taken  upon the
direction of the holders of a specified  percentage of the  aggregate  principal
amount of Notes then  outstanding,  Notes  directly or  indirectly  owned by the
Seller,  any of its  Affiliates  or any  Subsidiary  shall be  deemed  not to be
outstanding.


                                       30.


<PAGE>



          14.5 "Required Holders".  "Required Holders" shall mean the Holders of
50.1% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding.

          14.6 Notices.  All notices and  communications  provided for hereunder
shall be in  writing  and sent (a) by  telefacsimile,  or (b) by  registered  or
certified  mail with return receipt  requested  (postage  prepaid),  or (c) by a
recognized  overnight  delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice
must be sent:

                  (a) if to a Purchaser,  it at the address  specified  for such
communications  in Exhibit A or at such other address as it shall have specified
to the Seller in writing,

                  (b) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such
address as such other holder shall have specified to the Seller in writing, or

                  (c)      if to the Seller or any Guarantor,

                           CFI Pro Services, Inc.
                           400 S.W. Sixth Avenue, Suite 200
                           Portland, Oregon  97204
                           Attention:  Jeffrey P. Strickler, Esq.
                           Telephone:  (503) 274-7280
                           Facsimile:  (503) 790-9229

                  With a copy to:

                           Farleigh, Wada & Witt, P.C.
                           121 S. W. Morrison, Suite 600
                           Portland, Oregon  97204
                           Attention:  F. Scott Farleigh, Esq.
                           Telephone:  (503) 228-6044
                           Facsimile:  (503) 228-1741

Notices  under  this  Section  14.6 will be  deemed  given  only  when  actually
received,  or three  hours  after  confirmation  of a  successful  telefacsimile
transmission.

          14.7 Confidential Information. Each Holder agrees (on behalf of itself
and each of its affiliates,  directors,  officers,  partners,  general partners,
members,  managers,  and its or  their  employees  and  representatives)  to use
reasonable  precautions to keep  confidential,  in accordance with its customary
procedures  for  handling  confidential   information  of  this  nature  and  in
accordance  with  safe  and  sound  practices  of  comparable   investors,   the
Confidential  Information  and to  prevent a  Holder's  unauthorized  use of the
Confidential Information; provided, however, that nothing herein shall limit the
disclosure  of  any  Confidential  Information  (a) to the  extent  required  by
statute, rule, regulation or judicial process, (b) (i) to any other Holder, (ii)
to  counsel  for such  Holder on a "need to know"  basis if such  disclosure  is
reasonably determined by the

                                       31.


<PAGE>



disclosing  party to be reasonably  necessary to such Person in connection  with
the Obligations or Notes or the transactions  contemplated thereunder,  or (iii)
to counsel for any other Holder on a "need to know" basis if such  disclosure is
reasonably determined by the disclosing party to be reasonably necessary to such
Person in  connection  with the  Obligations  or the  Notes or the  transactions
contemplated thereunder, (c) to examiners, auditors or accountants on a "need to
know" basis if such disclosure is reasonably  determined by the disclosing party
to be reasonably  necessary to such Person in connection with the Obligations or
the Notes or the transactions  contemplated  thereunder,  (d) in connection with
any  litigation  to  which  the  Holder  is a  party,  (e)  to any  assignee  or
participant (or prospective assignee or participant) so long as such assignee or
participant (or prospective  assignee or participant)  first agrees, in writing,
to be bound by  confidentiality  provisions similar in substance to this Section
14.7 in all material  respects,  or (f) in  connection  with the exercise of the
Holder's remedies upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of
Default.  The Holder agrees that, upon receipt of a request or identification of
the  requirement for disclosure  pursuant to clauses (a) or (d) hereof,  it will
make   reasonable   efforts  to  keep  Seller   informed  of  such   request  or
identification  (and, unless prohibited by applicable law, statute,  regulation,
or court order, concurrently with, or where practicable, prior to the disclosure
thereof); provided, however, that Seller and the Guarantors acknowledge that the
Holders  may make  disclosure  as  required  or  requested  by any  governmental
authority  or  representative  thereof  and that the  Holders  may be subject to
review by  regulatory  agencies  and may be required to provide to, or otherwise
make  available for review by, the  representatives  of such parties or agencies
any  such  non-public  information,  and  that  Seller  shall  be kept  informed
reasonably of such requests and review of Confidential Information.

          14.8  Registration  of Notes.  The Seller shall keep at its  principal
executive  office a register for the  registration and registration of transfers
of  Notes.  The name and  address  of each  Holder  of one or more  Notes,  each
transfer  thereof  and the name and  address of each  transferee  of one or more
Notes  shall  be  registered  in such  register.  Prior to due  presentment  for
registration of transfer,  the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered
shall be deemed and  treated as the owner and holder  thereof  for all  purposes
hereof,  and the Seller  shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the
contrary. The Seller shall give to any Holder of a Note promptly, and within one
(1) day,  upon  request  therefor,  a complete and correct copy of the names and
addresses of all registered Holders of Notes.

          14.9    Miscellaneous.

                  (a) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and other agreements
contained in this  Agreement  by or on behalf of any of the parties  hereto bind
and inure to the benefit of their respective  successors and assigns (including,
without  limitation,  any  subsequent  Holder of a Note) whether so expressed or
not.

                  (b)  Severability.  Any  provision of this  Agreement  that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any

                                       32.


<PAGE>



such  prohibition or  unenforceability  in any  jurisdiction  shall (to the full
extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render  unenforceable  such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

                  (c)  Construction.  Each  covenant  contained  herein shall be
construed  (absent  express  provision to the contrary) as being  independent of
each other covenant  contained  herein, so that compliance with any one covenant
shall  not  (absent  such an  express  contrary  provision)  be deemed to excuse
compliance with any other covenant.  Where any provision herein refers to action
to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking,  such
provision  shall  be  applicable  whether  such  action  is  taken  directly  or
indirectly by such Person.

                  (d)  Legal  Representation  of LLCP.  In  connection  with the
negotiation,  drafting,  and  execution  of  Subordinated  Note  Documents or in
connection  with  future  legal   representation   relating  to  administration,
amendments,  modifications, waivers, or enforcement of remedies thereof, Riordan
& McKinzie,  a Professional  Law  Corporation,  ("R&M") only has represented and
only shall  represent  Levine  Leichtman  Capital  Partners II, L.P., one of the
Purchasers. Each other Purchaser hereby acknowledges that R&M does not represent
any other Purchaser in connection with any such matters.

                  (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of  counterparts,  each of which shall be an original but all of which  together
shall  constitute one  instrument.  Each  counterpart may consist of a number of
copies hereof, each signed by fewer than all, but together signed by all, of the
parties hereto.

                  (f)  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be construed  and
enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by,
the law of the State of New York excluding  choice-of-law  principles of the law
of such State that would require the  application  of the laws of a jurisdiction
other than such State.

                  (g) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS AND VENUE. ANY
LEGAL  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  WITH RESPECT TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR ANY
OTHER RELATED  DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN
THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES  DISTRICT  COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN
DISTRICT OF NEW YORK,  AND, BY  EXECUTION  AND  DELIVERY OF THIS  AGREEMENT OR A
JOINDER HERETO,  SELLER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS IN RESPECT
OF  ITS  PROPERTY,  GENERALLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  JURISDICTION  OF  THE
AFORESAID COURTS.  SELLER AND EACH GUARANTOR FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE
SERVICE  OF  PROCESS  OUT OF ANY OF THE  AFOREMENTIONED  COURTS  AND IN ANY SUCH
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED
MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID,  TO SELLER OR THE GUARANTOR AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICES AS
SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.6, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME  EFFECTIVE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER
SUCH MAILING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS IN ANY

                                       33.


<PAGE>



OTHER MANNER  PERMITTED  BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE  LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS  OR OTHERWISE
PROCEED  AGAINST  THE SELLER OR ANY  GUARANTOR  IN ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION.  THE
SELLER AND EACH  GUARANTOR  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  AND  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES,  TO THE
FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY  OBJECTION  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE  JURISDICTION OR LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH  LITIGATION  BROUGHT IN
ANY SUCH COURT REFERRED TO ABOVE AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION HAS BEEN
BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SELLER OR ANY GUARANTOR
HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM
ANY LEGAL  PROCESS  (WHETHER  THROUGH  SERVICE  OR NOTICE,  ATTACHMENT  PRIOR TO
JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE) WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF OR
ITS  PROPERTY,  THE SELLER AND EACH  GUARANTOR  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES SUCH
IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS  UNDER THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR ANY
OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS.

                  (h) WAIVER OF JURY  TRIAL,  ETC.  THE  PARTIES  HERETO AND ANY
SUBSEQUENT  GUARANTOR  OR HOLDER OF A NOTE HEREBY  WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR OTHER  DOCUMENTS  PREPARED IN CONNECTION  HEREWITH,  OR
UNDER ANY AMENDMENT,  WAIVER, CONSENT,  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT
DELIVERED OR WHICH IN THE FUTURE MAY BE DELIVERED IN  CONNECTION  THEREWITH,  OR
ARISING  FROM ANY  FINANCING  RELATIONSHIP  EXISTING  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THIS
AGREEMENT, AND AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION,  PROCEEDINGS OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE
TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY. SELLER AND EACH GUARANTOR  CERTIFIES
THAT NO  OFFICER,  REPRESENTATIVE,  AGENT  OR  ATTORNEY  OF THE  PURCHASERS  HAS
REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE PURCHASERS WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT
OF ANY  ACTION,  PROCEEDING  OR  COUNTERCLAIM,  SEEK TO  ENFORCE  THE  FOREGOING
WAIVERS.  SELLER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS PROVISION IS A
MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE HOLDER'S ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

                             Signature pages follow

                                       34.


<PAGE>



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

SELLER:                                     CFI PROSERVICES, INC.,
                                            an Oregon corporation


                                            By:  /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                                 ----------------------
                                                 Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                                 Title: President




GUARANTORS:                                 ULTRADATA CORPORATION,
                                            a Delaware corporation and successor
                                            by merger to UFO Acquisition Co.


                                            By:  /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                                 ----------------------
                                                 Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                                 Title: President


                                            MECA SOFTWARE, L.L.C.,
                                            a Delaware limited liability company


                                            By:  /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                                 ----------------------
                                                 Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                                 Title: President


                                            MONEYSCAPE HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                            an Oregon corporation


                                            By:  /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                                 ----------------------
                                                 Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                                 Title: President



Note Purchase Agreement

                                       S-1

<PAGE>



PURCHASERS:        LEVINE LEICHTMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.,
                   a California limited partnership

                   By:      LLCP California Equity Partners II, L.P.,
                            a California limited partnership
                            Its: General Partner

                            By:      Levine Leichtman Capital Partners, Inc.,
                                     a California corporation
                                     Its: General Partner


                            By:      /s/ Lauren B. Leichtman
                                     -----------------------
                                     Lauren B. Leichtman
                                     Chief Executive Officer


Note Purchase Agreement

                                       S-2

<PAGE>




                                BAY STAR CAPITAL, L.P.
                                By:      Bay Star Management, LLC


                                         By: /s/ Brian J. Stark
                                             ------------------
                                             Name:  Brian J. Stark
                                             Title: Managing Member





Note Purchase Agreement

                           S-3

<PAGE>




                                U.S. BANCORP LIBRA,
                                a division of U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.


                                By: /s/ James B. Upchurch
                                    --------------------
                                    Name:  James B. Upchurch
                                    Title: President




Note Purchase Agreement

                                       S-4

<PAGE>




                                SOUNDSHORE HOLDINGS LTD.


                                By:  /s/ Andrew W. Gitlin
                                     --------------------
                                     Andrew W. Gitlin
                                     Director of SoundShore Holdings Ltd.




Note Purchase Agreement

                                       S-5

<PAGE>




                                 SOUNDSHORE OPPORTUNITY HOLDING FUND
                                 LTD.


                                 By: /s/ Andrew W. Gitlin
                                     --------------------
                                     Andrew W. Gitlin
                                     Director of SoundShore Opportunity
                                     Holding Fund Ltd.




Note Purchase Agreement

                                       S-6

<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                   PURCHASERS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                Purchaser Name, Address                                                           Original
                    and Tax I.D. No.                             Purchase Price               Principal Amount
- -------------------------------------------                      --------------               ----------------
<S>                                                              <C>                          <C>
Levine Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P.                        $ 2,000,000                    $2,680,193
335 N. Maple Drive
Suite 240
Beverly Hills, CA 90210
Tax ID No.

Bay Star Capital, L.P.                                            $ 1,500,000                    $2,010,145
1500 W. Market Street
Suite 200
Mequon, WI 53902
Tax ID No.

U.S. Bancorp Libra                                                $ 1,050,000                    $1,407,101
11766 Wilshire Boulevard
Suite 870
Los Angeles, CA 90025
Tax ID No.

SoundShore Holdings Ltd.                                           $ 500,000                      $670,048
Registered Address:
     29 Richmond Road
     Pembroke HMO8
     Bermuda
Mailing Address:
     1281 East Main Street
     Stamford, CT 06902
Tax ID No.  n/a

SoundShore Opportunity Holding Fund Ltd.                           $ 500,000                      $670,048
Registered Address:
     29 Richmond Road
     Pembroke HMO8
     Bermuda
Mailing Address:
     1281 East Main Street
     Stamford, CT 06902
Tax ID No.  n/a

</TABLE>





<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                            SCHEDULE OF INDEBTEDNESS


                  See Schedule 6.02(b) to the Credit Agreement,
                 which is incorporated herein by this reference.






<PAGE>


                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

SECTION 1         PURCHASE OF THE NOTES........................................2
          1.1     Authorization................................................2
          1.2     Purchase from Seller.........................................2
          1.3     Closing......................................................2
          1.4     Other Defined Terms..........................................2

SECTION 2         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EACH PURCHASER.............2
          2.1     Due Incorporation or Formation; Authorization of
                  Agreement....................................................2
          2.2     No Conflict..................................................3
          2.3     Investment Intent............................................3
          2.4     Certificates to be Legended..................................3
          2.5     Securities Will be "Restricted Securities"...................3
          2.6     Sophistication of Purchasers; Accredited Investor Status.....3
          2.7     Due Diligence................................................4

SECTION 3         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AND
                  GUARANTORS...................................................4
          3.1     Representations and Warranties Incorporated by Reference.....4
          3.2     Shares Reserved..............................................4
          3.3     Indebtedness.................................................5

SECTION 4         CONDITIONS TO CLOSING........................................5
          4.1     Representations and Warranties Correct.......................5
          4.2     Performance..................................................5
          4.3     Opinion of Seller's Counsel..................................5
          4.4     Legal Investment.............................................5
          4.5     Compliance Certificate.......................................5
          4.6     Proceedings and Documents....................................5
          4.7     Qualification................................................5
          4.8     Closing of Credit Agreement..................................6
          4.9     Closing of Acquisition; Use of Proceeds......................6
          4.10    Registration Rights Agreement................................6
          4.11    Suretyship Agreement.........................................6

SECTION 5         SUBORDINATION................................................6
          5.1     Subordination of the Subordinated Notes......................6
          5.2     Right of Holder to Hold Senior Indebtedness.................11
          5.3     Designated Representative...................................11

SECTION 6         GUARANTEE...................................................12
          6.1     Guarantee...................................................12



                                        i

<PAGE>


                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
                                                                            Page

          6.2     Limitation of Guarantee.....................................13
          6.3     Additional Guarantors.......................................13
          6.4     Release of Guarantor........................................14
          6.5     Guarantee Obligations Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness...14
          6.6     Suretyship Agreement........................................15

SECTION 7         AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.......................................15
          7.1     Financial Information.......................................15
          7.2     Additional Information......................................16
          7.3     Notice of Litigation, Adverse Claims, etc...................16
          7.4     Notice of Default, Event of Default or Acceleration of
                  the Notes...................................................17
          7.5     Prompt Payment of Taxes, etc................................17
          7.6     Maintenance of Properties and Leases........................17
          7.7     Insurance...................................................17
          7.8     Account and Records.........................................18
          7.9     Independent Accountants.....................................18
          7.10    Compliance with Requirements of Governmental Authorities....18
          7.11    Maintenance of Corporate Existence, etc.....................18
          7.12    Availability of Common Stock for Conversion.................18
          7.13    Subsidiary Guarantee........................................19
          7.14    Registration Rights.........................................19
          7.15    Use of Proceeds.............................................20
          7.16    Further Assurances..........................................20

SECTION 8         NEGATIVE COVENANTS..........................................20
          8.1     Employee Stock Purchases; Preferred Stock...................20
          8.2     Transactions with Affiliates................................21
          8.3     Nature of Business..........................................21
          8.4     Limitation on Restricted Payments...........................21
          8.5     Restriction On Fundamental Changes..........................22
          8.6     Limitation on Dividend Payments by Subsidiaries.............22

SECTION 9         EVENTS OF DEFAULT...........................................23
          9.1     Events of Default...........................................23

SECTION 10        REMEDIES ON DEFAULT.........................................24
          10.1    Acceleration................................................24
          10.2    Other Remedies..............................................25
          10.3    Rescission..................................................25
          10.4    No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc...........25





                                       ii

<PAGE>



SECTION 11        EXPENSES, ETC...............................................26
          11.1    Transaction Expenses; Fees..................................26
          11.2    Survival....................................................27

SECTION 12        INDEMNIFICATION.............................................27
          12.1    Losses......................................................27
          12.2    Indemnification Procedures..................................27
          12.3    Contribution................................................28

SECTION 13        SURVIVAL ETC................................................28
          13.1    Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire
                    Agreement.................................................28

SECTION 14        AMENDMENT AND WAIVER........................................29
          14.1    Requirements................................................29
          14.2    Solicitation of Holders of Notes............................30
          14.3    Binding Effect, etc.........................................30
          14.4    Notes Held by Seller, etc...................................30
          14.5    "Required Holders"..........................................31
          14.6    Notices.....................................................31
          14.7    Confidential Information....................................31
          14.8    Registration of Notes.......................................32
          14.9    Miscellaneous...............................................32


                                     EXHIBIT

Exhibit A   --     List of Purchasers
Exhibit B   --     Form of 10% Convertible Subordinated Discount Note
Exhibit C   --     Pro Forma Indebtedness Schedule
Exhibit D   --     Forms of Opinions of Seller's and Guarantor's Counsel
Exhibit E   --     Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit F   --     Form of Suretyship Agreement


                                   APPENDICES

Appendix A-1   --           Definition of Terms




                                       iii

<PAGE>



                                   Appendix I

                           to Note Purchase Agreement


                               Definition of Terms


         "1999 Credit Facility" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

         "Affiliate"  means as to any Person,  any other Person that directly or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is
under  common  control  with,  such  Person.  For  purposes of this  definition,
"control" of a Person  means the power,  directly or  indirectly,  either to (i)
vote 10% or more of the  Capital  Stock  having  ordinary  voting  power for the
election of  directors  of such Person or (ii) direct or cause the  direction of
the  management  and policies of such Person  whether by contract or  otherwise,
including,  without  limitation,  any  officer or director of such Person or any
Person controlled by an officer or director.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary,  in no event shall a Holder be considered  an  "Affiliate"  of any
Seller or Guarantor,  except to the extent that a Holder  qualifies under clause
(i) hereof.

         "Agent" means Ableco Finance LLC, in its capacity as "Collateral Agent"
under the  Credit  Agreement  for the  Lender  Group (as  defined  in the Credit
Agreement),  and any successor  thereto,  if any, in such capacity as Collateral
Agent under the Credit Agreement. If any refinancing agreement is in effect with
respect to the Credit  Agreement  at any time,  then "Agent" also shall mean the
collateral  agent (or, if such  refinancing  agreement  is not  syndicated,  the
lender thereunder) defined in such refinancing agreement (or any comparable term
of the refinancing agreement in respect thereof).

         "Agreement" means this Note Purchase Agreement.

         "Asset"  means any  interest in any kind of property or asset,  whether
real, personal, or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

         "Asset Sale" means any transaction,  or series of related transactions,
pursuant to which  Seller or any of its direct or indirect  Subsidiaries  sells,
assigns,  transfers or otherwise disposes of any property or assets (whether now
owned or hereafter  acquired) to any other  Person,  in each case whether or not
the consideration therefor consists of cash, securities or other assets owned by
the acquiring Person,  excluding (a) any sales,  leases or licenses of inventory
in the ordinary  course of business on ordinary  business terms, or (b) sales or
other dispositions of Permitted Investments (as such term is defined in the 1999
Credit Facility).




                                       A-1

<PAGE>



         "Bankruptcy  Code" means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as codified
under Title 11 of the United States Code, and the Bankruptcy  Rules  promulgated
thereunder, as the same may be in effect from time to time.

         "Blockage Period" means a Non-Payment  Blockage Period and/or a Payment
Blockage Period.

         "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Seller.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday, or any day
that either is a legal  holiday  under the laws of the State of New York or is a
day on which  banking  institutions  located  in such  State are  authorized  or
required by law or other governmental action to close.

         "Capitalized Lease" means with respect to any Person, any lease of real
or personal property by such Person as lessee which is required under GAAP to be
capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.

         "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations"  means with  respect  to any  Person,
obligations of such Person and its Subsidiaries under Capitalized  Leases,  and,
for purposes hereof,  the amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized
amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Capital  Stock"  means  (i)  with  respect  to any  Person  that  is a
corporation, any and all shares, interests,  participations or other equivalents
(however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, and (ii) with
respect  to any  Person  that is not a  corporation,  any  and all  partnership,
limited liability company or other equity interests of such Person.

         "Closing" has the meaning specified in Section 1.3.

         "Closing Date" means the date of the Closing.

         "Common Stock" has the meaning specified in Section 3.2.

         "Confidential  Information"  means any  confidential,  proprietary,  or
non-public  information  supplied to Holders  pursuant to this  Agreement or the
other  documents  entered into in  connection  herewith  which is  identified in
writing by Seller as being confidential pursuant to this definition or otherwise
at, or reasonably concurrent with, the time the same is delivered to such Holder
(and  which  at the  time is not,  and  does  not  thereafter  become,  publicly
available  or  available  to such  Holder from  another  source not known by the
Holder to be  subject  to a  confidentiality  obligation  not to  disclose  such
information).   The   foregoing   provision   relative  to  timing  of  Seller's
identification of such information as being  confidential  notwithstanding,  the
following  categories  of  information  that is  confidential,  proprietary,  or
non-public  hereby are designated by Seller as confidential for purposes of this
definition  (subject to the same not being  publicly  available  or available to
such  Holder  from  another  source not known by such  Holder to be subject to a
confidentiality  obligation not to disclose such  information):  all systems and
tools,



                                       A-2

<PAGE>



object and source  codes,  procedure  codes,  software  documentation,  computer
software programs, subroutines, modules, modifications, upgrades, and interfaces
owned or developed by any of Seller or Guarantors;  all non-public  business and
marketing  plans of Seller  or  Guarantors;  and all  customer  lists,  customer
agreements,  customer  specifications,  and  customer  information  of Seller or
Guarantors.

         "Credit Agreement" means that certain Financing Agreement dated of even
date herewith by and among Seller, the Guarantors, the Senior Lenders, the Agent
and  Foothill  Capital  Corporation,  as  administrative  agent  for the  Senior
Lenders, as amended,  supplemented,  restated or otherwise modified from time to
time.

         "Default" has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

         "Designated  Representative"  means any Person who is designated as the
"Designated  Representative"  pursuant to Section 5.3, or any successor  thereto
who subsequently serves in such capacity.

         "Effectiveness Period" has the meaning specified in Section 7.14(d).

     "Effectiveness Target Date" has the meaning specified in Section 7.14(d).

     "Environmental  Laws"  means  the  Comprehensive   Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and  Liability Act (42 U.S.C.  ss. 9601,  et seq.),  the Hazardous
Materials  Transportation  Act (49  U.S.C.  ss.  1801,  et seq.).  the  Resource
Conservation  and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.  ss. 6901, et seq.), the Federal Clean
Water Act (33 U.S.C. ss. 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. ss. 7401 et
seq.),  the Toxic  Substances  Control Act (15 U.S.C.  ss. 2601 et seq.  and the
Occupational  Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. ss. 651 et seq.) as such laws may
be amended or otherwise  modified  from time to time,  and any other  present or
future federal,  state, local or foreign statute,  ordinance,  rule, regulation,
order,  judgment,  decree, permit, license or other binding determination of any
Governmental  Authority imposing liability or establishing  standards of conduct
for protection of the environment.

         "Environmental  Liabilities and Costs" means all liabilities,  monetary
obligations,  Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential
damages,  treble  damages,  costs and expenses  (including all reasonable  fees,
disbursements  and  expenses of counsel,  experts and  consultants  and costs of
investigations  and  feasibility  studies),  fines,  penalties,   sanctions  and
interest  incurred  as a result  of any  claim  or  demand  by any  Governmental
Authority or any third party, and which relate to any environmental condition or
a Release of  Hazardous  Materials  from or onto (i) any  property  presently or
formerly  owned by any Seller or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or (ii) any facility
which  received  Hazardous  Materials  generated  by  any  Seller  or any of its
Subsidiaries.

         "Environmental  Lien"  means  any  Lien in  favor  of any  Governmental
Authority for Environmental Liabilities and Costs.



                                       A-3

<PAGE>



         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended,   and  any  successor  statute  or  similar  import,   and  regulations
thereunder,  in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections
of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

         "Exchange  Act"  means the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended,  or any similar Federal  statute,  and the rules and regulations of the
SEC thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

         "Governmental  Authority" means any nation or government,  any federal,
state, city, town,  municipality,  county, local or other political  subdivision
thereof   or   thereto   and  any   department,   commission,   board,   bureau,
instrumentality,  agency  or other  entity  exercising  executive,  legislative,
judicial,  taxing,  regulatory  or  administrative  powers  or  functions  of or
pertaining to government.

         "Hazardous Materials" means (a) any element,  compound or chemical that
is defined,  listed or otherwise classified as a contaminant,  pollutant,  toxic
pollutant,  toxic or  hazardous  substances,  extremely  hazardous  substance or
chemical,  hazardous  waste,  special waste, or solid waste under  Environmental
Laws; (b) petroleum and its refined products; (c) polychlorinated biphenyls; (d)
any substance  exhibiting a hazardous  waste  characteristic,  including but not
limited to,  corrosivity,  ignitability,  toxicity or  reactivity as well as any
radioactive  or  explosive  materials;  and  (e)  any  raw  materials,  building
components,  or  manufactured  products  containing  asbestos or other hazardous
substances.

         "Hedging   Agreement"  means  any  interest  rate,   foreign  currency,
commodity or equity swap, collar, cap, floor or forward rate agreement, or other
agreement or arrangement  designed to protect  against  fluctuations in interest
rates or currency,  commodity or equity values (including,  without  limitation,
any option  with  respect to any of the  foregoing  and any  combination  of the
foregoing  agreements  or  arrangements),   and  any  confirmation  executed  in
connection with any such agreement or arrangement.

         "Holder" means the Purchasers and any subsequent holder of a Note.

         "Holder  Group  Expenses"  means all (a) costs or  expenses  (including
taxes,  and  insurance  premiums)  required  to be  paid  by the  Seller  or any
Guarantor under this Agreement, the Notes or any related documents that are paid
or incurred by the Holders,  (b) fees or charges paid or incurred by one or more
Holders in connection with this Agreement,  the Notes or any related  documents,
including,  fees  or  charges  for  photocopying,   notarization,  couriers  and
messengers,  telecommunication,  public  record  searches  (including  tax lien,
litigation,  and UCC  searches  and  including  searches  with  the  patent  and
trademark  office, or the copyright  office),  filing,  recording,  publication,
appraisal (including periodic enterprise valuations),  real estate surveys, real
estate title policies and endorsements,  and environmental audits, (c) costs and
expenses



                                       A-4

<PAGE>



incurred by one or more Holders in the  disbursement  of funds to the Seller (by
wire transfer or otherwise), (d) charges paid or incurred by one or more Holders
resulting from the dishonor of checks, (e) reasonable costs and expenses paid or
incurred by one or more  Holders to correct any default that has or may occur or
enforce any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or any related documents, (f)
reasonable  costs  and  expenses  paid or  incurred  by one or more  Holders  in
examining the books and records of the Seller or any  Guarantor,  (g) reasonable
costs and  expenses of third party  claims or any other suit paid or incurred by
one or more Holders in enforcing or defending the this  Agreement,  the Notes or
any related  documents or in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated by
these documents, and (h) reasonable fees and expenses (including attorneys fees)
incurred by one or more Holders in advising,  structuring,  drafting, reviewing,
administering,  amending,  terminating,  enforcing (including attorneys fees and
expenses,  and  expenses of third party  consultants  or  advisors,  incurred in
connection  with  a  "workout,"  a  "restructuring,"  or  Insolvency  Proceeding
concerning  the  Seller  or  any  Guarantor),   defending,  or  concerning  this
Agreement,  the Notes or any related documents,  irrespective of whether suit is
brought or the forum of any suit.

         "Indebtedness" means without  duplication,  with respect to any Person,
(i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;  (ii) all obligations of
such Person for the deferred  purchase price of property or services (other than
trade payables or other account payables incurred in the ordinary course of such
Person's  business  and not past due for more  than 90 days  after the date such
payable was created);  (iii) all obligations of such Person  evidenced by bonds,
debentures,  notes or other similar  instruments or upon which interest payments
are  customarily  made;  (iv) all  obligations  and  liabilities  of such Person
created  or  arising  under  any  conditional  sales  or other  title  retention
agreement  with respect to property  used and/or  acquired by such Person,  even
though the rights and remedies of the lessor,  seller and/or  lender  thereunder
are limited to repossession or sale of such property;  (v) all Capitalized Lease
Obligations of such Person; (vi) all obligations and liabilities,  contingent or
otherwise,  of such  Person,  in respect of letters of credit,  acceptances  and
similar facilities; (vii) all obligations and liabilities, calculated on a basis
reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and in accordance with accepted practice,
of such Person under Hedging Agreements;  (viii) all Contingent  Obligations (as
defined in the Credit  Agreement);  (ix) liabilities  incurred under Title IV of
ERISA with respect to any plan (other than a  Multiemployer  Plan (as defined in
ERISA)) covered by Title IV of ERISA and maintained for employees of such Person
or any of its  ERISA  Affiliates  (as  defined  in the  Credit  Agreement);  (x)
withdrawal  liability  incurred  under  ERISA by such Person or any of its ERISA
Affiliates to any Multiemployer  Plan; (xi) all other items which, in accordance
with GAAP, would be included as liabilities on the liability side of the balance
sheet of such Person (other than (A) trade  payables or other  account  payables
incurred in the ordinary  course of such Person's  business and not past due for
more than 90 days  after the date such  payable  was  created,  and (B)  accrued
expenses,  deferred  revenues,  customer  deposits,  and  income  taxes  payable
incurred in the ordinary course of business); and (xii) all obligations referred
to in clauses (i) through (xi) of this  definition of another  Person secured by
(or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right,  contingent
or otherwise,  to be secured by) a lien or security interest upon property owned
by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the
payment of such Indebtedness. The Indebtedness of any Person shall



                                       A-5

<PAGE>



include the  Indebtedness  of any  partnership of or joint venture in which such
Person is a general partner or a joint venturer.

         "Indemnified Parties" has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

         "Insolvency  Proceeding"  means any proceeding  commenced by or against
any  Person  under  any  provision  of the  Bankruptcy  Code or under  any other
bankruptcy  or insolvency  law,  assignments  for the benefit of  creditors,  or
proceedings seeking  reorganization,  arrangement,  liquidation or other similar
relief,  or formal or informal  moratoria,  compositions,  or extensions made or
agreed to generally with such Person's creditors.

         "Lien" means any mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  lien (statutory or
otherwise),  security  interest,  charge or other  encumbrance  or  security  or
preferential  arrangement  of any nature,  including,  without  limitation,  any
conditional sale or title retention  arrangement,  any Capitalized Lease and any
assignment,  deposit  arrangement or financing  lease intended as, or having the
effect of, security.

         "Liquidated Damages" has the meaning specified in Section 7.14.

         "Losses" has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

         "Non-Payment  Blockage  Period" means,  with respect to any Non-Payment
Default Event,  the period from and including the date of receipt by each Holder
(or the  Designated  Representative,  as  applicable)  of a Non-Payment  Default
Notice  relating  thereto  until  the  first to occur of (a) the 270th day after
receipt of such Non-Payment Default Notice;  provided,  however,  that if, on or
before such date (i) the Senior  Indebtedness  is accelerated and (ii) the Agent
or the Required  Lenders (as such term is defined in the Credit  Agreement),  as
the case may be, have  commenced and diligently and in good faith are pursuing a
judicial proceeding to collect the Senior Indebtedness or diligently and in good
faith are pursuing material  non-judicial remedies to effect the foreclosure and
sale of the collateral securing the Senior Indebtedness,  then such period shall
continue  unless and until the Agent or the  Required  Lenders,  as  applicable,
rescind such acceleration in writing, or abandon,  terminate, or fail diligently
to pursue such  judicial  or  non-judicial  remedies,  (b) the date on which the
Required  Lenders shall have expressly  waived or acknowledged  the cure of such
Non-Payment  Default Event,  in each case, in writing,  or (c) the date on which
the Required Lenders shall have expressly and irrevocably waived the application
of Sections 5.1(a) and (b) hereof in writing.

     "Non-Payment  Default  Event" has the meaning  specified in Section  5.2(b)
hereof.

         "Non-Payment  Default  Notice" means a written notice from or on behalf
of the Agent (or a  Representative  under a refinancing  agreement in respect of
the Credit  Agreement)  to each  Holder (or the  Designated  Representative,  as
applicable)  of the  existence of a Non-Payment  Default Event and  specifically
designating such notice as a "Non-Payment Default Notice."




                                       A-6

<PAGE>



         "Notes" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

         "Obligations"  means (i) the  obligations  of the Seller to pay, as and
when due and payable (by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,  acceleration,
demand or  otherwise),  all amounts  from time to time owing by it in respect of
the Notes or this Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,
now existing or hereafter arising,  whether for principal,  interest (including,
without limitation,  any interest that, but for the provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code, would have accrued), fees (including,  without limitation,  any fees that,
but  for  the   provisions  of  the  Bankruptcy   Code,   would  have  accrued),
indemnification payments, expenses (including,  without limitation, any costs or
expenses  that,  but for the  provisions  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  would  have
accrued),  or  otherwise,  and  (ii)  the  obligations  of the  Seller  and  the
Guarantors  to  perform  or  observe  all of its  obligations  from time to time
existing  under  this  Agreement,  the  Notes or any  other  related  documents,
including,  without  limitation,  the obligation of the Seller to deliver,  upon
conversion  of any  Note,  duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed on behalf of the
Seller  by two  officers  of the  Seller,  one of  whom  must  be the  principal
executive  officer,  the  principal  financial  officer,  the  treasurer  or the
principal accounting officer of the Seller.

         "Payment  Blockage  Period" means,  with respect to any Payment Default
Event,  the period from and including the date of receipt by each Holder (or the
Designated  Representative,  as applicable) of a Payment Default Notice relating
thereto  until the first to occur of (a) the date on which the Required  Lenders
shall have expressly  waived or  acknowledged  the cure of such Payment  Default
Event,  in each case in writing,  or (b) the date on which the Required  Lenders
shall expressly and irrevocably waive the application of Sections 5.1(a) and (b)
hereof, in writing.

     "Payment Default Event" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1(a) hereof.

         "Payment  Default  Notice" means a written  notice from or on behalf of
the Agent (or a Representative  under a refinancing  agreement in respect of the
Credit  Agreement)  to  each  Holder  (or  the  Designated  Representative,   as
applicable) of the existence of a Payment Default and  specifically  designating
such notice as a "Payment Default Notice."

         "Person" means an individual,  corporation,  limited liability company,
partnership,    association,    joint-stock   company,   trust,   unincorporated
organization, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

         "Preferred  Stock"  means,  with  respect to any  Person,  any class or
series of Capital Stock of such Person that is entitled,  upon  distribution  of
assets of such Person, whether by dividend or liquidation,  to a preference over
another class or series of Capital Stock of such Person.




                                       A-7

<PAGE>



         "Prohibited Preferred Stock" means any Preferred Stock of Seller or any
Subsidiary the terms and conditions of issuance, and rights and preferences,  of
which are not  approved  in  writing by the  Required  Holders in their sole and
absolute  discretion,  including any Preferred Stock of Seller or any Subsidiary
that by its terms is  mandatorily  redeemable  or subject  to any other  payment
obligation  (including any obligation to pay dividends,  other than dividends of
Preferred  Stock of the same class and series  payable in kind or  dividends  of
common  stock) on or before a date  earlier  than  February  28,  2005 or, on or
before a date earlier than February 28, 2005, is redeemable at the option of the
holder  thereof for cash (or assets or securities  other than  distributions  in
kind of  Preferred  Stock of the same  class and  series  or of  common  stock),
provided that such February 28, 2005 date shall be extended  day-for-day for any
extension of the maturity date of the Notes.

         "Purchase Price" has the meaning specified in Section 1.2.

         "Release"  means any spilling,  leaking,  pumping,  pouring,  emitting,
emptying,  discharging,   injecting,  escaping,  leaching,  seeping,  migrating,
dumping or disposing of any Hazardous  Material  (including  the  abandonment or
discarding of barrels,  containers and other closed  receptacles  containing any
Hazardous  Material) into the indoor or outdoor  environment,  including ambient
air, soil, surface or ground water.

         "Registration Default" has the meaning specified in Section 7.14(b).

         "Remedial  Action"  means all  actions  taken to (i) clean up,  remove,
remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate or in any other way address
Hazardous  Materials  in the  indoor or  outdoor  environment;  (ii)  prevent or
minimize a Release or threatened  Release of Hazardous  Materials so they do not
migrate or endanger or  threaten  to  endanger  public  health or welfare or the
indoor  or  outdoor   environment;   (iii)  perform   pre-remedial  studies  and
investigations and post-remedial operation and maintenance  activities;  or (iv)
any other actions authorized by 42 U.S.C. 9601.

     "Representative"   means   the   agent,   trustee,   or   other   appointed
representative of a holder of Indebtedness.

         "Required Holders" has the meaning specified in Section 14.5.

         "Responsible  Officer"  means with respect to any Seller or  Guarantor,
the Chief Executive Officer,  the Chief Financial Officer, or any other officer,
of such Seller or Guarantor  (or, in the case of any Seller or Guarantor that is
a  partnership  or a limited  liability  company,  the  managing  partner or the
managing member thereof).

         "Securities  Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or any
similar  Federal  statute,  and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder,
all as the same shall be in effect at the time.




                                       A-8

<PAGE>



         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other similar
or successor agency of the Federal government administering the Securities Act.

         "Seller" means CFI ProServices,  Inc., an Oregon corporation, or any of
its permitted successors or assigns.

         "Senior  Indebtedness"  means  all  payment  obligations  (whether  now
outstanding or hereafter  incurred) of the Seller or any Guarantor in respect of
(a)  principal  (including  reimbursement  obligations  in respect of letters of
credit)  under  the  Credit  Agreement  or other  Senior  Loan  Documents  (or a
refinancing  agreement  entered  into with  respect  thereto),  (b) interest and
premium,  if any,  on the  outstanding  Indebtedness  referred  to in clause (a)
above, (c) all fees (including  commitment,  agency,  and letter of credit fees)
payable  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement (or a refinancing  agreement  entered
into with respect thereto),  (d) all other payment obligations (including costs,
expenses,  or  otherwise)  of the Seller or any Guarantor to Agent or the Senior
Lender Group under or arising  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement or other Senior
Loan Documents (or to third Persons under comparable provisions of a refinancing
agreement entered into with respect  thereto),  including all costs and expenses
incurred  by the Agent or the  Senior  Lender  Group in  connection  with  their
enforcement  of any rights or  remedies  under the Senior  Loan  Documents,  the
collection  of  any  of the  Senior  Indebtedness,  or  the  protection  of,  or
realization upon, any collateral after the occurrence and during the continuance
of a default  under the Senior  Loan  Documents,  including  by way of  example,
reasonable   attorneys  fees,  court  costs,   appraisal  and  consulting  fees,
auctioneers  fees,  rent,  storage,  insurance  premiums,  and like  items,  and
irrespective of whether allowable as a claim against the Seller or any Guarantor
in any Insolvency Proceeding, and (e) post-petition interest on the Indebtedness
referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above,  at the rate  provided  for in the
instrument or agreements  evidencing  or creating  such  Indebtedness,  accruing
subsequent to the commencement of an Insolvency  Proceeding (whether or not such
interest is allowed as a claim in such Insolvency Proceeding).

         "Senior Lender Group" means the "Lender Group" (as such term is defined
in the Credit Agreement or in any comparable term of a refinancing  agreement in
respect thereof).

         "Senior  Lender Notes" means the  promissory  notes issued by Seller in
favor of the Senior Lenders  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement and shall include
any note or notes  issued  under any  refinancing  agreement  in  respect of the
Credit  Agreement,  as  such  promissory  notes  may be  amended,  supplemented,
restated, replaced, or otherwise modified, from time to time.

         "Senior  Lenders"  means,  collectively,  the  Lenders (as such term is
defined in the  Credit  Agreement  or in any  comparable  term of a  refinancing
agreement in respect thereof).

         "Senior Loan Documents" means the Credit  Agreement,  the Senior Lender
Notes and the  other  Loan  Documents  (as such term is  defined  in the  Credit
Agreement),   or  refinancing   agreements   entered  into  in  connection  with
Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof.




                                       A-9

<PAGE>



         "Shelf  Registration"  has the  meaning  as is given to the term  "Note
Shares Shelf Registration" in the Registration Rights Agreement.

         "Solvent" means,  with respect to any Person on a particular date, that
on such date (i) the fair value of the  property of such Person is not less than
the total amount of its liabilities of such Person,  (ii) such Person is able to
pay  its  debts  and  other  liabilities,   contingent   obligations  and  other
commitments  as they mature in the normal course of business,  (iii) such Person
does  not  intend  to,  and  does  not  believe  that it  will,  incur  debts or
liabilities  beyond such Person's  ability to pay as such debts and  liabilities
mature, and (iv) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is
not  about to engage in  business  or a  transaction,  for which  such  Person's
property  would  constitute   unreasonably  small  capital,   after  giving  due
consideration  to the prevailing  practices in the industry in which such Person
is engaged. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is
intended that such  liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in light of
all the facts and  circumstances  existing at such time,  represents  the amount
that reasonably can be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

         "Standstill Period" means, with respect to any Payment Default Event or
Non-Payment Default Event, as the case may be, the period from and including the
date of receipt by each Holder (or the Designated Representative, as applicable)
of a Payment Default Notice or Non-Payment  Default Notice,  as the case may be,
until  the  first to occur of (a) the  termination  of the  applicable  Blockage
Period,  (b) the date on which the Required  Lenders shall have expressly waived
or acknowledged  the cure of such Payment  Default Event or Non-Payment  Default
Event, as applicable,  in each case, in writing,  (c) the date on which there is
commenced,  either by or against  the Seller or any  Guarantor,  any  Insolvency
Proceeding,  and (d) the date on which the Required  Lenders shall expressly and
irrevocably waive the application of Sections 5.1(a) and (b) hereof in writing.

     "Stock Option Plan" has the meaning specified in the 1999 Credit Facility.

         "Subordinated  Note  Documents"  means this  Agreement,  the Note,  the
Registration Rights Agreement,  the Suretyship Agreement and each other document
or agreement  entered into or delivered in connection  with any of them,  all as
they may be amended, modified,  supplemented,  extended,  restated or refinanced
from time to time.

     "Subordinated  Obligations"  has the meaning  specified  in Section  5.1(a)
hereof.

         "Subordinated Notes" means, for purposes of Sections 5 and 6, the Notes
issued pursuant to this Agreement, and shall include any additional Notes issued
in replacement thereof or in substitution therefor.

         "Subsidiary  Guarantee" or "Guarantee"means  the guarantee set forth in
Section 6 of this Agreement, and any future guarantee executed by each Guarantor
in favor of  Purchaser  guaranteeing  the  obligations  of the Seller  under the
Subordinated Notes and this Agreement



                                      A-10

<PAGE>


(which guarantee shall be subordinate in right of payment to any guarantee given
to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness).

         "Subsidiary"  means  with  respect  to  any  Person  at any  date,  any
corporation,  limited or general partnership,  limited liability company, trust,
association or other entity (i) the accounts of which would be consolidated with
those of such Person in such Person's consolidated  financial statements if such
financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP or (ii) of which more
than  50% of (A)  the  outstanding  Capital  Stock  having  (in the  absence  of
contingencies)  ordinary  voting  power  to  elect a  majority  of the  board of
directors  of such  corporation,  (B) the  interest in the capital or profits of
such partnership or limited liability company or (C) the beneficial  interest in
such  trust or estate  is,  at the time of  determination,  owned or  controlled
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, by such Person.

         "Term Loan A" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

         "Term Loan B" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

         "Ultradata  Acquisition" means the acquisition of Ultradata Corporation
by the Seller pursuant to the Ultradata Acquisition Documents.

         "Ultradata Acquisition Documents" means collectively, the Agreement and
Plan of Merger,  dated as of May 17, 1999, by and among Seller,  UFO Acquisition
Co., and Ultradata Corporation, and all documents and instruments to be executed
or delivered in  connection  therewith,  in each case,  as in effect on the date
hereof.



                                      A-11




                                     FORM OF

                                                                  No. __________

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
OR ANY  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAW,  AND MAY NOT BE  SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE ASSIGNED, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT
AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THIS NOTE IS SUBORDINATE TO SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS UNDER THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN
NOTE PURCHASE  AGREEMENT OF EVEN DATE  HEREWITH BY AND AMONG THE  BORROWER,  THE
GUARANTORS,  THE  PURCHASER  OF THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER NOTE  PURCHASERS  LISTED
THEREIN,  A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED  FROM  BORROWER'S  PRINCIPAL  BUSINESS
OFFICE.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL  ISSUE  DISCOUNT  (OID).  AS PROVIDED IN
SECTION  1275  OF  THE  INTERNAL  REVENUE  CODE  AND  THE  TREASURY  REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER,  KURT W. RUTTUM,  VICE  PRESIDENT  AND CHIEF  FINANCIAL  OFFICER,  A
REPRESENTATIVE OF CFI PROSERVICES,  INC., TELEPHONE NUMBER (800) 274-7280,  WILL
MAKE  AVAILABLE  UPON  REQUEST  BEGINNING  TEN DAYS  AFTER  THE  ISSUE  DATE THE
INFORMATION DESCRIBED IN TREASURY REGULATION 1.1275-3(b)(1)(i).


                              CFI PROSERVICES, INC.
                   10% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTE



$_______________                                                 August 13, 1999

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  CFI PROSERVICES,  INC., an Oregon corporation (the
"Borrower"  or  the  "Company"),   hereby  promises  to  pay  to  the  order  of
_______________  ("Purchaser",  and together  with any assignee or transferee of
Purchaser,  the  "Holder"),  the principal sum of  ____________________  DOLLARS
($__________)  in immediately  available funds and in lawful money of the United
States of America,  all as provided  below.  This 10%  Convertible  Subordinated
Discount Note (this  "Note"),  due on the Maturity Date (as such term is defined
below) has been  issued  pursuant  to the terms of that  certain  Note  Purchase
Agreement  between the  Company,  the  Guarantors  (as defined  therein) and the
Purchasers  (defined therein) dated as of August 13, 1999 (as it may be amended,
restated,  supplemented,  or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Purchase
Agreement"),  is one of the Notes  referred  to  therein,  and is subject to and
entitled to the benefits of the Purchase  Agreement.  Capitalized  terms used in
this Note which are not  defined in this Note shall have the  meanings  given to
such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

         The  Indebtedness  evidenced  by this Note,  including  the  payment of
principal,  premium, if any, and interest on this Note, shall be subordinate and
subject in right of payment, to the extent and

                                        1

<PAGE>



in the  manner set forth in Section 5 of the  Purchase  Agreement,  to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

         1.  Payment  of  Principal.  The  Company  shall pay in full the entire
outstanding  principal  balance  of this  Note,  together  with all  premium  or
Liquidated  Damages,  if any,  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on, and all other
amounts  due under this Note on August 13,  2004.  If all of the Notes  issuable
under the Purchase  Agreement are issued,  the purchase price originally paid by
the Purchasers for these Notes of $5,550,000 will accrete in value in the manner
specified in Section 3(c) hereof to an aggregate  principal amount of $7,437,535
on August 13,  2002,  at a rate of 10% per annum,  compounded  semi-annually  on
February  13, and August 13 of each year,  or at the Default  rate  specified in
Section 3(c).

         2.       Interest.

                  (a) Deferral and Payment of Interest. Interest under this Note
shall  accrue,  commencing  August 13,  2002,  at a rate equal to 10% per annum,
payable in cash  semi-annually  in arrears on  February 13 and August 13 of each
year (with the first such  payment  due  February  13,  2003),  to the Holder of
record  on that  date,  with  respect  to the  principal  amount of the Note and
(without  duplication  and to the  extent  that  payment  of  such  interest  is
enforceable  under applicable law) on any interest which is in arrears until the
date the Note is  indefeasibly  repaid in full or  converted  into shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock as set forth herein and as provided for in the Purchase
Agreement,  compounded  semi-annually.  Interest for any partial period shall be
computed on the basis of the actual  number of days elapsed over a 360-day year,
including the first day and excluding the last day.

                  (b) Default Rate of  Interest.  If at any time (i) the Company
fails to make any  payment  of  principal  as and when due  (whether  at  stated
maturity,  upon  acceleration  or required  prepayment or  otherwise),  (ii) the
Company  fails to make any  payment of  interest,  premium,  if any,  Liquidated
Damages, if any, fees, costs, expenses or other amounts due hereunder within one
(1) Business Day after the date when due, or (iii) any other Default or Event of
Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  then,  in addition to the rights and
remedies  available to the Holder under the Purchase  Agreement  and  applicable
laws, the outstanding principal balance of, premium, if any, Liquidated Damages,
if any,  and accrued and unpaid  interest on this Note shall bear  interest at a
rate per annum  equal to 12% (the  "Default  Rate")  from the date on which such
Default or Event of Default is deemed to have first  occurred  (as  provided  in
Section 9 of the Purchase Agreement) until such time as such Default or Event of
Default is cured or waived.

         3.       Optional Prepayment.

                  (a) No  Prepayment  Period.  Except as  provided  in Section 4
below, the Company shall have no right to redeem this Note on or prior to August
13, 2002. Thereafter,  the Company may prepay the principal balance of this Note
at any time following  thirty (30) days prior written notice to Holder,  without
premium or penalty;  provided,  however,  that Holder may, at its sole option at
any time prior to the  expiration  of such thirty (30) day notice  period and in
lieu of such prepayment,  require the Company to convert this Note in accordance
with the provisions of

                                        2

<PAGE>



Section 6; provided,  further, that with any prepayment,  the Company shall also
prepay all accrued but unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages on the portion of
the outstanding and unpaid principal which is being prepaid.

                  (b)  Stock   Performance   Prepayment.   Notwithstanding   the
provisions  of this Section (a) above,  if (i) on or after August 13, 2001,  the
closing  price (last trade,  or if there is no trade,  an average of the bid and
ask), of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market ("Closing Price") is greater
than 150% of the then applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) for each of
the twenty (20) consecutive  trading days prior to the date a prepayment  notice
is given,  (ii)  there is not then  pending a Default or Event of  Default,  and
(iii) the Shelf  Registration  for the Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of
the Note is then effective, and remains effective for the entire thirty (30) day
notice period referenced below, then the Company may offer to prepay the Note at
an  amount  equal to the then  Accreted  Value of the Note  through  the date of
Prepayment,  following thirty (30) days prior written notice to Holder,  without
premium or penalty;  provided,  however,  that Holder may, at its sole option at
any time prior to the  expiration  of such thirty (30) day notice  period and in
lieu of such prepayment,  require the Company to convert this Note in accordance
with the provisions of Section 6; provided,  further,  that with any prepayment,
the Company  shall also prepay all accrued but unpaid  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages on the portion of the  outstanding  and unpaid  principal which is being
prepaid.

                  (c) Definition of Accreted  Value.  For purposes of this Note,
"Accreted  Value"  means,  as of any date of  determination  prior to August 13,
2002,  with respect to any Note, the sum of (i) the initial  purchase  price, or
74.6215% of the original principal amount, of such Note, and (ii) the portion of
the excess of the principal amount of such Note over such initial offering price
which shall have been accreted  thereon  through such date, such amount to be so
accreted  on a daily  basis at a rate of 10% per annum of the  initial  purchase
price of the Note,  compounded  semi-annually  on each February 13 and August 13
from  the  date  of  original   issuance  of  the  Notes  through  the  date  of
determination,  computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;
provided,  however,  during  any time when a  Default  or Event of  Default  has
occurred  and is  continuing,  then  in  addition  to the  rights  and  remedies
available to the Holder under the Purchase  Agreement and  applicable  laws, the
principal amount of the Note shall accrete at a rate of 12% per annum. The Notes
shall cease to accrete on August 13, 2002.

         4. Mandatory Prepayments.  The Company shall make mandatory prepayments
with respect to this Note as follows:

                  (a) Asset Sale Prepayments. If at any time the Company intends
to  consummate  any Asset Sale,  it shall,  within thirty (30) days prior to the
proposed  date of  consummation,  notify the  Holder in writing of the  proposed
Asset Sale (including,  without limitation,  the subject matter and the material
terms  thereof  and the  proposed  date  of  consummation).  Promptly  following
consummation  of the Asset Sale,  any Net Cash  Proceeds (as defined in the 1999
Credit Facility) not applied to reduce Senior Indebtedness shall be offered as a
prepayment on the Notes pursuant to Section (d) of this Section 4.


                                        3

<PAGE>



                  (b) Change in Control  Prepayment.  The Holder may require the
Company to prepay this Note, in whole or in part as requested by the Holder,  at
any time during the 90-day period  following the  consummation  of a transaction
which  constitutes  a Change in  Control  (as such term is  defined  in the 1999
Credit  Facility),  at the greater of the (i) Accreted  Value  together with all
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages, if any, thereon or (ii) the
amount  determined by  multiplying  the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the
date prior to the Change of Control by the number of shares that would have been
obtained had this Note been converted in full on that date.

         The Company  shall notify the Holder thirty (30) days in advance of the
date on  which  a  Change  in  Control  will  occur  or as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable  thereafter,  and shall, in such notification,  inform the Holder of
the  Holder's  right to require  the  Company to prepay this Note as provided in
this Section 4 and of the date on which such right shall terminate  (which shall
be no less than 30 days  after a  Holder's  receipt  of  notice).  If the Holder
elects to require the Company to prepay this Note pursuant to this Section 4, it
shall furnish,  prior to the date fixed in the Company's notice,  written notice
to the Company advising the Company of such election and the amount of principal
of this Note to be prepaid.  The Company  shall  prepay this Note in  accordance
with this Section 4 within one (1)  Business  Day after  receipt of the Holder's
election to require prepayment.

                  (c) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any voluntary
or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up of the Company or any
sale, lease,  transfer,  assignment or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the  assets of the  Company  on a  consolidated  basis,  (a  "Liquidation
Event") the Company shall be required to offer to pay the Accreted Value of this
Note  through  the date of  prepayment,  together  with all  accrued  and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages,  if any, thereon.  The Company shall notify the
Holder thirty (30) days in advance of the date on which a Liquidation Event will
occur  or as soon as  reasonably  practicable  thereafter,  and  shall,  in such
notification,  inform the Holder of the Holder's right to require the Company to
prepay  this Note as  provided  in this  Section 4 and of the date on which such
right  shall  terminate  (which  shall be no less than 30 days  after a Holder's
receipt of notice).  If the Holder  elects to require the Company to prepay this
Note  pursuant to this Section 4, it shall  furnish,  prior to the date fixed in
the Company's notice, written notice to the Company advising the Company of such
election  and the amount of  principal  of this Note to be prepaid.  The Company
shall prepay this Note in accordance with this Section 4 within one (1) Business
Day after receipt of the Holder's election to require  prepayment.  If, upon any
Liquidation  Event,  the Notes will share equally and ratably (in  proportion to
the  respective  amounts  that would be payable  on the  Notes,  if all  amounts
payable  thereon  had been  paid in full) in any  distribution  of assets of the
Company  to which  all  Indebtedness  pari  passu in  rights  to the  Notes  are
entitled.

                  (d) Prepayment Amount. The mandatory  prepayments provided for
in this Section 4 shall be paid at the Accreted  Value of the  principal  amount
required  to be  prepaid  through  the  date of  prepayment,  plus  premium  and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, all as provided for
above,  provided that the Holder shall be given as much notice as possible,  but
no less then thirty (30) days,  prior to the date fixed for prepayment to permit
conversion of the Note as permitted by Section 6. To the extent that any payment
required by this Section 4 is not made  because  such  payment is not  permitted
under the terms of the Senior Indebtedness, the

                                        4

<PAGE>



obligation to make such payment shall be deferred  until such time as the Senior
Indebtedness  is no longer  outstanding or such payment becomes  permitted,  and
such payment shall be made on the next following  Business Day.  Notwithstanding
the notice  periods set forth  herein,  no payments due to the holders of Common
Stock,  preferred  stock or other equity  securities  of the Company,  or to the
holders of  indebtedness  of the Company junior in right of payment to the Note,
shall be made without first making the payments due under this Section 4.

         5. Manner of Payment. Payments of principal, interest and other amounts
due under this Note shall be made no later than 12:00 p.m.  (noon) (Los  Angeles
time) on the date when due and in lawful  money of the United  States of America
(by wire  transfer in funds  immediately  available  at the place of payment) to
such account as the Holder may designate in writing to the Company. Any payments
received after 12:00 p.m. (noon) (Los Angeles time) shall be deemed to have been
received on the next  succeeding  Business Day. Any payments due hereunder which
are due on a day  which is not a  Business  Day  shall be  payable  on the first
succeeding  Business  Day and such  extension  of time shall be  included in the
computation.

         6.       Conversion.

                  (a) Voluntary Conversion.  At the option of the Holder, at any
time,  Holder shall have the right, at its option, to convert all or any portion
(of $10,000 or more) of the Accreted Value of the Note,  plus accrued but unpaid
interest  and  accrued but unpaid  Liquidated  Damages,  if any (the  "Converted
Amount"),  into that  number of fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common
Stock of the Company,  no par value per share ("Common Stock") at the Conversion
Price (as defined  below) in effect at the time of  conversion,  as  hereinafter
provided.

                  (b) Mechanics of Conversion. Upon written notice of conversion
of the Note pursuant to an Election to Convert in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto,  the Company will, as soon as  practicable  thereafter,  but in no event
longer  than  three (3)  business  days,  issue and  deliver to the Holder (i) a
certificate  for the number of shares of Common  Stock to which the Holder shall
be entitled,  and (ii) an amended and restated  promissory note in substantially
the same form as this Note, but with the outstanding principal amount reduced by
the Converted Amount. Such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred as of the
close of business  on the date of the  surrender  of this Note as  provided  for
above,  and the Holder shall be treated as the record holder of the Common Stock
received upon conversion as of the close of business on such date.

                  (c) Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay all taxes that may
be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of Common  Stock upon  conversion
of this Note;  provided,  that Holder  shall pay any tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer  involved in the issue and delivery of Common Stock in a
name other than that in which this Note so converted was registered.

                  (d) Conversion  Price. Each Note shall be convertible into the
number of shares of Common Stock that results from dividing the Accreted  Value,
plus accrued but unpaid interest on such Note and accrued but unpaid  Liquidated
Damages,  if any, on the date of conversion by the Conversion Price per share in
effect at the time of the  conversion.  The  initial  Conversion  Price shall be
$12.34375,  equal to the average  Closing  Price over the ten (10)  trading days
immediately

                                        5

<PAGE>



preceding  the original  issuance of this Note.  This initial  Conversion  Price
shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided below.

                  (e) One-Year  Conversion  Price Reset. On August 13, 2000, the
Conversion  Price  shall  be  adjusted  to be  equal  to the  lower  of (i)  the
Conversion Price in effect on the date of the original issuance of this Note (as
adjusted  pursuant to  Sections  (f) through (k) below) or (ii) a price equal to
the average Closing Price over the ten (10) trading day period ending August 12,
2000.

                  (f)  Adjustment  for Stock  Splits  and  Combinations.  If the
Company,  at any time or from  time to time  after  the date  hereof,  effects a
subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price then in effect
immediately  before that subdivision  shall be  proportionately  decreased,  and
conversely,  if the  Company,  at any time or from  time to time  after the date
hereof, combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of
shares,  the Conversion Price then in effect  immediately before the combination
shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 6(f) shall
become  effective  at the  close of  business  on the date  the  subdivision  or
combination becomes effective.

                  (g) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. If the
Company at any time or from time to time after the date hereof makes, or fixes a
record  date for the  determination  of  holders  of Common  Stock  entitled  to
receive,  without payment therefor,  a dividend or other distribution payable in
Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  then and in each such event the  Conversion
Price then in effect shall be  decreased as of the time of such  issuance or, in
the event such record date is fixed,  as of the close of business on such record
date, by multiplying  such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which is the total  number of shares of Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding  immediately  prior to the  time of such  issuance  or the  close of
business on such record  date,  and (ii) the  denominator  of which shall be the
total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately prior
to the time of such  issuance  or the close of business on such record date plus
the number of shares of Common  Stock  issuable  in payment of such  dividend or
distribution;  provided,  however,  that if such  record  date is fixed and such
dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date
fixed therefor,  such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the
close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall
be adjusted  pursuant to this Section  6(g) as of the time of actual  payment of
such dividends or distributions.

                  (h) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  In the
event  the  Company,  at any time or from time to time  after  the date  hereof,
makes, or fixes a record date for the  determination  of holders of Common Stock
entitled to receive,  without payment therefor, a dividend or other distribution
payable in securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, then and
in each such  event  provision  shall be made so that the  holders  of the Notes
shall receive upon  conversion  thereof,  in addition to the number of shares of
Common Stock  receivable  thereupon,  the amount of securities of the Company or
cash that they would have  received had their Notes been  converted  into Common
Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter,  during the period from
the date of such event to and  including  the  conversion  date,  retained  such
securities  receivable by them as aforesaid  during such period,  subject to all
other  adjustments  called  for during  such  period  under this  Section 6 with
respect to the rights of the holders of the Notes.

                                        6

<PAGE>



                  (i)    Adjustment   for    Reclassification,    Exchange   and
Substitution.  In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date
hereof,  the Common Stock  issuable upon the  conversion of the Notes is changed
into the same or a different  number of shares of any class or classes of stock,
whether  by  recapitalization,  reclassification  or  otherwise  (other  than  a
subdivision  or  combination  of shares or stock  dividend or a  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation or sale of assets, provided for elsewhere in this Section
6),  then and in any such  event  each  holder  of a Note  shall  have the right
thereafter  to  convert  such Note  into the kind and  amount of stock and other
securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization,  reclassification
or other change, by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into
which  such  Note  could  have  been   converted   immediately   prior  to  such
recapitalization,  reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment
as provided herein.

                  (j)  Reorganization,   Mergers,  Consolidations  or  Sales  of
Assets.  If at any time or from time to time after the date  hereof,  there is a
capital  reorganization  of the Common  Stock  (other  than a  recapitalization,
subdivision,  combination,  reclassification  or exchange of shares provided for
elsewhere in this Section 6) or a merger or consolidation of the Company with or
into  another  corporation,  or the  sale  of all  or  substantially  all of the
Company's  properties  and assets to any other  person,  then, as a part of such
reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale, provision shall be made so that
the holders of the Notes shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion
of the Notes the number of shares of stock or other  securities  or  property to
which a holder  of the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  deliverable  upon
conversion  would have been  entitled on such  capital  reorganization,  merger,
consolidation,  or sale. In any such case,  appropriate adjustment shall be made
in the  application  of the  provisions  of this  Section 6 with  respect to the
rights  of  the  holders  of  the  Notes  after  the   reorganization,   merger,
consolidation  or  sale  to the end  that  the  provisions  of  this  Section  6
(including  adjustment of the Conversion  Price then in effect and the number of
shares  purchasable upon conversion of the Notes) shall be applicable after that
event and be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

                  (k)      Sale of Shares Below Fair Market Value.

                           (i) (1) If at any time or from time to time after the
         date hereof,  the Company issues or sells,  or is deemed by the express
         provisions  of this  Section  6(k) to have  issued or sold,  Additional
         Shares of Common Stock (as defined in paragraph (v) below),  other than
         as a dividend or other  distribution  on any class of stock as provided
         in Section (a) above and other than upon a subdivision  or  combination
         of shares of Common  Stock as  provided  in Section  (f) above,  for an
         "Effective  Price" (as  defined in  paragraph  (v) below) less than the
         Fair Market  Value per share of Common  Stock (as defined in  paragraph
         (v) below) in effect at the close of  business  on the day  immediately
         prior to such  sale or  issuance,  then and in each  such case the then
         existing  Conversion  Price of the Notes  shall be  reduced,  as of the
         opening  of  business  on the date of such  issue  or sale,  to a price
         determined by multiplying  that Conversion  Price by a fraction (i) the
         numerator  of which  shall be (A) the number of shares of Common  Stock
         outstanding at the close of business on the day  immediately  preceding
         the date of such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common
         Stock that the  aggregate  consideration  received  (or by the  express
         provisions  hereof deemed to have been received) by the Company for the
         total number of Additional Shares

                                        7

<PAGE>



         of Common Stock so issued would  purchase at such Fair Market Value per
         share,  and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares
         of Common  Stock  outstanding  at the close of  business on the date of
         such issue after giving  effect to such issue of  Additional  Shares of
         Common Stock;  provided however,  that for the purposes of this Section
         (k),  all  shares of Common  Stock then  issuable  upon  conversion  or
         exercise of then outstanding  rights or options to acquire Common Stock
         or other stocks or  securities  convertible  into Common Stock shall be
         deemed to be outstanding.  Such adjustment  shall be made  successively
         whenever such an issuance is made.  The foregoing  notwithstanding,  if
         any such sale or issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock, rights,
         options, warrants or Convertible Securities (defined below) is effected
         pursuant to the terms of a bona fide agreement, commitment or letter of
         intent which is entered into or made prior to the date of such issuance
         and which  specifies  the  "price  per share of Common  Stock" (as such
         phrase is used in this paragraph (i)) to be paid in such issuance, then
         the  determination  of  whether  or not the  "price per share of Common
         Stock" in such  issuance is "lower than the Fair Market Value per share
         of Common  Stock"  required by this  paragraph  (i) shall be made as of
         close of  business  on the date such  agreement  or letter of intent is
         entered  into  or  such  commitment  is  made  and  shall  not be  made
         "immediately  prior to such sale and issuance" as provided above.  (For
         example,  if the  Company  enters into an  agreement  to sell shares of
         Common Stock in a private  placement  and the price per share of Common
         Stock to be paid pursuant to such agreement is equal to or greater than
         the Fair  Market  Value per  share of  Common  Stock as of the close of
         business on the date on which such  agreement is entered into,  then no
         adjustment  shall be  required  under this  paragraph  (i) even if such
         price is less than the Fair Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on
         the date such private placement is consummated.)

     (2) In case the Company or any subsidiary  thereof shall, at any time after
the  date of this  Note,  make or agree to (i) any  downward  adjustment  in the
exercise,  exchange or  conversion  price of, (ii) any increase in the number of
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of, or
(iii) any change in the  consideration  payable for the exercise,  conversion or
exchange  of, any rights,  options,  warrants  or  convertible  or  exchangeable
securities  containing  the right to subscribe  for or acquire  shares of Common
Stock, other than such adjustment that is specifically contemplated and required
under the terms of any such  instrument  as of the date of this  Note,  then the
Conversion  Price shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price  determined
by multiplying  the Conversion  Price in effect  immediately  prior thereto by a
fraction the  numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of
Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto,  plus (B) the number of
shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such  exercise,  conversion or exchange
immediately prior thereto, multiplied by the aggregate amount of the fair market
value of the  consideration  to be received by the Company  upon such  exercise,
conversion or exchange immediately thereafter,  and the denominator shall be the
sum of (X)  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately
thereafter, plus (Y) the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such
exercise,  conversion  or exchange  immediately  thereafter,  multiplied  by the
aggregate amount of the fair market value of the consideration to be received by
the Company upon

                                        8

<PAGE>



         such exercise,  conversion or exchange immediately prior thereto.  Such
         adjustment  shall be made  successively  whenever  such an  issuance is
         made.

                           (ii)  For  the  purpose  of  making  any   adjustment
         required  under this  Section (k),  the  consideration  received by the
         Company for any issue or sale of securities  shall (i) to the extent it
         consists of cash be computed at the net amount of cash  received by the
         Company after deduction of any expenses  payable by the Company and any
         underwriting or similar commissions,  compensation, or concessions paid
         or allowed by the Company in connection  with such issue or sale,  (ii)
         to the extent it consists of property  other than cash,  be computed at
         the fair  value of that  property  as  determined  in good faith by the
         Board of  Directors,  subject to  paragraph  (vi)  below,  and (iii) if
         Additional Shares of Common Stock,  Convertible  Securities (as defined
         in paragraph (iii) below) or rights,  warrants,  or options to purchase
         either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible  Securities are
         issued or sold  together with other stock or securities or other assets
         of the Company for a  consideration  which covers both,  be computed as
         the portion of the  consideration  so received  that may be  reasonably
         determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors to be allocable to
         such  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock,  Convertible  Securities  or
         rights or options, subject to paragraph (vi) below.

                           (iii)  For the  purpose  of the  adjustment  required
         under this  Section  (k),  if the  Company  issues or sells any rights,
         warrants,  or options for the purchase  of,  stock or other  securities
         convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock or rights, warrants
         or options to purchase such convertible  securities  (such  convertible
         stock  or   securities   hereinafter   referred   to  as   "Convertible
         Securities")  and if the Effective Price of such  Additional  Shares of
         Common  Stock is less  than the Fair  Market  Value per share of Common
         Stock at the close of business  on the day  immediately  preceding  the
         date of such issuance, then in each case the Company shall be deemed to
         have  issued at the time of the  issuance  of such rights or options or
         Convertible  Securities  the  maximum  number of  Additional  Shares of
         Common Stock  issuable upon exercise or conversion  thereof and to have
         received  as  consideration  for the  issuance of such shares an amount
         equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the
         Company  for the  issuance  of such  rights,  warrants  or  options  or
         Convertible  Securities,  plus, in the case of such rights, warrants or
         options,  the minimum amounts of consideration,  if any, payable to the
         Company upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options, plus, in
         the  case  of   Convertible   Securities,   the   minimum   amounts  of
         consideration,   if  any,   payable  to  the  Company  (other  than  by
         cancellation   of  liabilities   or   obligations   evidenced  by  such
         Convertible   Securities)  upon  the  conversion  thereof.  No  further
         adjustment  of the  applicable  Conversion  Price,  adjusted  upon  the
         issuance of such rights,  warrants,  options or Convertible Securities,
         shall be made as a result of the actual  issuance of Additional  Shares
         of Common  Stock on the  exercise  of any such  rights,  options or the
         conversion  of any such  Convertible  Securities.  If any such  rights,
         warrants or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such
         Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised,  the
         applicable  Conversion Price adjusted upon the issuance of such rights,
         warrants,  options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the
         applicable  Conversion  Price  that  would  have been in effect  had an
         adjustment  been made on the basis that the only  Additional  Shares of
         Common Stock so

                                        9

<PAGE>



         issued were the  Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  if any,  actually
         issued or sold on the exercise of such  rights,  warrants or options or
         rights  of  conversion  of  such  Convertible   Securities,   and  such
         Additional  Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the
         consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus
         the  consideration,  if any,  actually  received by the Company for the
         granting  of all such  rights,  warrants  or  options,  whether  or not
         exercised,  plus the consideration  received for issuing or selling the
         Convertible Securities actually converted,  plus the consideration,  if
         any,  actually  received by the Company (other than by  cancellation of
         liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on
         the conversion of such Convertible Securities.

                           (iv) (1)  "Additional  Shares of Common  Stock" shall
         mean all shares of Common  Stock  issued by the Company  after the date
         hereof,  whether  or not  subsequently  reacquired  or  retired  by the
         Company,  other than (A) shares of Common Stock issued upon  conversion
         of the  Notes,  and  shares of Common  Stock  issued  to  employees  or
         directors  of, or  consultants  and  advisors  to,  the  Company or any
         subsidiary  pursuant  to any stock  purchase or stock  option  plans or
         other  arrangements  that are  approved by the Board of  Directors  and
         approved  by the  Company's  stockholders.  The  "Effective  Price"  of
         Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by
         dividing the total number of  Additional  Shares of Common Stock issued
         or sold,  or deemed to have been  issued or sold by the  Company  under
         this Section (k), into the aggregate  consideration received, or deemed
         to have been  received by the Company for such issue under this Section
         (k), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

                                    (2)     The "Fair Market Value" of a share
         of Common Stock as of
         a particular date shall mean (i) if the Common Stock is publicly traded
         at the time of determination, the average of the closing prices on such
         day of the Common Stock on all domestic  securities  exchanges on which
         the Common Stock is then listed, or, if there have been no sales on any
         such  exchange  on such day,  the average of the highest bid and lowest
         asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day or, if on any
         such  day  the  Common  Stock  is not so  listed,  the  average  of the
         representative  bid and asked prices  quoted on the Nasdaq system as of
         4:00 P.M.,  New York time,  on such day, or if on any day such security
         is not quoted on the Nasdaq system,  the average of the highest bid and
         lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market
         as reported by the  National  Quotation  Bureau,  Incorporated,  or any
         similar  successor  organization,  in each  such case  averaged  over a
         period of  thirty  (30) days  consisting  of the day as of which  "fair
         market  value"  is being  determined  and the  twenty-nine  consecutive
         business days prior to such day (provided that, if fair market value is
         being determined as of the date of a firm commitment public offering of
         the  Common  Stock,  fair  market  value as of such  date  shall be the
         offering  price for the Common Stock subject to such public  offering);
         or (ii) if the  Common  Stock  is not  publicly  traded  at the time of
         determination,  the Common Stock price per share determined by dividing
         Market Value (as defined below) by the outstanding  number of shares of
         Common Stock  calculated  on a fully  diluted  basis using the treasury
         stock method as contemplated by the Accounting Principles Board Opinion
         No.  15  (as  referred  to in the  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
         Standards  No.  128) (such  shares as  calculated  on any date,  "Fully
         Diluted Shares").  "Market Value" means the highest price that would be
         paid for the entire common

                                       10

<PAGE>



         equity  of the  Company  on a  going-concern  basis in an  arm's-length
         transaction  between a willing  buyer  and a  willing  seller  (neither
         acting under compulsion), using valuation techniques then prevailing in
         the  securities  industry (but without giving effect to any discount in
         respect of a minority  interest) and determined in accordance  with the
         "Valuation  Procedure" (as defined below) and assuming full  disclosure
         and  understanding of all relevant  information and a reasonable period
         of time for effectuating such sale. For the purposes of determining the
         "Market  Value",  (a) the  exercise  price of  options or  warrants  to
         acquire  Common Stock which are deemed to have been  exercised  for the
         purpose  of  determining  the issued  and  outstanding  number of Fully
         Diluted  Shares of Common Stock,  shall be deemed to have been received
         by the Company,  (b)(i) the liquidation preference or indebtedness,  as
         the case may be,  represented by securities  which are deemed exercised
         for or converted into Common Stock for the purpose of  determining  the
         issued and  outstanding  number of Fully Diluted Shares of Common Stock
         and (ii) any contractual  limitation in respect of the shares of Common
         Stock  relating  to  voting  rights,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been
         eliminated  or  canceled  and (c)  full  effect  shall  be given to any
         discount  that may arise as the  result of the fact that the  shares of
         Common Stock are not publicly traded.

                  "Valuation Procedure" means, with respect to the determination
         of any amount or value  required to be determined  in  accordance  with
         such procedure,  a  determination  (which shall be final and binding on
         the Company and the holders)  made (i) by  agreement  among the Company
         and the Required  Holders  within twenty (20) days  following the event
         requiring  such  determination  or  (ii)  in the  absence  of  such  an
         agreement,  by an Independent  Financial  Expert selected in accordance
         with  the  further  provisions  of this  definition.  If  required,  an
         Independent  Financial  Expert  shall be selected  within five (5) days
         following the  expiration  of the twenty  (20)-day  period  referred to
         above,  either by agreement among the Company and the Required  Holders
         or,  in the  absence  of  such  agreement,  by lot  from a list of four
         potential  Independent  Financial  Experts  remaining after the Company
         nominates  three,  the Required  Holders  nominate three, and each side
         eliminates one potential  Independent Financial Expert. The Independent
         Financial  Expert shall be  instructed  by the Company and the Required
         Holders  to make  its  determination  within  twenty  (20)  days of its
         selection.  The fees and expenses of an  Independent  Financial  Expert
         selected hereunder shall be paid by the Company.

                  "Independent  Financial Expert" means a  nationally-recognized
         investment  banking  firm (a)  that  does  not  (and  whose  directors,
         officers,  employees  and  Affiliates do not) have a direct or indirect
         material  financial interest in the Company or any holder, (b) that has
         not been, and, at the time it is called upon to serve as an Independent
         Financial  Expert  under  this  Agreement,  is not  (and  none of whose
         directors,  officers,  employees  or  Affiliates  is not),  a promoter,
         director or officer of the Company or any Holder, (c) that has not been
         retained  during the  preceding  two years by the Company or the holder
         for any  purpose,  and (d) that is  otherwise  qualified to serve as an
         Independent  Financial  Advisor.  Any such person or entity may receive
         customary  compensation and indemnification by the Company for opinions
         or services it provides as an Independent Financial Expert.


                                                        11

<PAGE>



     (v) Adjustments to Anti-Dilution  Rights;  Limitations on Subsequent Grants
of Anti-Dilution Rights.

                                    (1)     Notwithstanding the foregoing
         provisions of this Section 4, to
         the extent that any holders of equity securities,  or rights, warrants,
         options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity
         securities,  of the Company are entitled to  anti-dilution  rights that
         are superior or more favorable to the holder of such equity securities,
         or rights,  warrants,  options or other securities  convertible into or
         exchangeable for equity securities, than those granted pursuant to this
         Section 6, the holder  hereof  shall be entitled to such  anti-dilution
         rights with respect to the Notes.

                                    (2)     From and after the Date of Grant,
         the Company shall not,
         without the prior written  consent of the Required  Holders,  grant any
         holders of equity  securities,  or rights,  warrants,  options or other
         securities  convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities,  of
         the Company anti-dilution rights with respect to such equity securities
         that are superior or more favorable than those granted pursuant to this
         Section 6.

                  6.1 Accountants' Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an
adjustment or  readjustment of the Conversion  Price  applicable to the Notes or
the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock or  other  securities  issuable  upon
conversion of the Notes, the Company,  at its expense,  shall cause  independent
public  accountants of recognized  standing  selected by the Company (who may be
the independent  public  accountants  then auditing the books of the Company) to
compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof
and prepare a certificate  showing such  adjustment or  readjustment,  and shall
mail such certificate,  by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered
holder of the Notes at the holder's address as shown in the Company's books. The
certificate  shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment,  showing in detail
the facts upon which such  adjustment  or  readjustment  is based,  including  a
statement  of (i) the  consideration  received  or deemed to be  received by the
Company for any  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock issued or sold or deemed to
have been issued or sold, (ii) the Conversion Price as then in effect, (iii) the
number of  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock and (iv) the type and amount,  if
any, of other property that at the time would be received upon conversion of the
Notes.

                  6.2 Notices of Record Date.  In the event of (i) any taking by
the  Company  of a record  of the  holders  of any class of  securities  for the
purpose of  determining  the  holders  thereof  who are  entitled to receive any
dividend  or other  distribution,  or (ii)  any  capital  reorganization  of the
Company,  any  reclassification  or recapitalization of the capital stock of the
Company,  any  merger or  consolidation  of the  Company  with or into any other
corporation,  or any transfer of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
Company  to any  other  person  or any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Company,  the Company shall mail to each holder
of a Note at least thirty (30) days prior to the record date specified  therein,
a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the
purpose of such dividend or  distribution  and a description of such dividend or
distribution,  (B) the date on which any such reorganization,  reclassification,
transfer,  consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  liquidation  or  winding up is
expected to become effective,  and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed, as
to when the  holders of record of Common  Stock (or other  securities)  shall be
entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or

                                       12

<PAGE>



other  securities)  for  securities  or other  property  deliverable  upon  such
reorganization,  reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up.

                  6.3 Fractional  Shares.  No fractional  shares of Common Stock
shall be issued upon conversion of the Notes. In lieu of any fractional share to
which the holder would  otherwise be entitled,  the Company shall pay cash equal
to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of one share
of the Company's Common Stock on the date of conversion.

                  6.4 No Dilution or Impairment.  The Company will not amend its
Certificate of Incorporation or participate in any  reorganization,  transfer of
assets, consolidation,  merger, dissolution,  issue or sale of securities or any
other  voluntary  action,  for the  purpose of  avoiding or seeking to avoid the
observance  or  performance  of any of the  terms to be  observed  or  performed
hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in carrying
out all provisions of this Section 6 and in the taking of all such action as may
be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights
of the holders of the Notes against dilution or other impairment.

                  6.5 Registration  Rights;  Liquidated Damages.  The Holders of
the  Notes  are  entitled  to  certain  rights  under  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement, and to Liquidated Damages (as provided in the Purchase Agreement) for
the breach of the Registration Rights Agreement. Any Liquidated Damages shall be
paid pro rata in cash to the holders of the Notes on the first  business  day of
each month following accrual thereof.  Shares not registered upon issuance shall
bear a legend in the form set forth on the face of this Note.

                  6.6  Limitation  on  Ownership.  If this  Note is held by U.S.
Bancorp Investments, Inc. ("USBI"), and not any other Holder, this Note may only
be converted  if the total number of voting  shares of Common Stock held by USBI
upon such  conversion,  when  aggregated  with any other  voting  shares held by
persons or entities  required by Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve Board to be
aggregated with USBI's holdings, shall be less than 5.00% of the total shares of
voting stock outstanding immediately after such conversion.

         7.  Remedies  upon  Event  of  Default.  Upon the  acceleration  of the
indebtedness  under the Notes  pursuant to the terms of the Purchase  Agreement,
the principal of and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Note and Liquidated
Damages,   if  any,  shall  become  immediately  due  and  payable  without  any
declaration  or other  act on the part of the  Holder  and all  without  demand,
presentment,  notice, or protest,  all of which are hereby expressly waived, and
the Holder may  exercise  any right or power  available to it under this Note or
the Purchase Agreement,  at law or in equity, all of which rights and powers may
be exercised  cumulatively  and not  alternatively.  No delay or omission of the
Holder of this Note to exercise any right or power  accruing upon any Default or
Event of Default  occurring and continuing  shall impair any such right or power
or shall be  construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or
an acquiescence therein, and every power and remedy given by this Note or by law
may be exercised from time to time,  and as often as shall be deemed  expedient,
by the Holder.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         8. Assignment and Transfer. Subject to applicable laws, the Holder may,
at any time and from time to time and without the consent of the Company, assign
or transfer to one or more Persons the entire  outstanding  principal balance of
this Note or any portion thereof (but not less than $100,000 in principal amount
in any single  assignment  (unless  such  lesser  amount  represents  the entire
outstanding  principal  balance  hereof)).  Upon  surrender  of this Note at the
Company's  principal executive office for registration of any such assignment or
transfer,  accompanied  by a duly executed  instrument of transfer,  the Company
shall,  at its expense and within  three (3)  Business  Days of such  surrender,
execute  and  deliver  one or more  new  notes of like  tenor  in the  requested
principal denominations and in the name of the assignee or assignees and bearing
the legend set forth on the face of this Note,  and this Note shall  promptly be
canceled.  Each assignment or transfer of this Note, in whole or in part,  shall
be registered on the register maintained by the Company pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement  immediately  following  the  surrender  of this  Note.  If the entire
outstanding  principal  balance of this Note is not being assigned,  the Company
shall issue to the Holder hereof,  within three (3) Business Days of the date of
surrender  hereof,  a new note which  evidences the portion of such  outstanding
principal  balance  not being  assigned.  Upon the  request of any  Holder,  the
Company  shall issue an amended and restated Note setting forth the then current
principal balance thereon.

         9. Benefits Pro Rata. If the Notes issued under the Purchase  Agreement
are held at any time by more than one Holder,  any payments of principal  of, or
premium,  if any, on this Note,  and any  payments of interest or other  amounts
which are not  sufficient to pay all interest or other  amounts due  thereunder,
shall be made pro rata with  respect  to all such Notes in  accordance  with the
outstanding  principal amounts thereof,  respectively.  Any Holder receiving any
payment or  securities  in excess of its pro rata portion  hereby agrees to hold
such excess  amount in trust for all other  Holders,  and upon  discovery of any
over-payment  pay such excess to the other  Purchasers,  within two (2) Business
Days, in order to comply with this Section.

         10. Loss,  Theft,  Destruction or Mutilation of this Note. Upon receipt
of  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Company  of  the  loss,  theft,
destruction or mutilation of this Note and, in the case of any such loss,  theft
or  destruction,  upon  receipt of an  indemnity  agreement  or other  indemnity
reasonably  satisfactory to the Company or, in the case of any such  mutilation,
upon surrender and  cancellation  of such mutilated Note, the Company shall make
and deliver within three (3) Business Days a new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of
the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note.

         11.  Costs of  Collection.  The Company  agrees to pay all Holder Group
Expenses in connection with the enforcement of Holders' rights hereunder, all as
more fully provided in Section 11.1 of the Purchase Agreement.

         12.  Waiver of Default.  Holders  holding  50.1% may waive a Default or
Event of Default under this Note but may not, without the consent of the Holder,
waive a Default in payment of  principal  of or premium,  if any, or interest or
Liquidated  Damages, if any, on the Note (except a rescission of acceleration of
the maturity of the Note and a waiver of the payment  default that resulted from
such acceleration).


                                       14

<PAGE>



         13. No Setoffs; Waivers, etc. The Company's obligations under this Note
shall be paid  and  performed  by the  Company  without  any  defenses,  claims,
setoffs, counterclaims,  recoupments,  reductions,  limitations,  impairments or
terminations  which the  Company  may now have or  hereafter  has or could  have
against  Holder,  and the  Company  hereby  waives all of the same.  The Company
hereby  waives the benefit of all laws now or hereafter  enacted  affording  any
right  to any  appraisement,  any stay of  execution  or  extension  of time for
payment. Except as set forth herein, notice of demand, presentation for payment,
notice of  non-payment  or  dishonor,  protest  and notice of protest are hereby
waived by the Company.  The Company agrees that the granting,  without notice of
any  extension  or  extensions  of time  for  payment  of any  sum or  sums  due
hereunder,  or for the  performance  of any  covenant,  condition  or  agreement
contained herein,  or the granting of any other  indulgences to the Company,  or
any other modification or amendment of this Note, or the acceptance,  release or
substitution by Holder of any security, shall in no way release or discharge the
liability of the Company.

         14. Highest Rate  Permitted.  Notwithstanding  anything in this Note to
the contrary,  no provision of this Note shall require the payment or permit the
collection  of interest in excess of the highest rate  permitted  by  applicable
law, and any portion of the interest  otherwise payable under this Note which is
in excess of the highest  rate  permitted by  applicable  law shall be cancelled
automatically  or (if heretofore  paid) shall, at the option of the Company,  be
either refunded to the Company or credited to the principal amount of this Note.

         15.  Remedies.  The Company  stipulates that the remedies at law of the
Holder in the event of any  default  by the  Company  in the  performance  of or
compliance  with any of the terms of this Note are not and will not be adequate,
and that such terms may be  specifically  enforced by a decree for the  specific
performance  of any agreement  contained  herein or by an  injunction  against a
violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise.

         16.  Covenant to Reserve  Securities.  The  Company  shall at all times
reserve, for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion into Common Stock, such
number of its duly authorized  shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time
be sufficient to comply with the terms of this Note  ("Reserved  Common Stock"),
and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock
shall not be sufficient,  the Company will take all action necessary to increase
its authorized  but unissued  shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as
shall be sufficient for such purpose.

         17. Covenant To Take All Proper Legal Steps For Conversion. The Company
represents  and  covenants  that it will at all  times  promptly  do any and all
lawful  things  necessary  to permit the  conversion  into  Common  Stock of the
principal and accrued but unpaid  interest as provided  herein and,  among other
things,  to that end will  expeditiously  and by  proper  action  take all steps
necessary  to have  available to meet full  conversion  a  sufficient  number of
shares of Common Stock.

         18.      Miscellaneous.

                  (a)  Notices.  All notices  and  communications  provided  for
hereunder  shall  be in  writing  and  sent  (a)  by  telefacsimile,  or  (b) by
registered or certified mail with return receipt

                                       15

<PAGE>



requested (postage prepaid),  or (c) by a recognized  overnight delivery service
(with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:

                           (i) if to a Holder, at the address specified for such
         communications in Exhibit B to the Purchase  Agreement or at such other
         address as it shall have specified to the Seller in writing, or

                           (ii)     if to the Company or any Guarantor,

                           CFI Pro Services, Inc.
                           400 S.W. Sixth Avenue, Suite 200
                           Portland, Oregon  97204
                           Attention:  Jeffrey P. Strickler, Esq.
                           Telephone:  (503) 274-7280
                           Facsimile:  (503) 790-9229

                  With a copy to:

                           Farleigh, Wada & Witt, P.C.
                           121 S. W. Morrison, Suite 600
                           Portland, Oregon  97204
                           Attention:  F. Scott Farleigh, Esq.
                           Telephone:  (503) 228-6044
                           Facsimile:  (503) 228-1741

Notices  under  this  Section  18(a)  will be deemed  given  only when  actually
received,  or three  hours  after  confirmation  of a  successful  telefacsimile
transmission.

                  (b)  Governing  Law.  This  Note  shall  be  governed  by  and
construed in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York without  giving
effect to the  principles  of conflict of laws.  The Company and the  Purchasers
have each been  represented by counsel in the  negotiation  and drafting of this
Note and neither the Company nor the  Purchasers  nor their  respective  counsel
shall be  deemed  the  drafter  of this  Note for  purposes  of  construing  the
provisions of this Note,  and all  provisions of this Note shall be construed in
accordance with their fair meaning,  and not strictly for or against the Company
or the Purchasers.

                  (c)  Modification.  Neither this Note nor any provision hereof
may be amended  unless in an instrument in writing  signed by the Holder and the
Company,  provided, that any amendment to the Purchase Agreement approved by the
Required Holders shall be binding upon the Holder of this Note.

                  (d) Severability.  If any provision of this Note is held to be
invalid,  illegal,  or  unenforceable,   such  invalidity,   illegality,  and/or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Note.


                                       16

<PAGE>



                  (e)  Successors.  Except as set forth to the contrary  herein,
all the covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties contained in this
Note  shall  bind the  parties  hereto and their  respective  heirs,  executors,
administrators, distributees, successors, and assignees.

                  (f) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS AND VENUE. ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR
ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
IN THE  COUNTY  OF NEW  YORK OR OF THE  UNITED  STATES  DISTRICT  COURT  FOR THE
SOUTHERN  DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS  AGREEMENT
OR A JOINDER HERETO,  THE COMPANY HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  ACCEPTS IN RESPECT OF ITS
PROPERTY,  GENERALLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE AFORESAID
COURTS. THE COMPANY FURTHER  IRREVOCABLY  CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT
OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED  COURTS AND IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE
MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL,  POSTAGE PREPAID,  TO
THE  COMPANY AT ITS  ADDRESS  FOR  NOTICES  AS SET FORTH IN SECTION  14.6 OF THE
PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME  EFFECTIVE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER SUCH
MAILING.  NOTHING  HEREIN  SHALL  AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE  HOLDERS TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR
OTHERWISE   PROCEED   AGAINST  THE  COMPANY  OR  ANY   GUARANTOR  IN  ANY  OTHER
JURISDICTION.  THE COMPANY AND EACH GUARANTOR  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES,  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT  PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW
OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE  JURISDICTION OR LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION
BROUGHT  IN ANY  SUCH  COURT  REFERRED  TO  ABOVE  AND ANY  CLAIM  THAT ANY SUCH
LITIGATION  HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN  INCONVENIENT  FORUM.  TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
COMPANY  OR ANY  GUARANTOR  HAS OR  HEREAFTER  MAY  ACQUIRE  ANY  IMMUNITY  FROM
JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS  (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR
NOTICE,  ATTACHMENT  PRIOR  TO  JUDGMENT,  ATTACHMENT  IN  AID OF  EXECUTION  OR
OTHERWISE)  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ITSELF  OR ITS  PROPERTY,  THE  COMPANY  AND EACH
GUARANTOR HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS
UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT.

         (h) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL,  ETC. THE PARTIES  HERETO AND ANY  SUBSEQUENT
GUARANTOR  OR  PURCHASER  OF A NOTE HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY ACTION,  PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR OTHER  DOCUMENTS  PREPARED IN CONNECTION  HEREWITH,  OR
UNDER ANY AMENDMENT,  WAIVER, CONSENT,  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT
DELIVERED OR WHICH IN THE FUTURE MAY BE DELIVERED IN  CONNECTION  THEREWITH,  OR
ARISING FROM ANY FINANCING RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT  AND THE  NOTES,  AND  AGREE  THAT ANY  SUCH  ACTION,  PROCEEDINGS  OR
COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE

                                       17

<PAGE>



TRIED  BEFORE A COURT  AND NOT  BEFORE A JURY.  THE  COMPANY  CERTIFIES  THAT NO
OFFICER,  REPRESENTATIVE,  AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE PURCHASERS HAS  REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,  THAT THE HOLDERS WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION,
PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM,  SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS.  THE COMPANY
HEREBY  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  THIS  PROVISION  IS A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  FOR THE
HOLDER'S ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

                  (f) Headings.  The section  headings in this Note are inserted
for purposes of convenience only and shall have no substantive effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CFI ProServices, Inc. has executed this Note on
August 13, 1999.

                                            CFI PROSERVICES, INC.


                                            By: /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                                ----------------------
                                                Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                                Title: President

                                       18

<PAGE>


                                                                       Exhibit A

                          NOTICE OF ELECTION TO CONVERT


         The undersigned, as Holder of the 10% Convertible Subordinated Discount
Note (the "Note") issued by CFI ProServices, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby elects
to convert $__________ of the Accreted Value and accrued interest and Liquidated
Damages,  if any, on this Note into that number of shares of Common Stock of the
Company,  equal to $__________  divided by the  Conversion  Price (or __________
shares), plus $__________ in lieu of fractional shares.


Date:  _______________

                                            "Holder"


                                            By:

                                            Please Print or  Typewrite  Name and
                                            Address,  Including  Zip  Code,  and
                                            Social  Security  or Other  Taxpayer
                                            Identifying Number, as you wish them
                                            to appear on a Certificate.


                                            Name


                                            Address


                         Taxpayer Identification Number

<PAGE>

                  SCHEDULE TO 10% DISCOUNTED CONVERTIBLE NOTES
                  --------------------------------------------

Holder                                                           Amount
- ---------------------------------------                          -----------
U.S. Bancorp Libra                                               $1,050,000
Levine Leichtman Capital Partners II, L.P.                       $2,000,000
Soundshore Holdings, Ltd                                         $  500,000
Southshore Opportunity Holding Fund, Ltd                         $  500,000
Bay Star Capital, L.P.                                           $1,500,000
                                                                 ----------
               Total                                             $5,550,000





                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


         REGISTRATION  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT  dated  as of  August  13,  1999  (this
"Agreement"),  by and among CFI  ProServices,  Inc., an Oregon  corporation (the
"Company"), and the Note Purchasers listed on the signature page hereof (each, a
"Note Purchaser" and collectively, the "Note Purchasers").


                                 R E C I T A L S

         WHEREAS,  this Agreement is being entered into pursuant to that certain
Note Purchase Agreement (the "Note Purchase Agreement") of even date herewith by
and among the  Company,  the  subsidiaries  of the  Company  listed on Exhibit A
thereto ("Guarantors") and the Note Purchasers; and

         WHEREAS, in connection with the Note Purchase Agreement the Company has
agreed to issue to the Note  Purchasers 10%  Convertible  Subordinated  Discount
Notes (the  "Notes"),  convertible  into shares of Common Stock (as such term is
defined  below),  at an initial  Conversion  Price of $12.34375  per share (such
shares issued or issuable upon conversion are referred to as "Note Shares"); and

         WHEREAS,  in order to induce the Note Purchasers to purchase the Notes,
the  Company  has agreed to provide  the  registration  rights set forth in this
Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  in  connection  with  services  provided to the Company,  the
Company has granted  warrants  to  purchase  Common  Stock of the Company to its
investment  advisor  (also a Note  Purchaser) or its designees and as additional
consideration  for such services is agreeing to provide the registration  rights
set forth in this Agreement.

         NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of these premises,  and the respective
promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE 1.

                                   DEFINITIONS

         "Act" means the United States  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or
any similar  Federal  statute,  and the rules and  regulations of the Commission
issued under the Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

         "Commission"  or "SEC" means the United States  Securities and Exchange
Commission, or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Act.




<PAGE>



         "Common Stock"  means  the  shares of  common  stock,  no par value per
share, of the Company.

         "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, or any similar Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission  issued under the Exchange  Act, as they each may, from time to time,
be in effect.

         "Holders" means the Note  Purchasers,  any person or entity to whom the
rights  granted  under  this  Agreement  are  validly  transferred  by any  Note
Purchaser and their Permitted Transferees (as defined in Section 2.8 hereof).

         "Indemnified Party" has the meaning described in Section 2.4(c) below.

         "Indemnifying Party" has the meaning described in Section 2.4(c) below.

         "Note Shares"  means the (i) shares of Common Stock  issuable or issued
to the Holders upon conversion of the Notes,  as provided in the Notes,  and any
such shares of Common Stock transferred in a private transaction (whether or not
Notes are also transferred  therewith) to a Permitted  Transferee,  and (ii) the
shares of Common Stock  issuable or issued upon exercise of the  Warrants.  Note
Shares shall include any warrants,  shares of capital stock or other  securities
of the Company issued as a dividend or other  distribution with respect to or in
exchange for or in replacement for the then-existing Note Shares pursuant to any
recapitalization  of  the  Company.  As to  any  particular  Note  Shares,  such
securities shall cease to be Note Shares when (a) a Registration  Statement with
respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Act
and such securities shall have been sold, transferred,  disposed of or exchanged
in accordance with such Registration  Statement;  (b) such securities shall have
been  otherwise  transferred,  new  certificates  for them not  bearing a legend
restricting  further  transfer  shall have been  delivered  by the  Company  and
subsequent public distribution of them shall not require  registration under the
Act or any state  securities  law, (c) such  securities  shall have ceased to be
outstanding or (d) upon any sale, transfer or other disposition in any manner to
a person or entity  which,  by virtue of Section 2.8 hereof,  is not entitled to
the rights provided by this Agreement.

         "Registration  Statement"  means a registration  statement filed by the
Company with the Commission in compliance  with the Securities Act and the rules
and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder for a public  offering and sale of its
Common  Stock (other than a  registration  statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or
their successors,  or any other form for a limited purpose,  or any registration
statement  covering  only  securities  proposed  to be  issued in  exchange  for
securities or assets of another entity).

         "Warrants" means the 58,000 warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock
issued  by the  Company  to U.S.  Bancorp  Libra,  a  division  of U.S.  Bancorp
Investments, Inc., pursuant to a warrant agreement dated of even date herewith.



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 2.

                               REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         Section 2.1       Shelf Registration of Note Shares.

                  (a)  The  Company   shall  mail  as  soon  as   practicable  a
questionnaire  (the  "Questionnaire"),  soliciting the  information  required by
Items 507 and 508 of Regulation S-K, to each of the Note  Purchasers,  and shall
deliver a copy of such Questionnaire to any Note Purchaser or Holder within five
(5) days of it becoming  available.  As a condition to any Note  Purchaser's  or
Holder's Note Shares being included in the  Registration  Statement  referred to
below, such Purchaser shall submit a Questionnaire and shall amend and submit to
the Company a revised  Questionnaire any time the information  contained therein
ceases to be accurate and complete.

                  (b) The Company shall use its reasonable  best efforts to file
with  the  Commission,   a  Registration   Statement  (the  "Note  Shares  Shelf
Registration") for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule
415 covering all Note Shares held by the Holder, as soon as practicable from the
date hereof, but in no event more than 90 days from the date hereof. The Holders
shall be  included as selling  securityholders  in such  Registration  Statement
promptly,  and within two (2) Business Days, after they have fully completed and
returned to the Company the  Questionnaire.  The Note Shares Shelf  Registration
shall be on Form S-3  under  the  Securities  Act or  another  appropriate  form
(including Form S-1, if applicable) permitting  registration of such Note Shares
for resale by the Holders in the manner or manners reasonably designated by them
(including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Company
shall  use  its  reasonable   best  efforts  to  cause  the  Note  Shares  Shelf
Registration to be declared effective pursuant to the Securities Act on or prior
to the  date  that is 180 days  after  the date of the  Closing  under  the Note
Purchase Agreement (the "Effectiveness Target Date") and to keep the Note Shares
Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act for 60 months
(the "Effectiveness  Period") or such shorter period ending when there ceases to
be outstanding any Note Shares.

                  (c) The Company shall use all reasonable  best efforts to keep
the Note  Shares  Shelf  Registration  continuously  effective,  for the  period
described  in Section  2.1(b)  hereof,  by  supplementing  and amending the Note
Shares Shelf Registration if required by the rules,  regulations or instructions
applicable   to  the   registration   form  used  for  such  Note  Shares  Shelf
Registration,  if required by the Securities  Act or if reasonably  requested by
the  Holders  of a  majority  in amount of Note  Shares  (determined  on a fully
converted basis) covered by such Note Shares Shelf Registration.

                  (d) In the event any  adjustment in the  Conversion  Price (as
defined in the Notes)  would result in the  issuance of  additional  Note Shares
upon conversion of the Notes,  the Company shall  promptly,  and within ten (10)
Business Days,  amend or supplement the Note Shares Shelf  Registration in order
to effect a Shelf Registration of such additional Note Shares

                                        3

<PAGE>



pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1(b), provided, that notwithstanding anything
to  the  contrary  in  Section  2.1(b)  or  the  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  the
Effectiveness  Target Date shall be ninety  (90) from the date of the  effective
date of the  adjustment to the  Conversion  Price  resulting in additional  Note
Shares becoming issuable to the Holders.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Section
2.1, but subject to compliance with Section 7.14 of the Note Purchase Agreement,
the Company may, by delivering  written notice to the Note Purchasers,  prohibit
offers and sales of Note Shares  pursuant to the Note Shares Shelf  Registration
at any time if (A)(i)  the  Company  is in  possession  of  material  non-public
information  relating  to the  Company,  (ii) the Company  determines  (based on
advice  of  counsel)  that such  prohibition  is  necessary  in order to avoid a
requirement to disclose such material  non-public  information to the public and
(iii) the  Company  determines  in good faith  that  public  disclosure  of such
material  non-public  information  would  not be in the  best  interests  of the
Company  and  its  stockholders,  or  (B)(i)  the  Company  has  made  a  public
announcement  relating to an  acquisition  or business  combination  transaction
including the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries that is material to
the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  taken  as a whole  and  (ii)  the  Company
determines  in good faith that (x) offers and sales of Note  Shares  pursuant to
the Note Shares Shelf Registration prior to the consummation of such transaction
(or such earlier date as the Company shall  determine)  would not be in the best
interests of the Company and its  stockholders or (y) it would be  impracticable
at the time to obtain any financial  statements  relating to such acquisition or
business  combination  transaction that would be required to be set forth in the
Note Shares  Shelf  Registration;  provided,  however,  that upon (i) the public
disclosure by the Company of the material  non-public  information  described in
clause  (A)  of  this  paragraph  or  (ii)  the  consummation,   abandonment  or
termination of, or the  availability of the required  financial  statements with
respect  to, a  transaction  described  in  clause  (B) of this  paragraph,  the
suspension  of the use of the Note Shares  Shelf  Registration  pursuant to this
Section  2.1(e) shall cease and the Company  shall  promptly,  prior to the next
Business Day, comply with Section 2.2 hereof and notify the Note Purchasers that
dispositions  of Note  Shares  may be  resumed.  In the event  that  during  the
Effectiveness  Period the  prospectus  under the Note Shares Shelf  Registration
becomes not usable as a result of the Company's notification under this Section,
the  Company  shall use its  reasonable  best  efforts to provide  the Holders a
usable  prospectus as soon as  practicable,  and in no event shall sales of Note
Shares under the Note Shares Shelf  Registration  be suspended  for more than 30
days in any 365-day period.

                  (f) In the event that the Company  shall (i) fail to cause the
Note  Shares  Shelf  Registration  to be declared  effective  on or prior to the
Effectiveness   Target  Date  or  (ii)  fail  to  keep  the  Note  Shares  Shelf
Registration  effective for the duration of the Effectiveness Period (subject to
the rights of the Company  under the preceding  Section (e)),  the Company shall
pay the Holders  Liquidated  Damages for its breach  hereof,  in the amounts set
forth and defined in the Note Purchase Agreement.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         Section 2.2       Registration Procedures.

                  (a)      The Company shall at its expense:

                           (i)      file with the Commission within ninety (90)
days of the date hereof a Registration Statement with respect to Note Shares and
use its reasonable best efforts to cause that  Registration  Statement to become
and remain effective prior to the Effectiveness Target Date and for the duration
of the Effectiveness Period;

                           (ii)     prepare and file with the Commission any
amendments  and  supplements  to the  Registration  Statement and the prospectus
included  in the  Registration  Statement  as  may  be  necessary  to  keep  the
Registration  Statement  effective for the period described in Section 2.2(a)(i)
above, and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition
of all securities covered by such Registration Statement;

                           (iii) furnish to each selling Holder such  reasonable
numbers of copies of the Registration Statement,  preliminary prospectus,  final
prospectus, and any amendments and supplements, and such other documents as each
selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering
of such securities;

                           (iv)     promptly, and prior to the next Business
Day,  furnish to each selling Holder written notice of any stop order or similar
notice  issued by the SEC or any state  agency  charged with the  regulation  of
securities,  and any notice from the Nasdaq National Market or other  securities
exchange then listing Note Shares covered by such Registration Statement;

                           (v)      register or qualify Note Shares covered by
the Registration  Statement under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such states
as shall be  reasonably  appropriate  for the  distribution  of the Note  Shares
covered by such  Registration  Statement;  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall not for any  purpose be  required  to qualify to do  business as a foreign
corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

                           (vi)     use its best efforts to make available to
its security holders, as soon as reasonably  practicable,  an earnings statement
covering  the  period of at least  twelve  months,  but not more  than  eighteen
months,  beginning  with  the  first  month  after  the  effective  date  of the
Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

                           (vii) use its best  efforts to comply  with all rules
and  regulations  of  the  Nasdaq  National  Market,  or  such  other  principal
securities  exchange  on which the equity  securities  issued by the Company are
then  quoted or listed  and  traded,  to ensure  that  Note  Shares  are  freely
tradeable thereon upon registration thereof under the Act;


                                        5

<PAGE>



                           (viii) provide, if one has not already been appointed

by the Company,  a transfer  agent and registrar for all Note Shares  covered by
such  Registration   Statement  not  later  than  the  effective  date  of  such
Registration Statement;

                           (ix)     enter into a cross-indemnity agreement, in
customary form, with each underwriter, if any;

                           (x)      include in the Registration Statement filed
with the SEC all Note Shares;  and promptly,  and, within two (2) Business Days,
after filing of such a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to each Holder copies of all such
documents so filed including, if requested,  documents incorporated by reference
in the Registration Statement;  and notify each selling Holder of any stop order
issued or threatened by the SEC and use its best efforts to prevent the entry of
such stop order or to remove it if entered;

                           (xi) notify each selling  Holder,  at any time when a
prospectus  relating  to such  selling  Holder's  Note  Shares is required to be
delivered under the Act, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the
prospectus included in such Registration  Statement contains an untrue statement
of a material  fact or omits to state any  material  fact  necessary to make the
statements  therein  not  misleading,  and as  soon  as  practicable  prepare  a
supplement or amendment to such  prospectus so that, as thereafter  delivered to
the purchasers of such Note Shares,  such  prospectus will not contain an untrue
statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact  necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading;

                           (xii)  cause all such Note Shares to be listed on the
Nasdaq National Market System (or on such other principal securities exchange on
which the equity  securities issued by the Company are then quoted or listed and
traded);

                           (xiii)  enter  into  an  underwriting   agreement  in
customary form and take all such other actions that the selling Holders or their
underwriters,  if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the
disposition of such Note Shares;

                           (xiv) make  available for  inspection by each selling
Holder and one (1) counsel acting for them, any underwriter participating in any
disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any counsel retained by
any  such  underwriter,  all  pertinent  financial  and  other  information  and
corporate documents of the Company reasonably requested, and cause the Company's
officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested
by any such  selling  Holder,  underwriter  or counsel in  connection  with such
Registration  Statement  and  to  participate  in  "road  shows"  or  management
presentations as may be reasonably requested by any underwriter;

                           (xv)     with respect to any underwritten offering,
use its  reasonable  best  efforts to obtain a "cold  comfort"  letter  from the
Company's  independent  public  accountants  in customary form and covering such
matters of the type customarily covered by "cold comfort"

                                        6

<PAGE>



letters as the selling Holders or any underwriter may reasonably request;

                           (xvi)  with  respect  to  an  underwritten  offering,
obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company,  addressed  to the selling  Holders
and any underwriter, in customary form including such matters as are customarily
covered  by  such  opinions  in  underwritten  registered  offerings  of  equity
securities as the selling  Holders or any  underwriter  may reasonably  request,
such opinion to be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each selling
Holder;

                           (xvii) furnish to each selling Holder upon request of
such  selling   Holder,   within  three  (3)  Business   Days,   copies  of  all
correspondence  between the Company, the SEC and any applicable state securities
regulatory agencies relating to such registration;

                           (xviii)   during  the  period  that  the  Company  is
required to keep such Registration  Statement effective,  promptly, and prior to
the next Business Day,  notify each selling Holder covered by such  Registration
Statement  at any time when a  prospectus  relating  thereto is  required  to be
delivered  under the Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the
prospectus or any prospectus supplement included in such Registration Statement,
as then in effect, or any material  incorporated by reference therein,  includes
an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omits to state any  material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, or if it is necessary to
amend or supplement such prospectus or any prospectus supplement or Registration
Statement or material  incorporated by reference therein to comply with the law,
and at the  request of any such  selling  Holder,  prepare  and  furnish to such
selling Holder a reasonable  number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment
of such  prospectus or any  prospectus  supplement or material  incorporated  by
reference  therein as may be necessary so that, as  thereafter  delivered to the
purchasers of such Note Shares, such prospectus or any prospectus  supplement or
material incorporated by reference therein shall not include an untrue statement
of a  material  fact or omit to state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated
therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading in light of
the  circumstances  then  existing  and so that such  prospectus  or  prospectus
supplement  or  Registration  Statement  or material  incorporated  by reference
therein, as amended or supplemented, will comply with the law;

                           (xix)  upon the  reasonable  request  of any  selling
Holder,  to include in a prospectus  supplement or an amendment to a Note Shares
Shelf  Registration  any  change  in the  information  provided  to the  Company
pursuant to Rules 507 or 508 under Registration S-K; and

                           (xx)     upon delivery of the certificates with
respect  to  Note  Shares  to  be  registered  pursuant  hereto,  issue  to  any
underwriter  to which the selling Holder may sell such Note Shares in connection
with any such  registrations  (and to any direct or indirect  transferee  of any
such  underwriter)  certificates  evidencing such Note Shares without any legend
restricting the transferability of Note Shares.


                                        7

<PAGE>



                  (b) Each selling Holder of Note Shares,  respectively,  agrees
that,  upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of (i) any request by
the Commission  for  amendments or  supplements  to a Registration  Statement or
related prospectus  covering any of such selling Holder's Note Shares,  (ii) the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order  suspending the  effectiveness of a
Registration  Statement covering any of such selling Holder's Note Shares or the
initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) the receipt by the Company
of any notification  with respect to the suspension of the  qualification of any
Note Shares,  for sale in any  jurisdiction  or the initiation or threatening of
any  proceeding  for such purpose (iv) the  happening of any event that requires
the making of any changes in the  Registration  Statement  covering  any of such
selling Holder's Note Shares so that it will not contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading or that any related
prospectus  will not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact  necessary in order to make the statements  therein,  in
light of the  circumstances  under which they are made, not misleading,  and (v)
the Company's  reasonable  determination  that a  post-effective  amendment to a
Registration  Statement  covering any of such selling  Holder's Note Shares or a
supplement  to any related  prospectus  is required  under the Act; such selling
Holder will  forthwith  discontinue  disposition of such Note Shares until it is
advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable  prospectus (as
amended or  supplemented,  as the case may be) and  disposition  of Note  Shares
covered thereby pursuant  thereto may be resumed,  provided,  however,  (x) that
such selling Holder shall not resume its  disposition of Note Shares pursuant to
such Registration  Statement or related prospectus unless it has received notice
from the  Company  that such  Registration  Statement  or  amendment  has become
effective  under  the Act and has  received  a copy  or  copies  of the  related
prospectus  (as then  amended or  supplemented,  as the case may be) unless Note
Shares are then  listed on a national  securities  exchange  and the Company has
advised such selling Holder that the Company has delivered copies of the related
prospectus, as then amended or supplemented,  in transactions effected upon such
exchange,  subject to any  subsequent  receipt by such  selling  Holder from the
Company  of  written  notice of any of the events  contemplated  by clauses  (i)
through (v) of this  paragraph,  and,  (y) if so directed by the  Company,  such
holder will deliver to the Company all copies,  other than permanent file copies
then in such Holder's  possession,  of the prospectus  covering such Note Shares
current at the time of  receipt of such  notice.  In the event the  Holders  are
required to refrain from disposition of Note Shares for more than 30 days in any
365-day  period,  the Company shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall pay
Liquidated Damages to the Holders pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement.

         Section 2.3 Registration  Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses
incident to the  Company's  performance  of or compliance  with this  Agreement,
including,  without limitation, all fees and expenses relating to the listing of
any Note  Shares  with the  Nasdaq  National  Market  System  (or on such  other
principal  securities  exchange  on which the  equity  securities  issued by the
Company are then quoted or listed and traded),  fees and expenses of  compliance
with securities or Blue Sky laws in  jurisdictions  reasonably  requested by any
selling  Holder  or  underwriter   pursuant  to  Section  2.2(a)(v)   (including
reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of  counsel  in  connection  with  Blue Sky
qualifications  of Note Shares),  all word processing,  duplicating and printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of

                                        8

<PAGE>



counsel for the Company and one (1) counsel for the selling Holders (selected by
Holders holding a majority of the Note Shares),  independent  public accountants
(including the expenses of any special audit or "cold comfort"  letters required
by or incident  to such  performance)  and  underwriters  (excluding  discounts,
commissions or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers or similar
securities   industry   professionals   attributable  to  the  securities  being
registered,  which  discounts,  commissions  or fees with respect to any selling
Holder's  respective Note Shares shall be paid by such selling Holder),  all the
Company's internal expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  all salaries and
expenses of its officers and employees  performing legal or accounting  duties),
fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the expense of any
annual audit,  the expense of any special audits  incident to or required by any
registration,  the expense of any liability insurance (if the Company determines
to obtain such  insurance) and the  reasonable  fees and expenses of any special
experts  (including  attorneys)  retained  by the  Company (if it so desires) in
connection  with  such  registration  and fees  and  expenses  of other  persons
retained by the Company.

         Section 2.4       Indemnification.

                  (a) In the event of any  registration of any Note Shares under
the Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless
the  selling  Holder  of such  Note  Shares,  each of its  officers,  directors,
employees,  partners, legal counsel and accountants,  each underwriter,  if any,
and each  other  person,  if any,  who  controls  such  selling  Holder  or such
underwriter within the meaning of the Act against any expenses,  losses, claims,
damages  or  liabilities,  joint or  several,  arising  out of or based upon any
untrue  statement (or alleged untrue  statement) of a material fact contained in
any  Registration  Statement under which such Note Shares were registered  under
the Act, any  preliminary  prospectus,  final  prospectus or summary  prospectus
contained in the Registration  Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such
Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged
omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the  statements  therein not  misleading or any violation by the Company of
the Act or any  rule or  regulation  promulgated  thereunder  applicable  to the
Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection
with any such  registration;  and,  subject to Section 2.4(c) below, the Company
will reimburse such selling Holder, each of its officers,  directors,  partners,
legal  counsel  and  accountants,  each  underwriter,  if  any,  and  each  such
controlling person for any legal and any other expenses  reasonably  incurred by
such selling Holder or controlling  person in connection with  investigating and
defending any such expense, loss, claim, damage,  liability or action; provided,
however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that
any such expense,  loss,  claim,  damage or liability  arises out of or is based
upon any untrue  statement  or  omission  made in such  Registration  Statement,
preliminary  prospectus,  final prospectus,  or summary prospectus,  or any such
amendment or  supplement,  in reliance upon and in conformity  with  information
furnished to the Company,  in writing,  by such selling  Holder and stated to be
specifically for use therein.

                  (b) Each selling  Holder of Note Shares will,  severally,  and
not  jointly  and  severally,  in the event  that any Note  Shares  held by such
selling Holder are those as to which any

                                        9

<PAGE>



registration  is  being  effected  under  the Act  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  each of its directors and officers and
each  underwriter  (if any),  and each other  person,  if any,  who controls the
Company or any such  underwriter  within the  meaning  of the Act,  against  any
expenses,  losses, claims, damages or liabilities,  joint or several, insofar as
such expenses,  losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities  (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement of a material fact
contained  in any  Registration  Statement  under  which such Note  Shares  were
registered  under the Act,  any  preliminary  prospectus,  final  prospectus  or
summary prospectus contained in the Registration  Statement, or any amendment or
supplement to the Registration  Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any
omission to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the  statement  therein not  misleading,  if the  statement or omission was
based reliance upon and made in conformity with information furnished in writing
to the  Company by such  selling  Holder and stated to be  specifically  for use
therein, and shall reimburse the Company,  its directors and officers,  and each
such controlling person for any legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by
any of them in connection with  investigation or defending any such loss, claim,
damage,  liability  or action.  This  indemnity  shall  remain in full force and
effect  for the  applicable  statute  of  limitation  period  regardless  of any
investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or such controlling person and
shall survive the transfer of shares.  No selling  Holder shall be liable to the
Company and the other  indemnified  parties  under this  Section  2.4(b) for any
amount in excess of the net  proceeds  received  from the Note Shares sold by it
pursuant to the Registration Statement.

                  (c) Each party entitled to indemnification  under this Section
2.4 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any loss, claim, action, damage or liability as to which
indemnity may be sought,  and shall permit the Indemnifying  Party to assume the
defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;  provided, that
counsel for the  Indemnifying  Party who shall conduct the defense of such claim
or litigation,  shall be approved by the Indemnified  Party whose approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld);  and, provided,  further, that the failure of any
Indemnified  Party to give  notice as  provided  herein  shall not  relieve  the
Indemnifying  Party of its  obligations  under this Section  2.4,  except to the
extent that such failure to give notice  prejudices  the  Indemnifying  Party or
such  Indemnifying  Party is damaged by such delay.  The  Indemnified  Party may
participate in such defense at such party's expense; provided, however, that the
Indemnifying   Party  shall  pay  such  expense  (but  in  no  event  shall  the
Indemnifying  Party be  obligated  to pay the fees and expenses of more than one
counsel  for  the  Indemnified  Party  or  Parties)  if  representation  of such
Indemnified  Party by the counsel retained by the  Indemnifying  Party would, in
the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, be inappropriate due to actual
or potential  conflict of interests  between the Indemnified Party and any other
party  represented by such counsel in such  proceeding.  If, in the  Indemnified
Party's reasonable judgment, a conflict of interest between such Indemnified and
Indemnifying  Parties may exist in respect of such claim, the Indemnified  Party
may assume the defense of such claim,  jointly with any other  Indemnified Party
that  reasonably  determines  such  conflict  of  interest  to  exist,  and  the
Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  liable  to  such  Indemnified  Parties  for  the
reasonable  legal fees and  expenses  of one  counsel  for all such  Indemnified
Parties  and for other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with the
defense

                                       10

<PAGE>



thereof incurred by the Indemnified Party. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense
of any  such  claim  or  litigation  shall,  except  with  the  consent  of each
Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), consent to
entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement  which does not include as an
unconditional  term  thereof  the giving by the  claimant or  plaintiff  to such
Indemnified  Party of a release  from all  liability in respect of such claim or
litigation,  and no Indemnified  Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or
settle  such  claim or  litigation  without  the prior  written  consent  of the
Indemnifying Party.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.4 is
finally determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be unavailable to an
Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense
referred to therein or contribution  is required under the Act in  circumstances
for  which  indemnification  is  provided  under  this  Section  2.4,  then  the
Indemnifying  Party, in lieu of indemnifying  such Indemnified  Party hereunder,
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  Indemnified  Party as a
result of such loss, liability,  claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as
is appropriate  to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the  Indemnifying
Party on the one  hand  and the  Indemnified  Party  on the  other  and also the
relative fault of the  Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party as well as
any  other  relevant  equitable  considerations.   The  relative  fault  of  the
Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference
to,  among other  things,  whether the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material  fact or the omission to state a material  fact related to  information
supplied by the Indemnifying  Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission;  provided,  however, that, in any such case,
(A) no Holder  will be required  to  contribute  any amount in excess of the net
proceeds  received from the Note Shares sold by it pursuant to such Registration
Statement,  and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation,
within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of  the  Act,  shall  be  entitled  to
contribution  from any  person or entity  who is not  guilty of such  fraudulent
misrepresentation.

                  (e) Indemnification and contribution similar to that specified
in this  Section  2.4  (with  appropriate  modifications)  shall be given by the
Company and each selling  Holder with respect to any  required  registration  or
other  qualification of Note Shares under any Federal or state law or regulation
of any governmental authority, other than the Act.

                  (f) The indemnification  required by this Section 2.4 shall be
made by  periodic  payments  of the  amount  thereof  during  the  course of the
investigation  or defense,  as and when bills are  received  or  expense,  loss,
damage or liability is incurred.

                  (g) The  obligations  under this Section 2.4 shall survive the
completion of any offering of Note Shares in a Registration Statement.

         Section 2.5      Indemnification with Respect to Underwritten Offering.

                  (a) In the  event  that Note  Shares  are sold  pursuant  to a
Registration  Statement in an underwritten offering, the Company agrees to enter
into an underwriting agreement

                                       11

<PAGE>



containing customary representations and warranties with respect to the business
and  operations  of the Company and  customary  covenants  and  agreements to be
performed by the Company, including without limitation customary provisions with
respect to indemnification by the Company of the underwriters of such offering.

                  (b) No Holder may participate in any underwritten registration
pursuant  to this  Section 2.5  hereunder  unless such Holder (i) agrees to sell
Note Shares which it proposes to sell in such  underwritten  registration on the
basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled
hereunder  to approve  such  arrangements  and (ii)  completes  and executes all
questionnaires,  powers  of  attorney,  reasonable  and  customary  indemnities,
underwriting  agreements  and other  documents  required under the terms of such
underwriting  arrangements and provides such other information and documentation
as the Company or the  underwriters  may reasonably  request in connection  with
such underwritten registration.

         Section 2.6 Information by Holder.  Each holder of Note Shares included
in any Registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such
holder  and  the  distribution  proposed  by  such  holder  as the  Company  may
reasonably  request in writing and as shall be required in  connection  with any
registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Article 2.

         Section 2.7 Termination.  All of the Company's  obligations to register
Note Shares pursuant to this Agreement  shall  terminate  thirty (30) days after
the end of the Effectiveness Period or any extension thereof.

         Section 2.8       Transfer of Rights.

                  (a) The  rights and  obligations  of each Note  Purchaser  (or
assignee  thereof)  under this  Agreement may be transferred or assigned by such
Note Purchaser (or assignee  thereof),  in whole or in part, without the consent
of the Company or any other Note Purchaser, to (i) another person or entity that
is then a Holder of Note  Shares or Notes,  (ii) any  affiliate  of the  Holder,
(iii) any person or entity  acquiring  an  interest  in a Note in a  transaction
permitted  under the Note,  or (iv) any person or entity  acquiring in a private
transaction,  including a distribution by a partnership to its partners,  500 or
more  Note   Shares   (as   adjusted   for  stock   splits,   stock   dividends,
recapitalization  or similar  events) (all of such  parties,  collectively,  the
"Permitted  Transferees").  The Company may not assign this  Agreement or any of
its rights or obligations  hereunder  without the prior written  consent of each
Holder (which  consent may be withheld for any reason in the sole  discretion of
such Holder or Holders).

                  (b) Any transferee (other than a Holder who is already a party
to an agreement in form and substance  similar to this Agreement) to whom rights
under this  Agreement are  transferred  shall,  as a condition to such transfer,
deliver to the Company a written instrument by which such transferee  identifies
itself,  gives the Company notice of the transfer of such rights,  indicates the
Note Shares owned by it and agrees to be bound by the  obligations  imposed upon
the Note Purchasers under this Agreement.

                                       12

<PAGE>



                  (c) A transferee to whom rights or obligations are transferred
pursuant to this Section 2.8 may not again  transfer such rights or  obligations
to any other person or entity, other than as provided in this Section 2.8.

         Section 2.9 Rule 144. The Company will file the reports  required to be
filed by it under the Act and the  Exchange  Act,  and will  take  such  further
action as any Holder of Note Shares may  reasonably  request,  all to the extent
required  from time to time to enable such  Holder to sell Note  Shares  without
registration under the Act within the limitations of the exemptions  provided by
(a) Rule 144 under the Act,  as such Rule may be amended  from time to time,  or
(b) any  similar  rule or  regulation  hereafter  adopted  by the SEC.  Upon the
written  request of any Holder of Note Shares,  the Company will deliver to such
Holder, within five (5) days of delivery of such request, a written statement as
to whether it has complied with such filing requirements. In connection with any
sale of Note  Shares  that  will  result  in such  securities  no  longer  being
"restricted  securities" (as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act), the
Company shall cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any,
and facilitate the preparation and delivery of  certificates  representing  such
securities  to be sold  which do not  bear any  restrictive  legends  to  permit
delivery of such securities.

         Section 2.10 Information Reports. The Company covenants that, except at
such times as the Company is a reporting  company  under  Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, the Company shall,  upon the written  request of any Holder of
Note  Shares,  provide to any such Holder and to any  prospective  institutional
transferee  of Note Shares  designated  by such Holder,  within five (5) days of
delivery of such request,  such financial and other  information as is available
to the Company and as such Holder may reasonably determine is required to permit
a transfer  of such Note  Shares to comply  with the  requirements  of Rule 144A
promulgated under the Act.


                                   ARTICLE 3.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 3.1  Notices.  All  notices,  demands,  instructions  and other
communications  required  or  permitted  to be given to or made  upon any  party
hereto shall be in writing  delivered to the parties at the  addresses set forth
in the Note Purchase  Agreement (or such other address as may be provided by one
party in a  notice  to the  other).  Notice  delivered  in  accordance  with the
foregoing shall be effective (i) when delivered,  if delivered personally,  (ii)
three  hours  after   confirmation   of  receipt,   if  delivered  by  facsimile
transmission,  or (iii) two days after  being  delivered  in the  United  States
(properly  addressed  and all fees  paid) by  overnight  delivery  service  to a
courier  (such as Federal  Express)  which  regularly  provides such service and
regularly obtains executed receipts  evidencing  delivery.  Notices shall not be
given via U.S. Mail.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         Section 3.2 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (i) the parties  hereto;  (ii) the
Permitted  Transferees;  and (iii) the  respective  successors of the foregoing,
including those resulting by operation of law.

         Section  3.3  Headings.  Article  and  Section  headings  used  in this
Agreement are for  convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part
of this Agreement for any purpose or affect the construction of this Agreement.

         Section 3.4 Execution in  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts,
each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which,  taken together,  shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof
by each of the parties hereto.

         Section 3.5 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
made  in the  State  of New  York  and  the  validity  of  this  Agreement,  the
construction,  interpretation  and  enforcement  thereof,  and the rights of the
parties  thereto  shall be  determined  under,  governed  by, and  construed  in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York,  without  regard to
principles of conflicts of law.

         Section 3.6 Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties. All
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement.

         Section 3.7 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE COMPANY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY (WHICH THE NOTE  PURCHASERS  HEREBY  ALSO  WAIVE) IN ANY  ACTION,  SUIT,
PROCEEDING,  OR  COUNTERCLAIM  OF ANY KIND  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATED  TO THIS
AGREEMENT,  THE NOTE OR THE NOTE PURCHASE  AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY  WARRANTS AND
REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THE FOREGOING  WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND
HAS  KNOWINGLY  AND   VOLUNTARILY   WAIVED  ITS  JURY  TRIAL  RIGHTS   FOLLOWING
CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION,  THIS AGREEMENT MAY
BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

         Section 3.8  Amendment and Waivers.  Any term of this  Agreement may be
amended and the  observance of any term of this  Agreement may be waived (either
generally   or  in  a   particular   instance   and  either   retroactively   or
prospectively),  with the written  consent of the Company,  and the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes (treating Note Shares held by a Holder
as if they had not been converted); provided, that this Agreement may be amended
with the consent of the Holders of less than all Notes (but not less than 51% of
such shares) only in a manner which affects all Holders,  as the case may be, in
the same fashion.  In no event may this  Agreement be amended to (i) shorten the
Effectiveness  Period,  (ii)  extend the  Effectiveness  Target  Date,  or (iii)
require a Holder to pay expenses  otherwise  borne by the Company  under Section
2.3, without the Consent of each Holder affected thereby. No waivers of

                                       14

<PAGE>



or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement,  in any one
or more  instances,  shall be  deemed  to be,  or  construed  as, a  further  or
continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

         Section 3.9 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION;  SERVICE OF PROCESS AND VENUE. ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR
ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
IN THE  COUNTY  OF NEW  YORK OR OF THE  UNITED  STATES  DISTRICT  COURT  FOR THE
SOUTHERN  DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS  AGREEMENT
OR A JOINDER HERETO,  THE COMPANY HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  ACCEPTS IN RESPECT OF ITS
PROPERTY,  GENERALLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE AFORESAID
COURTS. THE COMPANY FURTHER  IRREVOCABLY  CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT
OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED  COURTS AND IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE
MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL,  POSTAGE PREPAID,  TO
THE  COMPANY AT ITS  ADDRESS  FOR  NOTICES  AS SET FORTH IN SECTION  14.6 OF THE
PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME  EFFECTIVE TEN (10) DAYS AFTER SUCH
MAILING.  NOTHING  HEREIN  SHALL  AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE  HOLDERS TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR
OTHERWISE   PROCEED   AGAINST  THE  COMPANY  OR  ANY   GUARANTOR  IN  ANY  OTHER
JURISDICTION.  THE COMPANY AND EACH GUARANTOR  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES,  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT  PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW
OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE  JURISDICTION OR LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION
BROUGHT  IN ANY  SUCH  COURT  REFERRED  TO  ABOVE  AND ANY  CLAIM  THAT ANY SUCH
LITIGATION  HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN  INCONVENIENT  FORUM.  TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
COMPANY  OR ANY  GUARANTOR  HAS OR  HEREAFTER  MAY  ACQUIRE  ANY  IMMUNITY  FROM
JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS  (WHETHER THROUGH SERVICE OR
NOTICE,  ATTACHMENT  PRIOR  TO  JUDGMENT,  ATTACHMENT  IN  AID OF  EXECUTION  OR
OTHERWISE)  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ITSELF  OR ITS  PROPERTY,  THE  COMPANY  AND EACH
GUARANTOR HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS
UNDER THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT.

         Section   3.10   Availability   of  Equitable   Remedies.   Each  party
acknowledges  that a  breach  of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  could  not
adequately be  compensated  by money  damages.  Accordingly,  any party shall be
entitled,  in  addition  to any  other  right or remedy  available  to it, to an
injunction  restraining  such  breach or a  threatened  breach  and to  specific
performance of any such provision of this Agreement,  and in either case no bond
or other  security  shall be required in connection  therewith,  and the parties
hereby consent to such injunction and to the ordering of specific performance.

                                                        15

<PAGE>



         Section 3.11      Entire Agreement.   This  Agreement  sets  forth  the
entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         Section 3.12  Attorneys'  Fees.  Any holder of a Note,  or Note Shares,
shall be entitled to recover from the Company the reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses  incurred by such holder in connection with  enforcement by such holder
of any  obligation  of the  Company  hereunder  or  under  the  Note or the Note
Purchase Agreement.

         Section  3.13 No  Impairment  of  Rights.  The  Company  will  not,  by
amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any other means,  avoid
or seek to avoid  the  observance  or  performance  of any of the  terms of this
Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all
such  terms  and in the  taking  of  all  such  action  as may be  necessary  or
appropriate  in order to  protect  the  rights of the  holder of this  Agreement
against impairment.

         Section 3.14      No Inconsistent or Superior Registration Rights.

                  (a) From and after  the date of this  Agreement,  the  Company
shall not  without  the prior  written  consent of the  Holders of a majority in
principal  amount of Notes, (i) enter into any agreement  granting  registration
rights  with  respect  to  the  Common  Stock  or  other  securities  which  are
inconsistent  with, or superior to the rights granted to the Holders  hereunder;
or (ii) amend any  agreement,  in effect as of the date  hereof,  so as to grant
registration rights to any other person or entity which causes such registration
rights to be  inconsistent  with those  granted to the Holders  hereunder  or to
otherwise  adversely  affect the  registration  rights  granted  to the  Holders
hereunder.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders acknowledge and
agree  that  comparable  registration  rights  have  been  granted  concurrently
herewith  to the  holders of the  Company's  Warrants  issued  pursuant  to that
certain  Financing  Agreement  dated of even  date  herewith  by and  among  the
Company, Ultradata corporation, MECA Software, L.L.C., Monescape Holdings, Inc.,
the Lenders (as such term is defined therein),  Foothill Capital Corporation, as
administrative  agent for the Lenders,  and Ableco  Finance  LLC, as  collateral
agent for the Lender Group (as such term is defined therein).


                            [Signature Pages Follow]


                                       16

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

COMPANY:                                    CFI PROSERVICES, INC.,
                                            an Oregon corporation


                                            By: /s/ Robert P. Chamness
                                                ----------------------
                                                Name:  Robert P. Chamness
                                                Title: President







Registration Rights Agreement
                                       S-1

<PAGE>



NOTE PURCHASERS:      LEVINE LEICHTMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.,
                             a California limited partnership

                      By:      LLCP California Equity Partners II, L.P.,
                               a California limited partnership
                               Its: General Partner

                               By:      Levine Leichtman Capital Partners, Inc.,
                                        a California corporation
                                        Its: General Partner


                               By:      /s/ Lauren B. Leichtman
                                        -----------------------
                                        Lauren B. Leichtman
                                        Chief Executive Officer



Registration Rights Agreement
                                       S-2

<PAGE>




                             BAY STAR CAPITAL, L.P.
                             By:      Bay Star Management, LLC


                             By:  /s/ Brian J. Stark
                                  ------------------
                                  Name:  Brian J. Stark
                                  Title: Managing Director






Registration Rights Agreement
                                       S-3

<PAGE>




                                U.S. BANCORP LIBRA,
                                a division of U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.


                                By:  /s/ James B. Upchurch
                                     ---------------------
                                     Name:  James B. Upchurch
                                     Title: President





Registration Rights Agreement
                                       S-4

<PAGE>




                            SOUNDSHORE HOLDINGS LTD.


                            By:   /s/ Andrew W. Gitlin
                                  --------------------
                                  Andrew W. Gitlin
                                  Director of SoundShore Holdings Ltd.





Registration Rights Agreement
                                       S-5

<PAGE>



                            SOUNDSHORE OPPORTUNITY HOLDING FUND
                            LTD.


                            By:      /s/ Andrew W. Gitlin
                                     --------------------
                                     Andrew W. Gitlin
                                     Director of SoundShore Opportunity
                                     Holding Fund Ltd.





Registration Rights Agreement
                                       S-6



THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE  HEREOF HAVE
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR
ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,  OFFERED  FOR SALE,  PLEDGED,
HYPOTHECATED  OR  OTHERWISE   TRANSFERRED  UNLESS  THERE  IS  (i)  AN  EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  SUCH ACT  RELATED  THERETO,  (ii) AN  OPINION OF
COUNSEL  FOR THE  HOLDER,  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE  COMPANY,  THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION  IS NOT REQUIRED,  (iii) RECEIPT OF A NO-ACTION  LETTER(S) FROM THE
APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY(IES), OR (iv) UNLESS PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION
THEREFROM UNDER RULE 144 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION) OF THE ACT.


                                 August 13, 1999


                              CFI PROSERVICES, INC
                        WARRANT TO PURCHASE 58,000 SHARES
                                 OF COMMON STOCK


                  CFI PROSERVICES,  INC., an Oregon corporation (the "Company"),
hereby  certifies  that, for value received,  U.S.  BANCORP LIBRA, A DIVISION OF
U.S. BANCORP INVESTMENTS,  INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Initial Holder"),
or its registered  transferees,  successors or assigns  (collectively,  together
with the Initial  Holder,  the  "holder" or the  "holders"),  is the  registered
holder of warrants (the  "Warrants") to subscribe for and purchase 58,000 shares
of the fully  paid and  nonassessable  Common  Stock (as  adjusted  pursuant  to
Section 4 hereof, the "Warrant Shares") of the Company,  at a purchase price per
share equal to $12.34375 (such price, as adjusted  pursuant to Section 4 hereof,
the  "Warrant  Price"),  subject  to the  provisions  and  upon  the  terms  and
conditions  hereinafter set forth.  As used herein,  (a) the term "Common Stock"
shall mean the Company's  presently  authorized  Common Stock, no par value, and
any stock into or for which such Common  Stock may  hereafter  be  converted  or
exchanged, and (b) the term "Date of Grant" shall mean August 13, 1999, the date
of this  Warrant.  The term  "Warrant" as used herein shall be deemed to include
any warrant issued upon transfer or partial exercise of this Warrant, unless the
context clearly requires otherwise.

                  This Warrant is being issued  pursuant to that certain  letter
agreement  dated May 14,  1999,  as amended  (the  "Letter  Agreement"),  by and
between the Company and the Initial Holder. The holder is entitled to the rights
and benefits under the Registration  Rights Agreement (the "Registration  Rights
Agreement")  of even date  herewith  by and among the  Company  and the  Initial
Holder.

     1. Term. This Warrant is exercisable,  in whole or in part, at any time and
from  time to time from the Date of Grant  through  and  including  the close of
business on the fifth

                                       -1-

<PAGE>



anniversary of this Warrant (the "Expiration Date"); provided,  however, that in
the event that any portion of this Warrant is  unexercised  as of the Expiration
Date, the terms of Section 2(b) below shall apply.

     2. Exercise.

     a. Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant. Subject to Section
1 hereof,  this Warrant may be exercised  by the holder  hereof,  in whole or in
part and from time to time, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the  Company,  and,  except as otherwise  provided for herein,  by the
payment to the Company of an amount equal to the then  applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares then being  purchased.  The person or
persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s)  representing shares of Common Stock
shall be issuable  upon  exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become
the  holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record
holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to
have been  issued)  immediately  prior to the close of  business  on the date or
dates upon which this Warrant is  exercised  if exercised  prior to the close of
business on such date; otherwise,  the date of record shall be the next business
day. In the event of any  exercise of the rights  represented  by this  Warrant,
certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased  shall be delivered by
the Company at its expense to the holder  hereof as soon as possible  and in any
event within ten (10) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been
fully exercised (including without limitation, exercise pursuant to Section 2(b)
below), a new Warrant  representing  the portion of the Warrant Shares,  if any,
with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also
be issued to the holder  hereof as soon as possible and in any event within such
ten (10) day period.

     b.  Automatic  Exercise.  In the event  that any  portion  of this  Warrant
remains  unexercised  as of the  Expiration  Date  and  the  fair  market  value
(determined  in accordance  with Section 4.i.  below) of one (1) share of Common
Stock as of the Expiration Date is greater than the applicable  Warrant Price as
of the Expiration Date, then this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised
automatically  immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date
(or,  in the  event  that  the  Expiration  Date  is  not a  business  day,  the
immediately  preceding  business day) (the "Automatic  Exercise Date"),  and the
person  entitled  to  receive  the  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon such
exercise  shall be  treated  for all  purposes  as the  holder of record of such
Warrant Shares as of the close of business on such Automatic Exercise Date. This
Warrant  shall be deemed  to be  surrendered  to the  Company  on the  Automatic
Exercise  Date by virtue of this  Section  2.b.  and  without  any action by the
holder of this  Warrant or any other  person,  and payment to the Company of the
then  applicable  Warrant Price  multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares then
being  purchased  shall be deemed to be made as of the  Automatic  Exercise Date
pursuant to the conversion  provisions of Section 2(c) below (without payment by
the holder of any cash exercise  price).  As promptly as practicable on or after
the Automatic  Exercise  Date and in any event within ten (10) days  thereafter,
the  Company at its  expense  shall  issue and  deliver to the person or persons
entitled to receive the same a  certificate  or  certificates  for the number of
Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>



     c. Cashless Right to Convert Warrant into Common Stock; Net Issuance.

     (1) Right to Convert. In addition to and without limiting the rights of the
holder hereof under the terms of this  Warrant,  the holder shall have the right
to convert this Warrant or any portion  thereof  (the  "Conversion  Right") into
shares of Common Stock as provided in this Section 2.c. at any time or from time
to time during the term of this Warrant,  including upon the Automatic  Exercise
Date.  Upon exercise of the Conversion  Right with respect to all or a specified
portion of  Warrant  Shares  subject to this  Warrant  (the  "Converted  Warrant
Shares"), the Company shall deliver to the holder (without payment by the holder
of any cash or other cash consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and
nonassessable  Common Stock equal to the  quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the
value of this Warrant (or the specified  portion  hereof) on the Conversion Date
(as defined in Section  2(c)(2)  hereof),  which value shall be equal to (A) the
aggregate  fair market  value of the  Converted  Warrant  Shares  issuable  upon
exercise of this Warrant (or the  specified  portion  hereof) on the  Conversion
Date  less (B) the  aggregate  Warrant  Price of the  Converted  Warrant  Shares
immediately  prior  to the  exercise  of the  Conversion  Right by (ii) the fair
market value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the Conversion Date.

     Expressed as a formula, such conversion shall be computed as follows:

     X  =  A - B
           -----
             Y

          Where:   X =      the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued
                            to the holder

                   Y =      the fair market value ("FMV") of one (1) share of
                            Common Stock

                   A =      the aggregate FMV (i.e., FMV x Converted Warrant
                            Shares)

                   B =      the aggregate Warrant Price (i.e., Converted Warrant
                            Shares x Warrant Price)

     No  fractional  shares shall be issuable  upon  exercise of the  Conversion
Right,  and, if the number of shares to be issued  determined in accordance with
the foregoing formula is other than a whole number, the Company shall pay to the
holder  an  amount  in cash  equal to the  fair  market  value of the  resulting
fractional share on the Conversion Date. For purposes of the Registration Rights
Agreement, shares issued pursuant to the Conversion Right shall be treated as if
they were issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

     (2) Method of Exercise. The Conversion Right may be exercised by the holder
by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together
with a written statement  specifying that the holder thereby intends to exercise
the Conversion Right and

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



indicating  the  number  of  shares  subject  to this  Warrant  which  are being
surrendered  (referred to in Section  2(c)(1)  hereof as the  Converted  Warrant
Shares) in exercise of the Conversion  Right. Such conversion shall be effective
upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid  written
statement,  or on such  later  date as is  specified  therein  (the  "Conversion
Date").  Certificates  for the shares  issuable upon exercise of the  Conversion
Right and, if  applicable,  a new warrant  evidencing  the balance of the shares
remaining subject to this Warrant, shall be issued as of the Conversion Date and
shall be delivered to the holder within ten (10) days  following the  Conversion
Date.

     (3)  Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 2.c.,
"fair market  value" of a share of Common Stock shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.i. below.

     3. Stock Fully Paid;  Reservation of Shares. All Warrant Shares that may be
issued upon the exercise of the rights  represented  by this Warrant will,  upon
issuance  pursuant  to the  terms  and  conditions  herein,  be  fully  paid and
nonassessable,  and free from all taxes, liens,  charges, and pre-emptive rights
with respect to the issue thereof.  The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if
any,  attributable  to the  issuance of the Warrant  Shares upon the exercise of
this  Warrant.  During the period  within which the rights  represented  by this
Warrant may be  exercised,  the Company will at all times have  authorized,  and
reserved  for  the  purpose  of the  issue  upon  exercise  of this  Warrant,  a
sufficient  number of shares of its Common  Stock to provide for the exercise of
this Warrant.

     4. Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of
securities  purchasable  upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price
shall be subject to adjustment  from time to time upon the occurrence of certain
events as set forth below:

     a. Adjustment for Initial Errors and the Happening of Certain Events.

     (1) The Company  hereby  acknowledges  that the  initial  number of Warrant
Shares  purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant (the "Exercise  Quantity")
was  calculated  based  upon the  Company's  representation  that the  number of
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  as of the Date of Grant,
calculated  on a  fully  diluted  basis  using  the  treasury  stock  method  as
contemplated by the Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 15 (as referred to
in the  Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128) (such shares as
calculated on any date, being referred to as "Fully Diluted Shares"), and before
giving effect to the issuance of any of the Warrants or Warrant Shares,  totaled
7,636,440  shares.  If for any reason it shall  hereafter be determined that the
number  of Fully  Diluted  Shares  as of the Date of Grant  differed  from  such
initial  number of Warrant  Shares,  then the  Company or the holder  (whichever
shall  discover  such error)  shall  notify the other of such  determination  in
writing and the Company shall forthwith (but in no event more than five (5) days
thereafter)  reissue  all  of  the  outstanding  Warrants  with  an  appropriate
proportional  adjustment in said number of Warrant  Shares to be effective as of
and from the Date of Grant,  provided that such adjustment shall be made only if
it results in an increase in the number of Warrant Shares hereunder.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



     (2) Any  adjustments  to the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to the other subsections of this
Section 4 prior to the date of any increase or decrease in the Exercise Quantity
pursuant  to Section  4.a.(1)  shall be  recalculated  as if such  increased  or
decreased  Exercise  Quantity had been the Exercise  Quantity  since the Date of
Grant,  but no such adjustment  shall affect the number of Warrant Shares issued
upon any exercise of this Warrant prior to the date any such adjustment is made.

     b. Merger,  Sale,  Reclassification.  In case of any (i)  consolidation  or
merger  of the  Company  with or into  another  entity  (other  than a merger or
reorganization (A) in which the Company is the continuing  corporation and which
does not result in any reclassification or change of the then outstanding shares
of Common  Stock or issuance  of any  dividend  or other  distribution  of cash,
securities  or  property  to  holders of the then  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock, or (B) resulting solely in a change in par value, or from par value to no
par value, or from no par value to par value,  or in a stock split,  subdivision
or  combination  which is the subject of another  paragraph  in this Section 4),
(ii) sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the  Company's
assets or  distribution of property to  stockholders  (other than  distributions
payable out of earnings or retained earnings), or (iii) reclassification, change
or conversion of securities of the class  issuable upon exercise of this Warrant
(other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no
par  value to par  value,  or as a result  of any stock  split,  subdivision  or
combination  which is the subject of another  paragraph in this Section 4), then
the  Company  shall take all  necessary  actions  (including  but not limited to
executing and delivering to the holder of this Warrant an additional  Warrant or
other instrument,  in form and substance  mutually  agreeable to the Company and
the holder of this  Warrant)  to ensure  that the holder of this  Warrant  shall
thereafter  have the right to receive,  at a total  purchase price not to exceed
that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised  portion of this Warrant,  and
in lieu of the shares of Common Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other  securities,  money and
property receivable upon the effectiveness of such  consolidation,  merger, sale
or other disposition,  reclassification, change or conversion by a holder of the
number of shares of Common Stock then purchasable  under this Warrant (which, in
the case of such a transaction in which holders of Common Stock were entitled to
elect between different forms of  consideration,  shall be deemed to be the form
of  consideration  received by a  plurality  of the  electing  holders of Common
Stock).  Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments  that shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section 4.b.  shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes and conversions.

     c. Split,  Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any time
while this Warrant remains  outstanding and unexpired shall split,  subdivide or
combine its  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  the  Warrant  Price shall be
proportionately   decreased   in  the  case  of  a  split  or   subdivision   or
proportionately  increased in the case of a combination,  effective at the close
of business on the date the split, subdivision or combination becomes effective.

     d. Stock  Dividends  and Other  Distributions.  If the  Company at any time
while this Warrant is  outstanding  and unexpired  shall (i) pay a dividend with
respect  to  Common  Stock  payable  in  Common  Stock,  or (ii)  make any other
distribution with respect to Common Stock

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



(except any  distribution  specifically  provided for in Section 4.b. or Section
4.c. hereof) of Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and
after  the date of  determination  of  stockholders  entitled  to  receive  such
dividend or  distribution,  to that price  determined by multiplying the Warrant
Price in effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination by a fraction
(i) the  numerator  of which shall be the total number of Fully  Diluted  Shares
immediately prior to such dividend or distribution,  and (ii) the denominator of
which shall be the total number of Fully Diluted Shares  immediately  after such
dividend or distribution.

     e. Rights Offerings.  In case the Company shall, at any time after the Date
of Grant, issue to holders of shares of the capital stock of the Company (solely
as a result of such holders'  status as stockholders of the Company) any rights,
options or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common
Stock (or securities  convertible or exchangeable  into Common Stock) at a price
per share of Common Stock (or having a conversion or exchange price per share of
Common Stock if a security  convertible or exchangeable  into Common Stock) less
than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the record date for such
issuance  (or the date of  issuance,  if there is no record  date),  the Warrant
Price to be in effect on and after such record date (or  issuance  date,  as the
case may be) shall be adjusted so that it shall  equal the price  determined  by
multiplying  the Warrant Price in effect  immediately  prior to such record date
(or issuance  date, as the case may be) by a fraction (i) the numerator of which
shall be the number of Fully  Diluted  Shares on such record  date (or  issuance
date,  as the case may be) plus the number of shares of Common  Stock  which the
aggregate  offering  price of the total number of shares of such Common Stock so
to be offered (or the  aggregate  initial  exchange or  conversion  price of the
exchangeable or convertible  securities so to be offered) would purchase at such
fair market value on such record date (or issuance date, as the case may be) and
(ii) the  denominator  of which shall be the number of Fully  Diluted  Shares on
such  record  date (or  issuance  date,  as the case may be) plus the  number of
additional shares of Common Stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or
into which the convertible  securities to be offered are initially  exchangeable
or convertible). In case such subscription price may be paid in part or in whole
in a form other than cash, the fair market value of such consideration  shall be
determined  by the Board of  Directors of the Company in good faith as set forth
in a duly  adopted  board  resolution  certified by the  Company's  Secretary or
Assistant  Secretary,  provided,  that in the event the  Board of  Directors  is
unable to make such a  determination  or holders of at least  fifty-one  percent
(51%) of the Warrant Shares  disagree in writing with such  determination,  then
the fair market  value of such  consideration  shall be  determined  in the same
manner as a Valuation  Procedure under Section 4(i) below. Such adjustment shall
be made  successively  whenever such an issuance  occurs;  and in the event that
such rights,  options,  warrants, or convertible or exchangeable  securities are
not so issued or are canceled, expire or cease to be convertible or exchangeable
before they are  exercised,  converted,  or exchanged (as the case may be), then
the Warrant  Price  shall  again be adjusted to be the Warrant  Price that would
then be in  effect  if such  issuance  had not  occurred,  but  such  subsequent
adjustment  shall not  affect  the  number of  Warrant  Shares  issued  upon any
exercise of this Warrant prior to the date such subsequent adjustment is made.

     f. Other Special Distributions. In case the Company shall fix a record date
for the  making  of a  distribution  (other  than  dividends,  distributions  or
issuances  referred to in Section  4(c),  Section 4(d) or Section 4(e) above) to
all holders of shares of Common Stock

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



(including any such  distribution  made in connection  with a  consolidation  or
merger in which the Company is the surviving  corporation) of cash, evidences of
indebtedness,  assets or subscription rights, options, warrants, or exchangeable
or  convertible  securities  containing  the right to subscribe  for or purchase
shares of any class of equity securities of the Company, the Warrant Price to be
in effect on and after such record date shall be  adjusted  by  multiplying  the
Warrant Price in effect  immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i)
the  numerator of which shall be the fair market value per share of Common Stock
on such record date (determined in accordance with Section 4(i) below), less the
cash and/or the fair market  value (as  determined  by the Board of Directors of
the  Company  in good  faith as set  forth in a duly  adopted  board  resolution
certified by the Company's  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary) of the portion of
the  assets  or  evidences  of  indebtedness  so to be  distributed  or of  such
subscription  rights,   options,   warrants,   or  exchangeable  or  convertible
securities  applicable  to one (1) share of the Common Stock  outstanding  as of
such record date,  provided,  that in the event the Board of Directors is unable
to make such a determination  or holders of at least fifty-one  percent (51%) of
the Warrant Shares  disagree in writing with such  determination,  then the fair
market value of such  consideration  shall be determined in the same manner as a
Valuation  Procedure under Section 4(i) below, and (ii) the denominator of which
shall be such fair market value per share of Common Stock as  determined  in the
manner  set forth  under  Section  4(i)  below.  Such  adjustment  shall be made
successively  whenever  such a record date is fixed;  and in the event that such
distribution is not so made, the Warrant Price shall again be adjusted to be the
Warrant  Price  which  would then be in effect if such  record date had not been
fixed,  but such  subsequent  adjustment  shall not affect the number of Warrant
Shares  issued  upon  any  exercise  of this  Warrant  prior  to the  date  such
subsequent adjustment was made.

     g. Other Issuances and Adjustments.

     (1) In case the Company or any subsidiary  thereof shall, at any time after
the Date of Grant, issue shares of Common Stock, or rights, options, warrants or
convertible or exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for or
acquire shares of Common Stock (excluding (i) shares, rights, options, warrants,
or convertible or exchangeable  securities  outstanding on the Date of Grant, or
issued in any of the  transactions  described in Sections 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e)
or 4(f) above,  (ii) shares issued upon the exercise of such rights,  options or
warrants or upon  conversion  or exchange of such  convertible  or  exchangeable
securities,  and  (iii) up to One  Million  Nine  Hundred  Eighty-Nine  Thousand
Ninety-One (1,989,091) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment for splits,
recapitalizations  or similar events) issued,  issuable or reserved for issuance
to  directors,  officers,  employees  or  consultants  of  the  Company  or  any
subsidiary of its  subsidiaries  in connection with their services as directors,
officers,  employees or consultants  pursuant to any stock grant,  stock option,
warrant or other  similar  right issued by the Company and approved by the Board
of Directors of the Company under a stock option or incentive  plan duly adopted
and  approved by the  shareholders  of the Company and in  existence on the date
hereof),  at a price per share of Common Stock  (determined  in the case of such
rights, options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities by dividing
(x) the total amount received and/or  receivable by the Company in consideration
of the sale and issuance of such rights,  options,  warrants,  or convertible or
exchangeable  securities,  plus the total minimum  consideration  payable to the
Company upon exercise,  conversion, or exchange thereof by (y) the total maximum
number

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



of shares  of  Common  Stock  covered  by such  rights,  options,  warrants,  or
convertible  or  exchangeable  securities)  less than the fair market  value per
share of Common Stock  (determined in accordance  with Section 4(i) below and in
the case of rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities,
determined at the time of issuance of such securities  rather than upon exercise
thereof),  in each case on the date the Company fixes the offering price of such
shares, rights,  options,  warrants, or convertible or exchangeable  securities,
then the  Warrant  Price  shall be  adjusted  so that it shall  equal  the price
determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect  immediately prior thereto
by a fraction  (i) the  numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of
Fully Diluted  Shares  immediately  prior to such sale and issuance plus (B) the
number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate  consideration  received or
receivable  (determined  as  provided  herein) in  connection  with such sale or
issuance  would  purchase  at such fair  market  value per  share,  and (ii) the
denominator  of  which  shall  be the  total  number  of  Fully  Diluted  Shares
immediately  after  such  sale  and  issuance.  Such  adjustment  shall  be made
successively whenever such an issuance is made.


     (2) In case the Company or any subsidiary  thereof shall, at any time after
the Date of Grant, make or agree to (i) any downward adjustment in the exercise,
exchange or  conversion  price of, (ii) any  increase in the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of, or (iii) any
change in the consideration payable for the exercise, conversion or exchange of,
any  rights,  options,   warrants  or  convertible  or  exchangeable  securities
containing the right to subscribe for or acquire  shares of Common Stock,  other
than such adjustment that is  specifically  contemplated  and required under the
terms of any such  instrument  as of the Date of Grant,  then the Warrant  Price
shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the
Warrant Price in effect immediately prior thereto by a fraction the numerator of
which  shall be the sum of (A) the number of Fully  Diluted  Shares  immediately
prior  thereto,  plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon
such exercise,  conversion or exchange immediately prior thereto,  multiplied by
the  aggregate  amount  of the  fair  market  value of the  consideration  to be
received by the Company upon such exercise,  conversion or exchange  immediately
thereafter,  and the denominator shall be the sum of (X) the number of shares of
Fully Diluted Shares  immediately  thereafter,  plus (Y) the number of shares of
Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise, conversion or exchange immediately
thereafter,  multiplied by the aggregate  amount of the fair market value of the
consideration  to be received by the Company upon such  exercise,  conversion or
exchange  immediately prior thereto.  Such adjustment shall be made successively
whenever such an issuance is made.

     (3) For the purposes of an adjustment  under this Section 4(g), the maximum
number of shares of Common Stock which the holder of any right, option,  warrant
or  convertible or  exchangeable  security shall be entitled to subscribe for or
purchase  shall  be  deemed  to be  issued  and  outstanding;  furthermore,  the
consideration  received by the Company  therefor  shall be deemed to be equal to
the  price per share of Common  Stock  (determined  in the case of such  rights,
options, warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities by dividing (x) the
total amount received and/or  receivable by the Company in  consideration of the
sale  and  issuance  of  such  rights,  options,  warrants,  or  convertible  or
exchangeable securities, plus the total minimum consideration

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



payable to the Company upon exercise, conversion, or exchange thereof by (y) the
total maximum number of shares of Common Stock covered by such rights,  options,
warrants, or convertible or exchangeable securities) multiplied by the number of
shares  deemed  issued and  outstanding  in the previous  sentence.  In case the
Company  shall issue shares of Common  Stock,  or issue or make an adjustment to
the exercise,  exchange or conversion  price of rights,  options,  warrants,  or
convertible or exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for or
acquire shares of Common Stock for a  consideration  consisting,  in whole or in
part, of  consideration  other than cash or its equivalent,  then in determining
the  price  per share of Common  Stock  and the  consideration  received  by the
Company,  the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine,  in good faith,
the  fair  market  value  of said  property,  and  such  determination  shall be
described  in a  duly  adopted  board  resolution  certified  by  the  Company's
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary,  provided,  that in the  event the Board of
Directors  is  unable  to make  such a  determination  or  holders  of at  least
fifty-one  percent  (51%) of the Warrant  Shares  disagree in writing  with such
determination,  then  the  fair  market  value  of such  consideration  shall be
determined in the same manner as a Valuation Procedure under Section 4(i) below.
In case the Company  shall  issue  shares of Common  Stock,  or issue or make an
adjustment to the exercise or conversion price of rights, options,  warrants, or
convertible or exchangeable  securities containing the right to subscribe for or
acquire shares of Common Stock,  together with one (1) or more other security as
a part of a unit at a price per unit, then in determining the price per share of
Common Stock and the consideration  received or to be by the Company,  the Board
of Directors of the Company shall determine,  in good faith, which determination
shall be described in a duly adopted board resolution certified by the Company's
Secretary or Assistant Secretary,  the fair market value of the rights, options,
warrants,  or convertible or exchangeable  securities then being sold as part of
such unit, provided,  that in the event the Board of Directors is unable to make
such a  determination  or holders  of at least  fifty-one  percent  (51%) of the
Warrant Shares disagree in writing with such determination, then the fair market
value  of such  consideration  shall  be  determined  in the  same  manner  as a
Valuation Procedure under Section 4(i) below.

     h.  Adjustment  of Number of Shares.  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant
Price, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable  hereunder shall be adjusted, to
the nearest whole share,  to the product  obtained by multiplying  the number of
Warrant Shares  purchasable  immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant
Price  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  shall  be the  Warrant  Price
immediately  prior to such  adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the
Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

     i.  Determination of Fair Market Value. For purposes of those provisions of
this Warrant  requiring a  determination  in accordance  with this Section 4.i.,
"fair market  value" as of a particular  date (the  "Determination  Date") shall
mean (i) if the Common  Stock is publicly  traded at the time of  determination,
the  average  of the  closing  prices  on such  day of the  Common  Stock on all
domestic  securities  exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed, or, if
there have been no sales on any such  exchange  on such day,  the average of the
highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day
or, if on any such day the  Common  Stock is not so listed,  the  average of the
representative bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system as of 4:00 P.M.,
New York time,  on such day, or if on any day such security is not quoted on the
Nasdaq  system,  the average of the highest bid and lowest  asked prices on such
day in the

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



domestic  over-the-counter  market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau,
Incorporated,  or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged
over a period of ten (10) days  consisting  of the day as of which "fair  market
value" is being determined and the nine consecutive  business days prior to such
day (provided that, if fair market value is being determined as of the date of a
firm  commitment  public  offering of the Common Stock,  fair market value as of
such date  shall be the  offering  price for the  Common  Stock  subject to such
public offering); or (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time
of determination, the Common Stock price per share determined by dividing Market
Value (as defined below) by the number of Fully Diluted  Shares.  "Market Value"
means the highest  price that would be paid for the entire  common equity of the
Company  on a  going-concern  basis in an  arm's-length  transaction  between  a
willing buyer and a willing  seller  (neither  acting under  compulsion),  using
valuation  techniques  then  prevailing in the securities  industry (but without
giving effect to any discount in respect of a minority  interest) and determined
in accordance  with the  "Valuation  Procedure"  (as defined below) and assuming
full disclosure and  understanding of all relevant  information and a reasonable
period of time for  effectuating  such sale. For the purposes of determining the
Market Value,  (a) the exercise  price of options or warrants to acquire  Common
Stock which are deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of determining the
number of Fully  Diluted  Shares,  shall be deemed to have been  received by the
Company, (b)(i) the liquidation preference or indebtedness,  as the case may be,
represented  by  securities  which are deemed  exercised  for or converted  into
Common Stock for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding number of
Fully  Diluted  Shares of Common Stock and (ii) any  contractual  limitation  in
respect of the shares of Common Stock relating to voting rights, shall be deemed
to have been  eliminated  or canceled  and (c) full effect shall be given to any
discount  that may arise as the  result  of the fact  that the  shares of Common
Stock are not publicly traded.

     "Valuation  Procedure"  means,  with  respect to the  determination  of any
amount or value required to be determined in accordance with such  procedure,  a
determination  (which shall be final and binding on the Company and the holders)
made (i) by  agreement  among the Company and the holders of at least  fifty-one
percent (51%) of the Warrant Shares  (collectively,  the  "Requesting  Holders")
within twenty (20) days following the event requiring such determination or (ii)
in the absence of such an agreement, by an Independent Financial Expert selected
in accordance with the further  provisions of this definition.  If required,  an
Independent  Financial  Expert shall be selected  within five (5) days following
the  expiration  of the twenty  (20)- day period  referred  to above,  either by
agreement  among the  Company and the  Requesting  Holders or, in the absence of
such  agreement,  by lot  from a list of four  potential  Independent  Financial
Experts remaining after the Company nominates three (3), the Requesting  Holders
nominate three (3), and each side eliminates one potential Independent Financial
Expert. The Independent  Financial Expert shall be instructed by the Company and
the Requesting Holders to make its determination  within twenty (20) days of its
selection.  The fees and expenses of an Independent  Financial  Expert  selected
hereunder shall be paid by the Company.

     "Independent  Financial  Expert" means a  nationally-recognized  investment
banking firm (a) that does not (and whose  directors,  officers,  employees  and
Affiliates do not) have a direct or indirect material  financial interest in the
Company or any holder, (b) that has not been,

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



and, at the time it is called upon to serve as an Independent  Financial  Expert
under this Agreement, is not (and none of whose directors,  officers,  employees
or  Affiliates  is not),  a promoter,  director or officer of the Company or any
Holder,  (c) that has not been  retained  during the  preceding two years by the
Company or the holder for any purpose,  and (d) that is  otherwise  qualified to
serve as an Independent Financial Advisor. Any such person or entity may receive
customary  compensation  and  indemnification  by the  Company  for  opinions or
services it provides as an Independent Financial Expert.

     j. Adjustments to Anti-Dilution Rights; Limitations on Subsequent Grants of
Anti-Dilution Rights.

     (1)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section 4, to the
extent that any  holders of equity  securities  of the  Company are  entitled to
anti-dilution  rights that are superior or more  favorable to the holder of such
equity  securities  than those  granted  pursuant to this  Section 4, the holder
hereof  shall be  entitled  to such  anti-dilution  rights  with  respect to the
Warrant Shares.

     (2) From and after the Date of Grant,  the Company  shall not,  without the
prior written consent of the holders of at least fifty-one  percent (51%) of the
Warrant  Shares,   grant  any  holders  of  equity  securities  of  the  Company
anti-dilution rights with respect to such equity securities that are superior or
more favorable than those granted pursuant to this Section 4.

     5.  Notice of  Adjustments.  Whenever  the  Warrant  Price or the number of
Warrant Shares  purchasable  hereunder  shall be adjusted  pursuant to Section 4
hereof,  the Company shall deliver to holder a certificate,  signed by its chief
financial officer,  setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the
adjustment,  the amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such adjustment
was  calculated,  and  the  Warrant  Price  and the  number  of  Warrant  Shares
purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment,  which certificate
shall be mailed  (without  regard to  Section 11 hereof,  by first  class  mail,
postage prepaid) to the holder within five (5) days of the date of determination
of such adjustment.

     6. Fractional  Shares.  No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued
in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares
the Company  shall make a cash payment  therefor  based on the fair market value
(as determined in accordance with Section 4.i. above) of a share of Common Stock
on the date of exercise.

     7.  Compliance  with  Securities  Act;  Disposition  of  Warrant or Warrant
Shares.

     a.  Compliance  with  Securities  Act.  The  holder  of  this  Warrant,  by
acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant and the shares of Common Stock to be
issued upon exercise  hereof,  are being  acquired for  investment and that such
holder will not offer,  sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or the Warrant
Shares  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a violation of the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  Upon exercise of this Warrant,
unless the Warrant  Shares to be received  upon such exercise are intended to be
included

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



in a  registration  statement  under the Act, the holder hereof shall confirm in
writing,  by executing the form attached as Schedule 1 to Exhibit A hereto, that
the shares of Common Stock so received are being acquired for investment and not
with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act. All shares of
Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant (unless  registered  under the
Act shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in  substantially  the following
form:

                  "THE  SECURITIES  EVIDENCED  HEREBY  HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED
                  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR ANY STATE
                  SECURITIES  LAWS.  NO  SALE  OR  DISPOSITION  MAY BE  EFFECTED
                  WITHOUT  (i)  AN  EFFECTIVE   REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATED
                  THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, REASONABLY
                  SATISFACTORY  TO THE COMPANY,  THAT SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS NOT
                  REQUIRED,  (iii)  RECEIPT OF A  NO-ACTION  LETTER(S)  FROM THE
                  APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY(IES),  (iv) UNLESS PURSUANT
                  TO AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM  UNDER RULE 144 (OR ANY  SUCCESSOR
                  PROVISION)  OF THE ACT OR (v)  OTHERWISE  COMPLYING  WITH  THE
                  PROVISIONS  OF  SECTION 7 OF THE  WARRANT  UNDER  WHICH  THESE
                  SECURITIES WERE ISSUED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.

     In addition,  in connection  with the issuance of this Warrant,  the holder
specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

     (1) The holder is aware of the  Company's  business  affairs and  financial
condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an
informed  and  knowledgeable  decision to acquire  this  Warrant.  The holder is
acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment  purposes only and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with any "distribution"  thereof for
purposes of the Act in violation of the Act. The holder  acknowledges  that such
holder,  or such  holder's  representatives,  if any,  has been given  access to
information about the Company,  through written material provided in or attached
to the Financing Agreement of even date herewith (the "Financing  Agreement") by
and among the Company, UltraData Corporation,  Meca Software, L.L.C., MoneyScape
Holdings,  Inc.,  the  Lenders  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  the  Financing
Agreement),  Foothill  Capital  Corporation,  as  administrative  agent  for the
Lenders,  and Ableco Holdings LLC, as collateral  agent for the Lender Group (as
such term is defined in the  Financing  Agreement),  and through  meetings  with
representatives  of the  Company,  and  has had an  opportunity  to  verify  the
accuracy of such  information,  to ask questions of the  Company's  officers and
directors,  and has received answers to such holder's  satisfaction.  The holder
understands  that the  valuation  and terms of this Warrant has been made solely
through and upon negotiations  between the Company and the holder, and not by an
independent  accountant,  auditor,  investment banker or third party. The holder
represents  that  such  holder  has  evaluated  the  fairness  of the  terms and
conditions of this Warrant to the extent he, she or it has deemed necessary.  In
making a decision to purchase this Warrant,  the holder has relied solely on the
information contained or referred to herein

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



and upon independent  investigations  made by such holder in its discretion.  In
addition, the holder is not purchasing the Warrant as a result or subsequent to:
(1) any advertisement,  article,  notice, or other publication  published in any
newspaper,  magazine, or similar broadcast media over the internet,  television,
or radio; or (2) any seminar or meeting whose  attendees,  including the holder,
were  invited  as a result  of,  subsequent  to, or  pursuant  to,  any  general
solicitation.

     (2) The holder  understands  that this Warrant and the Warrant  Shares have
not  been  registered  under  the  Act in  reliance  upon a  specific  exemption
therefrom,  which  exemption  depends upon,  among other  things,  the bona fide
nature of the holder's investment intent as expressed herein.

     (3) The holder  understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares may be
held  indefinitely  unless  subsequently   registered  under  the  Act  and  any
applicable  state securities  laws, or unless  exemptions from  registration are
otherwise available.

     (4) The holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Act,  which,   in  substance,   permit  limited  public  resale  of  "restricted
securities" acquired,  directly or indirectly,  from the issuer thereof (or from
an  affiliate  of  such  issuer),  in  a  non-public  offering  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of certain  conditions,  if  applicable,  including,  among  other
things:  the availability of certain public  information about the Company,  the
resale  occurring  not less than one (1) year after the party has  purchased and
paid for the  securities to be sold;  the sale being made through a broker in an
unsolicited  "broker's  transaction" or in  transactions  directly with a market
maker (as said term is defined  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended)  and the amount of  securities  being sold  during any three  (3)-month
period not exceeding the specified limitations stated therein.

     (5) The holder understands that at the time such holder wishes to sell this
Warrant and the Warrant  Shares there may be no public market upon which to make
such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may
not be satisfying the current public  information  requirements of Rule 144, and
that, in such event,  the holder may be precluded  from selling this Warrant and
the  Warrant  Shares  under Rule 144 even if the one  (1)-year  minimum  holding
period had been satisfied.

     b.  Disposition  of Warrant or Warrant  Shares.  With respect to any offer,
sale or other  disposition  of this  Warrant,  or any  Warrant  Shares  acquired
pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant prior to  registration  of such Warrant
or Warrant Shares,  the holder hereof and each subsequent holder of this Warrant
agrees to deliver,  prior to the  registration  of any such transfer,  a written
opinion  of such  holder's  counsel  (which  may be  in-house  counsel  for such
holder), if reasonably  requested by the Company, to the effect that the sale or
other disposition of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be, may
be effected without registration under the Act. If a determination has been made
pursuant to this Section 7.b.  that the opinion of counsel for the holder is not
reasonably  satisfactory to the Company,  the Company shall so notify the holder
in writing promptly after such  determination has been made (but in any event no
more than two business days  thereafter).  The foregoing  notwithstanding,  this
Warrant or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be,

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



may, as to such  federal  laws,  be offered,  sold or  otherwise  disposed of in
accordance  with Rule 144 under the Act,  provided  that the Company  shall have
been  furnished with such  information as the Company may reasonably  request to
provide  a  reasonable  assurance  that the  provisions  of Rule  144 have  been
satisfied. Each certificate representing this Warrant or the Warrant Shares thus
transferred  (except a transfer  pursuant to Rule 144) shall bear a legend as to
the applicable  restrictions on  transferability  in order to ensure  compliance
with such laws, unless based on the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the holder,
such legend is not required in order to ensure  compliance  with such laws.  The
Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent or, if acting
as its own transfer agent, the Company may stop transfer on its corporate books,
in connection with such restrictions.

     8. Rights as Stockholders; Information. No holder of this Warrant, as such,
shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Common
Stock or any other  securities  of the Company which may at any time be issuable
on the exercise hereof for any purpose,  nor shall anything  contained herein be
construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant,  as such, any of the rights
of a  stockholder  of the  Company or any right to vote for the  election of the
directors or upon any matter  submitted to stockholders at any meeting  thereof,
or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights
or  otherwise,  until this  Warrant  shall have been  exercised  and the Warrant
Shares  purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become  deliverable,  as
provided herein. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company will transmit to the
holder of this Warrant such information,  documents and reports as are generally
distributed  to the  holders  of any class or series  of the  securities  of the
Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to the stockholders.

     9.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company represents and warrants to
the holder of this Warrant as follows:

     a. This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is
a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its
terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency
and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing
specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies;

     b. The Warrant  Shares have been duly  authorized and reserved for issuance
by the Company and,  when issued in accordance  with the terms  hereof,  will be
validly  issued,  fully  paid  and  nonassessable  and  are not  subject  to any
preemptive right of any stockholder of the Company;

     c. The  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  granted to or
imposed  upon the Common  Stock and the holders  thereof are as set forth in the
certificate of incorporation of the Company, as amended to the Date of Grant (as
so amended, the "Charter"), a true and complete copy of which has been delivered
by the Company to the original holder of this Warrant;


                                      -14-

<PAGE>



     d. The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance and
delivery of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance  with
the terms  hereof will not be,  inconsistent  with the charter or by-laws of the
Company,  do  not  and  will  not  contravene,  in  any  material  respect,  any
governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, do
not and will not conflict with or  contravene  any provision of, or constitute a
default under,  any indenture,  mortgage,  contract or other instrument of which
the  Company  is a party  or by which it is bound  or  require  the  consent  or
approval  of, the giving of notice to, the  registration  or filing  with or the
taking of any action in respect of or by, any Federal, state or local government
authority or agency or other person,  except for the filing of notices  pursuant
to federal and state  securities  laws,  which  filings will be  effected.  This
Warrant  and the  Warrant  Shares are not and will not, be subject to any voting
trust  agreement  or  other  contract,  agreement,  arrangement,  commitment  or
understanding  to which  the  Company  is a  party,  including  such  agreement,
arrangement,  commitment or understanding  restricting or otherwise  relating to
the voting or disposition thereof, other than the Registration Rights Agreement;

     e. There are no  actions,  suits,  audits,  investigations  or  proceedings
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened  against the Company in
any court or before any  governmental  commission,  board or authority which, if
adversely determined,  will have a material adverse effect on the ability of the
Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant;

     f. As of the Date of Grant, the authorized capital stock of the Company (of
all classes and series,  including  Common Stock and preferred  stock),  the par
value thereof,  and the issued and outstanding amounts thereof, are as set forth
on Schedule  9.f.  hereof.  The issuance and sale of all such  interests  was in
compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and all issued
and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the Company  are duly  authorized,
validly issued,  fully paid, and  non-assessable.  Other than the Warrants,  and
other than as specified on Schedule 9.f.  hereof,  as of the Date of Grant there
are no preemptive rights or any outstanding  subscriptions,  options,  warrants,
rights,  convertible  securities,  calls or other  agreements,  arrangements  or
commitments (including,  without limitation,  registration rights agreements and
anti-dilution rights) relating to the issued or unissued shares of the Company's
capital stock or other securities, including any right of conversion or exchange
under any outstanding security or other instrument.  Other than the Registration
Rights  Agreement,  the  Warrants  and any shares of Common  Stock  issued  upon
exercise  of the  Warrants  are not and will not be subject to any voting  trust
agreement or other contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding
to which the  Company is a party,  including  any such  agreement,  arrangement,
commitment or understanding  restricting or otherwise  relating to the voting or
disposition thereof. There are not any outstanding bonds,  debentures,  notes or
other indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote (or convertible into,
or  exchangeable  for,  securities  having the right to vote) on any  matters on
which  stockholders  of the  Company  may vote.  Except as set forth on Schedule
9.f., as of the Date of Grant, there are not any securities,  options, warrants,
calls,   rights,   convertible  or   exchangeable   securities  or  commitments,
agreements, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which the Company or any
of its  subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound  obligating the
Company or any of its subsidiaries to issue, deliver or sell or create, or cause
to be issued,  delivered or sold or created,  additional shares of capital stock
or other voting securities or stock equivalents of the Company or

                                      -15-

<PAGE>



any of its  subsidiaries or obligating the Company or any of its subsidiaries to
issue, grant,  extend or enter into any such security,  option,  warrant,  call,
right, commitment,  agreement,  arrangement or understanding.  As of the Date of
Grant,  other than as  specified  on Schedule  9.f.  hereof,  the Company is not
subject to any  obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise
acquire or retire any shares of its capital  stock or any  security  convertible
into or exchangeable for any of its capital stock.

     10.  Modification  and Waiver.  Subject to Section 20, this Warrant and any
provision  hereof may be changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated  only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against which  enforcement of the same
is sought.

     11.  Notices.   Unless  otherwise   specifically   provided   herein,   all
communications  under this  Warrant  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to
have been duly  given (i) on the date of  service  if served  personally  on the
party to whom notice is to be given,  (ii) on the day of transmission if sent by
facsimile  transmission  to a number provided to a party  specifically  for such
purposes,  and  facsimile  confirmation  of receipt is obtained  promptly  after
completion of  transmission,  (iii) on the day after delivery to Federal Express
or similar overnight courier,  or (iv) on the fifth day after mailing, if mailed
to the party to whom notice is to be given,  by first class mail,  registered or
certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed, return receipt requested, to
each such  holder or to the  Company at the  address  indicated  therefor on the
signature  page of this  Warrant.  Any party  hereto may change its  address for
purposes of this Section 11 by giving the other party written  notice of the new
address in the manner set forth herein.

     12. Binding  Effect on  Successors.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any
corporation  succeeding the Company by merger,  consolidation  or acquisition of
all or substantially all of the Company's assets,  and all of the obligations of
the  Company  relating  to the  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  or
conversion  of  this  Warrant  shall  survive  the  exercise,   conversion   and
termination  of this  Warrant and all of the  covenants  and  agreements  of the
Company shall inure to the benefit of the  successors  and assigns of the holder
hereof.  The Company  will,  at the time of the exercise or  conversion  of this
Warrant,  in whole or in part,  upon  request  of the  holder  hereof but at the
Company's  expense,  acknowledge  in writing its  continuing  obligation  to the
holder hereof in respect of any rights to which the holder hereof shall continue
to be  entitled  after such  exercise  or  conversion  in  accordance  with this
Warrant;  provided,  however,  that the failure of the holder hereof to make any
such request  shall not affect the  continuing  obligation of the Company to the
holder hereof in respect of such rights.

     13. Lost  Warrants or Stock  Certificates.  The  Company  covenants  to the
holder  hereof that,  upon receipt of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation of this Warrant or any
stock  certificate  and,  in the case of any loss,  theft or  destruction,  upon
receipt of an executed lost securities bond or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to the  Company,  or in the  case of any  such  mutilation  upon  surrender  and
cancellation  of such Warrant or stock  certificate,  the Company will  promptly
(but in no event more than three  business  days) make and deliver a new Warrant
or stock certificate,  of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen,  destroyed or
mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

                                      -16-

<PAGE>



     14.  Descriptive   Headings.   The  descriptive  headings  of  the  several
paragraphs  of  this  Warrant  are  inserted  for  convenience  only  and do not
constitute a part of this Warrant.

     15.  Governing Law. The validity,  interpretation  and  performance of this
Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the laws of the
State of New York  applicable  to contracts  made and to be  performed  entirely
within such State,  regardless of the law that might be applied under principles
of conflicts of law.

     16. Survival of  Representations,  Warranties and  Agreements.  Each of the
respective  representations  and warranties of the Company and the holder hereof
contained  herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of
this  Warrant (or any part  hereof) and the  termination  or  expiration  of any
rights hereunder.  Each of the respective  agreements of each of the Company and
the holder hereof  contained herein shall survive  indefinitely  until, by their
respective terms, they are no longer operative.

     17.  Remedies.  In case any one (1) or more of the covenants and agreements
contained in this Warrant shall have been  breached,  the holders hereof (in the
case of a breach by the  Company),  or the Company (in the case of a breach by a
holder),  may proceed to protect and enforce  their or its rights either by suit
in equity and/or by action at law, including,  but not limited to, an action for
damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance
of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

     18.  Acceptance.  Receipt  of  this  Warrant  by the  holder  hereof  shall
constitute acceptance of and agreement to the foregoing terms and conditions.

     19. No  Impairment  of Rights.  The Company  will not, by  amendment of its
Charter or through any other  means,  avoid or seek to avoid the  observance  or
performance  of any of the terms of this Warrant,  but will at all times in good
faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such
action as may be necessary or  appropriate in order to protect the rights of the
holder of this Warrant against impairment.

     20. Amendment. This Warrant may be amended by the signed, written agreement
of the Company and holders of holding at least  fifty-one  percent  (51%) of the
Warrant Shares,  collectively  and on an as-exercised  basis, and such amendment
shall be binding on all  holders of this  Warrant or Warrant  Shares;  provided,
however,  that the consent of all holders of Warrants  affected by any amendment
will be required  for an  amendment  pursuant to which (i) the Warrant  Price is
increased,  (ii) the number of Warrant Shares  purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant is decreased (other than pursuant to any adjustments  provided  herein),
(iii)  the  Expiration  Date is  changed,  or (iv) any  right of the  holder  is
adversely  impacted in a manner different than the other holders of the Warrants
or Warrant Shares.



                                      -17-

<PAGE>



     21. Registration Rights Agreement.  The Company shall provide to the holder
hereof, upon written request at any time, a true copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement, as amended and modified to date.

                            [Signature page follows.]

                                      -18-

<PAGE>



                           [SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT]

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has executed this Warrant as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    COMPANY:

                                    CFI PROSERVICES, INC., an Oregon corporation


                                    By:      /s/ Kurt W. Ruttum
                                             ------------------
                                    Name:    Kurt W. Ruttum
                                    Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial
                                                  Officer
                                    Address: 400 SW Sixth Avenue
                                             Portland, OR  97204


                                      -19-

<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


To:      CFI ProServices, Inc.

                  1. The  undersigned  hereby elects to purchase _____ shares of
Common  Stock of  ______________________  pursuant to the terms of the  attached
Warrant,  and tenders  herewith  payment of the purchase price of such shares in
full.

                  2. Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  representing
said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are
specified below:


(Name)
                                                              (Address)

                  3. The undersigned  represents  that the aforesaid  shares are
being acquired for the account of the  undersigned for investment and not with a
view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the
undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares in
violation of the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended.  In support  thereof,  the
undersigned has executed an Investment  Representation Statement attached hereto
as Schedule 1.


(Signature)                                                   (Date)

                  4. Please issue a new Warrant for the  unexercised  portion of
the attached  Warrant in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is
specified below:



                  5. I elect to convert  this  Warrant  pursuant to the cashless
Conversion  Right  described  in  Section  2.c.  of the  Warrant  Agreement  for
____________ Warrant Shares (as such term is defined therein). |_| (check here)



(Date)                                                      By:  (Warrantholder)
                                                            Name (print):
                                                            Its:

                                      -20-

<PAGE>



                                   Schedule 1

                       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT


Purchaser:

Company:          CFI ProServices, Inc.

Security:         Common Stock

Amount:

Date:

                  In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities
(the "Registrable Securities"),  the undersigned (the "Purchaser") represents to
the Company as follows:

                  (a) The Purchaser is aware of the Company's  business  affairs
and  financial  condition,  and has acquired  sufficient  information  about the
Company  to  reach  an  informed  and  knowledgeable  decision  to  acquire  the
Registrable  Securities.  The Purchaser is purchasing the Registrable Securities
for its own account for investment  purposes only and not with a view to, or for
the resale in connection  with, any  "distribution"  thereof for purposes of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").

                  (b) The Purchaser understands that the Registrable  Securities
have not been  registered  under the Act in reliance  upon a specific  exemption
therefrom,  which  exemption  depends upon,  among other  things,  the bona fide
nature of the Purchaser's investment intent as expressed herein.

                  (c) The Purchaser  further  understands  that the  Registrable
Securities may be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act
or unless an exemption from  registration is otherwise  available.  In addition,
the  Purchaser  understands  that the  certificate  evidencing  the  Registrable
Securities  will be imprinted  with the legend  referred to in the Warrant under
which the Registrable Securities are being purchased.

                  (d) The  Purchaser is aware of the  provisions of Rule 144 and
144A,  promulgated  under the Act,  which,  in substance,  permit limited public
resale of "restricted  securities"  acquired,  directly or indirectly,  from the
issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer),  in a non-public  offering
subject to the  satisfaction of certain  conditions,  if applicable,  including,
among other things:  The  availability of certain public  information  about the
Company,  the  resale  occurring  not less than one (1) year after the party has
purchased and paid for the  securities to be sold; the sale being made through a
broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly with
a market  maker (as said term is defined  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended) and the

                                      -21-

<PAGE>



amount of securities being sold during any three-month  period not exceeding the
specified limitations stated therein.

                  (e) The  Purchaser  further  understands  that at the  time it
wishes to sell the  Registrable  Securities  there may be no public  market upon
which to make such a sale,  and that,  even if such a public market then exists,
the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of
Rule 144, and that, in such event,  the Purchaser may be precluded  from selling
the Registrable  Securities  under Rule 144 even if the one-year minimum holding
period had been satisfied.

                                       Purchaser:
                                                  By:
                                                       Title:
                                                       Date:

                                      -22-

<PAGE>


                                  Schedule 9.f

                  EXCEPTIONS TO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


                  The information contained in Schedule 5.01(e) of the Financing
Agreement is incorporated into this schedule.





























                                      -23-




                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS  AGREEMENT  dated as of August  13,  1999
(this  "Agreement"),  by and among CFI ProServices,  Inc., an Oregon corporation
(the "Company"), and U.S. Bancorp Libra, a Division of U.S. Bancorp Investments,
Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Investor").

                                 R E C I T A L S

                  WHEREAS, this Agreement is being entered into pursuant to that
certain  letter   agreement   dated  May  14,  1999,  as  amended  (the  "Letter
Agreement"),  of even date herewith by and between the Company and the Investor;
and

                  WHEREAS, in connection with the Letter Agreement,  the Company
has agreed to issue to the Investor warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase in the
aggregate 58,000 shares of Common Stock  representing one percent (1%) of shares
of the Company as of the date hereof on a fully diluted basis.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of these premises and the
respective  promises and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  "Act"  means the  United  States  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended,  or any similar Federal  statute,  and the rules and regulations of the
Commission  issued  under the Act,  as they each may,  from time to time,  be in
effect.

                  "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or
other day on which  commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
to close.

                  "Commission"  means the United States  Securities and Exchange
Commission, or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Act.

                  "Common Stock" means the shares of common stock, no par value,
of the Company.

                  "Exchange Act" means the United States Securities Exchange Act
of  1934,  as  amended,  or any  similar  Federal  statute,  and the  rules  and
regulations of the  Commission  issued under the Exchange Act, as they each may,
from time to time, be in effect.


                                       -1-

<PAGE>



                  "Holder" means the Investor who holds  Registrable  Securities
and any person or entity who holds Registrable Securities and to whom the rights
granted under this  Agreement  have been  transferred  in  compliance  with this
Agreement, and their Permitted Transferees (as defined in Section 2.9 hereof).

                  "Indemnified Party" has the meaning described in Section 2.5
(c) below.

                  "Indemnifying Party" has the meaning described in Section 2.5
(c) below.

                  "Registration  Statement" means a registration statement filed
by the Company with the Commission in compliance  with the Act and the rules and
regulations  promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of its Common
Stock  (other than a  registration  statement  on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or their
successors,  or any  other  form  for a  limited  purpose,  or any  registration
statement  covering  only  securities  proposed  to be  issued in  exchange  for
securities or assets of another entity).

                  "Registrable  Securities"  means shares of Common Stock issued
or issuable  pursuant to the exercise of the  Warrants.  Registrable  Securities
shall include any warrants,  shares of capital stock or other  securities of the
Company  issued  as a  dividend  or other  distribution  with  respect  to or in
exchange  for or in  replacement  of such  shares  of  Common  Stock.  As to any
particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable
Securities  when (a) a  Registration  Statement with respect to the sale of such
securities  shall have become  effective under the Act and such securities shall
have been sold,  transferred,  disposed of or exchanged in accordance  with such
Registration   Statement,   (b)  such  securities   shall  have  been  otherwise
transferred,  new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further
transfer  shall  have  been  delivered  by the  Company  and  subsequent  public
distribution  of them shall not  require  registration  under the Act,  (c) such
securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or (d) upon any sale, transfer or
other  disposition  in any  manner  to a person or  entity  which,  by virtue of
Section 2.9 hereof, is not entitled to the rights provided by this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                               REGISTRATION RIGHTS

         Section 2.1       Shelf Registration of Registrable Securities.

                  (a)      The  Company  shall  mail as soon  as  practicable  a
                           questionnaire (the  "Questionnaire"),  soliciting the
                           information   required   by  Items  507  and  508  of
                           Regulations  S-K  under  the  Act,  to  each  of  the
                           Holders,   and   shall   deliver   a  copy   of  such
                           Questionnaire  to any Holder  within five (5) days of
                           it  becoming   available.   As  a  condition  to  any
                           Registrable   Securities   being   included   in  the
                           Registration Statement referred to below, such Holder
                           shall  submit a  Questionnaire  and  shall  amend and
                           submit to the Company a revised

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



                           Questionnaire  any  time  the  information  contained
                           therein ceases to be accurate and complete.

               (b)  The  Company   agrees  to  file  with  the   Commission,   a
                    Registration  Statement  (the "Shelf  Registration")  for an
                    offering to be made on a continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule
                    415 under the Act covering all  Registrable  Securities held
                    by the Holder,  as soon as practicable from the date hereof,
                    but in no event  more  than  ninety  (90) days from the date
                    hereof.   The   Holders   shall  be   included   as  selling
                    securityholders in such Registration Statement promptly, and
                    within  two  (2)  Business  Days,   after  they  have  fully
                    completed and returned to the Company the Questionnaire. The
                    Shelf  Registration  shall be on Form S-3  under  the Act or
                    another appropriate form (including Form S-1, if applicable)
                    permitting  registration of such Registrable  Securities for
                    resale by the  Holders in the  manner or manners  reasonably
                    designated by them (including,  without  limitation,  one or
                    more  underwritten  offerings).  The Company shall cause the
                    Shelf  Registration to be declared effective pursuant to the
                    Act on or prior to the date that is one hundred eighty (180)
                    days after the date of this  Agreement  (the  "Effectiveness
                    Target   Date")   and  to  keep   the   Shelf   Registration
                    continuously  effective  under the Act for sixty (60) months
                    (the  "Effectiveness  Period") or such shorter period ending
                    when  there  ceases  to  be  outstanding   any   Registrable
                    Securities.

               (c)  The Company  shall use all  reasonable  best efforts to keep
                    the  Shelf  Registration  continuously  effective,  for  the
                    period described in Section 2.1(b) hereof,  by supplementing
                    and  amending  the Shelf  Registration  if  required  by the
                    rules,   regulations  or  instructions   applicable  to  the
                    registration  form  used for  such  Shelf  Registration,  if
                    required  by  the  Act  or if  reasonably  requested  by the
                    Holders of a majority  in amount of  Registrable  Securities
                    (determined  on a fully  converted  basis)  covered  by such
                    Shelf Registration.

               (d)  In the event any  adjustment  in the  Exercise  Quantity (as
                    defined in the  Warrants)  would  result in the  issuance of
                    additional  Registrable  Securities  upon  exercise  of  the
                    Warrants,  the Company shall  promptly,  and within ten (10)
                    Business Days, amend or supplement the Shelf Registration in
                    order to  effect  a Shelf  Registration  of such  additional
                    Registrable  Securities  pursuant  to the  terms of  Section
                    2.1(b),  provided,  that  notwithstanding  anything  to  the
                    contrary in Section 2.1(b),  the  Effectiveness  Target Date
                    shall be ninety  (90)  days  from the date of the  effective
                    date of the adjustment to the Exercise Quantity resulting in
                    additional  Registrable  Securities becoming issuable to the
                    Holders.

               (e)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  in this  Section
                    2.1, the Company may, by  delivering  written  notice to the
                    Holders, prohibit offers and sales of Registrable Securities
                    pursuant to the Shelf Registration at any time

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



                           if (A)(i) the  Company is in  possession  of material
                           non-public  information relating to the Company, (ii)
                           the Company  determines  (based on advice of counsel)
                           that such  prohibition is necessary in order to avoid
                           a requirement  to disclose  such material  non-public
                           information  to the  public  and  (iii)  the  Company
                           determines  in good faith that public  disclosure  of
                           such material non-public  information would not be in
                           the   best   interests   of  the   Company   and  its
                           stockholders, or (B)(i) the Company has made a public
                           announcement  relating to an  acquisition or business
                           combination  transaction including the Company and/or
                           one or more of its  subsidiaries  that is material to
                           the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and
                           (ii) the  Company  determines  in good faith that (x)
                           offers and sales of Registrable  Securities  pursuant
                           to the Shelf  Registration  prior to the consummation
                           of such  transaction  (or  such  earlier  date as the
                           Company  shall  determine)  would  not be in the best
                           interests of the Company and its  shareholders or (y)
                           it would be  impracticable  at the time to obtain any
                           financial  statements relating to such acquisition or
                           business   combination   transaction  that  would  be
                           required  to be set forth in the Shelf  Registration;
                           provided,   however,   that   upon  (i)  the   public
                           disclosure by the Company of the material  non-public
                           information described in clause (A) of this paragraph
                           or (ii) the consummation,  abandonment or termination
                           of, or the  availability  of the  required  financial
                           statements  with respect to, a transaction  described
                           in clause (B) of this  paragraph,  the  suspension of
                           the use of the Shelf  Registration  pursuant  to this
                           Section  2.1(e)  shall  cease and the  Company  shall
                           promptly comply, prior to the next Business Day, with
                           Section  2.3  hereof  and  notify  the  Holders  that
                           dispositions   of   Registrable   Securities  may  be
                           resumed.  In the event that during the  Effectiveness
                           Period the  prospectus  under the Shelf  Registration
                           becomes  not  usable  as a  result  of the  Company's
                           notification  under this  Section,  the Company shall
                           use  its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  provide  the
                           Holders a usable  prospectus as soon as  practicable,
                           and in no event shall sales of Registrable Securities
                           under the Shelf  Registration  be suspended  for more
                           than thirty (30) days in any three hundred sixty-five
                           (365) day period.

         Section 2.2       [Reserved]

         Section 2.3       Registration Procedures.

                  (a)               The Company shall, at its expense:

                           (i)      file with the Commission  within ninety (90)
                                    days a  Registration  Statement with respect
                                    to such  Registrable  Securities and use its
                                    best  efforts  to  cause  that  Registration
                                    Statement  to become  and  remain  effective
                                    prior to the  Effectiveness  Target Date and
                                    for  the   duration  of  the   Effectiveness
                                    Period;


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



                           (ii)     prepare  and file  with the  Commission  any
                                    amendments    and    supplements    to   the
                                    Registration  Statement  and the  prospectus
                                    included in the  Registration  Statement  as
                                    may be  necessary  to keep the  Registration
                                    Statement effective for the period described
                                    in Section  2.3(a)(i)  above and comply with
                                    the  provisions  of the Act with  respect to
                                    the disposition of all securities covered by
                                    such Registration Statement;

                           (iii)    furnish   to  each   selling   Holder   such
                                    reasonable   numbers   of   copies   of  the
                                    Registration     Statement,      preliminary
                                    prospectus,   final   prospectus   and   any
                                    amendments  and  supplements  and such other
                                    documents   as  each   selling   Holder  may
                                    reasonably  request  in order to  facilitate
                                    the public offering of such securities;

                           (iv)     promptly and prior to the next Business Day,
                                    furnish  to  each  selling   Holder  written
                                    notice of any stop order or  similar  notice
                                    issued by the Commission or any state agency
                                    charged with the  regulation  of  securities
                                    and of any notice  from the Nasdaq  National
                                    Market  or other  securities  exchange  then
                                    listing the Registrable  Securities  covered
                                    by such Registration Statement;

                           (v)      register   or   qualify   the    Registrable
                                    Securities   covered  by  the   Registration
                                    Statement  under the  securities or Blue Sky
                                    laws of such  states as shall be  reasonably
                                    appropriate  for  the  distribution  of  the
                                    Registrable Securities;  provided,  however,
                                    that the  Company  shall not for any purpose
                                    be  required  to qualify to do business as a
                                    foreign   corporation  in  any  jurisdiction
                                    wherein it is not so qualified;

                           (vi)     use its best  efforts to make  available  to
                                    its security holders,  as soon as reasonably
                                    practicable,  an earnings statement covering
                                    the period of at least  twelve (12)  months,
                                    but not  more  than  eighteen  (18)  months,
                                    beginning  with the  first  month  after the
                                    effective    date   of   the    Registration
                                    Statement,  which earnings  statement  shall
                                    satisfy the  provisions  of Section 11(a) of
                                    the Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

                           (vii)    use its  best  efforts  to  comply  with all
                                    rules and regulations of the Nasdaq National
                                    Market,  or such other principal  securities
                                    exchange  on  which  the  equity  securities
                                    issued  by the  Company  are then  quoted or
                                    listed  and  traded,   to  ensure  that  the
                                    Registrable  Securities are freely tradeable
                                    thereon upon registration  thereof under the
                                    Act;

                           (viii)   provide,   if  one  has  not  already   been
                                    appointed by the Company,  a transfer  agent
                                    and registrar for all Registrable Securities

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



                                    covered by such  Registration  Statement not
                                    later  than  the  effective   date  of  such
                                    Registration Statement;

                          (ix)      enter into a cross-indemnity  agreement,  in
                                    customary  form, with each  underwriter,  if
                                    any;

                          (x)       include in the Registration  Statement filed
                                    with   the   Commission,   all   Registrable
                                    Securities;  and  promptly,  within  two (2)
                                    Business   Days  after   filing  of  such  a
                                    registration  statement or prospectus or any
                                    amendments  or  supplements   thereto,   the
                                    Company  shall furnish to each Holder copies
                                    of all such documents so filed including, if
                                    requested,    documents    incorporated   by
                                    reference in the registration statement; and
                                    notify each selling Holder of any stop order
                                    issued or threatened by the  Commission  and
                                    use its best efforts to prevent the entry of
                                    such stop order or to remove it if entered;

                         (xi)       notify each selling Holder, at any time when
                                    a   prospectus   relating  to  such  selling
                                    Holder's Registrable  Securities is required
                                    to  be  delivered  under  the  Act,  of  the
                                    occurrence of any event as a result of which
                                    the prospectus included in such registration
                                    statement  contains an untrue statement of a
                                    material fact or omits to state any material
                                    fact   necessary  to  make  the   statements
                                    therein  not  misleading,  and  as  soon  as
                                    practicable    prepare   a   supplement   or
                                    amendment  to such  prospectus  so that,  as
                                    thereafter  delivered to the  purchasers  of
                                    such Registrable Securities, such prospectus
                                    will not  contain an untrue  statement  of a
                                    material  fact or omit to state any material
                                    fact   necessary  to  make  the   statements
                                    therein not misleading;

                       (xii)        cause all such Registrable  Securities to be
                                    listed on the Nasdaq  National Market System
                                    (or  on  such  other  principal   securities
                                    exchange  on  which  the  equity  securities
                                    issued  by the  Company  are then  quoted or
                                    listed and traded);

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                       (xiii)       enter  into  an  underwriting  agreement  in
                                    customary  form  and  take  all  such  other
                                    actions  that the  selling  Holders or their
                                    underwriters,  if any, reasonably request in
                                    order  to   expedite   or   facilitate   the
                                    disposition of such Registrable Securities;

                       (xiv)        make   available  for   inspection  by  each
                                    selling  Holder  and one (1) of its  counsel
                                    acting    for    them,    any    underwriter
                                    participating in any disposition pursuant to
                                    such registration statement, and any counsel
                                    retained  by  any  such   underwriter,   all
                                    pertinent  financial  and other  information
                                    and  corporate   documents  of  the  Company
                                    reasonably   requested,    and   cause   the
                                    Company's officers,  directors and employees
                                    to   supply   all   information   reasonably
                                    requested  by  any  such   selling   Holder,
                                    underwriter  or counsel in  connection  with
                                    such    registration    statement   and   to
                                    participate  in "road  shows" or  management
                                    presentations as may be reasonably requested
                                    by any underwriter;

                       (xv)         with respect to any  underwritten  offering,
                                    use its reasonable  best efforts to obtain a
                                    "cold  comfort"  letter  from the  Company's
                                    independent  public accountants in customary
                                    form and  covering  such matters of the type
                                    customarily   covered   by  "cold   comfort"
                                    letters  as  the  selling   Holders  or  any
                                    underwriter may reasonably request;

                       (xvi)        with  respect to an  underwritten  offering,
                                    obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company,
                                    addressed  to the  selling  Holders  and any
                                    underwriter, in customary form and including
                                    such matters as are  customarily  covered by
                                    such  opinions  in  underwritten  registered
                                    offerings  of  equity   securities   as  the
                                    selling   Holders  or  any  underwriter  may
                                    reasonably  request,   such  opinion  to  be
                                    reasonably    satisfactory   in   form   and
                                    substance to each selling Holder;

                       (xvii)       furnish to each selling  Holder upon request
                                    of such  selling  Holder  within  three  (3)
                                    Business Days, copies of all  correspondence
                                    between the Company,  the Commission and any
                                    applicable   state   securities   regulatory
                                    agencies relating to such registration;

                      (xviii)       during  the  period   that  the  Company  is
                                    required to keep such Registration Statement
                                    effective,  promptly  and  prior to the next
                                    Business Day,  notify each selling Holder of
                                    Registrable   Securities   covered  by  such
                                    Registration  Statement  at any time  when a
                                    prospectus  relating  thereto is required to
                                    be delivered under the Act, of the happening
                                    of  any  event  as a  result  of  which  the
                                    prospectus  or  any  prospectus   supplement
                                    included in such registration  statement, as
                                    then in effect, or any material incorporated
                                    by  reference  therein,  includes  an untrue
                                    statement  of a  material  fact or  omits to
                                    state  any  material  fact  required  to  be
                                    stated  therein  or  necessary  to make  the
                                    statements  therein not  misleading in light
                                    of the circumstances then existing, or if it
                                    is  necessary  to amend or  supplement  such
                                    prospectus or any  prospectus  supplement or
                                    registration     statement    or    material
                                    incorporated by reference  therein to comply
                                    with the law, and at the request of any such
                                    selling Holder,  prepare and furnish to such
                                    selling Holder a reasonable number of copies
                                    of a  supplement  to or an amendment of such
                                    prospectus or any  prospectus  supplement or
                                    material  incorporated by reference  therein
                                    as may be necessary so that,  as  thereafter
                                    delivered   to  the   purchasers   of   such
                                    Registrable  Securities,  such prospectus or
                                    any   prospectus   supplement   or  material
                                    incorporated by reference  therein shall not
                                    include  an untrue  statement  of a material
                                    fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
                                    required to be stated  therein or  necessary
                                    to make the

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



                                    statements  therein not  misleading in light
                                    of the  circumstances  then  existing and so
                                    that   such    prospectus    or   prospectus
                                    supplement  or  registration   statement  or
                                    material  incorporated by reference therein,
                                    as amended or supplemented, will comply with
                                    the law;

                       (xix)        upon the  reasonable  request of any selling
                                    Holder,   to   include   in   a   prospectus
                                    supplement  or an amendment to a Registrable
                                    Securities Shelf  Registration any change in
                                    the  information  provided  to  the  Company
                                    pursuant   to   Rules   507  or  508   under
                                    Regulation S-K under the Act; and

                       (xx)         upon  delivery  of  the  certificates   with
                                    respect to the Registrable  Securities to be
                                    registered  pursuant  hereto,  issue  to any
                                    underwriter  to which the selling Holder may
                                    sell   such   Registrable    Securities   in
                                    connection with any such  registrations (and
                                    to any direct or indirect  transferee of any
                                    such  underwriter)  certificates  evidencing
                                    such  Registrable   Securities  without  any
                                    legend  restricting the  transferability  of
                                    the Registrable Securities.

                  (b) Each selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that,
upon  receipt of any  written  notice from the Company of (i) any request by the
Commission for amendments or supplements to a Registration  Statement or related
prospectus covering any of such selling Holder's  Registrable  Securities,  (ii)
the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
a  Registration  Statement  covering  any of such selling  Holder's  Registrable
Securities or the  initiation  of any  proceedings  for that purpose,  (iii) the
receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification of any Registrable  Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (iv) the happening
of any event  that  requires  the  making  of any  changes  in the  Registration
Statement covering any of such selling Holder's  Registrable  Securities so that
it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein  not  misleading  or that any  related  prospectus  will not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
in order to make the statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under
which  they  are  made,  not  misleading,   and  (v)  the  Company's  reasonable
determination  that  a  post-effective  amendment  to a  Registration  Statement
covering any of such selling Holder's Registrable  Securities or a supplement to
any related  prospectus  is required  under the Act;  such  selling  Holder will
forthwith  discontinue  disposition of such  Registrable  Securities until it is
advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable  prospectus (as
amended or supplemented,  as the case may be) and disposition of the Registrable
Securities covered thereby pursuant thereto may be resumed,  provided,  however,
(x) that such selling  Holder shall not resume its  disposition  of  Registrable
Securities pursuant to such Registration  Statement or related prospectus unless
it has  received  notice from the Company  that such  Registration  Statement or
amendment has become  effective  under the Act and has received a copy or copies
of the related prospectus (as then amended or supplemented.  as the case may be)
unless the  Registrable  Securities  are then  listed on a  national  securities
exchange and the Company has advised  such  selling  Holder that the Company has
delivered copies of the related prospectus, as then amended or supplemented,  in
transactions  effected upon such exchange,  subject to any subsequent receipt by
such  selling  Holder  from the  Company of written  notice of any of the events
contemplated  by clauses  (i)  through  (v) of this  paragraph,  and,  (y) if so
directed by the Company,

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



such holder will deliver to the Company all copies,  other than  permanent  file
copies  then  in such  Holder's  possession,  of the  prospectus  covering  such
Registrable  Securities  current at the time of receipt of such  notice.  In the
event the  Holders are  required  to refrain  from  disposition  of  Registrable
Securities for more than thirty (30) days in any three hundred  sixty-five (365)
day period, the Company shall be deemed in breach of this Agreement.

         Section 2.4 Registration  Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses
incident to the  Company's  performance  of or compliance  with this  Agreement,
including,  without limitation, all fees and expenses relating to the listing of
any  Registrable  Securities  with the Nasdaq National Market System (or on such
other principal securities exchange on which the equity securities issued by the
Company are then quoted or listed and traded),  fees and expenses of  compliance
with securities or Blue Sky laws in  jurisdictions  reasonably  requested by any
selling Holder or underwriter  pursuant to Section 2.3(b) (including  reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky  qualifications of
the  Registrable  Securities),  all word  processing,  duplicating  and printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for
the Company and one (1) counsel  for the selling  Holders  (selected  by Holders
holding  a  majority  of  the  Registrable   Securities),   independent   public
accountants  (including  the  expenses  of any special  audit or "cold  comfort"
letters required by or incident to such performance) and underwriters (excluding
discounts, commissions or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers
or similar  securities  industry  professionals  attributable  to the securities
being  registered,  which  discounts,  commissions  or fees with  respect to any
selling Holder's respective Registrable Securities shall be paid by such selling
Holder), all the Company's internal expenses (including, without limitation, all
salaries  and  expenses  of its  officers  and  employees  performing  legal  or
accounting  duties),  fees of the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.,  the  expense of any annual  audit,  the  expenses  of any  special  audit
incident  to or  required  by any  registration,  the  expense of any  liability
insurance  (if  the  Company  determines  to  obtain  such  insurance)  and  the
reasonable  fees and  expenses  of any  special  experts  (including  attorneys)
retained by the Company (if it so desires) in connection with such  registration
and fees and expenses of other persons retained by the Company.

         Section 2.5       Indemnification.

                  (a) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable
Securities under the Act pursuant to this Agreement,  the Company will indemnify
and hold harmless the selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, each of its
officers,  directors,  partners, legal counsel and accountants, each underwriter
(if any) and each other person, if any, who controls such selling Holder or such
underwriter within the meaning of the Act, against any expenses, losses, claims,
damages  or  liabilities,  joint or  several,  arising  out of or based upon any
untrue  statement (or alleged untrue  statement) of a material fact contained in
any  Registration   Statement  under  which  such  Registrable  Securities  were
registered  under the Act,  any  preliminary  prospectus,  final  prospectus  or
summary prospectus contained in the Registration  Statement, or any amendment or
supplement to such Registration  Statement,  or arising out of or based upon any
omission (or alleged  omission) to state a material  fact  required to be stated
therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  or any
violation  by the  Company  of the  Act or any  rule or  regulation  promulgated
thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required
of the Company in

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



connection with any such registration; and, subject to Section 2.5(c) below, the
Company will reimburse  such selling  Holder,  each of its officers,  directors,
partners, legal counsel and accountants, each underwriter, if any, and each such
controlling person for any legal and any other expenses  reasonably  incurred by
such selling Holder or controlling  person in connection with  investigating and
defending any such expense, loss, claim, damage,  liability or action; provided,
however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that
any such expense,  loss,  claim,  damage or liability  arises out of or is based
upon any untrue  statement  or  omission  made in such  Registration  Statement,
preliminary  prospectus,  final prospectus,  or summary prospectus,  or any such
amendment  or  supplement,   made  in  reliance  upon  and  in  conformity  with
information  furnished to the Company,  in writing,  by such selling  Holder and
stated to be specifically for use therein.

                  (b) Each  selling  Holder  of  Registration  Securities  will,
severally,  and not jointly  and  severally,  in the event that any  Registrable
Securities  held by such selling  Holder as to which any  registration  is being
effected under the Act pursuant to this  Agreement,  indemnify and hold harmless
the Company,  each of its directors and officers and each  underwriter (if any),
and each other person,  if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter
within  the  meaning  of  the  Act,  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities,  joint or  several,  insofar  as such  losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue  statement of a material  fact  contained in any  Registration  Statement
under which such  Registrable  Securities  were  registered  under the Act,  any
preliminary prospectus,  final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the
Registration  Statement,  or any  amendment or  supplement  to the  Registration
Statement,  or arise out of or are based upon any  omission  to state a material
fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statement  therein
not  misleading,  if the  statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information  furnished in writing to the Company by such selling
Holder and stated to be  specifically  for use therein,  and shall reimburse the
Company,  its directors and officers,  and each such controlling  person for any
legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by any of them in connection  with
investigation or defending any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or action.
This indemnity shall remain in full force and effect for the applicable  statute
of limitation period regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the
Company or such controlling  person and shall survive the transfer of shares. No
selling Holder shall be liable to the Company and the other indemnified  parties
under this Section 2.5(b) for any amount in excess of the net proceeds  received
from  the  Registrable  Securities  sold  by it  pursuant  to  the  Registration
Statement.

                  (c) Each party entitled to indemnification  under this Section
2.5 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any loss, claim, action, damage or liability as to which
indemnity may be sought,  and shall permit the  Indemnified  Party to assume the
defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;  provided, that
counsel for the  Indemnifying  Party who shall conduct the defense of such claim
or litigation,  shall be approved by the Indemnified  Party whose approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld);  and, provided,  further, that the failure of any
Indemnified  Party to give  notice as  provided  herein  shall not  relieve  the
Indemnified  Party of its  obligations  under this  Section  2.5,  except to the
extent that such failure to give notice  prejudices  the  Indemnifying  Party or
such Indemnifying Party

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



is damaged by such delay. The Indemnified  Party may participate in such defense
at such party's expense;  provided,  however,  that the Indemnifying Party shall
pay such expense (but in no event shall the  Indemnifying  Party be obligated to
pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for the Indemnified  Party or
Parties) if  representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by
the  Indemnifying  Party would,  in the reasonable  judgment of the  Indemnified
Party, be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between
the  Indemnified  Party and any other party  represented by such counsel in such
proceeding.  If, in the Indemnified Party's reasonable  judgment,  a conflict of
interest between such Indemnified and Indemnifying  Parties may exist in respect
of such  claim,  the  Indemnified  Party may assume the  defense of such  claim,
jointly  with any  other  Indemnified  Party  that  reasonably  determines  such
conflict  of interest to exist,  and the  Indemnifying  Party shall be liable to
such  Indemnified  Parties  for the  reasonable  legal fees and  expenses of one
counsel  for all such  Indemnified  Parties  and for other  expenses  reasonably
incurred in  connection  with the defense  thereof  incurred by the  Indemnified
Parties.  No Indemnifying  Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation
shall,  except with the consent of each  Indemnified  Party (which consent shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld),  consent to entry of any judgment or enter into
any  settlement  which does not  include as an  unconditional  term  thereof the
giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified  Party of a release from
all liability in respect of such claim or litigation,  and no Indemnified  Party
shall  consent  to entry of any  judgment  or settle  such  claim or  litigation
without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.5 is
finally determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be unavailable to an
Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense
referred to therein or contribution  is required under the Act in  circumstances
for  which   indemnification   is  provided  under  this  Section  2,  then  the
Indemnifying  Party, in lieu of indemnifying  such Indemnified  Party hereunder,
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  Indemnified  Party as a
result of such loss, liability,  claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as
is appropriate  to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the  Indemnifying
Party on the one  hand  and the  Indemnified  Party  on the  other  and also the
relative fault of the  Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified  Party as well as
any  other  relevant  equitable  considerations.   The  relative  fault  of  the
Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference
to,  among other  things,  whether the untrue or alleged  untrue  statement of a
material  fact or the omission to state a material  fact related to  information
supplied by the Indemnifying  Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission;  provided,  however, that, in any such case,
(A) no Holder  will be required  to  contribute  any amount in excess of the net
proceeds  received from the  Registrable  Securities sold by it pursuant to such
Registration  Statement,  and (B) no  person  or  entity  guilty  of  fraudulent
misrepresentation,  within the  meaning of  Section  11(f) of the Act,  shall be
entitled  to  contribution  from any  person or entity who is not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  (e) Indemnification and contribution similar to that specified
in this Section 2.5(e) (with  appropriate  modifications)  shall be given by the
Company and each selling  Holder with respect to any  required  registration  or
other qualification of Registrable  Securities under any Federal or state law or
regulation of any governmental authority, other than the Act.

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



                  (f) The indemnification  required by this Section 2.5 shall be
made by  periodic  payments  of the  amount  thereof  during  the  course of the
investigation  or defense,  as and when bills are  received  or  expense,  loss,
damage or liability is incurred.

                  (g) The  obligations  under this Section 2.5 shall survive the
completion  of  any  offering  of  Registrable   Securities  in  a  Registration
Statement.

         Section 2.6      Indemnification with Respect to Underwritten Offering.

                  (a) In the event that Registrable Securities are sold pursuant
to a Registration  Statement in an underwritten  offering, the Company agrees to
enter into an underwriting  agreement containing  customary  representations and
warranties  with  respect to the  business  and  operations  of the  Company and
customary  covenants and  agreements  to be performed by the Company,  including
without limitation  customary  provisions with respect to indemnification by the
Company of the underwriters of such offering.

                  (b) No Holder may participate in any underwritten registration
pursuant  to  Section 2  hereunder  unless  such  Holder  (i) agrees to sell the
Registrable   Securities  which  it  proposes  to  sell  in  such   underwritten
registration on the basis provided in any underwriting  arrangements approved by
the persons entitled  hereunder to approve such  arrangements and (ii) completes
and executes all  questionnaires,  powers of attorney,  reasonable and customary
indemnities,  underwriting  agreements  and other  documents  required under the
terms of such underwriting  arrangements and provides such other information and
documentation  as the  Company or the  underwriters  may  reasonably  request in
connection with such underwritten registration.

         Section  2.7   Information  by  Holder.   Each  holder  of  Registrable
Securities  included  in any  Registration  shall  furnish to the  Company  such
information  regarding  such  holder and the  distribution  in  proposed by such
holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required
in connection with any registration,  qualification or compliance referred to in
this Article 2.

         Section 2.8 Termination.  All of the Company's  obligations to register
Registrable  Securities  under this Agreement  pursuant to this Agreement  shall
terminate  on the  earlier of (x) when there are no  Registrable  Securities  as
defined herein and (y) seven years from the date hereof.

         Section 2.9       Transfer of Rights.

                  (a) The rights and  obligations  of each  Holder (or  assignee
thereof)  under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by such Holder (or
assignee  thereof),  in whole or in part,  without the consent of the Company or
any other  Holder,  (i) to any  Affiliate  of the  Holder or (ii) any  person or
entity  acquiring at least two hundred fifty (250)  Registrable  Securities  (as
adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends,  recapitalization or similar events)
(all of such parties,  collectively,  the "Permitted Transferees").  The Company
may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights or  obligations  hereunder or
under the Warrant without the prior written consent of each Holder and

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



each Warrant  holder  (which  consent may be withheld for any reason in the sole
discretion of such Holder or Holders).

                  (b) Any transferee (other than a Holder who is already a party
to an agreement in form and substance  similar to this Agreement) to whom rights
under this  Agreement are  transferred  shall,  as a condition to such transfer,
deliver to the Company a written instrument by which such transferee  identifies
itself,  gives the Company notice of the transfer of such rights,  indicates the
Registrable  Securities  owned by it and  agrees to be bound by the  obligations
imposed upon the Investor under this Agreement.

                  (c) A transferee to whom rights or obligations are transferred
pursuant to this Section 2.9 may not again  transfer such rights or  obligations
to any other person or entity, other than as provided in this Section 2.9.

         Section 2.10 Rule 144. The Company will file the reports required to be
filed by it under the Act and the  Exchange  Act,  and will  take  such  further
action as any Holder of Registrable  Securities may reasonably  request,  all to
the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell  Registrable
Securities  without  registration  under the Act within the  limitations  of the
exemptions  provided  by (a) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended
from time to time,  or (b) any similar rule or regulation  hereafter  adopted by
the  Commission.   Upon  the  written  request  of  any  Holder  of  Registrable
Securities,  the Company will  deliver to such  Holder,  within five (5) days of
delivery of such request, a written statement as to whether it has complied with
such filing requirements.  In connection with any sale of Registrable Securities
that will result in such securities no longer being "restricted  securities" (as
defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act), the Company shall cooperate with
the  selling  Holders  and  the  underwriter(s),  if  any,  and  facilitate  the
preparation and delivery of certificates representing such securities to be sold
which do not bear any restrictive legends to permit delivery of such securities.

         Section 2.11 Information Reports. The Company covenants that, except at
such times as the Company is a reporting  company  under  Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, the Company shall,  upon the written  request of any Holder of
Registrable  Securities,  provide  to any  such  Holder  and to any  prospective
institutional  transferee of Registrable  Securities  designated by such Holder,
within five (5)  Business  Days after  delivery of such  written  request,  such
financial  and other  information  as is  available  to the  Company and as such
Holder  may  reasonably  determine  is  required  to permit a  transfer  of such
Registrable  Securities to comply with the requirements of Rule 144A promulgated
under the Act.

         Section  2.12  Investor   Representations.   In  connection   with  the
acquisition of the Warrants,  the Investor  hereby  represents  that it has such
knowledge and experience in financial and business  matters that the Investor is
capable of evaluating  the merits and risks of its  investment  contemplated  by
this Agreement and has the capacity to protect its own  interests.  The Investor
acknowledges  that  investment  in the Warrant and the shares of Company  common
stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  Warrant  ("Warrant  Shares") is highly
speculative  and involves a  substantial  and high degree of risk of loss of the
entire investment. The Investor has adequate means of providing for current and

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



anticipated financial needs and contingencies, is able to bear the economic risk
of its  investment in the Warrant and Warrant  Shares and could afford  complete
loss of such investment.  The Investor is an "accredited investor" (as such term
is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Act).

         Section  2.13  Market  Stand-off  Agreement.  Each  Holder  agrees,  in
connection  with any  underwritten  public  offering  that,  upon request of the
Company or the  underwriters  managing any  underwritten  public offering of the
Company's  securities,  not to sell,  make any short  sale of,  loan,  grant any
option for the  purchase  of, or  otherwise  dispose of any Common  Stock of the
Company (other than those shares of Common Stock  included in the  registration)
without the prior written  consent of the Company or such  underwriters,  as the
case may be, for such  period of time (not to exceed one  hundred  twenty  (120)
days) from the effective  date of such  registration  as may be requested by the
underwriters.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to
the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every
other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 3.1  Notices.  All  notices,  demands,  instructions  and other
communications  required  or  permitted  to be given to or made  upon any  party
hereto shall be in writing  delivered to the parties at the  addresses set forth
on the  signature  page hereof (or such other  address as may be provided by one
party in a  notice  to the  other).  Notice  delivered  in  accordance  with the
foregoing shall be effective (i) when delivered,  if delivered personally,  (ii)
three (3) hours  after  confirmation  of  receipt,  if  delivered  by  facsimile
transmission,  or (iii) two (2) days after being  delivered in the United States
(properly  addressed and all fees paid) for by overnight  delivery  service to a
courier  (such as Federal  Express)  which  regularly  provides such service and
regularly obtains executed receipts  evidencing  delivery.  Notices shall not be
given via U.S. Mail.

         Section 3.2 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (i) the parties  hereto;  (ii) the
Permitted  Transferees;  and (iii) the  respective  successors of the foregoing,
including those resulting by operation of law.

         Section  3.3  Headings.  Article  and  Section  headings  used  in this
Agreement are for  convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part
of this Agreement for any purpose or affect the construction of this Agreement.

         Section 3.4 Execution in  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts,
each of which counterparts,  when so executed and delivered,  shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which counterparts,  taken together,  shall constitute
one and the same  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the
execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>



         Section 3.5 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
made  in the  State  of New  York  and  the  validity  of  this  Agreement,  the
construction,  interpretation  and  enforcement  thereof,  and the rights of the
parties  thereto  shall be  determined  under,  governed  by, and  construed  in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York,  without  regard to
principles of conflicts of law.

         Section 3.6 Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties. All
agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement.

         Section 3.7 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE COMPANY  WAIVES (A) THE RIGHT TO
TRIAL  BY  JURY  (WHICH  INVESTOR  HEREBY  ALSO  WAIVES)  IN ANY  ACTION,  SUIT,
PROCEEDING,  OR  COUNTERCLAIM  OF ANY KIND  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATED  TO THIS
AGREEMENT,  THE WARRANT OR THE WARRANT  CERTIFICATE.  THE COMPANY  WARRANTS  AND
REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THE FOREGOING  WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND
HAS  KNOWINGLY  AND   VOLUNTARILY   WAIVED  ITS  JURY  TRIAL  RIGHTS   FOLLOWING
CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION,  THIS AGREEMENT MAY
BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

         Section 3.8  Amendment and Waivers.  Any term of this  Agreement may be
amended and the  observance of any term of this  Agreement may be waived (either
generally   or  in  a   particular   instance   and  either   retroactively   or
prospectively),  with the  written  consent of the Company and the holders of at
least 51% of the Registrable  Securities;  provided,  that this Agreement may be
amended with the consent of the holders of less than all Registrable  Securities
(but not less  than 51% of such  shares)  only in a  manner  which  affects  all
Registrable  Securities in the same fashion.  In no event may this  Agreement be
amended to (i) shorten the Effectiveness  Period,  (ii) extend the Effectiveness
Target Date or (iii)  require a Holder to pay  expenses  otherwise  borne by the
Company  under  Section 2.4,  without the prior  written  consent of each Holder
affected  thereby.  No  waivers  of or  exceptions  to any  term,  condition  or
provision of this Agreement,  in any one or more  instances,  shall be deemed to
be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term,  condition
or provision.

         Section 3.9 Availability of Equitable Remedies. Each party acknowledges
that a breach  of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  could not  adequately  be
compensated  by money  damages.  Accordingly,  any party shall be  entitled,  in
addition  to any  other  right  or  remedy  available  to it,  to an  injunction
restraining  such breach or a threatened  breach and to specific  performance of
any  such  provision  of this  Agreement,  and in  either  case no bond or other
security  shall be  required in  connection  therewith,  and the parties  hereby
consent to such injunction and to the ordering of specific performance.

         Section 3.10      Entire Agreement.   This  Agreement  sets  forth  the
entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.


                                      -15-

<PAGE>



         Section  3.11  Attorney's  Fees.  Any  holder of the  Warrant  shall be
entitled to recover from the Company the reasonable attorney's fees and expenses
incurred by such holder in  connection  with  enforcement  by such holder of any
obligation of the Company hereunder or under the Warrant.

         Section 3.12 No Impairment  Rights.  The Company will not, by amendment
of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any other means, avoid or seek to
avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this  Agreement,  but
will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and
in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or  appropriate in order to
protect the rights of the holder of this Agreement against impairment.

         Section 3.13      No Inconsistent or Superior Registration Rights.

                  (a) From and after  the date of this  Agreement,  the  Company
shall not,  without  the prior  written  consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal  amount  of  Registrable  Securities,  (i)  enter  into any  agreement
granting  registration  rights  with  respect  to  the  Common  Stock  or  other
securities which are inconsistent  with or superior to the rights granted to the
Holders hereunder; or (ii) amend any agreement, in effect as of the date hereof,
so as to grant  registration  rights to any other  person or entity which causes
such  registration  rights to be inconsistent  with those granted to the Holders
hereunder or to otherwise  adversely affect the  registration  rights granted to
the Holders hereunder.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Investor  acknowledges
and agrees that comparable  registration  rights have been granted  concurrently
herewith to (i) the holders of the Company's  warrants  issued  pursuant to that
certain  Financing  Agreement  dated of even  date  herewith  by and  among  the
Company,  Ultradata  Corporation,  MECA Software,  L.L.C.,  MoneyScape Holdings,
Inc., the Lenders (as such term is defined in the Financing Agreement), Foothill
Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and Ableco Finance
LLC, as  collateral  agent for the Lender  Group (as such term is defined in the
Financing  Agreement) and (ii) the holders of the 10%  Convertible  Subordinated
Discount Notes issued pursuant to that certain Note Purchase  Agreement dated of
even date  herewith by and among the Company,  the  subsidiaries  of the Company
listed on  Exhibit A thereto,  and the  purchasers  of such notes  listed on the
signature page thereof.



                            [Signature Page Follows.]

                                      -16-

<PAGE>


                [SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the date first above written.


COMPANY:                               CFI PROSERVICES, INC.


                                       By:        /s/ Kurt W. Ruttum
                                                  ------------------
                                       Name:      Kurt W. Ruttum
                                       Title:     Vice President and Chief
                                                       Financial Officer
                                       Address:   400 SW Sixth Avenue
                                                  Portland, OR  97204


INVESTOR:                              U.S. BANCORP LIBRA, A DIVISION OF U.S.
                                       BANCORP INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                       By:        /s/ Eben Perison
                                                  ----------------
                                       Name:      Eben Perison
                                       Title:     General Counsel
                                       Address:



                                      -17-




                                           CONCENTREX INCORPORATED

                                     EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP
                                                     PLAN

                             (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1999)














<PAGE>





                                              TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                   CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION..................................................................1

ARTICLE 1         DEFINITIONS.................................................2

     Section 1.1      Account.................................................2
     Section 1.2      Acquisition Loan........................................2
     Section 1.3      Administrative Committee................................2
     Section 1.4      Affiliate...............................................2
     Section 1.5      Allocable Income........................................2
     Section 1.6      Annuity Starting Date...................................2
     Section 1.7      Beneficiary.............................................3
     Section 1.8      Board...................................................3
     Section 1.9      Bonus Contributions.....................................3
     Section 1.10     Bonus Period............................................3
     Section 1.11     Capital Accumulation....................................3
     Section 1.12     Code....................................................3
     Section 1.13     Company.................................................3
     Section 1.14     Company Stock...........................................3
     Section 1.15     Company Stock Account...................................3
     Section 1.16     Compensation............................................3
     Section 1.17     Culverin After-Tax Account..............................4
     Section 1.18     Culverin Plan...........................................4
     Section 1.19     Culverin Supplemental Account...........................4
     Section 1.20     Disability..............................................4
     Section 1.21     Elective Deferrals......................................4
     Section 1.22     Elective Deferrals Account..............................5
     Section 1.23     Eligible Employee.......................................5
     Section 1.24     Eligibility Computation Period..........................5
     Section 1.25     Employee................................................5
     Section 1.26     Employer................................................6
     Section 1.27     Employer Contributions..................................6
     Section 1.28     ERISA...................................................6
     Section 1.29     ESOP....................................................6
     Section 1.30     Financed Shares.........................................6
     Section 1.31     401(k) Portion..........................................6
     Section 1.32     Highly Compensated Employee.............................6
     Section 1.33     Hour of Service.........................................7
     Section 1.34     Investment Fund.........................................8
     Section 1.35     Leased Employee.........................................8
     Section 1.36     Matching Contributions..................................8

                                       i

<PAGE>

     Section 1.37     Maternity or Paternity Leave............................9
     Section 1.38     Non-Highly Compensated Employee.........................9
     Section 1.39     Normal Retirement Age...................................9
     Section 1.40     One-Year Break in Service...............................9
     Section 1.41     Other Investments Account..............................10
     Section 1.42     Participant............................................10
     Section 1.43     Period of Service......................................10
     Section 1.44     Period of Severance....................................10
     Section 1.45     Plan...................................................10
     Section 1.46     Plan Year..............................................10
     Section 1.47     Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Account................11
     Section 1.48     Rollover Account.......................................11
     Section 1.49     Rollover Contribution..................................11
     Section 1.50     Service................................................11
     Section 1.51     Severance Date.........................................11
     Section 1.52     Trust..................................................12
     Section 1.53     Trustee................................................12
     Section 1.54     Trust Fund.............................................12
     Section 1.55     Valuation Date.........................................12
     Section 1.56     Year of Eligibility Service............................12
     Section 1.57     Year of Participation..................................12
     Section 1.58     Year of Service........................................13

ARTICLE 2         PARTICIPATION..............................................14

     Section 2.1  Participation Date.........................................14
     Section 2.2  Reemployment and Change in Employment Classification.......14
     Section 2.3  Termination of Participation...............................15
     Section 2.4  Qualified Military Service.................................15

ARTICLE 3         PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS..................................16

     Section 3.1      Elective Deferrals.....................................16
     Section 3.2      Election Procedure and Amendments......................17
     Section 3.3      Rollovers..............................................17
     Section 3.4      Average Deferral Percentage Test.......................17

ARTICLE 4         EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.....................................21

     Section 4.1      Matching Contributions.................................21
     Section 4.2      Employer Bonus Contribution............................21
     Section 4.3      Contribution of Stock..................................21
     Section 4.4      Average Contribution Percentage Test...................22

ARTICLE 5         MAINTENANCE OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS........................25

     Section 5.1      Participant Accounts...................................25
     Section 5.2      Allocation of Contributions............................26

                                       ii

<PAGE>

     Section 5.3      Financed Shares........................................26
     Section 5.4      Allocation of Investment Gains and Losses..............27
     Section 5.5      Dividends on Company Stock.............................28
     Section 5.6      Accounting for Allocations.............................28
     Section 5.7      Account Statements.....................................29
     Section 5.8      Limitations Imposed by Code Section 415................29

ARTICLE 6         INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS.................................31

     Section 6.1      Investment of 401(k) Portion...........................31
     Section 6.2      Investment of ESOP.....................................32
     Section 6.3      Purchases of Company Stock.............................32
     Section 6.4      Sales of Company Stock.................................32
     Section 6.5      Acquisition Loans......................................32

ARTICLE 7         VOTING OF COMPANY STOCK....................................34

     Section 7.1      Voting.................................................34
     Section 7.2      Tender Offers..........................................34
     Section 7.3      Furnishing of Information..............................34

ARTICLE 8         VESTING....................................................35

     Section 8.1      Vesting................................................35
     Section 8.2      Forfeitures............................................35

ARTICLE 9         IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS...................................37

     Section 9.1      Cash Dividends.........................................37
     Section 9.2      ESOP Diversification...................................37
     Section 9.3      Hardship Withdrawals...................................38
     Section 9.4      Loans..................................................40
     Section 9.5      Special Rules..........................................40

ARTICLE 10        PAYMENT OF BENEFITS........................................42

     Section 10.1     Time of Distribution...................................42
     Section 10.2     Amount and Form of Distribution........................43
     Section 10.3     Special Rules for Death Benefits.......................43
     Section 10.4     Notice to Participant..................................44
     Section 10.5     Minimum Distribution and Incidental Benefit
                         Requirements........................................45
     Section 10.6     Post-Termination Withdrawals...........................45
     Section 10.7     Special Rules for Amounts Transferred from Culverin
                         Plan................................................45
     Section 10.8     Direct Rollovers.......................................45
     Section 10.9     Incompetent Participant or Beneficiary.................46
     Section 10.10   Beneficiary Dispute.....................................47

ARTICLE 11        ADMINISTRATION.............................................48

     Section 11.1     Administrative Committee...............................48

                                      iii

<PAGE>

     Section 11.2     Organization and Procedure.............................48
     Section 11.3     Authority of the Administrative Committee..............49
     Section 11.4     Actions Conclusive.....................................49
     Section 11.5     Use of Professional Services...........................50
     Section 11.6     Fees and Expenses......................................50
     Section 11.7     Liability and Indemnification..........................50
     Section 11.8     Furnishing of Information..............................51
     Section 11.9     Claims Procedure.......................................51
     Section 11.10   Agent for Service of Process............................52
     Section 11.11   Authority to Act for Company............................52

ARTICLE 12        TRUST......................................................53

     Section 12.1     Trust Agreement........................................53
     Section 12.2     Expenses...............................................53

ARTICLE 13        AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN...........................54

     Section 13.1     Amendment of Plan......................................54
     Section 13.2     Termination of Plan....................................55

ARTICLE 14        MERGER AND AFFILIATE PARTICIPATION.........................56

     Section 14.1     General Rules..........................................56
     Section 14.2     Special Rules When Plan Is Survivor....................56
     Section 14.3     Affiliate Participation................................57
     Section 14.4     Action Binding on Participating Affiliates.............57
     Section 14.5     Termination of Participation of Affiliate..............57

ARTICLE 15        TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS.......................................59

     Section 15.1     Applicability..........................................59
     Section 15.2     Definitions............................................59
     Section 15.3     Minimum Allocation.....................................60
     Section 15.4     Modifications to Code Section 415 Limitations..........61
     Section 15.5     Uniform Determination of Accrued Benefit...............61

ARTICLE 16        GENERAL PROVISIONS.........................................62

     Section 16.1     Exclusive Benefit......................................62
     Section 16.2     No Rights..............................................62
     Section 16.3     Fiduciary Liability....................................62
     Section 16.4     Missing Participant or Beneficiary.....................62
     Section 16.5     Antialienation Rule....................................63
     Section 16.6     Qualified Domestic Relations Orders....................63
     Section 16.7     Contribution Amounts Returnable to Employers...........64
     Section 16.8     Word Usage.............................................64
     Section 16.9     Applicable Law.........................................65

                                       iv

<PAGE>

APPENDIX A SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS.....................................66

     Section A.1      Applicability..........................................66
     Section A.2      Definitions............................................66
     Section A.3      Retirement Annuity Payments............................66
     Section A.4      Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity...............68
     Section A.5      Optional Forms of Payment..............................69
     Section A.6      In-Service Withdrawals.................................70

                                       v

<PAGE>






                             CONCENTREX INCORPORATED
                    EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


                                  INTRODUCTION


     The Plan was originally known as the "CFI  ProServices,  Inc. 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan" and was  originally  established  as a profit  sharing plan with a
cash or deferred  arrangement.  The purpose of the Plan, as originally  adopted,
was to enable eligible  employees to save for their retirement on a tax-deferred
basis.  Effective  January 1, 1999 (or such  earlier date as is set forth herein
with  respect  to a  particular  provision  hereof),  the  Plan is  renamed  the
"Concentrex  Incorporated  Savings and Stock  Ownership Plan" and is amended and
restated as set forth  herein to add an employee  stock  ownership  plan so that
Eligible  Employees  can share in the growth and  prosperity  of the  Company by
acquiring  an  ownership  interest  in the  Company.  Accordingly,  the Plan now
consists of two parts. The first part (the "401(k) Portion"),  which consists of
Elective Deferrals,  Matching Contributions made for Plan Years commencing prior
to January 1, 1999, Rollover Contributions, amounts transferred to the Plan from
the Culverin Corporation 401(k) Savings Profit Sharing Plan and investment gains
and losses attributable  thereto, is a profit sharing plan with a qualified cash
or deferred  arrangement  that is intended to be qualified  under Code  Sections
401(a) and 401(k).  The second  part (the  "ESOP"),  which  consists of Matching
Contributions  and Bonus  Contributions  made for Plan  Years  commencing  after
December  31, 1998 and  investment  gains and losses  attributable  thereto,  is
effective  January 1, 1999,  and is intended to be a stock bonus plan  qualified
under  Code  Section  401(a) and an  employee  stock  ownership  plan under Code
Section  4975(e)(7).  The ESOP is designed to be invested  primarily  in Company
Stock.

     The Trust  that  holds the  Plan's  assets is  intended  to be exempt  from
taxation  under Code Section  501(a).  All Trust Fund assets held under the Plan
shall be administered,  distributed and otherwise  governed by the provisions of
this Plan and the related  Trust  Agreement,  which  constitutes  a part of this
Plan.

     Except as specifically  provided otherwise herein, the provisions contained
herein  apply to any person  who  completes  an Hour of  Service as an  Eligible
Employee on or after January 1, 1999. Except as specifically  provided otherwise
herein,  the rights and  benefits of any person who does not complete an Hour of
Service as an Eligible  Employee on or after January 1, 1999 will be governed by
the  terms of the Plan as in  effect  at the time  such  person  ceased to be an
Eligible Employee.

                                       1

<PAGE>






                              ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS


     Whenever  capitalized herein, the following terms shall have the respective
meanings set forth below,  unless a different meaning is clearly required by the
context.

Section 1.1         Account

     "Account" means any of the accounts established for a Participant pursuant
     to Section 5.1 or 14.2 hereof.

Section 1.2         Acquisition Loan

     "Acquisition  Loan" means a loan (or other extension of credit) used by the
Trust to finance the acquisition of Company Stock,  which loan may constitute an
extension of credit to the Trust from a party in interest (as defined in Section
3(14) of ERISA).

Section 1.3         Administrative Committee

     "Administrative  Committee"  means the  committee  described  in Article 11
hereof (or, if no such committee has been appointed, the Company).

Section 1.4         Affiliate

     "Affiliate"  means (i) a member of a controlled  group of  corporations  as
defined in Code Section  414(b) (as modified by Code Section 415(h) for purposes
of the limitations described in Section 5.8 hereof) of which an Employer is also
a member, (ii) an unincorporated trade or business which is under common control
with an  Employer as  determined  in  accordance  with Code  Section  414(c) (as
modified by Code  Section  415(h) for purposes of the  limitations  described in
Section 5.8 hereof),  (iii) a member of an affiliated  service group (as defined
in Code  Section  414(m)) of which an  Employer  is also a member,  and (iv) any
other entity that must be treated as a single  employer  with an Employer  under
Code Section 414(o).

Section 1.5         Allocable Income

     "Allocable  Income"  means net income or net loss.  To calculate  Allocable
Income  for the Plan  Year,  the  Administrative  Committee  will use a  uniform
nondiscriminatory method that reasonably reflects the manner used by the Plan to
allocate  income to the  Participant's  Accounts.  Allocable  Income will not be
determined  for the  period  between  the end of the  Plan  Year and the date of
distribution.

Section 1.6         Annuity Starting Date

     "Annuity  Starting  Date" means the first day of the first period for which
an amount is payable as an annuity or in any other form.

                                       2

<PAGE>


Section 1.7         Beneficiary

     "Beneficiary" means the person(s), trust(s) or other entity(ies) designated
by a  Participant  pursuant  to  Section  10.3(c)  hereof  who is or may  become
entitled to receive a benefit  under the Plan in the event of the  Participant's
death.

Section 1.8         Board

     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Section 1.9         Bonus Contributions

     "Bonus  Contributions"  means  amounts  contributed  to  the  Plan  by  the
Employers  pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.  Bonus  Contributions are part of the
ESOP.

Section 1.10        Bonus Period

     "Bonus Period" means a six-month period ending on June 30 or December 31 of
each Plan Year.

Section 1.11        Capital Accumulation

     "Capital  Accumulation"  means  a  Participant's  vested  interest  in  his
Accounts.

Section 1.12        Code

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and, should the
context so require, any predecessor or successor Internal Revenue Code.

Section 1.13        Company

     "Company" means Concentrex  Incorporated,  an Oregon  corporation,  and any
successor thereto that assumes sponsorship of the Plan.

Section 1.14        Company Stock

     "Company Stock" means the common stock of the Company.

Section 1.15        Company Stock Account

     "Company  Stock  Account"  means the Account that reflects a  Participant's
interest in Company Stock held under the ESOP.

Section 1.16        Compensation

     Except as provided  otherwise  herein,  "Compensation"  means an Employee's
"wages" as defined in Code Section  3401(a),  determined  without  regard to any
rules under Code

                                       3

<PAGE>

Section  3401(a)  that limit the  remuneration  included  in wages  based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed, increased by the
amount of (1) any Elective  Deferrals,  (2) any other elective  deferrals within
the  meaning  of  Code  Section  402(g)(3),  and (3) any  other  amount  that is
contributed  or deferred by an Employer at the election of the  Participant  and
that is not includible in the gross income of the  Participant by reason of Code
Section 125.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's  Compensation for a
Plan Year  shall not exceed  the  limitation  in effect for such Plan Year under
Code  Section  401(a)(17).  Compensation  for any Plan Year will be  limited  to
Compensation  paid to a  Participant  while  he is  eligible  to  make  Elective
Deferrals.

Section 1.17        Culverin After-Tax Account

     "Culverin   After-Tax   Account"   means  the  Account   that   reflects  a
Participant's  interest  under  the  Plan  attributable  to  employee  after-tax
contributions  made under the Culverin Plan and  transferred  to this Plan.  All
Culverin After-Tax Accounts are held under the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.18        Culverin Plan

     "Culverin  Plan"  means the  Culverin  Corporation  401(k)  Savings  Profit
Sharing Plan, as in effect on December 31, 1995.

Section 1.19        Culverin Supplemental Account

     "Culverin   Supplemental   Account"  means  the  Account  that  reflects  a
Participant's  interest under the Plan  attributable  to employer  discretionary
contributions  made under the Culverin Plan and  transferred  to this Plan.  All
Culverin Supplemental Accounts are held under the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.20        Disability

     "Disability"  means the inability to engage in the further  performance  of
the  Participant's  normal  employment  activity(ies)  with  the  Employers  and
Affiliates by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
that can be  expected  to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected
to last for a  continuous  period of not less than 12 months,  or by reason of a
permanent  loss of a member or function of the body or permanent  disfigurement.
The  permanence  and degree of such  impairment  shall be  supported  by medical
evidence.   The  Administrative   Committee  will  determine  the  existence  of
Disability  and may rely upon advice from a physician or other medical  examiner
satisfactory to it in making such determination.

Section 1.21        Elective Deferrals

     "Elective  Deferrals" means amounts designated by a Participant pursuant to
Section 3.1 hereof that are  contributed  by the  Participant's  Employer to the
Plan in lieu of

                                       4

<PAGE>

payment  of an equal  amount  directly  to the  Participant  in  cash.  Elective
Deferrals are part of the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.22        Elective Deferrals Account

     "Elective   Deferrals   Account"   means  the  Account   that   reflects  a
Participant's  interest under the Plan attributable to Elective  Deferrals.  All
Elective Deferrals Accounts are held under the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.23        Eligible Employee

     Except as provided  otherwise  in an  Employer's  Participation  Agreement,
"Eligible  Employee" means an Employee of an Employer other than an Employee (a)
who is a  member  of a unit of  employees  covered  by a  collective  bargaining
agreement  that does not provide  for  participation  in the Plan,  (b) who is a
nonresident alien with no U.S.-source  earned income (within the meaning of Code
Section  911(d)(2))  from  the  Employers  or their  Affiliates,  (c) who is not
treated by an  Employer as an employee  for  payroll  tax  purposes,  but who is
subsequently  determined by a government agency, by the conclusion or settlement
of threatened or pending litigation, or otherwise to be or have been an Employee
of an Employer (unless and until determined  otherwise by the Board), or (d) any
Employee who would be a Leased  Employee were he not a common law employee of an
Employer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  (a) an Employee who is a temporary or
seasonal  employee will not become an Eligible  Employee prior to his completion
of on Year of  Eligibility  Service,  and (b) an Employee of a business  that is
merged or liquidated  into, or whose assets or equity interests are acquired by,
an Employer  will become an Eligible  Employee at such time as is  determined by
the Board.

Section 1.24        Eligibility Computation Period

     "Eligibility  Computation  Period"  means  a  12-consecutive-month   period
beginning  on the date the  Employee  first  completes an Hour of Service or any
anniversary of such date; provided,  however, that the "Eligibility  Computation
Period" of any Employee who incurs a One-Year Break in Service prior to becoming
a  Participant  and who is  subsequently  rehired by an Employer or an Affiliate
will  commence  on the  date on  which  he  again  performs  an Hour of  Service
following his rehire.

Section 1.25        Employee

     "Employee"  means an  individual  while his status,  on or after January 1,
1999, is that of a common law employee of an Employer or an Affiliate.  The term
"Employee"  shall  not  refer to  individuals  (a)  serving  an  Employer  or an
Affiliate as Directors  while not otherwise  employed by it, (b) engaged only in
an advisory or consulting  capacity on a retainer or fee basis, (c) engaged only
in a  capacity  determined  by the  Administrative  Committee  to be  that of an
independent  contractor,  or (d) who are Leased Employees.  Such individuals are
not eligible to participate in the Plan.



<PAGE>

Section 1.26        Employer

     "Employer" means the Company or any Affiliate that, with the consent of the
Board, adopts the Plan.

Section 1.27        Employer Contributions

     "Employer Contributions" means Matching Contributions and Bonus
Contributions.

Section 1.28        ERISA

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended from time to time.

Section 1.29        ESOP

     "ESOP" means the portion of the Plan made up of the Company Stock  Accounts
and Other Investment Accounts of Participants,  and any contributions,  earnings
and losses that are  allocated to such  Accounts,  which  portion is intended to
constitute an employee stock ownership plan,  within the meaning of Code Section
4975(e)(7).

Section 1.30        Financed Shares

     "Financed  Shares" means shares of Company Stock acquired by the Trust with
the proceeds of an Acquisition Loan.

Section 1.31        401(k) Portion

     "401(k)  Portion"  means the  portion  of the Plan made up of the  Elective
Deferral Accounts,  Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Accounts, Rollover Accounts,
Culverin After-Tax Accounts and Culverin  Supplemental Accounts of Participants,
and any contributions,  earnings and losses that are allocated to such Accounts,
which portion is intended to  constitute a profit  sharing plan with a qualified
cash or deferred arrangement.

Section 1.32        Highly Compensated Employee

     (a) "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee who:

     (1) was a  more-than-5%  owner of an Employer  (applying  the  constructive
ownership  rules of Code  Section  318)  during  the  Plan  Year or  during  the
preceding 12-month period; or

     (2) for the preceding Plan Year:

     (i) had  compensation,  as defined in Section 5.8(a)  hereof,  in excess of
$80,000 (as adjusted by the  Commissioner  of Internal  Revenue for the relevant
year), and

                                       6

<PAGE>

     (ii) if the  Company  so  elects,  was part of the  top-paid  20%  group of
employees (based on Compensation for such Plan Year).

     (b) Solely for purposes of this Section 1.31,  "Employee" includes a Leased
Employee (to the extent required by Section 1.34 hereof).

     (c) The determination of who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee,  including
the  determinations of the number and identity of the top-paid 20% group and the
relevant  compensation (as defined in Section 5.8(a) hereof),  will be made in a
manner consistent with Code Section 414(q) and regulations issued thereunder.

Section 1.33        Hour of Service

     "Hour of  Service"  means each hour for which the  Employee  is directly or
indirectly  paid, or entitled to be paid, by an Employer or an Affiliate for the
performance of duties for an Employer or an Affiliate. In addition, for purposes
of determining whether an Employee has completed a Year of Eligibility  Service,
"Hour of Service" will also include each hour for which the Employee is directly
or  indirectly  paid,  or entitled to be paid, by an Employer or an Affiliate on
account of:

     (a) A  period  of  time  during  which  the  Employee  performs  no  duties
(irrespective of whether the employment  relationship  has terminated),  such as
paid vacation or sick benefits;  provided, however, that unless such hours would
be credited by an Employer or an Affiliate under its established practices:

     (1) No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph
to an Employee  on account of any single,  continuous  period  during  which the
Employee  performs  no duties  (whether  or not such  period  occurs in a single
computation period);

     (2) An hour for which an  Employee  is  directly  or  indirectly  paid,  or
entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed
will not be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan
maintained  solely  for  the  purpose  of  complying  with  applicable  workers'
compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

     (3)  Hours of  Service  will not be  credited  for a payment  which  solely
reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the
Employee.

     (b) Back  pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of  damages,  which is either
awarded or agreed to by an Employer or an Affiliate.

     An Employee  will not be credited with an Hour of Service for the same hour
under more than one of the foregoing  categories.  The determination of Hours of
Service for reasons

                                       7

<PAGE>

other than the  performance of duties,  and the crediting of
Hours of Service to computation  periods,  will be in accordance with Department
of Labor Regulationsss. 2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

Section 1.34        Investment Fund

     "Investment Fund" means a separate portion of the Trust Fund established at
the  direction  of the  Administrative  Committee  under  the  Trust to  provide
investment options for Participants under the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.35        Leased Employee

     "Leased  Employee" means any person (other than an employee of an Employer)
who pursuant to an agreement  between an Employer and any other person ("leasing
organization")  has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and
related  persons  determined  in  accordance  with Code Section  414(n)(6)) on a
substantially  full-time  basis for a period  of at least  one  year,  and which
services are  performed  under  primary  direction  and control by the Employer.
Solely for purposes of determining the number or identity of Highly  Compensated
Employees or for purposes of testing whether the Plan satisfies the requirements
of Code  Section  414(n)(3)(A)  and (B),  Leased  Employees  will be included as
Employees.  Contributions  or  benefits  provided  to a Leased  Employee  by the
leasing  organization  which  are  attributable  to  services  performed  for an
Employer will be treated as provided by the Employer. But a Leased Employee will
not be considered an Employee of an Employer for these testing  purposes if: (i)
su
 Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase  pension plan  providing:  (A) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation (within
the  meaning  of  Code  Section   414(n)(5)(C)(iii)),   but  including   amounts
contributed  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement which are excludable from
the leased employee's gross income under Code Section 125, 402(e)(3),  402(h) or
403(b), (B) immediate  participation,  and (C) full and immediate  vesting;  and
(ii) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Employer's (and its
Affiliates')  non-highly  compensated  workforce.  If a Leased  Employee  (or an
individual  who  would be a  Leased  Employee  but for the fact  that he has not
performed  services  for an  Employer  for at  least  one  year)  is hired by an
Employer  as  an  Employee,   then  such  individual  will  receive  credit  for
eligibility  and  vesting  purposes  for his service for an Employer as a Leased
Employee as if such service had been performed as an Employee.

Section 1.36        Matching Contributions

     "Matching  Contributions"  means  amounts  contributed  to the  Plan by the
Employers pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof.  Matching  Contributions made for Plan
Years  commencing  prior to  January  1,  1999 are part of the  401(k)  Portion.
Matching  Contributions  made for Plan Years  commencing after December 31, 1998
are part of the ESOP.

                                       8

<PAGE>

Section 1.37        Maternity or Paternity Leave

     "Maternity  or Paternity  Leave" means a period during with the Employee is
absent from work due to (1) the pregnancy of such  Employee,  (2) the birth of a
child of such  Employee,  (3) the  placement  of a child with such  Employee  in
connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or (4) caring for a
child of such  Employee  immediately  following  the birth or  adoption  of such
child.

Section 1.38        Non-Highly Compensated Employee

     "Non-Highly  Compensated  Employee"  means any Employee who is not a Highly
Compensated Employee.

Section 1.39        Normal Retirement Age

     "Normal Retirement Age" means age 65.

Section 1.40        One-Year Break in Service

     (a)  "One-Year  Break  in  Service"  means  a  12-consecutive-month  period
beginning on an Employee's  Severance  Date or any  anniversary  thereof  during
which the Employee does not perform an Hour of Service; provided,  however, that
solely for purposes of  determining  whether an Employee has completed a Year of
Eligibility   Service,   "One-Year   Break  in  Service"  means  an  Eligibility
Computation  Period in which the Employee  does not complete more than 500 Hours
of Service.

     (b) Solely for purposes of  determining  whether an Employee has incurred a
One-Year  Break in Service for  eligibility  reasons,  an Employee who is absent
from active  Service on account of a Maternity or Paternity  Leave (whether paid
or unpaid) will be credited with up to 501 Hours of Service during such absence.
The  Administrative  Committee  will credit Hours of Service  during the absence
period on the basis of:

     (a) The number of Hours of Service with which the Employee  would  normally
have been credited but for such absence; or

     (b) If the Administrative Committee cannot determine the number of Hours of
Service with which the Employee would have been credited under  subparagraph (a)
above, on the basis of eight hours per day during the absence period.

     The  Administrative  Committee  will  credit  only the  number  of Hours of
Service  (not  exceeding  five  hundred  one  (501))  necessary  to  prevent  an
Employee's  One-Year  Break in Service.  The Committee  will credit all Hours of
Service described in this subsection (b) to the Eligibility  Computation  Period
in which the absence period begins or, if the Employee does not need these Hours
of  Service  to  prevent  a  One-Year  Break  in  Service  in  such  Eligibility
Computation Period, to the immediately following Eligibility Computation Period.

                                       9

<PAGE>

Section 1.41        Other Investments Account

     "Other Investments Account" means the Account that reflects a Participant's
interest  under the ESOP  attributable  to Trust Fund assets  other than Company
Stock.

Section 1.42        Participant

     "Participant"  means an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility
requirements of Section 2.1 hereof and who is participating in the Plan.

Section 1.43        Period of Service

     "Period  of  Service"  means a  period  of time  beginning  on the  date an
Employee  first  completes an Hour of Service  following his hire or rehire,  as
applicable,  and ending on his Severance Date. To the extent required by law, or
to the extent provided in an Employer's  Participation  Agreement, an Employee's
Period of Service will include Service with such Employer prior to the time such
Employer became an Affiliate. In addition,  Service with the following employers
prior to the time  they  became  Affiliates  will also be  treated  as part of a
Participant's Period of Service:

     Genesys Solutions, Inc.
     Texas Southwest Technology Group, Inc.
     Culverin Corporation
     OnLine Financial Communications Systems
     Coin Financial Systems
     Input Creations, Inc.
     Halcyon Group, Inc.
     Pathways Software, Inc.
     Mortgage Dynamics, Inc.

Section 1.44        Period of Severance

     "Period of Severance"  means the period of time  beginning on an Employee's
Severance Date and ending on the date he again performs an Hour of Service.

Section 1.45        Plan

     "Plan"  means  the  "Concentrex  Incorporated  Employee  Savings  and Stock
Ownership Plan," as set forth herein, together with any amendments hereto.

Section 1.46        Plan Year

     "Plan  Year"  means the  12-consecutive-month  period  coinciding  with the
calendar year.

                                       10

<PAGE>

Section 1.47        Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Account

     "Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Account" means the Account that reflects a
Participant's   interest  under  the  Plan  attributable  to  Employer  Matching
Contributions  made for Plan Years  commencing  prior to  January  1, 1999.  All
Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Accounts are held under the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.48        Rollover Account

     "Rollover Account" means the Account that reflects a Participant's interest
under the 401(k) Portion  attributable to Rollover  Contributions.  All Rollover
Accounts are held under the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.49        Rollover Contribution

     "Rollover  Contribution"  means  (i)  all or  any  portion  of an  eligible
rollover distribution,  within the meaning of Section 10.8(b)(4) hereof, that is
transferred  to the Plan either on or before the 60th day after the day on which
it was received by the  Eligible  Employee or as a direct  rollover,  within the
meaning of Section 10.8(b)(4) hereof, or (ii) the amount transferred to the Plan
by an Eligible  Employee who, having received the entire amount in an individual
retirement account or the entire value of an individual retirement annuity which
was wholly  attributable to a rollover  contribution  from a qualified trust and
any subsequent  earnings thereon,  transfers the entire such amount on or before
the 60th day after the day on which the Eligible  Employee  received the amount.
Rollover Contributions are part of the 401(k) Portion.

Section 1.50        Service

     "Service"  means  employment  as a common law employee with any Employer or
Affiliate.

Section 1.51        Severance Date

     (a) "Severance Date" means the earlier of:

     (1) the date on which the Employee's  Service  terminates on account of his
quit, discharge, retirement, Disability or death; and

     (2) the first  anniversary  of the date on which an  Employee  commences  a
continuous absence from active service with the Employers and the Affiliates for
any other reason,  such as vacation,  holiday,  sickness,  disability,  leave of
absence or layoff.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  solely for  purposes of  determining
whether a One-Year  Break in Service  has  occurred  for vesting  purposes,  the
"Severance Date" of any Employee who is continuously  absent from active service
with the Employers and the

                                       11

<PAGE>

Affiliates on account of Maternity or Paternity Leave
(whether  paid or unpaid)  will be the second  anniversary  of the date on which
such Employee's  absence from the Employers' and Affiliates'  service began. The
period  between  the first  and  second  anniversaries  of the first day of such
absence  will  not be  considered  to be a Period  of  Service  or a  Period  of
Severance.

Section 1.52        Trust

     "Trust" means the trust established  pursuant to this Plan for the purposes
of holding  the assets of the Plan.  The terms of the Trust are set forth in the
Trust Agreement by and between the Company and the Trustee. Said Trust Agreement
constitutes  a part of the  Plan  and  its  terms  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Section 1.53        Trustee

     "Trustee"  means the  person(s) or  entity(ies)  designated by the Board to
serve as trustee of the Trust Fund.

Section 1.54        Trust Fund

     "Trust  Fund" means the Company  Stock and all other  property  held in the
Trust.

Section 1.55        Valuation Date

     "Valuation  Date" means the last day of each Plan Year and such other dates
as the Administrative Committee and the Trustee may agree upon.

Section 1.56        Year of Eligibility Service

     "Year of Eligibility  Service" means an Eligibility  Computation  Period in
which the Employee  completes  at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  An Employee who
incurs a One-Year  Break in Service  prior to  becoming  a  Participant  will be
treated as a new hire if he again performs an Hour of Service.  Hours of Service
completed by an Employee with an Affiliate  prior to the date on which it became
an  Affiliate  will be taken into  account,  to the extent  they were  completed
during a period of time taken into account in determining such Employee's Period
of Service under Section 1.42 hereof,  in  determining  whether the Employee has
completed a Year of Eligibility to Service.

Section 1.57        Year of Participation

     "Year of  Participation"  means a Plan Year,  commencing after December 31,
1998, in which the  Participant is entitled to receive an allocation of Matching
Contributions, Bonus Contributions or forfeitures under the ESOP.

                                       12

<PAGE>

Section 1.58        Year of Service

     "Year of Service" means a  12-consecutive-month  Period of Service.  Solely
for  purposes  of  determining  a  Participant's  Years of  Service,  all of the
Participant's Periods of Service will be treated as if they had been consecutive
and any Period of Severance  of less than 12 months in duration  will be treated
as a Period of Service.  For  purposes of the  preceding  sentence,  a Period of
Severance  will be  considered  to be of less than 12 months in duration only if
the Employee  again  performs an Hour of Service within 12 months of the date on
which he is first absent from active service with the Employers and Affiliates.

                                       13

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE 2 PARTICIPATION


Section 2.1         Participation Date

         (a)  Each  Eligible  Employee  who  was a  Participant  in the  Plan on
December 31, 1998 will  continue as a  Participant  hereunder on January 1, 1999
for purposes of making Elective Deferrals and sharing in Matching Contributions.
Except as provided  otherwise in an  Employer's  Participation  Agreement,  each
other  Eligible  Employee will become a Participant  in the Plan for purposes of
making Elective Deferrals and sharing in Matching Contributions on the latest of
(1) January 1, 1999, (2) the first da of the first calendar  quarter  commencing
on or  after  the date on which he  first  completes  an Hour of  Service  as an
Eligible Employee, or (3) the first day of the first calendar quarter commencing
after the date on which he  attains  age 21 (age 18,  effective  June 1,  1999),
provided that he is an Eligible Employee on such date.

         (b)  Except  as  provided  otherwise  in  an  Employer's  Participation
Agreement,  each Eligible  Employee  will become a  Participant  in the Plan for
purposes  of sharing in Bonus  Contributions  on the later of January 1, 1999 or
the January 1 or July 1 coinciding  with or next  following the date on which he
first completes an Hour of Service as an Eligible Employee,  provided that he is
an Eligible  Employee on such date.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Employees
employed by the Company as salespersons  shall not be eligible to share in Bonus
Contributions.

Section 2.2         Reemployment and Change in Employment Classification

     (a) Reemployment.  A Participant or a former  Participant whose Service has
terminated  and who is later  reemployed  as an  Eligible  Employee  will resume
active  participation in the Plan (to the same extent as he was participating as
of  his   Severance   Date)  as  of  his   reemployment   date  or  as  soon  as
administratively practicable thereafter.

     (b)  Transfer  to  Ineligible  Status.  A  Participant  who ceases to be an
Eligible  Employee due to his transfer to an ineligible  class of Employees will
cease to be an active  Participant  (i.e.,  will  cease to be  eligible  to make
Elective Deferrals or to share in Employer Contributions with respect to periods
following  his  transfer).  If such a  Participant  again  becomes  an  Eligible
Employee,  then he will again become an active  Participant on the date he again
becomes  an  Eligible  Employee  or  as  soon  as  administratively  practicable
thereafter.

     (c)  Transfer  from  Ineligible   Status.  An  Employee  who  has  met  the
requirements for participation,  but who is not employed as an Eligible Employee
on the date he would otherwise  become a Participant,  will become a Participant
(to the extent he would have  become a  Participant  had he been  employed as an
Eligible  Employee  on such date) on the date he becomes  (or again  becomes) an
Eligible  Employee  or  as  soon  as  administratively  practicable  thereafter.

                                       14

<PAGE>

     Section 2.3 Termination of Participation

         A  Participant  will  remain a  Participant  until  his  entire  vested
interest under the Plan has been distributed.

     Section 2.4 Qualified Military Service

         Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,   contributions,
benefits and service credit with respect to qualified  military  service will be
provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

                                       15

<PAGE>

                      ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS


     Section 3.1 Elective Deferrals

     (a) Amount of Elective  Deferrals.  Subject to the limitations set forth in
Sections 3.1(c),  3.4 and 5.8 hereof, an Eligible Employee may elect,  effective
as of the  date he  becomes  a  Participant  for  purposes  of  making  Elective
Deferrals (see Section 2.1 hereof) (or as soon as  administratively  practicable
thereafter),  to have any whole percentage (up to such maximum percentage as may
be specified by the  Administrative  Committee) of his Compensation  withheld by
his  Employer  and  contributed  to the Trust as Elective  Deferrals  in lieu of
receiving  such amounts in cash.  Elective  Deferrals  will be deducted from the
Participant's  Compensation  prior to the  imposition  of any  federal  or state
income taxes.

     (b) Timing of Contribution.  The Employers will pay any Elective  Deferrals
to the  Trust  within 12  months  after  the end of the Plan Year in which  such
amounts are withheld from the Participant's Compensation.

     (c) Annual Deferral  Limitation.  The amount of Elective  Deferrals made on
behalf of a  Participant  for a calendar  year may not exceed the  limitation in
effect for such calendar year under Code Section 402(g) (the "402(g) limit"). If
the Administrative  Committee determines that the Elective Deferrals made to the
Plan for a  calendar  year on behalf of a  Participant  would  exceed the 402(g)
limit  for the  calendar  year,  the  Participant's  Employer  will not make any
additional  Elective Deferrals o behalf of that Participant for the remainder of
that calendar  year,  paying in cash to the  Participant  any amounts that would
result in the  Elective  Deferrals  made on behalf  of the  Participant  for the
calendar  year  exceeding  the 402(g)  limit.  If the  Administrative  Committee
determines  that the Elective  Deferrals  already  contributed to the Plan for a
calendar  year  on  behalf  of  a  Participant  exceed  the  402(g)  limit,  the
Administrative  Committee  will direct the Trustee to  distribute  the amount in
excess of the 402(g) limit (the  "excess  deferrals"),  adjusted  for  Allocable
Income,  to the  Participant no later than the April 15 following the end of the
calendar year in which the excess deferrals were made.

     If a Participant participates in another plan under which he makes elective
deferrals  pursuant to a Code Section  401(k)  arrangement,  elective  deferrals
under a simplified  employee  pension plan,  elective  deferrals  under a simple
retirement  account plan or salary  reduction  contributions  to a tax-sheltered
annuity, irrespective of whether an Employer or an Affiliate maintains the other
plan,  he may  provide the  Administrative  Committee  with a written  claim for
excess deferrals made for a calendar year. The Participant must submit the claim
no later than the March 1 following  the close of the calendar year in which the
excess  deferrals  were  made,  and the claim  must  specify  the  amount of the
Participant's  elective  deferrals under the Plan that are excess deferrals.  If
the  Administrative  Committee  receives a timely claim,  it will distribute the
excess  deferrals  (adjusted  for  Allocable  Income) that the  Participant  has
assigned  to the  Plan no  later  than the  April  15  following  the end of the
calendar year in which the excess deferrals were made.

                                       16

<PAGE>

     The Administrative Committee will reduce the amount of excess deferrals for
a  calendar  year  distributable  to a  Participant  by  the  amount  of  excess
contributions,  within the meaning of Section 3.4(e) hereof, if any,  previously
distributed to the  Participant  for the Plan Year beginning with or within that
calendar year.

     (d) Elective Deferrals Treated as Employer  Contributions.  For purposes of
Code Section 401 and other applicable Code requirements, Elective Deferrals will
be considered employer contributions.


     Section 3.2 Election Procedure and Amendments

     A Participant's  election to make Elective Deferrals under the Plan must be
made by notice to the  Administrative  Committee  or its designee in such manner
and pursuant to such rules as the Administrative  Committee shall establish, and
will remain in effect until changed by the Participant.  A Participant may elect
to change the percentage of his Elective Deferrals effective as of the first day
of any calendar quarter (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter),
subject  to  such  rules  as  the  Administrative  Committee  may  establish.  A
Participant may make Elective  Deferrals only with respect to Compensation  paid
for service as an Eligible Employee.

     Section 3.3 Rollovers

     An Eligible Employee may, by application to the  Administrative  Committee,
request that the Trustee accept a Rollover  Contribution and the Trustee will be
authorized  to  do  so  with  the  Administrative   Committee's  approval.   The
application will state the amount of the Rollover  Contribution,  and such other
information  as the  Administrative  Committee may require in order to determine
that the amount is in fact a Rollover Contribution. No Employee has any right to
have a Rollover  Contribution  transferred to the Trust, and the  Administrative
Committee  may,  in its  sole  and  absolute  discretion,  approve  or  deny  an
application for any reason that it deems sufficient. A Rollover Contribution may
be accepted for an Eligible  Employee who has not yet met the  requirements  for
eligibility under Article 2 hereof for participation,  or who has not elected to
contribute  and,  thus,  has no other  Account  under the Plan.  If an  Eligible
Employee makes a Rollover Contribution before he has satisfied the participation
requirements in Section 2.1 hereof, then the Eligible Employee will be deemed to
be a Participant for all purposes of the Plan, except that he will not be deemed
to be a Participant for purposes of making Elective Deferrals or for purposes of
sharing in Matching Contributions,  Bonus Contributions or forfeitures under the
Plan until he satisfies the relevant  participation  requirements in Section 2.1
hereof.

     Section 3.4 Average Deferral Percentage Test

     (a)  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section  3.4, the  following  terms
shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

                                       17

<PAGE>

     (1)  "Average  Deferral  Percentage"  means  the  average  (expressed  as a
percentage) of the Deferral  Percentages  for the  Participants  in the relevant
group.

     (2) "Deferral  Percentage"  means the ratio  (expressed as a percentage) of
Elective  Deferrals  contributed on behalf of the  Participant  for the relevant
Plan Year to the Participant's compensation,  as defined in any manner permitted
under Code Section  414(s) (as elected  from time to time by the  Administrative
Committee),  for such Plan  Year;  provided,  however,  that the  Administrative
Committee may (but need not) limit a Participant's  compensation to compensation
paid while such Participant is eligible to make Elective Deferrals. The Deferral
Percentage for a Participant who is eligible to, but who does not elect to, make
Elective Deferrals for a Plan Year shall be zero.

     (b) Average Deferral  Percentage Tests. In order to meet the limitations of
this  Section  3.4,  the  Administrative  Committee  shall  limit the  amount of
Elective  Deferrals made by Highly  Compensated  Employees each Plan Year to the
extent  necessary  to  satisfy  one of the  Average  Deferral  Percentage  tests
described in (1), (2) or (3) below:

     (1) If the Average Deferral Percentage of Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
for the prior Plan Year is less than 2%, then the Average Deferral Percentage of
Highly Compensated  Employees for the current Plan Year shall not exceed 2 times
the Average Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly  Compensated Employees for the
prior Plan Year.

     (2) If the Average Deferral Percentage of Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
for the  prior  Plan  Year is  between  2% and 8%,  then  the  Average  Deferral
Percentage of Highly  Compensated  Employees for the current Plan Year shall not
exceed the Average Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees
for the prior Plan Year plus 2%.

     (3) If the Average Deferral Percentage of Non-Highly  Compensated Employees
for the prior Plan Year is greater than 8%, then the Average Deferral Percentage
of Highly Compensated  Employees for the current Plan Year shall not exceed 1.25
times the Average Deferral  Percentage of the Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees
for the prior Plan Year.

     (c) Rules to be Followed in Applying  Tests.  The following  rules shall be
followed in applying the tests set forth in subsection  (b)  immediately  above:

     (1) If a Highly  Compensated  Employee is eligible to participate in two or
more cash or deferred arrangements  maintained by the Employers or an Affiliate,
then all elective  deferrals  under such  arrangements  shall be aggregated  for
purposes of determining that Participant's  Average Deferral Percentage.  If the
plans containing the Code Section 401(k) arrangements have different plan years,
the Administrative  Committee will determine the combined deferral contributions
on the basis of the pla years ending in the same calendar year.

                                       18

<PAGE>

     (2) If two or more plans that  include  cash or deferred  arrangements  are
considered a single plan for  purposes of Code  Sections  401(a)(4)  and 410(b),
then all elective  deferrals  under such  arrangements  shall be aggregated  for
purposes  of  determining  a  Participant's  Average  Deferral  Percentage.   An
aggregation of plans under this paragraph (2) does not apply to plans which have
different plan years. The Administrative Committee may not aggregate an ESOP (or
the ESOP portion of a plan) with  non-ESOP  plan (or the  non-ESOP  portion of a
plan).

     (3) If elected by the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year, the Average
Deferral  Percentage  tests may be  calculated  with  reference  to the  Average
Deferral  Percentage  of Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees for the current Plan
Year;  provided,  however,  that  such  election  may  not  be  changed  without
regulatory or other published guidance from the Secretary of the Treasury or its
designee.  The Average Deferral  Percentage test for the Plan Year commencing on
January  1,  1997  was  performed  using  the  Average  Deferral  Percentage  of
Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for such Plan Year and the Average  Deferral
Percentage  test for the Plan Year  commencing  on January 1, 1998 was performed
using the Average Deferral  Percentage of Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees for
the immediately preceding Plan Year.

     (4)  Matching  Contributions  shall  not be  payable  with  respect  to any
Elective  Deferrals  that are  distributed to  Participants  pursuant to Section
3.4(d) or 5.8  hereof,  and to the extent that any such  Matching  Contributions
have been allocated, they will be forfeited.

     (d) Excess  Contributions.  If the Plan is projected to fail one or more of
the  Average  Deferral  Percentage  Tests for a Plan  Year,  the  Administrative
Committee may prospectively limit the amount of Elective Deferrals to be made by
Highly   Compensated   Employees   for  that  Plan  Year.   Alternatively,   the
Administrative  Committee  shall  determine  the  respective  shares  of  excess
contributions in the manner  described below,  which excess will be distributed,
together  with  Allocable  Income  thereon,   to  the  Participant   during  the
12-consecutive-month  period  following  the  Plan  Year  in  which  the  excess
contributions were made:

     First -- The Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with
the highest  Deferral  Percentage  shall be reduced  until it equals that of the
Highly Compensated  Employee(s) with the next highest Deferral Percentage.  This
process shall be repeated until one of the Average Deferral

                                       19

<PAGE>

Percentage tests is passed.  The aggregate dollar amount of excess Elective
Deferrals resulting from these reductions shall be determined.

     Next -- The aggregate dollar amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions that
are to be distributed  shall be allocated  among Highly  Compensated  Employees.
Excess Elective  Deferrals  shall be allocated  first to the Highly  Compensated
Employee(s)  with the  highest  dollar  amount  of  Elective  Deferrals.  Excess
Elective  Deferrals  shall be allocated to such Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)
until the dollar  amount of his (their)  Elective  Deferrals has been reduced to
equal that of the Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)  with the next highest dollar
amount.  This process  shall be repeated  until the  aggregate  dollar amount of
excess Elective Deferrals has been allocated.

     The Administrative Committee will reduce the amount of excess contributions
by the amount of any excess deferrals previously distributed to the Employee for
the Employee's taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year.

                                       20

<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE 4 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS


     Section 4.1 Matching Contributions

     (a) Amount of Matching  Contribution.  Subject to the limitations set forth
in Sections 4.4 and 5.8 hereof,  for each Plan Year quarter,  the Employers will
make a Matching  Contribution  to the Trust in such  amount and  subject to such
dollar  limit  as  the  Company  will  determine,  which  amount  may  be  zero.

     (b) Allocation of Matching Contribution.  The Administrative Committee will
allocate the Employers' Matching  Contribution for a Plan Year quarter among the
Participants  who made  Elective  Deferrals  during  such Plan Year  quarter  in
proportion to such Participants'  year-to-date Elective Deferrals (not in excess
of six percent of year-to-date  Compensation),  determined as of the last day of
such Plan Year quarter; provided, however, that the total Matching Contributions
allocated to a Participant's  Matching  Contributions  Account for any Plan Year
shall not exceed the dollar limit (if any)  established  by the Company for such
Plan Year.

     (c) Timing of Matching Contribution.  The Employers will pay their Matching
Contributions  for a Plan Year  quarter to the Trust not later than the due date
(including  extensions  thereof)  for their  federal  income  tax return for the
taxable     year    in    which     the     relevant     Plan     Year     ends.

     Section 4.2 Employer Bonus Contribution

     (a) Amount of Bonus  Contribution.  Subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 5.8  hereof,  for each Bonus  Period,  the  Employers  will make a Bonus
Contribution  to the Trust in such amount as the Company will  determine,  which
amount may be zero.

     (b) Allocation of Bonus  Contribution.  The  Administrative  Committee will
allocate  the  Employers'  Bonus  Contribution  for a  Bonus  Period  among  the
Participants  who were Eligible  Employees on the last day of such Bonus Period.
Each such Participant's  share of the Bonus Contribution for a Bonus Period will
be determined by dividing such Bonus  Contribution by the number of Participants
who    are     eligible     to    share    in    such    Bonus     Contribution.

     (c)  Timing of Bonus  Contribution.  The  Employers  will pay  their  Bonus
Contribution  for a Bonus  Period  to the  Trust  not  later  than  the due date
(including  extensions  thereof)  for their  federal  income  tax return for the
taxable year in which the relevant Plan Year ends.

     Section 4.3 Contribution of Stock

     The Company may  require the  Employers  to pay all or any portion of their
Employer Contributions in Company Stock, rather than in cash, in which case such
Company Stock will

                                       21

<PAGE>

be valued at the average of the closing prices of the Company
Stock on the NASDAQ on each day during the  relevant  period  that the NASDAQ is
open for  trading.  For purposes of the  Matching  Contribution  for a Plan Year
quarter,  the  relevant  period is such Plan Year  quarter.  For purposes of the
Bonus Contribution for a Bonus Period, the relevant period is such Bonus Period.

     Section 4.4 Average Contribution Percentage Test

     (a)  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section  4.4, the  following  terms
shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

     (1) "Average  Contribution  Percentage"  means the average  (expressed as a
percentage) of the Contribution Percentages for the Participants in the relevant
group.

     (2)  "Contribution  Percentage" means the ratio (expressed as a percentage)
of the sum of the Matching Contributions allocated to the Participant's Accounts
for the relevant Plan Year to the  Participant's  "compensation,"  as defined in
any manner  permitted under Code Section 414(s) (as elected from time to time by
the Administrative Committee),  for such Plan Year; provided,  however, that the
Administrative  Committee may (but need not) limit a Participant's  compensation
to  compensation  paid while  such  Participant  is  eligible  to make  Elective
Deferrals. The Contribution Percentage for a Participant who is eligible to, but
who does not elect to, make Elective Deferrals for a Plan Year shall be zero.

     (b) Average Contribution Percentage Tests. In order to meet the limitations
of this  Section  4.4, the  Administrative  Committee  shall limit the amount of
Elective  Deferrals made by Highly  Compensated  Employees each Plan Year to the
extent  necessary to satisfy one of the Average  Contribution  Percentage  tests
described in (1), (2) or (3) below:

     (1)  If the  Average  Contribution  Percentage  of  Non-Highly  Compensated
Employees  for the prior Plan Year is less than 2%,  then the  Average  Deferral
Percentage of Highly  Compensated  Employees for the current Plan Year shall not
exceed 2 times the Average Contribution Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the prior Plan Year.

     (2)  If the  Average  Contribution  Percentage  of  Non-Highly  Compensated
Employees  for the  prior  Plan  Year is  between  2% and 8%,  then the  Average
Deferral  Percentage of Highly  Compensated  Employees for the current Plan Year
shall  not  exceed  the  Average  Contribution   Percentage  of  the  Non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year plus 2%.

     (3)  If the  Average  Contribution  Percentage  of  Non-Highly  Compensated
Employees  for the  prior  Plan  Year is  greater  than  8%,  then  the  Average

                                       22

<PAGE>

Contribution  Percentage  of Highly  Compensated  Employees for the current Plan
Year shall not exceed  1.25 times the  Average  Contribution  Percentage  of the
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year.

     (c) Rules to be Followed in Applying  Tests.  The following  rules shall be
followed in applying the tests set forth in subsection  (b)  immediately  above:


     (1)  If a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  is  eligible  to  make  after-tax
contributions  or  receive  matching  contributions  under  two  or  more  plans
maintained  by the  Employers or an  Affiliate,  then all after-tax and matching
contributions  under such  arrangements  shall be  aggregated  for  purposes  of
determining that Participant's  Average Contribution  Percentage.  If such plans
have  different  plan years,  the  Administrative  Committee  will determine the
combined  contributions  on the  basis  of the  plan  years  ending  in the same
calendar year.

     (2) If two or more plans that include  after-tax or matching  contributions
are considered a single plan for purposes of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b),
then all after-tax and matching  contributions  under such arrangements shall be
aggregated  for purposes of  determining a  Participant's  Average  Contribution
Percentage.  An  aggregation of plans under this paragraph (2) does not apply to
plans which have  different  plan years.  The  Administrative  Committee may not
aggregate an ESOP (or the ESOP  portion of a plan) with a non-ESOP  plan (or the
non-ESOP portion of a plan).

     (3) If elected by the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year, the Average
Contribution  Percentage  tests may be calculated  with reference to the Average
Contribution Percentage of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan
Year;  provided,  however,  that  such  election  may  not  be  changed  without
regulatory or other published guidance from the Secretary of the Treasury or its
designee. The Average Contribution  Percentage test for the Plan Year commencing
on January 1, 1997 was performed  using the Average  Contribution  Percentage of
Non-Highly   Compensated   Employees  for  such  Plan  Year,   and  the  Average
Contribution Percentage test for the Plan Year commencing on January 1, 1998 was
performed using the Average  Contribution  Percentage of Non-Highly  Compensated
Employees for the immediately preceding Plan Year.

     (d) Excess  Aggregate  Contributions.  The  Administrative  Committee shall
determine the respective shares of excess aggregate  contributions in the manner
described  below,  which excess will be forfeited (to the extent the Participant
is not  vested in the  Matching  Contributions  allocated  to his  Accounts)  or
distributed   (to  the  extent  the   Participant  is  vested  in  the  Matching
Contributions  allocated  to  his  Accounts),  together  with  Allocable  Income
thereon:

                                       23

<PAGE>

     First -- The Contribution  Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s)
with the highest  Contribution  Percentage shall be reduced until it equals that
of the  Highly  Compensated  Employee(s)  with  the  next  highest  Contribution
Percentage. This process shall be repeated until one of the Average Contribution
Percentage  tests is passed.  The aggregate  dollar  amount of excess  aggregate
contributions resulting from these reductions shall be determined.

     Next -- The aggregate dollar amount of excess aggregate  contributions that
are to be distributed  shall be allocated  among Highly  Compensated  Employees.
Excess  aggregate   contributions   shall  be  allocated  first  to  the  Highly
Compensated   Employee(s)   with  the  highest   dollar   amount  of   aggregate
contributions.  Excess aggregate contributions shall be allocated to such Highly
Compensated  Employee(s)  until  the  dollar  amount  of his  (their)  aggregate
contributions  has  been  reduced  to  equal  that  of  the  Highly  Compensated
Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount.  This process shall be repeated
until the aggregate  dollar amount of excess  aggregate  contributions  has been
allocated.

     The Administrative Committee will reduce the amount of excess contributions
by the amount of any excess deferrals previously distributed to the Employee for
the Employee's taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year.

     (e) Multiple  Use  Limitation.  The  Administrative  Committee  shall limit
further the amount of Matching Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Highly
Compensated  Employees  for each Plan Year to the extent  necessary to cause the
Average Contribution  Percentage test to satisfy the multiple use limitation set
forth    in    Section    1.401(m)-2(c)    of    the    Treasury    Regulations.

                                       24

<PAGE>


                 ARTICLE 5 MAINTENANCE OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS


     Section 5.1 Participant Accounts

     (a) In General.  The  Administrative  Committee will establish and maintain
(to the extent necessary) in the name of each Participant an Elective  Deferrals
Account,  a  Pre-1999  Matching  Contribution  Account,  a Rollover  Account,  a
Culverin After-Tax Account and a Culverin  Supplemental  Account to reflect such
Participant's  interest under the 401(k) Portion and a Company Stock Account and
an Other Investments  Account to reflect such  Participant's  interest under the
ESOP. Separate  subaccounts within each Account will be established as necessary
to reflect the type of  contributions  (i.e.,  Matching  Contributions  or Bonus
Contributions),  the  Investment  Funds in which such Account is invested or for
such  other  reasons  as the  Administrative  Committee  may deem  necessary  or
advisable for the proper administration of the Plan.

     (b) Company Stock  Account.  The Company Stock Account  maintained for each
Participant  will be  credited  with (1) his share of Company  Stock  (including
fractional shares) purchased and paid for by the Trust or contributed in-kind to
the  Trust as an  Employer  Contribution,  (2) his share of any  forfeitures  of
Company  Stock,  and (3) any stock  dividends on Company Stock  allocated to his
Company Stock Account.

         (c) Other Investments Account. The Other Investments Account maintained
for each  Participant  will be credited with (1) his allocable share of Employer
Contributions  under the ESOP that are not in the form of Company Stock, (2) any
cash  dividends on Company Stock  allocated to his Company Stock Account  (other
than currently  distributed  dividends)  and (3) his allocable  share of any net
income of the Trust. Such Account will be debited with the  Participant's  share
of (1) any cash  payments  made by the  Trustee for the  acquisition  of Company
Stock,  (2) any payment of any principal  and/or interest on an Acquisition Loan
and (3) any net loss of the Trust.

     (d) Elective Deferrals  Account.  The Elective Deferrals Account maintained
for each Participant will be credited with the Elective Deferrals made on behalf
of such Participant  during the Plan Year. It will also be credited (or debited)
with its share of the net  income (or loss) of the Trust  attributable  thereto.


     (e)  Pre-1999  Matching   Contributions   Account.  The  Pre-1999  Matching
Contributions  Account maintained for each Participant will be credited with the
Matching  Contributions  made on  behalf  of such  Participant  for  Plan  Years
commencing  prior to January 1, 1999. It will also be credited (or debited) with
its  share of the net  income  (or  loss)  of the  Trust  attributable  thereto.


     (f) Rollover  Account.  The Rollover  Account  maintained for a Participant
will be credited with the Rollover  Contribution  made by such  Participant.  It
will also be credited (or debited) with its share of the net income (or loss) of
the Trust attributable thereto.

                                       25

<PAGE>

     (g) Culverin After-Tax  Account.  The Culverin After-Tax Account maintained
for a Participant will be credited with employee after-tax contributions made by
such Participant  under the Culverin Plan. It will also be credited (or debited)
with its share of the net  income (or loss) of the Trust  attributable  thereto.

     (h)  Culverin  Supplemental  Account.  The  Culverin  Supplemental  Account
maintained  for a Participant  will be credited with the employer  discretionary
contributions  made on behalf of such  Participant  under the Culverin  Plan. It
will also be credited (or debited) with its share of the net income (or loss) of
the Trust attributable thereto.

     Section 5.2 Allocation of Contributions

     (a) Elective Deferrals.  A Participant's Elective Deferrals for a Plan Year
quarter  will  be  allocated  to his  Elective  Deferrals  Account  as  soon  as
administratively    practicable    after   they   are   paid   to   the   Trust.

     (b)  Matching   Contributions.   A  Participant's  share  of  the  Matching
Contribution  for a Plan Year quarter  will be  allocated  to his Company  Stock
Account or Other Investments Account, as applicable, as soon as administratively
practicable  after such Matching  Contribution  is paid to the Trust;  provided,
however,  that Matching  Contributions  made on behalf of a Participant for Plan
Years  commencing  prior to January 1, 1999 will be  allocated  to his  Pre-1999
Matching Contributions Account.

     (c) Bonus  Contributions.  A Participant's  share of the Bonus Contribution
for a Bonus  Period  will be  allocated  to his Company  Stock  Account or Other
Investments  Account,  as applicable,  as soon as  administratively  practicable
after such Bonus Contribution is paid to the Trust.

     (d) Rollover  Contributions.  A Participant's Rollover Contribution will be
allocated to his Rollover Account as soon as administratively  practicable after
it is paid to the Trust.

     Section 5.3 Financed Shares

     (a) Loan Suspense  Account.  Any Financed Shares acquired by the Trust will
initially be credited to a "Loan  Suspense  Account"  and will be released  from
such Loan  Suspense  Account  and  allocated  to the Company  Stock  Accounts of
Participants  only as  payments  are made on the  related  Acquisition  Loan.  A
separate Loan Suspense  Account shall be  established  and  maintained  for each
separate Acquisition Loan.

     (b) Release of Shares.  The number of Financed Shares to be released from a
Loan Suspense Account for allocation to Participants' Company Stock Accounts for
each Plan Year will be equal to the number of shares  held in the Loan  Suspense
Account  immediately before the release multiplied by whichever of the following
fractions is applicable,  as determined by the  Administrative  Committee at the
time the Financed Shares are acquired (or as provided in the Acquisition  Loan):

                                       26

<PAGE>

     (1)  Principal-and-Interest  Method.  The  numerator of the fraction is the
amount of principal and interest paid on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year
and the  denominator  of the fraction is the sum of the  numerator and the total
principal  and interest on that  Acquisition  Loan  projected to be paid for all
future Plan Years. For this purpose,  the interest to be paid in future years is
to be  computed by using the  interest  rate in effect as of the last day of the
current Plan Year.

     (2)  Principal-Only  Method. The numerator of the fraction is the amount of
principal paid on the Acquisition Loan for that Plan Year and the denominator of
the fraction is the outstanding principal balance due on the Acquisition Loan at
the beginning of that Plan Year (or on the date of the Acquisition Loan, if made
after the beginning of that Plan Year);  provided,  however,  that this fraction
may be used only to the extent  that:  (A) the  Acquisition  Loan  provides  for
annual  payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less
rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for ten years;  (B)
interest  included in any payment on the Acquisition Loan is disregarded only to
the extent  that it would be  determined  to be  interest  under  standard  loan
amortization  tables;  and (C)  the  entire  duration  of the  Acquisition  Loan
repayment period (considering any new loan resulting from the renewal, extension
or refinancing of the initial loan as being part of the same  Acquisition  Loan)
does not exceed ten years.

     (c) Allocation of Released Shares. The Financed Shares released from a Loan
Suspense  Account for a Plan Year will be  allocated  as of the last day of each
Plan  Year  (and  at  such  other  times  as the  Administrative  Committee  may
determine)  among the  Company  Stock  Accounts  of  Participants  in the manner
determined by the Administrative Committee based upon the source of funds (i.e.,
Matching Contributions,  Discretionary  Contributions,  earnings attributable to
such Matching  Contributions or Bonu  Contributions,  cash dividends on Financed
Shares allocated to  Participants'  Company Stock Accounts and cash dividends on
Financed Shares credited to the Loan Suspense  Account) used to make payments on
the  Acquisition  Loan.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if cash  dividends on
Financed Shares  allocated to a Participant's  Company Stock Account are used to
make payments on an Acquisition  Loan during a Plan Year,  then Financed  Shares
released as a result of such  payments,  and having a fair market  value at leas
equal to the amount of such  dividends,  will be allocated to the  Participant's
Company Stock Account for such Plan Year.

     Section 5.4 Allocation of Investment Gains and Losses

     (a) As of each Valuation  Date, the net income (or loss) of the Trust since
the  immediately  preceding  Valuation Date shall be determined.  Net income (or
loss) of the Trust  includes the increase (or decrease) in the fair market value
of Trust Fund assets other than Company Stock,  interest  income,  dividends and
other income and gains (or losses) attributable to Trust Fund assets (other than
any  dividends  on allocated  Company  Stock)  since the  immediately  preceding
Valuation Date, reduced by any expenses charged to the

                                       27

<PAGE>

     Trust fund for the period since the immediately  preceding  Valuation Date.
The  determination  of the net income (or loss) of the Trust shall not take into
account any interest paid by the Trust under an Acquisition Loan.

     (b) The net  income  (or  loss) of the  Trust  attributable  to the  401(k)
Portion will be determined  separately  for each  Investment  Fund and allocated
among the Elective Deferral Accounts,  Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Accounts,
Rollover  Accounts,   Culverin  After-Tax  Accounts  and  Culverin  Supplemental
Accounts of the  Participants  in proportion to the respective  balances of such
Accounts invested in each such Investment Fund.

     (c) Prior to the allocation of Matching Contributions,  Bonus Contributions
and forfeitures,  each Participant's share of any net income (or loss) under the
ESOP will be  allocated to his Other  Investments  Account in the ratio that the
total  balances of both his  Company  Stock  Account  and his Other  Investments
Account on the preceding  Valuation Date (reduced by any distribution  from such
Accounts  since the  preceding  Valuation  Date) bear to the sum of such Account
balances for all Participants as of that Valuation Date.

     Section 5.5 Dividends on Company Stock

     (a) Cash Dividends.  Any cash dividends received on shares of Company Stock
allocated  to  Participants'  Company  Stock  Accounts  will be allocated to the
respective Other Investments  Accounts of such Participants.  Any cash dividends
received on unallocated  shares of Company Stock  (including any Financed Shares
credited to a Loan Suspense Account) shall be included in the computation of the
net  income  (or  loss) of the  Trust.  Any cash  dividends  that are  currently
distributed to Participants  (or their  Beneficiaries)  under Section 9.1 hereof
shall not be credited to such Participants' Other Investments Accounts.

     (b) Stock Dividends. Any stock dividends received on Company Stock shall be
credited to the Accounts  (including  any Loan  Suspense  Account) to which such
Company Stock was allocated.

     Section 5.6 Accounting for Allocations

     The Administrative  Committee will establish accounting  procedures for the
purpose of making the allocations to Participants' Accounts provided for in this
Article 5. The  Administrative  Committee will maintain  adequate records of the
aggregate cost basis of Company Stock  allocated to each  Participant's  Company
Stock Account.  The Administrative  Committee will also keep separate records of
Financed Shares and of Matching Contributions,  Bonus Contributions and earnings
thereon  made for the  purpose of  enabling  the Trust to repay any  Acquisition
Loan. From time to time, the Administrative  Committee may modify the accounting
procedures  for  the  purposes  of  achieving  equitable  and  nondiscriminatory
allocations  among the Accounts of  Participants  in accordance with the general
concepts of the Plan, the provisions of this Article 5 and the  requirements  of
the Code and ERISA.

                                       28

<PAGE>

     Section 5.7 Account Statements

     The Administrative Committee will provide each Participant with a statement
of his Accounts not less frequently than once a year.

     Section 5.8 Limitations Imposed by Code Section 415

     (a) General  Limitation.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,
the Plan is  subject to the  limitations  imposed  by Code  Section  415 and the
regulations  issued  thereunder,  which  limitations are incorporated  herein by
reference.  The  limitation  year is the  Plan  Year.  Accordingly,  the  annual
additions  allocated to any  Participant's  Accounts with respect to a Plan Year
shall  not  exceed  the  lesser  of  $30,000   and  25%  of  the   Participant's
"compensation"  for such Plan Year.  For purposes of this  Section 5.8,  "annual
additions"  means the sum of the  Elective  Deferrals,  Matching  Contributions,
Bonus  Contributions  and  forfeitures  (if any) allocated to the  Participant's
Accounts for the Plan Year, and "compensation" means wages within the meaning of
Code Section  3401(a) and all other payments of  compensation  to an Employee by
the  Employers  and  their  Affiliates  (in the  course of an  Employer's  or an
Affiliate's trade or business) for which an Employer or an Affiliate is required
to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Section 6041(d),  6051(d)
or 6052  (increased by the amount of (1) any Elective  Deferrals,  (2) any other
elective  deferrals  within the meaning of Code Section  402(g)(3),  and (3) any
other amount that is  contributed  or deferred by an Employer at the election of
the  Participant  and  that  is  not  includible  in  the  gross  income  of the
Participant by reason of Code Section 125).

     (b) Special  Acquisition  Loan Rules. Any Employer  Contributions  that are
used by the Trust (not later than the due date, including extensions, for filing
the Company's  federal  income tax return for that Plan Year) to pay interest on
an Acquisition  Loan, and any Financed Shares that are allocated as forfeitures,
will not be included as annual additions under subsection (a) immediately above;
provided,  however,  that  the  provisions  of  this  subsection  (b)  shall  be
applicable  for any Plan  Year  only if not  more  than  one-third  (1/3) of the
Employer   Contributions   applied  to  pay  principal  and/or  interest  on  an
Acquisition  Loan are  allocated  to  Participants  who are  Highly  Compensated
Employees.

     (c)  Correction  of  Excess  Annual  Additions.  If,  as a  result  of  the
allocation of  forfeitures,  a reasonable  error in  estimating a  Participant's
annual compensation, or a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective
deferrals  that may be made with respect to any  individual  under the limits of
Code Section 415, or if under other facts and  circumstances as are found by the
Internal  Revenue Service to justify the  availability of the rules set forth in
this  subsection  (c), the annual  additions to a  Participant's  Accounts for a
limitation year would cause the limitations of Code Section 415(c) applicable to
that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, then the excess amounts
will be eliminated in the following manner:

     First -- The  Participant's  Elective  Deferrals for the  limitation  year,
together with any income attributable to such  contributions,  will be repaid to
the Participant  (and any related Matching  Contributions  will be forfeited) to
the extent  necessary to eliminate  such excess.  Any amounts  returned  will be
disregarded  for  purposes of applying the  limitation  set forth in Section 3.4
hereof.

                                       29

<PAGE>

     Second-- If, after the application of the immediately  preceding paragraph,
an excess still exists,  then, to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess,
the Employers' Bonus Contributions under Section 4.2 hereof will be allocated to
a suspense  account and held  therein,  without  adjustment  for any  investment
increase or decrease,  until it can be allocated and reallocated in a subsequent
Plan Year among all  Participants  as an  additional  Bonus  Contribution  under
Section 4.2 hereof.  The excess may also be used to reduce the Employers'  Bonus
Contribution  for the next Plan Year (and  succeeding  Plan Years, if necessary)
for all  Participants.  In the event of  termination  of the Plan,  the suspense
account will revert to the Employers to the extent it has not been  allocated to
Participant Accounts.

     (d) Combined Limit. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if a
Participant  in the Plan is or was a participant  in a defined  benefit plan, as
defined in Code Section  414(j),  maintained  by any Employer or any  Affiliate,
then the  Participant's  annual  benefit under the defined  benefit plan will be
limited to the extent  necessary to comply with the limitation set forth in Code
Section 415(e).

     (e) Multiple  Plans.  In applying the  limitations of this Section 5.8, all
defined contribution plans maintained by the Employers and their Affiliates will
be treated as a single plan and all defined  benefit  plans will be treated as a
single plan. If an excess amount is allocated to a Participant's  Accounts on an
allocation date under this Plan that coincides with an allocation date under any
other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employers or their Affiliates,
then the total excess  amount  allocated as of such date will be  attributed  to
this Plan. Any annual  additions  attributable to a welfare benefit fund will be
treated as allocated first, irrespective of the actual allocation date under the
welfare benefit plan.

                                       30

<PAGE>


                      ARTICLE 6 INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS


     Section 6.1 Investment of 401(k) Portion

     (a) Investment  Funds.  The Trustee shall invest all amounts  credited to a
Participant's  Elective  Deferrals  Account,   Pre-1999  Matching  Contributions
Account,  Rollover Account, Culverin After-Tax Account and Culverin Supplemental
Account in such Investment Funds as the Participant  shall direct from among the
Investment Funds authorized by the  Administrative  Committee from time to time.
The  Administrative  Committee may change the  characteristics of any Investment
Fund  and/or  add or  eliminate  Investment  Funds at any time and in any way it
deems  appropriate.  The  Administrative  Committee  shall  promptly  inform the
Trustee, the applicable  investment manager, if any, and the Participants of the
objectives of each Investment Fund and of any changes thereto.

     (b) Initial  Investment  Direction.  A Participant  shall direct, as of the
date he becomes a Participant, the percentage of the future contributions to his
Elective Deferrals Account and Pre-1999 Matching Contributions Account that will
be  invested  in each of the  Investment  Funds  available  at that time in such
increments, in such manner and subject to such other rules as the Administrative
Committee may prescribe.  If a Participant fails to direct the investment of any
portion  of the future  contributions  to his  Elective  Deferrals  Account  and
Pre-1999 Matching  Contributions Account, such contributions will be invested in
a money market (or an equivalent) fund.

     (c) Initial Investment Direction for Amounts Transferred From Another Plan.
A Participant  shall  direct,  as of the date of transfer or rollover of amounts
from  another  plan to the Plan,  the  percentage  of such  amounts that will be
invested  in  each  of the  Investment  Funds  available  at  that  time in such
increments, in such manner and subject to such other rules as the Administrative
Committee may prescribe.  If a Participant fails to direct the investment of any
portion of such  transferred  amounts,  such amounts will be invested in a money
market (or an equivalent) fund.

     (d) Change in Investment Direction. A Participant's direction of investment
for future contributions will remain in effect until changed by the Participant.
A Participant may change his investment  direction for future  contributions  to
his Elective  Deferrals Account and Pre-1999 Matching  Contributions  Account at
such times, in such  increments and subject to such rules as the  Administrative
Committee shall  establish.  In addition,  each  Participant may direct that the
amounts  allocated  to  his  Elective  Deferrals   Account,   Pre-1999  Matching
Contributions Account, Rollover Account, Culverin After-Tax Account and Culverin
Supplemental Account be reallocated among the Investment Funds then available at
such times, in such  increments and subject to such rules as the  Administrative
Committee shall establish.

     (e)  Participant  Liable for  Consequences  of Investment  Direction.  Each
Participant  shall  bear  the  sole  responsibility  for the  investment  of his
Elective Deferrals

                                       31

<PAGE>

Account,  Pre-1999 Matching Contributions  Account,  Rollover
Account,  Culverin After-Tax Account and Culverin Supplemental Account, and none
of the Trustee,  the Administrative  Committee,  or any of the Employers will be
liable for any loss that may occur in  connection  with the  investment  of such
Accounts.

     Section 6.2 Investment of ESOP

     The  portion of the Trust Fund  attributable  to the ESOP will be  invested
primarily (or  exclusively)  in Company Stock in accordance with directions from
the  Administrative  Committee.  The  Administrative  Committee  may  direct the
Trustee to invest up to 100% of the Trust Fund in Company  Stock.  To the extent
directed by the Administrative  Committee, the Trustee may also invest the Trust
Fund in such other prudent investments as the Administrative  Committee deems to
be desirable for the Trust, or hold suc assets temporarily in cash.

     Section 6.3 Purchases of Company Stock

     At the  direction  of the  Administrative  Committee,  the  Trustee may use
Employer  Contributions  and other assets of the Trust Fund to acquire shares of
Company  Stock  from  any  Company  shareholder  or from the  Company.  Any such
purchase from a party in interest (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) must be
made at a price  that does not  exceed  adequate  consideration  (as  defined in
Section 3(18) of ERISA) for the Company  Stock  acquired.  No commission  may be
charged  in  connection  with any  purchase  of  Company  Stock  from a party in
interest (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA).

     Section 6.4 Sales of Company Stock

     Subject to the approval of the Board,  or as may be required to comply with
Participant (or Beneficiary)  directions  under Section 9.2 or 10.2 hereof,  the
Administrative  Committee may direct the Trustee to sell shares of Company Stock
to any person (including the Company), provided that any such sale to a party in
interest (as defined in Section  3(14) of ERISA) must be made at a price that is
not less than adequate  consideration (as defined in Section 3(18) of ERISA) for
the Company Stock sold. No commission may be charged in connection with any sale
of Company Stock to a party in interest (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA).

     Section 6.5 Acquisition Loans

     (a)  Incurrence of  Acquisition  Loans.  The  Administrative  Committee may
direct the Trustee to incur  Acquisition  Loans under the ESOP from time to time
to finance  the  acquisition  of Company  Stock or to repay a prior  Acquisition
Loan. An  installment  obligation  incurred in  connection  with the purchase of
Company Stock shall be treated as an Acquisition Loan. An Acquisition Loan shall
be for a specified term,  shall bear a reasonable rate of interest and shall not
be payable on demand except i the event of default.  An Acquisition  Loan may be
secured by a pledge of the Financed  Shares  acquired with the

                                       32

<PAGE>

proceeds thereof (or acquired with the proceeds of a prior Acquisition Loan
which is being refinanced).  No other assets of the Trust Fund may be pledged as
collateral  for an Acquisition  Loan, and no lender shall have recourse  against
any assets of the Trust Fund other than any Financed Shares remaining subject to
pledge. Any pledge of Financed Shares must provide for the release of the shares
s pledged as such shares are released from the related Loan Suspense Account, in
accordance with Section 5.3(c) hereof,  for allocation to Participants'  Company
Stock  Accounts.  If the lender is a party in  interest  (as  defined in Section
3(14) of ERISA), the Acquisition Loan must provide for a transfer of assets from
the Trust  Fund to the  lender  on  default  only upon and to the  extent of the
failure of the Trust to meet the payment schedule of the Acquisition Loan.

     (b) Payments on Acquisition Loans. Payments of principal and/or interest on
any  Acquisition  Loan  shall be made by the  Trustee  only  from  (1)  Employer
Contributions  paid in cash to enable the Trust to repay such Acquisition  Loan,
(2)  earnings  attributable  to such  Employer  Contributions,  and (3) any cash
dividends  received by the Trust on the Financed  Shares  (whether  allocated or
unallocated);  and the payments made with respect to an  Acquisition  Loan for a
Plan Year must not exceed the sum o such  Employer  Contributions,  earnings and
dividends  for that Plan Year (and  prior Plan  Years),  less the amount of such
payments  for prior Plan Years.  If the Company is the lender with respect to an
Acquisition Loan, Employer Contributions may be paid in the form of cancellation
of  indebtedness  under the  Acquisition  Loan. If the Company is not the lender
with respect to an  Acquisition  Loan, the Company may elect to make payments on
the  Acquisition  Loan  directly  to the lender and to treat  such  payments  as
Employer Contributions.

     (c) Special Circumstances. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b)
immediately  above,  in the  event of a sale or other  disposition  of  Financed
Shares allocated to a Loan Suspense Account,  the  Administrative  Committee may
direct the  Trustee to apply the  proceeds  of such sale or  disposition  to the
repayment of the  Acquisition  Loan used to acquire such Financed  Shares (or to
refinance such  Acquisition  Loan) and the excess proceeds shall be allocated to
Participants' Other Investments  Accounts pro rata in relation to the balance in
each such Account.  The immediately  preceding sentence will not apply to a sale
or  disposition  of Financed  Shares  exchanged for other stock in a transaction
described in Code Section  402(j),  provided that there is a successor  employer
that,  with the Company's  consent,  agrees to adopt and continue the Plan as an
employee stock ownership plan, within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e)(7). If
the  Trustee is unable to make  payments  of  principal  and/or  interest  on an
Acquisition Loan when due, then the Administrative  Committee (with the approval
of the Board) may direct the Trustee to sell any  Financed  Shares that have not
been  allocated  to  Participants'  Company  Stock  Accounts  or  to  obtain  an
Acquisition Loan in an amount sufficient to make such payments.

                                       33

<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE 7 VOTING OF COMPANY STOCK


     Section 7.1 Voting

     Each Participant (or Beneficiary, as applicable) shall have the right, with
respect to the shares of Company Stock  allocated to his Company Stock  Account,
to direct the  Trustee as to the manner in which to vote such  Company  Stock in
any  matter  put to a  shareholder  vote.  Upon  receipt  of timely  and  proper
directions from a Participant (or Beneficiary), the Trustee will vote the shares
of Company Stock  allocated to such  Participant's  (or  Beneficiary's)  Company
Stock  Account in accordance  therewith.  Th Trustee will not vote any allocated
shares of Company  Stock  with  respect to which the  Trustee  does not  receive
timely and proper  direction.  The Trustee will vote any shares of Company Stock
that are not then  allocated to Participant  Accounts in the manner  directed by
the Administrative Committee (or by such other person as may be appointed by the
Board to direct the Trustee in such matter).

     Section 7.2 Tender Offers

     Each Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) shall have the right, with
respect to the shares of Company Stock  allocated to his Company Stock  Account,
to direct the  Trustee as to  whether  to tender  such  shares in any tender (or
other purchase or exchange) offer made with respect to such shares. Upon receipt
of timely and proper directions from a Participant (or Beneficiary), the Trustee
will  tender  or not  tender  the  shares of  Company  Stock  allocated  to such
Participant's (or Beneficiary's)  Compan Stock Account in accordance  therewith.
The Trustee  will tender or not tender any shares of Company  Stock with respect
to which the Trustee  does not  receive  timely and proper  directions  from the
Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  to whose  Company  Stock Account such shares are
allocated,  and any  shares of  Company  Stock  that are not then  allocated  to
Participant Accounts, as directed by the Administrative Committee (or such other
person as may be appointed  by the Board to direct the Trustee in such  matter).
Notwithstanding  the first  sentence of Section 6.4, Board approval shall not be
required  with  respect  to any tender of Company  Stock made  pursuant  to this
Section 7.2, even if such tender is directed by the Administrative Committee.

     Section 7.3 Furnishing of Information

     On any matter in which a Participant (or Beneficiary) is entitled to direct
the Trustee  under  Section 7.1 or 7.2 hereof,  the Trustee  will  solicit  such
directions by distributing to each  Participant and Beneficiary to whose Company
Stock Account  Company Stock has been  allocated,  such  information as shall be
distributed  to  shareholders  of Company Stock  generally in connection  with a
shareholder vote, together with any additional  information as the Trustee deems
appropriate for each Participant (or  Beneficiary) to give proper  directions to
the  Trustee.  The  directions  received  from any  Participant  will be held in
confidence by the Trustee, and will not be individually  divulged or released to
the Employers,  the

                                       34

<PAGE>

Administrative  Committee or any other person, except to the
extent  required by law or as may be  unavoidable  in complying with Section 7.2
hereof.

                                       35

<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE 8 VESTING


     Section 8.1 Vesting

     (a) Elective Deferrals and Bonus  Contributions.  A Participant will at all
times be 100%  vested  in his  Elective  Deferrals  Account,  Pre-1999  Matching
Contributions  Account,  Rollover Account and Culverin After-Tax Account, and in
the portion of his Company Stock Account and Other  Investments  Account that is
attributable to Bonus Contributions.

     (b) Matching  Contributions.  A Participant who has completed three or more
Years of  Service  as of July 1, 1999  will at all  times be 100%  vested in the
portion of his Company  Stock  Account  and Other  Investments  Account  that is
attributable to Matching Contributions. Any other Participant will become vested
in the portion of his Company Stock Account and Other  Investments  Account that
is  attributable  to Matching  Contributions  in  accordance  with the following
schedule, based upon his Years of Service:

                        Year of Service Vested Percentage
                                 Less than 1 0%
                                      1 20%
                                      2 40%
                                      3 60%
                                      4 80%
                                 5 or more 100%

     (c) Culverin Supplemental Accounts. A Participant will vest in his Culverin
Supplemental  Account in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan as in effect on
December 31, 1998.

     (d) Vesting upon Death,  Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.
Notwithstanding  subsections (b) and (c) immediately  above, a Participant  will
become 100% vested in his Culverin  Supplemental  Account and in that portion of
his Company Stock Account and Other Investments  Account that is attributable to
Matching Contributions upon the Participant's death, Disability or attainment of
Normal  Retirement  Age,  provided that he is an Employee on the date such event
occurs.

     Section 8.2 Forfeitures

     (a) Timing of Forfeitures. Any amounts in a Participant's Accounts that are
not vested on his  Severance  Date will be  maintained in such Accounts and will
continue to share in  allocations  under  Section 5.4 hereof  until the first to
occur of (1) the distribution of the Participant's entire Capital  Accumulation,
or (ii) the  Participant's  incurrence of five  consecutive  One-Year  Breaks in
Service,  whereupon such amounts will be forfeited and used to  reestablish  the
forfeited  Account  balances o  Participants  rehired  during such Plan Year (as
provided in subsection (b)  immediately  below) or to reduce the amount that the
Employers

                                       36

<PAGE>

would  otherwise  have to  contribute  as  Employer  Contributions  for the
current  Plan Year or future  Plan  Years.  Forfeitures  will  first be  charged
against a  Participant's  Other  Investments  Account,  with any balance charged
against his Company Stock Account (at the fair market  value).  Financed  Shares
will be forfeited only after other shares of Company Stock have been  forfeited.
A  Participant  who has no vested  interest  will be deemed to have  received  a
distribution  of his  entire  Capital  Accumulation  on his  Severance  Date.  A
Participant whose entire Capital Accumulation has been distributed from the Plan
or who has no vested interest will be deemed cashed out from the Plan.

     (b) Restoration of Forfeitures. If a Participant whose unvested interest in
his Accounts has been forfeited  pursuant to subsection (a) immediately above is
reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliate  prior to incurring  five  consecutive
One-Year  Breaks in Service,  then the amount  forfeited will be restored to the
relevant  Account(s),   unadjusted  for  gains  or  losses  occurring  prior  to
restoration,  if the Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of his prior
distributions  attributable to employer  contributions under the Plan before the
earlier of (i) the end of the  five-year  period  commencing  on the  Employee's
reemployment  date,  and  (ii)  the  date on  which  the  Employee  incurs  five
consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.  Such restoration will be made as of the
last  day of the Plan  Year in  which  repayment  occurs  and will be made  from
forfeitures of other  Participants  for such Plan Year, and if such  forfeitures
are not  sufficient  for that  purpose,  from a special  Employer  contribution.
Restoration of the Participant's  Accounts will include  restoration of all Code
Section  411(d)(6)  protected  benefits  with  respect  to  such  Accounts,   in
accordance with applicable Treasury regulations. If a Participant who was deemed
to have received a  distribution  pursuant to the fourth  sentence of subsection
(a)  immediately  above  resumes  employment  as an Employee  before the date he
incurs five consecutive  One-Year Breaks in Service,  then such Employee will be
deemed to have repaid all distributions as of his reemployment date.

     (c) Vested  Interest.  If a Participant  is reemployed by an Employer or an
Affiliate prior to incurring five  consecutive  One-Year Breaks in Service,  but
after  receiving a  distribution  of all or a part of his Capital  Accumulation,
then such  Participant's  vested interest in the remaining  amounts allocated to
his  Accounts  will not be less than an amount  "X"  determined  by the  formula
"X=P(AB)+D)-D," where "P" is the vested percentage at the relevant time, "AB" is
the aggregate  Account  balances at the relevant  time, and "D" is the amount of
the distribution.

                                       37

<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE 9 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS


     Section 9.1 Cash Dividends

     If so determined by the Board,  any cash  dividends paid during a Plan Year
on shares of Company Stock  allocated to a  Participant's  Company Stock Account
may be paid in cash directly to such  Participant (or his Beneficiary) or may be
paid in cash to the Trustee and distributed by the Trustee (or its agent) to the
Participant  (or his  Beneficiary)  no later than 90 days after the close of the
Plan Year in which such dividends are received by the Trustee.

     Section 9.2 ESOP Diversification

     (a) A Participant  who has attained age 55 and completed at least ten Years
of  Participation  in the ESOP may elect to "diversify" a portion of the balance
in his Company Stock Account in accordance with such rules as the Administrative
Committee shall establish. The rules established by the Administrative Committee
shall, at a minimum, permit a qualifying Participant to diversify the balance in
his Company Stock Account in accordance with the following provisions:

     (1) Such  Participant  shall be permitted to elect to diversify the balance
in his Company Stock Account during the 90-day period immediately  following the
close of each Plan Year during the election period. For purposes of this Section
9.2,  "election period" means the period of six consecutive Plan Years beginning
with the Plan Year immediately  following the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains age 55 or completes ten Years of  Participation  in the Plan,  whichever
occurs later.

     (2) For each of the first  five Plan  Years in the  election  period,  such
Participant  shall be permitted to diversify not less than 25% of the balance in
his Company Stock Account  (less any amounts that such  Participant  diversified
previously under this Section  9.2(a)).  For the sixth Plan Year in the election
period, such Participant shall be allowed to diversify 50% of the balance in his
Company  Stock  Account  (less any  amounts  that such  Participant  diversified
previously  under  this  Section  9.2(a)).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no
"diversification"  election  shall be  permitted  if the fair market  value of a
Participant's  Company  Stock Account (as of the last day of the first Plan Year
in the election period) is $500 or less,  unless and until the fair market value
of his Company Stock Account as of the last day of a subsequent Plan Year in the
election period exceeds such amount.

                                       38

<PAGE>

     (b)  "Diversification"  may be effected by either of the following methods,
as determined by the Administrative Committee:

     (1) By  distributing  to the  Participant  (in cash or in Company Stock, as
determined by the  Administrative  Committee)  the portion of the  Participant's
Company Stock Account that the Participant elected to diversify; or

     (2) If the Plan  allows  Participants  to direct  the  investment  of their
interest under the 401(k) Portion among at least three  investment  options,  by
transferring  such  amount to the 401(k)  Portion,  where it will be invested in
accordance  with the  Participant's  directions,  subject  to such  rules as the
Administrative  Committee may establish,  in the Investment Funds then available
under the 401(k) Portion.

     (c) Any  distribution  or  transfer  under this  Section 9.2 shall occur no
later  than  90 days  after  the  end of the  90-day  period  during  which  the
Participant made his diversification election.

     Section 9.3 Hardship Withdrawals

     (a) General. If a Participant  experiences a "hardship" (as defined below),
he may elect to withdraw an amount from his Elective Deferrals Account that does
not exceed the amount  required to relieve the financial  need (which amount may
include any amounts  necessary to pay any federal,  state, or local income taxes
or penalties  reasonably  anticipated to result from the withdrawal);  provided,
however,  that a  Participant  may not  withdraw  any  earnings  credited to his
Elective Deferrals Account as of a date that is later than December 31, 1988.

     (b) Hardship  Defined.  A withdrawal  is on account of hardship only if the
withdrawal  (1) is made on account of an immediate and heavy  financial  need of
the Participant and (2) is necessary to satisfy such need.

     (1) Immediate and Heavy  Financial  Need. A withdrawal will be deemed to be
made on account of an immediate and heavy  financial need of the  Participant if
the withdrawal is on account of:

     (i) uninsured medical expenses  described in Code Section 213(d) previously
incurred by the Participant,  the Participant's spouse, or any dependents of the
Participant  (as defined in Code Section 152), or necessary for these persons to
obtain medical care described in Code Section 213(d);

     (ii) costs directly related to the purchase  (excluding  mortgage payments)
of a principal residence of the Participant;

                                       39

<PAGE>

     (iii) payment of tuition,  related  educational fees and room and board for
the next 12  months  of  post-secondary  education  for the  Participant  or the
Participant's spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);

     (iv) the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal
residence  or  foreclosure  on  the  mortgage  of  the  Participant's  principal
residence; or

     (v) any need  prescribed  by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  in a  revenue
ruling,  notice or other  document of general  applicability  that satisfies the
safe harbor definition of hardship.

     (2) Withdrawal  Necessary to Satisfy Need. A withdrawal  will be treated as
being necessary to satisfy the need if the requested  withdrawal does not exceed
the amount of the  Participant's  immediate and heavy financial need,  which may
include any amounts  necessary to pay any federal,  state, or local income taxes
or  penalties  reasonably  anticipated  to result from the  withdrawal,  and the
requirements  of  subsection  (3)  immediately  below  are  satisfied.  Prior to
obtaining  a  hardship   withdrawal,   a  Participant  must  have  obtained  all
distributions,  other than  hardship  distributions,  and all  nontaxable  loans
(determined at the time of the loan) currently available under this Plan and all
other qualified plans maintained by the Employer.

     (3)  Restrictions.  The following  restrictions  apply to a Participant who
receives a hardship withdrawal:

     (i)  Such   Participant  may  not  make  elective   deferrals  or  employee
contributions  to the Plan or any other qualified plan or  nonqualified  plan of
deferred  compensation  (but not  including a health or welfare  benefit  plan),
other than any  mandatory  employee  contribution  portion of a defined  benefit
plan,  maintained by the Company for the  12-consecutive-month  period following
the date of the hardship withdrawal; and

     (ii) The  Participant's  elective  deferrals  under  the Plan and any other
qualified  plan  maintained  by the Company for the  Participant's  taxable year
immediately  following  the taxable  year of the  hardship  withdrawal  shall be
limited to the Code Section  402(g)  limitation  (as described in Section 3.1(c)
hereof),   reduced  by  the  amount  of  the  Participant's  elective  deferrals
(including  Basic  Contributions)  made  in the  taxable  year  of the  hardship
withdrawal.

                                       40

<PAGE>

     Section 9.4 Loans

     (a) Loan Policy. The Administrative Committee, in its discretion, may adopt
(or having adopted, may revoke) a nondiscriminatory policy that the Trustee must
observe in making loans to Participants.  Such policy must be a written document
and must  include:  (1) the  identity of the person or positions  authorized  to
administer the  participant  loan program;  (2) a procedure for applying for the
loan; (3) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (4) the limitations,  if
any,  on the  types  an  amounts  of  loans  available;  (5) the  procedure  for
determining a reasonable rate of interest;  (6) the types of collateral that may
secure the loan; and (7) the events constituting  default and the steps the Plan
will take to  preserve  Plan assets in the event of  default.  Any written  loan
policy shall be deemed to be a part of the Plan.

     (b) Trustee  Authorization.  This Section 9.4  specifically  authorizes the
Trustee  to  make  loans  on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis  to a  Participant  in
accordance  with the loan policy  established by the  Administrative  Committee,
provided: (1) the loan policy satisfies the foregoing requirements of subsection
(a) immediately above; (2) loans may be made only from a Participant's  interest
under the 401(k)  Portion;  (3) loans are  available  to all  Participants  on a
reasonably equivalent basis and are not available in a greater amount for Highly
Compensated Employees than for other Employees;  (4) loans are limited to 50% of
the  Participant's  Capital  Accumulation as of the dates on which the loans are
processed;  (5) any loan is  adequately  secured and bears a reasonable  rate of
interest;  (6) the loan provides for repayment  within a specified time; (7) the
default  provisions  of the note  prohibit  offset of the  Participant's  vested
Account  balances prior to the time the Trustee  otherwise  would  distribute th
Participant's  vested  Account  balances;  (8) the  amount  of the loan does not
exceed  (at the  time  the Plan  extends  the  loan)  the  present  value of the
Participant's  Capital  Accumulation under the 401(k) Portion;  and (9) the loan
otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by Code Section 4975(d)(1).

     (c) Deemed Distribution Upon Default.  If a Participant  defaults on a loan
made pursuant to the loan policy described in subsection (a) immediately  above,
the Plan will treat the default as a distributable  event.  The Trustee,  at the
time of the default or at such later time as the  Administrative  Committee  may
determine,  will reduce the Participant's  vested Account balances by the lesser
of the amount in default (plus accrued interest  thereon) or the Plan's security
interest in the Participant's vested Account balances;  provided,  however, that
to the  extent  the loan is  secured  by the  Participant's  Elective  Deferrals
Account,  the Trustee will not reduce the Participant's  vested Account balances
unless the Participant has incurred a Severance Date or has attained age 59 1/2.
1/2.

     Section 9.5 Special Rules

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  Sections of this Article 9, the  following
provisions will apply to all withdrawals and loans made under this Article 9:

                                       41

<PAGE>

     (a) A hardship  withdrawal under Section 9.3 hereof or a loan under Section
9.4 hereof  requested  by a married  Participant  who is  subject to  Appendix A
hereto  shall  not  be  granted  by  the  Administrative  Committee  unless  the
Participant's  spouse consents in writing to such withdrawal or loan in a manner
similar to that described in Section A.3(b) of Appendix A hereto after receiving
notice, similar to that described in Section A.3(c) of Appendix A hereto, of the
spouse's rights.

     (b)   Withdrawal   and  loan  amounts  shall  be  distributed  as  soon  as
administratively   practicable  after  the  date  on  which  the  Administrative
Committee receives the Participant's application (provided that such application
is  made  in  accordance   with  such  rules  as  may  be   established  by  the
Administrative  Committee).  Withdrawals  and loans shall be charged pro rata to
all of the Participant's  applicable  Investment Funds unless the Administrative
Committee, in its sole discretion, determines otherwise.

     (c) The Participant  shall not be entitled to make a withdrawal  under this
Article 9 to the extent that such withdrawal requires  distribution of a portion
of his Accounts then outstanding in the form of loans.

     (d) In the event of the  Participant's  death prior to a withdrawal or loan
pursuant  to this  Article  9, the  Participant's  withdrawal  election  or loan
request, as applicable, shall be deemed to have been revoked.

     (e)  The   Administrative   Committee   shall   establish  such  rules  and
requirements  as it deems necessary or advisable to administer this Article 9 so
as to satisfy the applicable Code requirements.  In addition, the Administrative
Committee  may  establish  such  other  rules  and   requirements  as  it  deems
appropriate  or  desirable  with  respect  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of a
withdrawal  or loan under this Article 9,  including,  but not limited to, rules
limiting  the number of  withdrawals  and loans a  Participant  may make or have
outstanding  in any  Plan  Year or at any  time and the  minimum  amount  that a
Participant must withdraw or borrow on any single occasion.


                                       42

<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE 10 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     Section 10.1 Time of Distribution

     (a) In General.  Except as provided  otherwise  in this  Section 10.1 or in
Section 10.3 hereof, a Participant's Capital Accumulation will be distributed or
commence  to  be  distributed  to  the  Participant  (or  to  the  Participant's
Beneficiary in the case of a deceased  Participant) as soon as  administratively
practicable after the Participant's  Severance Date; provided,  however, that if
the Participant's Capital Accumulation exceeds $5,000, such Capital Accumulation
will not be distributed or commence to be distributed to the  Participant  prior
to  the   Participant's   attainment  of  Normal   Retirement  Age  without  the
Participant's written consent.

     (b) Earliest Distribution Date. Except as provided in Section 9.3 hereof, a
Participant's  Capital Accumulation may not be distributed prior to the earliest
of:

     (1) the Participant's separation from service, death or Disability;

     (2) the termination of the Plan without the establishment or maintenance of
another defined  contribution  plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan
(within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e)(7));

     (3)  the  disposition  by a  corporation  to an  unrelated  corporation  of
substantially  all of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section  409(d)(2))
used in a trade or business of the  corporation  disposing of the assets if such
corporation continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition,  but only with
respect to employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such
assets;

     (4)  the  disposition  by a  corporation  to an  unrelated  entity  of such
corporation's  interest in a  subsidiary  (within  the  meaning of Code  Section
409(d)(3))  if such  corporation  continues  to  maintain  the  Plan  after  the
disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the
subsidiary;

     (5) the Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2; and

     (6) the  Participant's  incurrence  of a  hardship,  within the  meaning of
Section 9.3 hereof.

     (c)  Latest  Distribution  Date  Absent  Participant  Consent.  Unless  the
Participant  (or,  in the  case of a  deceased  Participant,  the  Participant's
Beneficiary) elects otherwise,  the Participant's  Capital  Accumulation will be
distributed  or will commence to be  distributed no later than 60 days after the
end of the  Plan  Year in  which  occurs  the  latest  of (1) the  Participant's
attainment of Normal  Retirement Age, (2) the tenth  anniversary of the date the

                                       43

<PAGE>

Participant  became a  Participant,  and (3) the  Participant's  termination  of
Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a nonspouse Beneficiary,
Section 10.3 hereof may require that distribution be made or commence sooner.

     (d) Required Beginning Date.  Notwithstanding  any provision of the Plan to
the contrary,  a  Participant's  Capital  Accumulation  must be  distributed  or
commence to be  distributed no later than April 1 of the calendar year following
the later of the calendar year in which such Participant's Service terminates or
the  calendar  year in which  such  Participant  attains  age 70 1/2;  provided,
however,  that if a  Participant  is a 5% owner (as defined in Code Section 416)
with respect to the calendar year in which such Participant  attains age 70 1/2,
distribution to such  Participant will be made or commence to be made by April 1
of the calendar year following such calendar year. year.

     Section 10.2 Amount and Form of Distribution

     (a) Amount. Except as provided in Appendix A hereto, the amount of a
Participant's  Capital Accumulation for distribution purposes will be determined
as of the Valuation Date  coinciding  with or immediately  preceding the date on
which the Participant's  distribution is processed, and will not be adjusted for
investment  earnings or losses  occurring  subsequent  to such  Valuation  Date.
Distributions  will be processed at such times as the  Administrative  Committee
shall establish, but in any even at least once each calendar month.

     (b) Form. Except as provided in Appendix A hereto, a Participant's  Capital
Accumulation  will be  distributed  to the  Participant  (or,  in the  case of a
deceased  Participant,  the  Participant's  Beneficiary)  in a single,  lump sum
payment.

     (c) Cash or Stock. Except as provided in Appendix A hereto, a Participant's
Capital Accumulation will be distributed in cash, unless the Participant (or, in
the case of a deceased  Participant,  the Participant's  Beneficiary)  elects to
receive  that portion of his Capital  Accumulation  held under the ESOP in whole
shares of Company Stock (with cash for any fractional share). The Administrative
Committee will notify the Participant (or the Participant's  Beneficiary) of his
right to receive stock with respect to that portion of his Capital  Accumulation
held under the ESOP.

     Section 10.3 Special Rules for Death Benefits

     (a)  Death  After  Benefit  Commencement.   If  a  Participant  dies  after
distribution of his Capital  Accumulation  has commenced,  but before his entire
vested interest has been  distributed,  then the remainder of the  Participant's
Capital  Accumulation  will be distributed to the  Participant's  Beneficiary at
least as rapidly as under the  distribution  method being used as of the date of
the Participant's death.

     (b) Death  Prior to Benefit  Commencement.  If a  Participant  dies  before
distribution of his Capital Accumulation has commenced, then distribution to the
Participant's  Beneficiary  must be completed (i) by December 31 of the calendar
year

                                       44

<PAGE>

containing the fifth  anniversary of the  Participant's  death,  or (ii) if
payment  commences  to a designated  Beneficiary  by December 31 of the calendar
year containing the first anniversary of the Participant's  death, over a period
that  does  not   exceed   the   designated   Beneficiary's   life   expectancy.
Notwithstanding  the preceding  sentence,  if the designated  Beneficiary is the
Participant's   spouse,   then   distribution  of  the   Participant's   Capital
Accumulation need not be made or commence to be made until the later of December
31 of the calendar year in which the Participant  would have attained age 70 1/2
or December 31 of the year in which the Participant's Service terminates. If the
Participant's Beneficiary is his surviving spouse, and the spouse dies after the
the  Participant  but before  distributions  have begun to the spouse,  then the
first sentence of this subsection (b) will be applied as if the surviving spouse
were the Participant.

     (c) Beneficiary Designation.  A Participant shall designate his Beneficiary
on such forms as are prescribed by and filed with the Administrative  Committee.
A Participant may change his Beneficiary designation at any time by filing a new
Beneficiary  designation  with the  Administrative  Committee.  The most  recent
Beneficiary  designation  on file  with  the  Administrative  Committee  will be
controlling.  If a married  Participant  designates a Beneficiary other than his
spouse,  that designation will be invalid,  unless the Participant's  spouse has
consented  in writing to the  designation  of a different  Beneficiary  or it is
established to the  satisfaction of a Plan  representative  that the Participant
has no spouse, the Participant's  spouse cannot be located or the Participant is
excused from obtaining such consent because of other  circumstances  approved in
federal  regulations.  The  spouse's  written  consent to the  designation  of a
different  Beneficiary (1) must acknowledge the specific  nonspouse  Beneficiary
(including any class of  Beneficiaries or any contingent  Beneficiaries),  which
may  not be  changed  without  spousal  consent  (unless  the  spouse's  consent
expressly  permits  designations by the Participant  without any requirement for
further consent by the spouse), (2) must acknowledge the effect of such consent,
and (3) must be  witnessed  by a Plan  representative  or a notary  public.  The
spouse's  consent  may not be revoked.  However,  the consent of one spouse will
have no effect with respect to any subsequent spouse.

     If  there  is  no  valid   Beneficiary   designation   on  file   with  the
Administrative   Committee,   or  if  no  designated  Beneficiary  survives  the
Participant,  then  the  Participant's  Beneficiary  will  be the  Participant's
surviving  spouse or, if none,  the  Participant's  surviving  children in equal
shares, or, if none, the Participant's estate.

     (d) Death of Beneficiary  After Death of Participant.  If the Participant's
Beneficiary dies after the  Participant,  but before the  Participant's  Capital
Accumulation  has  been  completely  distributed,  then  the  remaining  Capital
Accumulation  will  be  distributed  to the  Beneficiary's  estate,  unless  the
Participant's       Beneficiary       designation       provides      otherwise.

     Section 10.4 Notice to Participant

     Not more than 90 days and not less than 30 days  before  the  Participant's
Annuity  Starting  Date,  the   Administrative   Committee  shall  provide  each
Participant whose Capital  Accumulation  exceeds $5,000 a written explanation of
the optional  forms of benefit under

                                       45

<PAGE>

     the Plan,  including  the material  features  and relative  values of those
options, when the Participant's  benefits will be distributed if the Participant
fails to make an election,  and the  Participant's  right to defer  distribution
until the date  distribution is required under Section  10.1(c)  hereof.  If the
Administrative   Committee  so  elects  for  a  Plan  Year,  distribution  of  a
Participant's  Capital Accumulation may be made or commence to be made less than
30 days  after  such  notice  is  given,  provided  that (1) the  Administrative
Committee  clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a
period of at least 30 days after  receiving  the notice to consider the decision
of whether or not to consent to a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
distribution  option),  and (2) the  Participant,  after  receiving  the notice,
affirmatively elects a distribution.

     Section 10.5 Minimum Distribution and Incidental Benefit Requirements

     The  provisions  of the Plan are  intended  to  comply  with  Code  Section
401(a)(9),  which prescribes  certain rules regarding minimum  distributions and
requires  that  death  benefits  be  incidental  to  retirement  benefits.   All
distributions  under  the Plan  will be made in  conformity  with  Code  Section
401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, including Treasury Regulation Sections
1.401(a)(9)-1 and 1.401(a)(9)-2, which are incorporated herein by reference. The
provisions of the Plan governing  distributions are intended to apply in lieu of
any default provisions  prescribed in the regulations;  provided,  however, that
Code Section  401(a)(9) and the regulations  thereunder  shall override any Plan
provisions inconsistent with such Code section and regulations.

     Section 10.6 Post-Termination Withdrawals

     Subject to such rules as the  Administrative  Committee  may  establish,  a
Participant whose Service has terminated, and whose Capital Accumulation exceeds
$5,000,  may withdraw all or any portion of his Capital  Accumulation  under the
401(k) Portion at any time. A distribution pursuant to this Section 10.6 will be
made as soon as administratively  practicable after the Administrative Committee
receives the Participant's  distribution  request (provided that such request is
made in  accordance  with such rules as the  Administrative  Committee  may have
established).

     Section 10.7 Special Rules for Amounts Transferred from Culverin Plan

     Notwithstanding  the  provisions in the preceding  sections of this Article
10,  all  amounts  transferred  to the  Plan  from  the  Culverin  Plan  will be
distributed  in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan as in effect on December
31, 1998.

     Section 10.8 Direct Rollovers

     (a) General Rule. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
that would otherwise  limit a distributee's  election under this Section 10.8, a
distributee  may  elect,  at  the  time  and  in the  manner  prescribed  by the
Administrative   Committee,   to  have  any

                                       46

<PAGE>

portion of an eligible  rollover  distribution paid directly to an eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

     (b)  Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 10.8,  the following  terms
shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

     (1)  "Direct  rollover"  means  a  payment  by the  Plan  to  the  eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee.

     (2) "Distributee"  means an Employee or former Employee.  In addition,  the
Employee's or former  Employee's  surviving  spouse and the Employee's or former
Employee's  spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
domestic  relations  order, as defined in Code Section 414(p),  are distributees
with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

     (3)  "Eligible  retirement  plan" means an  individual  retirement  account
described in Code Section 408(a), an individual  retirement annuity described in
Code Section  408(b),  an annuity plan  described in Code Section  403(a),  or a
qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's
eligible  rollover  distribution.  However,  in the case of an eligible rollover
distribution  to  the  surviving  spouse,  an  eligible  retirement  plan  is an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

     (4) "Eligible rollover  distribution"  means any distribution of all or any
portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible
rollover  distribution does not include the following:  any distribution that is
one of a series of  substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less frequently
than annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy) of the distributee or the
joint  lives  (or  joint  life   expectancies)   of  the   distributee  and  the
distributee's designated Beneficiary,  or for a specified period of ten years or
more; any  distribution  to the extent such  distribution is required under Code
Section  401(a)(9);  the portion of any  distribution  that is not includible in
gross income  (determined  without  regard to the exclusion  for net  unrealized
appreciation  with  respect to employer  securities);  effective  for Plan Years
commencing after December 31, 1999, any hardship  withdrawal pursuant to Section
9.3 hereof; and any other distribution  identifie in the Code or in regulations,
notices or other  materials  promulgated by the Internal  Revenue Service as not
constituting an eligible rollover distribution.

     Section 10.9 Incompetent Participant or Beneficiary

     Every  person  receiving  or  claiming  a benefit  under the Plan  shall be
conclusively  presumed to be mentally competent until the date on which the Plan
Administrator  receives a written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to the
Plan  Administrator,  that such  person  is  incompetent,  and that a  guardian,
conservator,  or other  person  legally  vested  with the care of

                                       47

<PAGE>

such person's person or estate has been appointed;  provided, however, that
if the Administrative  Committee is of the opinion, from informatio deemed by it
to be reliable,  that a person entitled to benefits  hereunder is unable for any
reason to attend to his affairs,  the  Administrative  Committee may direct that
any benefits payable  hereunder will be withheld until a guardian,  conservator,
or other legal  representative  for such person has been duly appointed pursuant
to  proceedings  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Committee  and that  such
benefits be paid only to such guardian,  conservator,  or legal  representative;
or, in the  alternative,  the  Administrative  Committee  may  direct  that such
benefits  be paid to (a) the  person  himself  (unless  the  person  is a minor)
directly,  (b) any  relative by blood or  connection  by marriage of such person
appearing to the  Administrative  Committee to be equitably  entitled to same or
best  qualified to apply same to the comfort,  maintenance,  and support of such
person, or (c) to any custodian under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or similar
statute.  The  Administrative  Committee's  decision  on  such  matters  will be
conclusive   and  binding  on  all  persons   and  parties  in   interest.   The
Administrative  Committee will not be required to see to the proper  application
of any payments  made to any person  pursuant to the  provisions of this Section
10.9, and any such payment so made will be a complete discharge of the liability
of the Trust,  the  Trustee,  the  Employers,  the Board and the  Administrative
Committee therefor.

     Section 10.10 Beneficiary Dispute

     If at any time there is doubt as to the right of any Beneficiary to receive
any  amount,  the  Trustee may retain such  amount,  without  liability  for any
earnings  thereon,  until the rights thereto are determined,  or the Trustee may
pay such amount into any court of appropriate  jurisdiction,  in either of which
events  none of the  Trustee,  any  Employer,  the  Board or the  Administrative
Committee will be under any further liability to anyone.

                                       48

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE 11 ADMINISTRATION

     Section 11.1 Administrative Committee

     The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee,  which will
 be the plan administrator for purposes of ERISA. The  Administrative  Committee
 shall consist of not less than three  persons  appointed by, and serving at the
 pleasure of, the Board. Any member of the  Administrative  Committee may resign
 by delivering his written  resignation to the Secretary of the Board and to the
 Secretary of the  Administrative  Committee  and such  resignation  will become
 effective  on the  date  specified  therein.  In the case of a  vacancy  in the
 membership  of the  Administrative  Committee,  the  remaining  members  of the
 Administrative  Committee may exercise any and all powers,  authority,  duties,
 and discretion conferred upon the Administrative  Committee pending the filling
 of the vacancy by the Board.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,
 the Company shall be the Administrative Committee until the Board has appointed
 the individual members of such committee.

     Section 11.2 Organization and Procedure

     (a) The Board  shall  designate  one of the  members of the  Administrative
Committee to serve as the chairman of the Administrative  Committee. The members
of the  Administrative  Committee  shall appoint a secretary  (who may, but need
not, be a member of the  Administrative  Committee)  and such other  officers as
they may deem necessary. The Administrative Committee shall hold meetings of its
members at least  annually  and shall keep  minutes  of all such  meetings.  All
actions of the Administrative  Committee shall be recorded in such minutes or in
other  appropriate  written form.  Subject to such restrictions as the Board may
establish  from time to time,  the  Administrative  Committee may establish such
other rules for the  transaction of its business and the  administration  of the
Plan as it deems appropriate.

     (b) Any determination or action of the Administrative Committee may be made
or taken by vote of a majority  of the members  present at any  meeting  thereof
(provided there is a quorum at such meeting), or by unanimous written consent of
all members without a meeting. The majority of the members of the Administrative
Committee at the time in office will  constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business. A member of the Administrative  Committee shall not vote or act on any
matter relating solely to himself.

     (c) The  Chairman of the  Administrative  Committee,  the  Secretary of the
Administrative  Committee and any other individual or individuals  authorized by
the  Administrative  Committee  in writing may  execute or deliver any  notices,
applications,   certificates,   instruments,   consents,  requests,  directions,
requisitions,  orders for monies, instructions, or other documents on its behalf
and may  represent  the  Administrative  Committee  in any  matters or  dealings
involving the Administrative Committee.

                                       49

<PAGE>

     (d) The Administrative Committee may delegate to one or more of its members
or to any other person(s) or organization(s) any of its rights,  powers, duties,
and  responsibilities  as it deems  appropriate and as may be so delegated under
ERISA.  Any such  delegation  shall be set forth in  writing,  shall be reviewed
periodically by the  Administrative  Committee and shall be terminable upon such
notice as the  Administrative  Committee in its discretion  deems reasonable and
proper under the circumstances.

     Section 11.3 Authority of the Administrative Committee

     The Administrative  Committee shall have and exercise all discretionary and
other  authority to control and manage the operation and  administration  of the
Plan, except such authority as may be specifically allocated otherwise under the
terms of the Plan,  and shall have the power to take any action(s)  necessary or
appropriate to carry out such authority.  Without limiting the foregoing, and in
addition  to  the  authority  and  duties  specified   elsewhere   herein,   the
Administrative  Committee  shall  have the  exclusive  right  and  discretionary
authority to:

     (a) construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan;

     (b) determine the  eligibility  of any person for benefits under this Plan,
the amount of any such benefits and all other questions pertaining to the rights
of Participants and their Beneficiaries hereunder;

     (c) take all steps deemed  necessary  or  advisable  by the  Administrative
Committee to correct mistakes in administering the Plan;

     (d)  formulate,  issue,  and apply such rules and  regulations  as it deems
necessary or  appropriate  for the proper and  efficient  administration  of the
Plan, provided that such rules are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

     (e) prescribe and require the use of appropriate forms;

     (f) direct the Trustee  concerning  all payments to be made pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan;

     (g) determine the existence of a Disability  and, in this  connection,  may
require  any  Participant  to submit to a  physical  examination  by a  licensed
physician,  in accordance with uniform rules and procedures consistently applied
to similarly situated individuals; and

     (h) determine and resolve any and all questions  arising under this Plan or
in connection with the  administration  thereof or the applicability  thereof to
any and all individuals, and remedy possible ambiguities or omissions.

                                       50

<PAGE>

     Section 11.4 Actions Conclusive

     All  determinations,   conclusions,   interpretations,   corrections,   and
decisions of the  Administrative  Committee in respect of any matter or question
relating to the Plan or the  administration  thereof,  and any action taken with
respect  to  the  Plan  at  the  direction  of  the  Trustee,   the  Board,  the
Administrative  Committee or any of the Employers,  shall be final,  conclusive,
and binding on all persons affected thereby unless found by a court of competent
jurisdiction to have been arbitrary and capricious.

     Section 11.5 Use of Professional Services

     The Administrative Committee may engage the services of or consult with any
legal  counsel,  actuary,  independent  public  accountant or other person as it
deems necessary or desirable in connection with the  administration of the Plan.
Such persons may be persons who render  advice to the  Employers or the Trustee.
The Administrative  Committee and any person to whom it may delegate any duty or
power in  connection  with the  administration  of the Plan shall be entitled to
rely  conclusively  upon,  and shall b fully  protected by the  Employers in any
prudent  action  taken  by it (or  him)  in  reliance  on,  the  advice  of such
professionals.

     Section 11.6 Fees and Expenses

     No employee of the Employers or any of their  Affiliates  shall receive any
compensation for services  rendered as an Administrative  Committee member.  Any
other person serving as an Administrative  Committee member shall be entitled to
such  reasonable  compensation  therefor  as is  mutually  agreed  upon with the
Company. Each Administrative Committee member, whether or not an employee, shall
be reimbursed for all reasonable  expenses incurred by him in his capacity as an
Administrative  Committee  member.  Where  services  are utilized as provided in
Section 11.5 hereof, the Administrative  Committee shall review and approve fees
and other costs for those  services.  All expenses  incurred for  brokerage  and
similar services, or for investment advice and the evaluation thereof,  shall be
paid from the assets of the Trust Fund.  All other  expenses  shall be paid from
the assets of the Trust Fund, unless voluntarily paid by the Employers.

Section 11.7        Liability and Indemnification

     The members of the  Administrative  Committee  shall use ordinary  care and
diligence in the performance of their duties,  but no member shall be personally
liable  by  virtue  of any  contract,  agreement,  or other  instrument  made or
executed  by him or on his behalf as a member of the  Administrative  Committee,
nor for any mistake of judgment made by himself or any other member, nor for any
loss,  except  insofar as liability may be imposed by ERISA or other  applicable
law. No member shall be liable for the neglect,  omission,  or wrongdoing of any
other  Administrative  Committee  members  or of the  agents or  counsel  of the
Administrative Committee, except insofar as liability may be imposed by ERISA or
other applicable law. The Employers,  the members of the Board, the Trustee, the
members  of  the

                                       51

<PAGE>

Administrative  Committee, and the officers,  agents and representatives of
any or all of them shall be entitled  to rely upon all  tables,  annual or other
valuations,  computations,  certificates,  and reports  furnished  by an actuary
selected or approved by the Company,  upon all  certificates and reports made by
any  accountant  selected or approved by the Company and upon all opinions given
by any legal counsel  selected or approved by the Company.  The Employers  shall
indemnify  each member of the  Administrative  Committee  against,  and save him
harmless from, any and all expenses, costs and liabilities, including attorneys'
fees,  arising  out of any act or  omission to act as a member or officer of the
Administrative Committee, except such liabilities and expenses as are due to his
willful misconduct or failure to exercise good faith.

     Section 11.8 Furnishing of Information

     Any  person   claiming   benefits   under  this  Plan  must   furnish   the
Administrative Committee such documents, evidence, data, or other information as
the  Administrative  Committee  deems  necessary or desirable for the purpose of
administering   this  Plan  or  to  protect  the  Employers,   the  Board,   the
Administrative Committee or the Trustee and the provisions of this Plan for each
such person are upon the condition that each will furnish  promptly  full,  true
and complete data, evidence, and information when requeste by the Administrative
Committee  or  its  delegate.  The  Employers,  the  Board,  the  Administrative
Committee  and the Trustee are fully  protected  in acting and relying  upon any
information  furnished  by any  person  pursuant  to the  immediately  preceding
sentence.

     Section 11.9 Claims Procedure

     (a)  Filing  Claim.  A  Participant  or a  Beneficiary,  or the  authorized
representative of either (the "Claimant"), who believes that he is then entitled
to benefits  hereunder in an amount greater than he is receiving or has received
may  file  a  written  claim  for  such  benefits  with  the  Secretary  of  the
Administrative  Committee. The Administrative Committee may prescribe a form for
filing  such  claims,  and,  if it does so, a claim will not be deemed  properly
filed  unless  such  form is  used,  but  the  Secretary  of the  Administrative
Committee  shall  provide  a copy of such  form to any  person  whose  claim for
benefits is improper solely for this reason.

     (b) Claim  Review.  Every claim that is properly  filed will be decided and
answered by the Secretary of the  Administrative  Committee in writing within 90
days (or within 180 days,  if  additional  time is needed and the Claimant is so
notified prior to the  commencement  of the extension) of the claim's receipt by
the  Secretary  of the  Administrative  Committee.  If the  claim is  wholly  or
partially  denied,  the  specific  reasons for the denial and  reference  to the
pertinent  Plan  provisions  will be set forth in the  written  response  to the
Claimant.  Such response will also  describe any  information  necessary for the
Claimant to perfect his claim (and why such  information  is  necessary)  and an
explanation of the Plan's claim appeal procedure, as set forth in subsection (c)
immediately below.

                                       52

<PAGE>

     (c) Appeal. Within 90 days of the Claimant's receipt of the notice that his
claim has been  denied,  in whole or in part,  the  Claimant  may file a written
appeal with the Secretary of the Administrative  Committee.  Such written appeal
may include any comments,  statements or documents  that the Claimant  wishes to
provide.  Appeals will be  considered  by the entire  Administrative  Committee,
which  will make its  decision  with  respect  to such  appeal,  and  notify the
Participant in writing of such decision, no later than 60 days (or no later than
120 days, if additional  time is needed and the Claimant is so notified prior to
the  commencement  of the extension)  after such appeal is timely filed.  In the
event the claim is denied on appeal, the Administrative Committee will set forth
the  reasons for the denial and the  pertinent  Plan  provisions  in its written
notice to the  Claimant.  The  Administrative  Committee  will  comply  with any
reasonable request from a Claimant for documents or information  relevant to his
claim prior to his filing an appeal.

     (d) Standard of Review. Any further review,  judicial or otherwise,  of the
Administrative  Committee's  decision on the Claimant's claim will be limited to
whether,  in  the  particular  instance,  the  Administrative   Committee  acted
arbitrarily and capriciously in the exercise of its discretion. In no event will
such  further  review,  judicial or  otherwise,  be on a de novo  basis,  as the
Administrative  Committee has discretionary  authority to determine  eligibility
for benefits and to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan.

     Section 11.10 Agent for Service of Process

     The Chairman of the Administrative Committee is designated as the agent for
service of legal process with respect to all matters  pertaining to the Plan. If
no  Chairman  has been  designated,  service  may be made on any  Administrative
Committee member. Service may be made at the Company's corporate offices.

     Section 11.11 Authority to Act for Company

     Any power or authority  reserved to the Company hereunder will be exercised
by the Board, except that the Board may delegate such power and authority to any
person(s),  committee(s),  or organization(s) it deems appropriate. The Board or
the board of directors of an Employer will have no  administrative or investment
authority or functions,  and no member of the Board or the board of directors of
an Employer shall be a fiduciary of the Plan solely because of such membership.

                                       53

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE 12 TRUST


     Section 12.1 Trust Agreement

     The Plan will be funded through the Trust. All  contributions  will be paid
to the Trustee.  The Trustee will hold,  invest and  distribute the funds in the
Trust in accordance  with the terms of the Trust  Agreement  and this Plan.  The
Trustee  will not be liable or  responsible  for  determining  the amount of any
contributions to the Trust or for enforcing payment of such contributions.

     Section 12.2 Expenses

     All fees and other expenses of the Trustee,  the Plan and the Trust will be
paid from the Trust Fund, to the extent not paid by the Employers.

                                       54

<PAGE>

                  ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

     Section 13.1 Amendment of Plan

     (a) Subject to the remaining  subsections  of this Section 13.1,  the Board
may modify or amend the Plan at any time,  in any way,  and for any reason,  and
the Administrative Committee may modify or amend the Plan, if such modifications
or amendments are  administrative in nature or are required by law or regulation
to maintain the qualified  status of the Plan under the Code.  Amendments may be
retroactively   effective  to  the  extent   permitted  by  applicable  law  and
regulations.

     (b) Except as may be permitted by ERISA,  the Code or  regulations or other
guidance  issued under ERISA or the Code,  no  modification  or amendment of the
Plan  may  reduce  or  eliminate  Code  Section  411(d)(6)   protected  benefits
determined  immediately  prior to the adoption date (or, if later, the effective
date)  of the  amendment.  An  amendment  reduces  or  eliminates  Code  Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits if the amendment (1) reduces the amount credited to
any  Participant's  Accounts,  (2)  eliminates  or reduces  an early  retirement
benefit or a retirement-type  subsidy (as defined in Treasury  regulations),  or
(3)  eliminates an optional form of benefit.  Furthermore,  no  modification  or
amendment  of the Plan may cause or permit any part of the Trust to be  diverted
to  purposes  other than for the  exclusive  benefit of  Participants  and their
Beneficiaries  and for defraying the reasonable  expenses of  administering  the
Plan or Trust,  or to revert to or become the property of the Employers,  unless
it shall have first been  determined  by the Internal  Revenue  Service that the
Plan with the proposed modification or amendment will continue to be a qualified
plan under Code  Section 401 or any statute of similar  import.  No amendment or
modification  of this Plan may  increase  the duties of the Trustee  without its
consent. The Administrative Committee shall disregard an amendment to the extent
application of the amendment would fail to satisfy this paragraph.

     (c) If the Plan is amended  to change a vesting  schedule,  such  amendment
shall  not  be  applied  to  reduce  the   nonforfeitable   percentage   of  any
Participant's accrued benefit derived from Employer contributions (determined as
of the  later of the date the  Employer  adopts  the  amendment  or the date the
amendment  becomes  effective)  to a  percentage  less  than the  nonforfeitable
percentage  computed  under the Plan  without  regard to the  amendment.  Unless
expressly  provided  otherwise,  the  amended  vestin  schedule  will apply to a
Participant  only if the  Participant  is  credited  with at  least  one Hour of
Service after the new vesting schedule becomes effective.

     (d) If the Board or Administrative  Committee makes a permissible amendment
to the vesting schedule, each Participant whose nonforfeitable percentage of his
accrued  benefit is  determined  under such  schedule,  and who has completed at
least  three  Years of  Service  at the  time of the  amendment  to the  vesting
schedule may elect to have the percentage of his nonforfeitable  accrued benefit
computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment.  The  Participant  must
file his election with the Administrative  Committee

                                       55

<PAGE>

within  sixty  days  after  the  latest  of (1) the date the  amendment  is
adopted;  (2)  the  effective  date  of the  amendment;  or  (3)  the  date  the
Participant  is issued  written  notice  of the  amendment.  The  Administrative
Committee shall forward a true copy of any amendment to the vesting  schedule to
each affected  Participant,  together with an  explanation  of the effect of the
amendment,  the appropriate form upon which the Participant may make an election
to remain  under  the  vesting  schedul  provided  under  the Plan  prior to the
amendment  and  notice of the time  within  which the  Participant  must make an
election  to remain  under  the  prior  vesting  schedule.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the  election  described  in this  paragraph  does  not  apply  to a
Participant  if the amended  vesting  schedule  provides for vesting at least as
rapid at all times as the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment.

     Section 13.2 Termination of Plan

     (a) The  Board  may  terminate  the Plan or  order  the  discontinuance  of
contributions  to the Plan at any time and for any  reason.  Upon a complete  or
partial  termination  of this Plan,  or a complete  discontinuance  of  employer
contributions  hereto,  the interests of the Participants in their Accounts (or,
in the case of a partial  termination,  the interests of those  Participants for
whom the Plan has terminated) shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable. Upon
termination,  the  Company may  continue  the Trust as it relates to the Plan or
distribute  that  portion of the Trust Fund  relating to the Plan.  If the Trust
Fund is liquidated,  the  Administrative  Committee will allocate the net assets
thereof among Participants and Beneficiaries in proportion to their interests.

     (b) If the Company Stock held in the Trust is sold in  connection  with the
termination  of the  Plan or the  amendment  of the Plan to  become a  qualified
employee  plan that is not a stock  bonus plan,  then all Capital  Accumulations
will be distributed in cash.

                                       56

<PAGE>

                 ARTICLE 14 MERGER AND AFFILIATE PARTICIPATION


     Section 14.1 General Rules

     In the event of any merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with, or transfer
in whole or in part of the assets and liabilities of the Trust to, another trust
fund held  under any other plan of  deferred  compensation  maintained  or to be
established  for the benefit of all or some of the  Participants,  the assets of
the Trust applicable to such Participants  shall be transferred to another trust
fund only if:

     (a)  each  Participant  (if  either  this  Plan  or  the  other  plan  then
terminated) receives a benefit immediately after the merger,  consolidation,  or
transfer  that is equal  to or  greater  than the  benefit  he would  have  been
entitled to receive  immediately before the merger,  consolidation,  or transfer
(if this Plan had then terminated);

     (b) resolutions of the Board,  and of any new or successor  employer of the
affected  Employees,  authorize such transfer of assets, and, in the case of the
new or successor  employer of the affected  Participants,  its resolutions shall
include  an  assumption  of  liabilities  with  respect  to  such  Participants'
inclusion in the new employer's plan; and

     (c) such other plan and trust are qualified  under Code Sections 401(a) and
501(a).

     Section 14.2 Special Rules When Plan Is Survivor

     The Company may approve the merger of other  qualified  plans with and into
the Plan as the  survivor,  and may also approve the  acceptance of assets under
other forms of plan-to-plan  transfers in appropriate cases. The assets received
from  the  merger  or  other  transfer  may  be  accounted  for as  part  of the
Participant's  existing  Accounts to the extent  appropriate and consistent with
the character of the former accounts under the merged or transferor plan, or may
be  accounted  for  separately  in  order  to giv  effect  to  special  matters,
including, but not limited to, the following:

     (a) Vesting.  A merger shall not be deemed to be a  termination  or partial
termination  of the merging  plan.  The  accounts of the merging  plan shall not
become  fully vested  solely as a result of the merger.  Unless the terms of the
merger provide  otherwise,  the  transferred  assets shall remain subject to the
former plan's vesting schedule subject to such  modifications as may be required
by law.

     (b) Survivor Annuity Requirements.  If, through a plan merger or other type
of  transfer,  assets  subject  to the  survivor  annuity  requirements  of Code
Sections  401(a)(11) and 417 are received by the Plan,  such assets shall

                                       57

<PAGE>

remain  subject  to such  requirements  in the same  manner and to the same
extent as they were prior to the transfer.

     (c) Code Section 411(d)(6) Protected Benefits.  As provided by the Treasury
regulations under Code Section 411(d)(6),  the prohibition against the reduction
or elimination of already-accrued  "Code Section 411(d)(6)  protected  benefits"
applies  to a plan  merger  or other  type of  transfer.  Accordingly,  any Code
Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits shall continue to be available with respect
to the transferred  assets (and amounts  attributable  thereto),  but not to any
contributions  (other  than the  transferred  amounts)  made to a  Participants'
Accounts under the Plan.

     (d) Withdrawals. No withdrawals may be made from an Account attributable to
a transfer to the Plan from a money purchase  pension plan.  Withdrawals from an
Account  attributable  to Code Section 401(k)  elective  deferrals must meet the
requirements of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B).

     Section 14.3 Affiliate Participation

     Subject to the approval of the Board,  any Affiliate  desiring to become an
Employer  may elect to become a party to the Plan by adopting  this Plan for the
benefit of any specified group of its Employees,  with such  modification of the
terms of the Plan with respect to such  Employees as the Board and the Affiliate
may approve,  effective as of the date specified in such adoption. Such adoption
shall be evidenced by such Participation Agreement,  and/or such other documents
or instruments, as the Administrative Committee may require.

     Section 14.4 Action Binding on Participating Affiliates

     As long as the  Company is a party to the Plan or the Trust  Agreement,  it
(and the Board) shall be empowered to act hereunder  and/or  thereunder  for any
Employer  in all  matters  respecting  the Plan  and/or the Trust and any action
taken by the  Company  or the Board with  respect  thereto  shall  automatically
include, and be binding upon, any Employer.

     Section 14.5 Termination of Participation of Affiliate

     (a) Termination of Participation by Board. The Board reserves the right, in
its sole discretion and at any time, to terminate the  participation in the Plan
of any or all Employers.  Any such  termination  shall be effective  immediately
upon notice of such  termination  from the Board to the Trustee and the Employer
being   terminated  or,  if  later,  on  the  date  specified  in  such  notice.

     (b) Termination of Participation  by Affiliate.  Any Affiliate may withdraw
from the Plan and end its  status  as an  Employer  hereunder,  by action of its
Board of Directors,  subject to the Board's approval.  Such termination shall be
effective as soon as administratively practicable after approved by the Board or
on such other date as the Board may specify.

                                       58

<PAGE>

     (c) Post-Termination Treatment. If an Affiliate's participation in the Plan
terminates  under  subsection (a) or (b) immediately  above,  the Plan shall not
terminate,  but the portion of the Plan that is  attributable  to the terminated
Affiliate shall become a separate plan, and the Company shall inform the Trustee
of the portion of the Trust Fund that is then  attributable to the participation
of the terminated  Affiliate.  Such portion shall,  as soon as  administratively
practicable  after such  termination,  be set apart by the Trustee as a separate
trust which shall be a part of the separate  plan of the  terminated  Affiliate.
Following any such termination,  the administration,  control,  and operation of
the Plan with respect to the terminated  Affiliate  shall be on a separate basis
in  accordance  with the  terms  hereof,  or as such  terms  may be  amended  by
appropriate action of the terminated Affiliate in accordance with the provisions
of this Article 14.

                                       59

<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE 15 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


     Section 15.1 Applicability

     Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan to the  contrary,  the
provisions of this Article 15 shall apply for a Plan Year in which the Plan is a
Top-Heavy Plan, as defined in Code Section 416(g).

     Section 15.2 Definitions

     For  purposes of this Article 15, the  following  terms shall be defined as
follows:

     (a)  "Aggregation  Group" means each plan  maintained  by the  Employers in
which  a Key  Employee  participates  and  each  other  plan  maintained  by the
Employers that enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the
requirements  of Code Section  401(a)(4) or 410. In addition,  the Employers may
elect  to  include  other  plans  in the  Aggregation  Group  that  satisfy  the
requirements of Code Sections  401(a)(4) and 410 when  considered  together with
the plans that are required to be aggregated.  However, a plan that is or may be
included in the  Aggregation  Group only upon an election by the Employers shall
not be subject to the provisions of this Article 15.

     (b)  "Determination  Date" means the last day of the  preceding  Plan Year;
provided  that,  for a Plan's initial Plan Year, the last day of such year shall
be the Determination  Date. Where more than one plan is aggregated,  the present
value of accrued  benefits is  determined  separately  for each plan (as of each
plan's  determination  date that falls in the same calendar year) and then added
together.

     (c) "Key Employee"  means,  as of any  Determination  Date, any Employee or
former  Employee (or  Beneficiary  of such Employee) who, at any time during the
Plan Year (which includes the  Determination  Date) or during the preceding four
Plan Years,  is an officer  (having annual  Compensation in excess of 50% of the
Code Section  415(b)(1)(A)  limitation  in effect for any such Plan Years) of an
Employer, one of the Employees (having annual Compensation in excess of the Code
Section  415(c)(1)(A)  limitation  in effect for any such Plan Years) owning the
ten largest interests in an Employer, a more-than-5% owner of an Employer,  or a
more-than-1%  owner of an  Employer  who has  annual  Compensation  in excess of
$150,000.  The  constructive  ownership  rules  of  Code  Section  318  (or  the
principles  of that section,  in the case of an  unincorporated  employer)  will
apply to determine ownership in an Employer.  The Administrative  Committee will

                                       61

<PAGE>

make the  determination of who is a Key Employee in accordance with Code Section
416(i) and the regulations issued thereunder.

     (d) "Non-Key Employee" means an employee who is not a Key Employee.

     (e) "Top-Heavy Ratio" means the ratio determined in accordance with Section
416 of the Code for the plans in the  Aggregation  Group.  Reasonable  actuarial
assumptions may be used for  determining  the present value of accrued  benefits
under a defined  benefit plan  maintained by the Employers.  In determining  the
Top-Heavy Ratio:

     (1)  reasonable  actuarial  assumptions  may be used  for  determining  the
present value of accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan maintained by the
Employers;

     (2)  the  Plan   incorporates  the  rules  of  Code  Section   416(g)(4)(A)
(concerning rollovers);

     (3)  the  Plan   incorporates  the  rules  of  Code  Section   416(g)(4)(B)
(concerning  disregard of the accrued benefit of a Key Employee who is no longer
a Key Employee);

     (4)  the  Plan   incorporates  the  rules  of  Code  Section   416(g)(4)(E)
(concerning employees who have not performed services for an Employer during the
five-year period ending on the Determination Date); and

     (5) The Plan incorporates the rules of Code Section  416(g)(3)  (concerning
distributions from terminated plans).

     (f)  Top-Heavy.  This Plan shall be  considered  to be Top-Heavy for a Plan
Year if, on the  Determination  Date for such Plan  Year,  the  Top-Heavy  Ratio
exceeds 60%.

     (g) Super  Top-Heavy.  This Plan shall be considered to be Super  Top-Heavy
for a Plan Year if, on the Determination  Date for such Plan Year, the Top-Heavy
Ratio exceeds 90%.

     Section 15.3 Minimum Allocation

     For  a  year  in  which  this  Plan  is  a  Top-Heavy  Plan,  the  Employer
contribution  allocated  to a  Participant  who is a  Non-Key  Employee,  who is
employed  on the last day of the Plan Year,  and who does not accrue the minimum
benefit under Code Section  416(c)(1)(B)  or  416(h)(2)(A)(ii)(I)  (whichever is
applicable  for such Plan Year for any defined  benefit plan  maintained  by the
Employers),  whether or not such Employee (i) failed to complete  1,000 Hours of
Service (or the  equivalent);  (ii) declined to make

                                       61

<PAGE>

mandatory  contributions to
the  Plan;  or  (iii)  was  excluded  from the Plan  because  such  individual's
compensation was less than a stated amount, shall be no less than the lesser of:

     (a) 3% of the Participant's Compensation; and

     (b) the percentage at which  contributions are made under this Plan for the
Key  Employee  for whom  such  percentage  is the  highest  for the  year.  This
percentage   shall  be  determined   for  such  Key  Employee  by  dividing  the
contributions  for such Participant by so much of his  compensation  (within the
meaning of Code Section  415(c)(3))  for the year as does not exceed the maximum
amount determined for that year pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17).

     Section 15.4 Modifications to Code Section 415 Limitations

     In a Plan  Year in which  this Plan is  Top-Heavy,  paragraphs  (2)(B)  and
(3)(B) of Code  Section  415(e)  shall be applied by  substituting  1.0 for 1.25
unless the following conditions are met:

     (a) the Plan is not Super Top-Heavy; and

     (b) the  accrued  benefit of a Non-Key  Employee  is at least  equal to the
amount set forth in Section 15.3 hereof  calculated by substituting 4% for 3% in
Section 15.3(a).

     Section 15.5 Uniform Determination of Accrued Benefit

     Solely  for the  purpose  of  determining  if the Plan,  or any other  plan
included  in a  required  Aggregation  Group of which  this  Plan is a part,  is
Top-Heavy, the accrued benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee shall be
determined  under (a) the method,  if any,  that  uniformly  applies for accrual
purposes under all plans  maintained by the Employers and their  Affiliates,  or
(b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than
the slowest  accrual rate permitted  under the  fractional  accrual rate of Code
Section 411(b)(1)(C).

                                       62

<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE 16 GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Section 16.1 Exclusive Benefit

     No part of the Trust shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
the exclusive  benefit of Participants and their  Beneficiaries  under the Plan,
and for defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

     Section 16.2 No Rights

     Neither the  establishment of the Plan, nor any modification  thereof,  nor
any provisions  hereof, nor any payment of benefits hereunder shall be deemed to
give any Employee or any other person  whomsoever  any legal or equitable  right
against the Board, the Administrative Committee, the Trustee or any Employer, or
to give any Employee or other person  whomsoever the right to be retained in the
service of any Employer or to interfere with the  Employers'  right to terminate
any Employee at any time. No Employee  prior to the time he becomes  entitled to
receive  benefits in accordance  with this Plan shall have any right or interest
in or to any  portion  of the  assets  of the  Plan,  and no  Employee  or other
individual  shall  have any right to  benefits,  except to the  extent  provided
herein.

     Section 16.3 Fiduciary Liability

     None of the Employers, the Board, the Administrative Committee, the Trustee
or any other person shall be liable for any act or failure to act unless such is
a breach of duty under ERISA.  No fiduciary  shall be responsible for any act or
failure to act of another fiduciary,  except as otherwise  specifically provided
under ERISA.

     Section 16.4 Missing Participant or Beneficiary

     Each person eligible to receive benefits under this Plan must file with the
Administrative  Committee  in writing  his  mailing  address  and each change of
address until payment of his benefit is made. Any communication,  statement,  or
notice  addressed  to such  person at his last  mailing  address  filed with the
Administrative Committee or Trustee (or if no mailing address was filed with the
Administrative  Committee or Trustee, then his last mailing address shown by the
Employers' payroll records) will be binding upon such person for all purposes of
this Plan,  and neither the Trustee nor the  Administrative  Committee  shall be
obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such person.  If the
Administrative Committee sends notice to such address, addressed to such person,
stating that he is entitled to payment under the Plan, and in such notice states
the provisions of this subparagraph, and such person fails to claim his benefits
or  fails  to make  his  whereabouts  known  in  writing  to the  Administrative
Committee  within two years after the date such notice is sent,  the amount held
for such  person  shall be  forfeited  and  applied  as if such  amount  were an
additional  Matching  Contribution for the Plan Year in which it is forfeited to
be allocated  among all Employees  eligible to share in the Employers'  Matching
Contributions   for  such  Plan  Year.  The  benefit  will  be  reinstated  from
forfeitures for the Plan Year in which

                                       63

<PAGE>

     reinstatement   occurs,   or  to  the  extent  that  such  forfeitures  are
insufficient,  from a special Employer contribution,  if at any later date claim
is made therefor by such person or his Beneficiary.

     Section 16.5 Antialienation Rule

     No  Account  or  benefit  under the Plan  shall be subject in any manner to
anticipation,  alienation,  sale,  transfer,  assignment  (either  at  law or in
equity), pledge,  encumbrance,  garnishment,  levy, execution,  charge, or other
legal or equitable process and any attempt to do so shall be void, nor shall any
such  Accounts  or  benefits  be in any way  liable for or subject to the debts,
contracts,  liabilities,  engagements,  or torts of any person  entitled to such
Accounts or  benefits,  except as provided  in a  qualified  domestic  relations
order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

     Section 16.6 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

     (a)  Notwithstanding  Section 16.5 hereof,  nothing  contained herein shall
prevent the Trustee,  in  accordance  with the  direction of the  Administrative
Committee,  from complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations
order (as  defined  in Code  Section  414(p)).  This Plan  specifically  permits
distribution to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order at
any time,  irrespective  of whether the  Participant  has  attained his earliest
retirement  age (as  defined  under  Code  Section  414(p))  under the  Plan.  A
distribution to an alternate payee prior to the Participant's  attainment of his
earliest   retirement  age  is  available  only  if  (1)  the  order   specifies
distribution  at that time or  permits  an  agreement  between  the Plan and the
alternate  payee to  authorize an earlier  distribution,  and (2) if the present
value of the alternate  payee's  benefits under the Plan exceeds $5,000,  and if
the  order  so  requires,  the  alternate  payee  consents  to any  distribution
occurring  prior to the  Participant's  attainment of earliest  retirement  age.
Nothing in this Section 16.6 gives a Participant a right to receive distribution
at a time  otherwise  not  permitted  under  the  Plan nor  does it  permit  the
alternate  payee to receive a form of payment not otherwise  permitted under the
Plan.

     (b) The Administrative  Committee shall establish reasonable  procedures to
determine  the  qualified  status  of  a  domestic  relations  order.  Within  a
reasonable  period of time after  receiving the domestic  relations  order,  the
Administrative  Committee must  determine the qualified  status of the order and
must notify the Participant and each alternate  payee of its  determination.  If
any portion of the  Participant's  Capital  Accumulation  is payable  during the
period the Administrative Committee is making its determination of the qualified
status of the domestic relations order, the Administrative Committee must direct
the  Trustee  to make a  separate  accounting  of the  amounts  payable.  If the
Administrative  Committee determines the order is a qualified domestic relations
order within 18 months of the date amounts first are payable  following  receipt
of the order, the Administrative Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute
the  payable  amounts  in  accordance  with  the  order.  If the  Administrative
Committee does not make its  determination  of the qualified status of the order
within the 18-month  determination  period,  the  Administrative  Committee will
direct the  Trustee to  distribute  the  payable  amounts in the manner the Plan
would

                                       64

<PAGE>

distribute   if  the  order  did  not  exist  and  will   apply  the  order
prospectively  if the  Administrative  Committee later determines the order is a
qualified domestic relations order.

     (c) The Trustee will make any payments or distributions required under this
Section 16.6 by separate  benefit checks or other separate  distribution  to the
alternate payee(s).

     Section 16.7 Contribution Amounts Returnable to Employers

     (a) Mistake of Fact and  Nondeductibility.  The Employers contribute to the
Plan on the condition that their  contributions are not due to a mistake of fact
and are  deductible  under Code Section 404. The Trustee,  upon written  request
from the  Company,  will  return to an  Employer  the  amount of the  Employer's
contribution  made by the  Employer  by  mistake  of fact or the  amount  of the
Employer's  contribution  disallowed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  as  a
deduction under Code Section 404; provided,  however,  that the Trustee will not
return any portion of an Employer's  contribution  under the  provisions of this
Section  16.7 more than one year after the  Employer  made the  contribution  by
mistake of fact or the deduction is  disallowed,  whichever is  applicable.  The
Trustee will not increase the amount of an  Employer's  contribution  returnable
under  subsection (a)  immediately  above for any earnings  attributable  to the
contribution,   but  the  Trustee  will  decrease  an  Employer's   contribution
returnable  for any losses  attributable  to it. The  Trustee  may  require  the
Company or the  Employer  to furnish it  whatever  evidence  the  Trustee  deems
necessary  to enable  the  Trustee to confirm  that the amount the  Company  has
requested to be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.

     (b)  IRS  Approval.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  herein  to the
contrary,  the effectiveness of the ESOP is subject to the condition  subsequent
that the Company receive a determination  from the Internal Revenue Service that
the ESOP meets the  requirements  for  qualification  contained  in Code Section
401(a) and  constitutes an employee  stock  ownership plan within the meaning of
Code Section  4975(e)(7)  and that the Trust is exempt from  federal  income tax
under Code Section 501(a). If the Internal Revenue Service fails to provide such
a  determination  following the Company's  request  therefor,  then upon written
notice from the Company, the Trustee shall return all of the Trust Fund's assets
held under the ESOP to the Employers;  provided,  however, that the Trustee must
return such assets  within one year of the final  disposition  of the  Company's
request  for such  determination.  The ESOP will  terminate  upon the  Trustee's
return of the Employers' contributions.

     Section 16.8 Word Usage

     Whenever  any  words  are  used  herein  in the  masculine,  they  shall be
construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would
so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or plural, they
shall be construed  as though they were used in the plural or  singular,  as the
case may be.  The  words  "hereof,"  "herein,"  "hereunder"  and  other  similar
compounds  of the word "here"  shall mean and refer to this entire  document and
not to any particular article or section. Titles of articles and sections

                                       65

<PAGE>

hereof are for general  information  only,  and this  document is not to be
construed by reference thereto.

     Section 16.9 Applicable Law

     The 401(k)  Portion is intended to be a profit  sharing plan with a cash or
deferred  arrangement  qualified under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k). The ESOP
is intended to be a stock bonus plan qualified  under Code Section 401(a) and an
employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e)(7). The
Plan is also  intended to be an  individual  account  plan under  ERISA  Section
407(d)(3).  The Plan shall be  interpreted  so as to be in  compliance  with the
requirements  of such  sections.  The Plan shall be construed,  and its validity
determined,  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Oregon to the  extent
such laws are not preempted by federal law. In case any provision of the Plan is
held to be illegal or invalid  for any reason,  said  illegality  or  invalidity
shall  not  affect  the  remaining  parts of the  Plan,  but the  Plan  shall be
construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid  provisions  had never been
inserted herein.

                                    * * * * *

     TO RECORD THE ADOPTION of this  amendment and  restatement of the Plan, the
Company  has  caused  it to be  executed  on  this 1st day of July, 1999.



                                         CONCENTREX INCORPORATED

                                         By:  /s/ Kurt W. Ruttum
                                              ------------------
                                              Name:  Kurt W. Ruttum
                                              Its: Vice President and
                                                     Chief Financial Officer

                                       66

<PAGE>

                             CONCENTREX INCORPORATED

                    EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


                                   APPENDIX A
                          SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS


     Section A.1 Applicability

     This  Appendix A shall apply to, and only to, a  Participant  whose Capital
Accumulation  exceeded  $3,500  on  April  1,  1996  (or as of the  date  of any
distribution with respect to such Participant  occurring under the Plan prior to
April 1, 1996) and exceeds $5,000 on the date of distribution  (or exceeded such
amount  on  the  date  of  any  prior   distribution  under  the  Plan  to  such
Participant), notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.

     Section A.2 Definitions

     For purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the
respective meanings set forth below:

     (a)  "Qualified  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity"  means  the  immediate  and
nontransferable  annuity  that is  purchasable  with the  Participant's  Capital
Accumulation  under the 401(k) Portion and that provides an annuity for the life
of the  Participant  and a  survivor  annuity  for  the  remaining  life  of the
Participant's  surviving  spouse  equal  to 100% of the  amount  of the  annuity
payable  during  the  life  of the  Participant;  provided,  however,  that  the
Participant may elect a 50% survivor benefit in lieu o a 100% survivor benefit.

     (b)  "Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity"  means the immediate and
nontransferable  annuity  that is  purchasable  with the  Participant's  Capital
Accumulation  under the 401(k) Portion and that provides an annuity  payable for
the life of the Participant's surviving spouse.

     (c) "Single Life Annuity" means the immediate and  nontransferable  annuity
that is purchasable with the Participant's Capital Accumulation under the 401(k)
Portion  and that  provides  an annuity  for the life of the  Participant,  with
benefits ceasing upon the Participant's death.

     Section A.3 Retirement Annuity Payments

     (a) Requirement. If a Participant survives until his Annuity Starting Date,
distribution of the Participant's  Capital Accumulation under the 401(k) Portion
will be made in the form of a  Qualified  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity,  if the
Participant  is married as of his

                                       67

<PAGE>

Annuity  Starting  Date,  or in the form of a Single Life  Annuity,  if the
Participant is not married as of his Annuity Starting Date.

     (b) Waiver. Notwithstanding subsection (a) immediately above, a Participant
may elect,  at any time during the 90-day period ending on his Annuity  Starting
Date,  to waive the  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity or the Single  Life
Annuity form of payment, as applicable.  The Participant may also revoke a prior
waiver  election at any time during such  period.  The number of  elections  and
revocations  will not be limited.  However,  an election to waive the  Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity by a Participant who is married on his Annuity
Starting Date will be invalid unless:

     (1) (A) the  Participant's  spouse  consents  in writing  to such  election
during the 90-day period ending on the Participant's  Annuity Starting Date, (B)
the election  designates a specific  Beneficiary  (and optional form of benefit)
that cannot be changed  without the spouse's  consent (or the  spouse's  consent
expressly  permits  designations by the  Participant  without any requirement of
further consent by the spouse),  and (C) the spouse's  consent  acknowledges the
effect of the election and is  witnessed  by a Plan  representative  or a notary
public; or

     (2)  the   Participant   establishes   to  the   satisfaction   of  a  Plan
representative  that the Participant  has no spouse,  the  Participant's  spouse
cannot be located or the  Participant  is excused  from  obtaining  such consent
because of other circumstances approved in federal regulations.

     The spouse's consent may not be revoked. However, the consent of one spouse
will not be valid with respect to any other spouse.

     (c) Notice. The  Administrative  Committee will provide to each Participant
to whom this  Appendix A applies,  no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days
before the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, a written explanation of:

     (1) The terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
the Single Life Annuity, as applicable;

     (2) The  Participant's  right to make,  and the effect of, an  election  to
waive the applicable annuity form of payment;

     (3) The rights of the Participant's spouse; and

     (4) The right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of previous election
to waive the applicable annuity form of payment.

     (d) Annuity Starting Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a Participant's
Annuity  Starting  Date can be less than 30 days after the notice  described  in
Section  A.3(c)  hereof  is  provided  to  such  Participant,  if the  following
requirements are satisfied:

                                       68

<PAGE>

     (1) the  Administrative  Committee clearly informs the Participant that the
Participant  has a right to a period  of at least 30 days  after  receiving  the
notice to consider  whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
the Single Life Annuity, as applicable, and to consent to a form of distribution
other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Single Life Annuity;

     (2) the  Participant,  after receiving the notice,  affirmatively  elects a
distribution in a form other than the Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity (and
the  Participant's  spouse consents to that form of  distribution) or the Single
Life Annuity, as applicable;

     (3) the  Participant  is  permitted to revoke an  affirmative  distribution
election  at least  until the Annuity  Starting  Date or, if later,  at any time
prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the notice
is provided to the Participant;

     (4) the Annuity Starting Date is after the date that the notice is provided
to the  Participant;  provided,  however,  that the Annuity Starting Date can be
before  the  date  that any  affirmative  distribution  election  is made by the
Participant and before the date that distribution is permitted to commence under
Section A.3(d)(5) hereof; and

     (5)  distribution  in  accordance  with the  affirmative  election does not
commence before the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the
notice is provided to the Participant.

     Section A.4 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity

     (a)  Requirement.  The Capital  Accumulation  under the 401(k) Portion of a
married   Participant  who  dies  before  his  Annuity  Starting  Date  will  be
distributed  in  the  form  of  a  Qualified   Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity.


     (b) Waiver.  Notwithstanding Section A.4(a) hereof, a Participant may elect
to waive the Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity (and may revoke any such
waiver) at any time  during the period  commencing  on the first day of the Plan
Year during which the  Participant  attains age 35 (or, if earlier,  the date on
which the Participant's  Service  terminates,  but only with respect to benefits
accrued  at such date) and ending on the date of the  Participant's  death.  The
number of elections and revocations will not be limited. However, an election by
a married Participant to waive the Qualified Survivor Preretirement Annuity will
be invalid unless:

     (1) (A) the Participant's spouse consents in writing to such election,  (B)
the election  designates a specific  Beneficiary  that cannot be changed without
the spouse's consent (or the spouse's consent expressly permits  designations by
the Participant  without any requirement of further consent by the spouse),

                                       69

<PAGE>

and (C) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election and is
witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public; or

     (2)  the   Participant   establishes   to  the   satisfaction   of  a  Plan
representative  that the Participant  has no spouse,  the  Participant's  spouse
cannot be located or the  Participant  is excused  from  obtaining  such consent
because of other circumstances approved in federal regulations.

     The spouse's consent may not be revoked. However, the consent of one spouse
will not be valid with respect to any other spouse.

     (c) Notice. The  Administrative  Committee will provide to each Participant
to whom this Appendix A applies, within the "applicable period" defined below, a
written explanation with respect to the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
comparable  to that  required  under  Section  A.3(c) hereof with respect to the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  For purposes of this Section A.4(c),  the
"applicable  period" is the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year
in which the  Participant  attains  age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan
Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant  attains age 35; provided,
however, that in the case of a Participant whose Service terminates prior to his
attainment of age 35, the "applicable  period" is the period commencing one year
before and ending one year after the date of such  termination.  If an  Employee
first becomes a Participant  after attaining age 34, the "applicable  period" is
the  period  ending  one year  after the date on which  such  Employee  became a
Participant.

     (d) Waiver by Surviving Spouse.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  following
the   Participant's   death,  but  before  the  commencement  of  the  Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the Participant's  surviving spouse may elect to
waive the  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity and to have such  benefit
distributed  in one of the  forms  set  forth in  Section  10.2(b)  of the Plan.

     Section A.5 Optional Forms of Payment

     If payment in the form of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,  Single
Life Annuity or Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity is properly  waived,
payment of the Participant's  Capital  Accumulation under the 401(k) Portion may
be made in any of the following forms, as elected by the Participant (or, in the
case of a deceased Participant, the Participant's Beneficiary):

     (a) A single, lump sum distribution;

     (b)  Substantially   equal  monthly,   quarterly,   semi-annual  or  annual
installments  over a fixed period of time designated by the Participant  (or, in
the case of a deceased Participant,  the Participant's  Beneficiary);  provided,
however, that such period may not extend beyond the joint life expectancy of the
Participant and his Beneficiary (or, in the case of a deceased Participant,  the
life

                                       70

<PAGE>

expectancy of the  Participant's  Beneficiary).  If this option is elected,
then the Participant's  Accounts will continue to be adjusted for net income (or
loss) in  accordance  with  Section 5.4 of the Plan through the  Valuation  Date
coinciding with or immediately preceding the date on which the final installment
payment is processed;

     (c) A Life Annuity with ten years certain  (available  only to Participants
who were also participants in the Culverin Plan);

     (d) A 50% or 100% joint and survivor annuity for the Participant and his or
her  designated  beneficiary  (available  only to  Participants  who  were  also
participants in the Culverin Plan); or

     (e) A 50% or 100% joint and survivor annuity with period certain (available
only to Participants who were also participants in the Culverin Plan).

     Section A.6 In-Service Withdrawals

     A Participant  may elect to withdraw all or a portion of the balance in his
or her  Culverin  After-Tax  Account at any time. A  Participant  who was also a
participant in the Culverin Plan may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his
vested  Accrued  Benefit  at any  time  after  attaining  age 59 1/2.  Any  such
withdrawals are further subject to the provisions of this Appendix A.

                                       71



                    [Letterhead of ULTRADATA Corporation]

October 17, 1996

Mr. Robert J. Majteles
2529 Irving Ave. South
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55404
- - ---------------------

Dear Robert,

On behalf of ULTRADATA Corporation, I am pleased to extend this offer of
employment for the position of President/Chief Operating Officer.  This position
reports to the CEO/Chairman of the Board, as his only direct report.  You will
be appointed as a member of the Board of Directors, but shall receive no
additional director-related compensation.  This letter is to formally document
the terms of your employment contract with ULTRADATA Corporation.  If you accept
this offer you will begin employment as of October 17, 1996.

You will receive an initial base salary of $250,000 per annum, paid semi-monthly
at a rate of $10,416.67.  Your base salary will be reviewed January 1, 1998.
Additionally, you will be eligible for cash bonus compensation up to 30% of base
salary, according to the bonus plan approved by the compensation committee.
This bonus plan will be established to commence at the start of the 1997
calendar year.  No bonus shall be paid for 1996.

Upon board approval, you will receive Non-Qualified stock options representing
the right to purchase 600,000 shares of ULTRADATA Corporation common stock under
ULTRADATA's 1994 Equity Incentive Plan or outside of the Plan as ULTRADATA deems
appropriate.  The options will be priced at Fair Market Value on the later of
date of hire or board approval.  The number of option shares will be equal to
$150,000 divided by the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

ULTRADATA Corporation agrees to pay $93,000 for relocation related expenses.
Should you leave ULTRADATA prior to 3 years from date of hire, you will be asked
to repay the amount according to the signed agreement.

Please refer to the attached "General Terms and Conditions of Employment" for
additional information.

You will be eligible for health insurance and other ULTRADATA Corporation-
provided benefits in accordance with the terms of these benefit plans.  You will
also be eligible for vacation and sick pay consistent with our policies for
employees in your job classification.  You may receive such other benefits that
ULTRADATA Corporation may make available.
<PAGE>

Your employment with ULTRADATA Corporation will be subject to proof of your
legal right to work in the United States, and to completing the Immigration and
Naturalization Service Employment Eligibility Verification Form I-9.

I am very pleased to extend this offer of employment to you, and am sure that
your association with ULTRADATA Corporation will be successful and rewarding for
us all.  Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing this letter
and the enclosed Confidentiality Agreement and returning them to me.  Copies of
this letter and the Confidentiality Agreement is enclosed for your records.

This offer is good for 7 days, after which it will become null and void.

Sincerely,
ULTRADATA CORPORATION            Read, Understood and Agreed:
- - ---------------------

                                 /s/ Robert J. Majteles
                                 ----------------------
                                 Robert J. Majteles

Nigel P. Gallop                  11/6/96
- ----------------                 -------
CEO/Chairman of the Board        Date

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

                   GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
                   ------------------------------------------

     These General Terms and Conditions of Employment are applicable to, and are
incorporated by reference into, that certain letter agreement between Ultradata
Corporation, a Delaware Corporation (the "Company") and Robert Majteles
                                          -------
("Employee") dated October 17, 1996.
- - ----------

     In consideration of the promises and the terms and conditions set forth in
the letter agreement and these General Terms and Conditions of Employment (this
"Agreement"), the parties agree as follows:
 ---------

     1.   DUTIES.  Employee will have the duties specified in the letter
          ------
agreement.  Employee will comply with and be bound by Company's operating
policies, procedures, and practices from time to time in effect during
Employee's employment.  Employee will perform his duties under this Agreement at
the offices of Company, provided, that Employee may be required to do extensive
                        --------
traveling in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder.  Employee
hereby represents and warrants that he is free to enter into and fully perform
this Agreement and the agreements referred to herein without breach of any
agreement or contract to which he is a party or by which he is bound.

     2.   EXCLUSIVE SERVICE.  Employee will devote his full time and efforts
          -----------------
exclusively to this employment and apply all his skill and experience to the
performance of his duties and advancing the Company's interests in accordance
with Employee's experience and skills.  In addition, Employee will not engage in
any consulting activity except with the prior written approval of Company, or at
the direction of Company, and Employee will otherwise do nothing inconsistent
with the performance of his duties hereunder.

     3.   EXPENSES.  The Company will reimburse Employee for all reasonable and
          --------
necessary expenses incurred by Employee in connection with the Company's
business, provided that such expenses are deductible to the Company, are in
accordance with the Company's applicable policy and are properly documented and
accounted for in accordance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue
Service.

     4.   PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.  Employee hereby agrees to execute the Company's
          ------------------
standard Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement with the
Company.  The provisions of such agreement will survive any termination or
expiration of this Agreement.

     5.   TERM AND TERMINATION.
          --------------------

          5.1  TERM.  This Agreement will remain in effect until the close of
               ----
business on October 17, 2000, unless terminated earlier as provided herein.

          5.2  EVENTS OF TERMINATION.  Employee's employment with the Company
               ---------------------
and this Agreement shall terminate upon any one of the following:

               (a)  the Company's determination made in good faith that it is
terminating Employee for "cause" as defined under Section 5.2 below
("Termination for Cause"); or
- - -----------------------

               (b)  the effective date of a written notice sent to Employee
stating that the Company is terminating his employment, without cause, which
notice can be given by the Company at any time after the Effective Date at the
Company's sole discretion, for any reason or for no reason ("Termination Without
                                                             -------------------
Cause");
- - -----
<PAGE>

               (c)  the effective date of a written notice sent to the Company
from Employee stating that Employee is electing to terminate his employment with
the Company but not for Constructive Termination Event ("Voluntary
                                                         ---------
Termination"); or
- - -----------

               (d)  the effective date of a written notice sent to the Company
from Employee stating that Employee is terminating his employment with the
Company as a result of a Constructive Termination Event.

          5.3  "CAUSE" DEFINED.  For purposes of this Agreement, "cause" for
               ---------------
Employee's termination will exist at any time after the happening of one or more
of the following events:

               (a)  a failure or a refusal to comply in any material respect
with the reasonable policies, standards or regulations of the Company;

               (b)  a failure or a refusal in any material respect, faithfully
or diligently, to perform his duties determined by the Company in accordance
with this Agreement or the customary duties of Employee's employment (whether
due to ill health, disability or otherwise);

               (c)  unprofessional, unethical or fraudulent conduct or conduct
that materially discredits the Company or is materially detrimental to the
reputation, character or standing of the Company;

               (d)  dishonest conduct or a deliberate attempt to do an injury to
the Company;

               (e)  Employee's material breach of a term of this Agreement or
the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement, including,
without limitation, Employee's theft of the Company's proprietary information;

               (f)  an unlawful or criminal act which would reflect badly on the
Company in the Company's reasonable judgment; or

               (g)  Employee's death.

          5.4  CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION DEFINED.  For purposes of this
               --------------------------------
Agreement, a "Constructive Termination Event" will be deemed to have occurred at
              ------------------------------
the Company's close of business on the fourteenth (14th) day after, and
including, the first day, that any of the following actions is taken by the
Company and such action is not reversed in full by the Company within such
fourteen-day period unless prior to the expiration of such fourteen-day period
Employee have otherwise agreed to the specific relevant event in writing: (i)
Employee's duties and/or authority within the Company are materially decreased
or increased from those in effect immediately prior to such Constructive
Termination Event, in a way that is adverse to Employee, as such materiality and
adverse nature is determined by customary practice within the software industry
within the State of California and/or (ii) Employee's title is changed to a
title that, under customary practice within the software industry within the
State of California, would be considered to be a lower-level title than
Employee's prior title.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     6.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION.
          ---------------------

          6.1  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  In the event of
               ----------------------------------------------
any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 5.2(a) or 5.2(c), the
Company shall pay Employee the compensation and benefits otherwise payable to
Employee under Section 5 through the date of termination.  Employee's rights
under the Company's benefit plans of general application shall be determined
under the provisions of those plans.

          6.2  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  In the event of any termination of
               -------------------------
this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or 5.2(d),

               (a)  the Company shall pay Employee the compensation and benefits
otherwise payable to Employee under the letter agreement through the date of
termination,

               (b)  the Company shall pay Employee an amount equal to 100% of
Employee's then-current base salary plus 30% of such base salary (which
represents the full amount of the bonus to which Employee would be entitled upon
satisfaction of all conditions precedent to such bonus in such year).

               (c)  Employee's rights under the Company's benefit plans of
general application shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

     7.   ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS.
          -----------------------

          7.1  CORPORATE TRANSACTION.  Immediately prior to the closing of a
               ---------------------
Corporate Transaction, the exerciseability of each option granted to you to
purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock that is outstanding immediately
prior to the closing of such Corporate Transaction, will be automatically
accelerated so that each such option will, immediately prior to the closing date
for the Corporate Transaction, become fully exerciseable with respect to the
total number of shares issuable upon exercise thereof and may be exercised prior
to the closing of such Corporate Transaction for all or any portion of such
shares.  For purposes of this Section 7, a "Corporate Transaction" is defined as
(i) a merger or acquisition in which the Company is not the surviving entity
(except for a merger of the Company into a wholly-owned subsidiary, and except
for a transaction the purpose of which is to change the State in which the
Company is incorporated), (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) any other corporate
reorganization or business combination, and in which the beneficial ownership of
50% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock is transferred.

          7.2  PAYMENT.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, in addition to
               -------
the acceleration of options as set forth in Section 7.1, the Company shall pay
Employee an amount equal to 290% of Employee's then-current "base amount" as
calculated under Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") Section 280G (i.e., annual
                                         ---
compensation including then-current salary and bonus actually received in the
applicable tax year(s)), less applicable withholding taxes, payable within
thirty (30) days following the date of the closing of such Corporate
Transaction.

     8.   MISCELLANEOUS.
          -------------

          8.1  ARBITRATION.  Employee and the Company shall submit to mandatory
               -----------
binding arbitration in any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to,
this Agreement or any breach hereof,

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

provided, however, that the Company retains its right to, and shall not be
- - --------  -------
prohibited, limited or in any other way restricted from, seeking or obtaining
equitable relief from a court having jurisdiction over the parties. Such
arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the commercial arbitration
rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time, and
judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

          8.2  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be found
               ------------
by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or
unenforceable, then the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent that
it is found to be invalid or unenforceable and to the extent that to do so would
not deprive one of the parties of the substantial benefit of its bargain.  Such
provision shall, to the extent allowable by law and the preceding sentence, be
modified by such arbitrator or court so that it becomes enforceable and, as
modified, shall be enforced as any other provision hereof, all the other
provisions continuing in full force and effect.

          8.3  REMEDIES.  The Company and Employee acknowledge that the service
               --------
to be provided by Employee is of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and
intellectual character, which gives it peculiar value the loss of which cannot
be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in an action at law.
Accordingly, Employee hereby consents and agrees that for any breach or
violation by Employee of any of the provisions of this Agreement including,
without limitation, Section 3), a restraining order and/or injunction may be
issued against Employee, in addition to any other rights and remedies the
Company may have, at law or equity, including without limitation the recovery of
money damages.

          8.4  NO WAIVER.  The failure by either party at any time to require
               ---------
performance or compliance by the other of any of its obligations or agreements
shall in no way affect the right to require such performance or compliance at
any time thereafter.  The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision
hereof shall not be taken or held to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding
breach of such provision or as a waiver of the provision itself.  No waiver of
any kind shall be effective or binding, unless it is in writing and is signed by
the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced.

          8.5  ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement and all rights hereunder are personal
               ----------
to Employee and may not be transferred or assigned by Employee at any time.  The
Company may assign its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any
parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor, or in connection with any sale,
transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and
assets, provided, however, that any such assignee assumes the Company's
        --------  -------
obligations hereunder.

          8.6  WITHHOLDING.  All sums payable to Employee hereunder shall be
               -----------
reduced by all federal, state, local and other withholding and similar taxes and
payments required by applicable law.

          8.7  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire and
               ----------------
only agreement between the parties relating to employment of Employee with the
Company, and this Agreement supersedes and cancels any and all previous
contracts, arrangements or understandings with respect thereto.

          8.8  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded,
               ---------
cancelled, renewed or extended only by an agreement in writing executed by both
parties hereto.

          8.9  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications required or
               -------
permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and hand delivered, sent by
telecopier, sent by certified first class mail,

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

postage pre-paid, or sent by nationally recognized express courier service. Such
notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt if hand
delivered or sent by telecopier, five (5) days after mailing if sent by mail,
and one (l) day after dispatch if sent by express courier, to the addresses set
forth in the letter agreement, or such other addresses as any party shall notify
the other parties.

          8.10  BINDING NATURE.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure
                --------------
to the benefit of, the successors and personal representatives of the respective
parties hereto.

          8.11  HEADINGS.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for
                --------
reference purposes only and shall in no way affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Agreement.  In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural, the
plural included the singular, the masculine gender includes both male and female
referents, and the word "or" is used in the inclusive sense.

          8.12  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
                ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which,
taken together, constitute one and the same agreement.

          8.13  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of
                -------------
the parties hereto shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.




                               November 6, 1998

Cindy Cooper
648 Vivian Drive
Livermore, CA  94550

            Re: Your Employment With ULTRADATA Corporation

Dear Cindy:

      This letter will set forth the binding agreement of employment (the
"Agreement"), effective as of November 6, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between
you and ULTRADATA Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ULTRADATA").

      1. Employment and Duties. During the Employment Term, as defined in
Section 3 below, you will serve as Vice President, Product Development of
ULTRADATA. You will have such duties and authority as are customary for, and
commensurate with such position, and such other reasonable duties and authority
as the Board of Directors of ULTRADATA (the "Board") or the President of
ULTRADATA prescribes from time to time.

      2. COMPENSATION.

            (a) Salary. For your services hereunder, ULTRADATA will pay as
salary to you the amount of $11,250.00 per month during the Employment Term, as
defined in Section 3 below. Such salary will be paid in conformity with
ULTRADATA's normal payroll period. Your salary will be reviewed by the Board
from time to time at its discretion, and you will receive such salary increases,
if any, as the Board in its sole discretion determines. For purposes of this
Agreement, your salary shall include any increases approved by the Board.

            (b) Bonus. In addition to the salary set forth in Section 2(a)
hereof, you will be eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to a formula, and
determined in accordance with criteria, in each case to be established by the
Board of Directors and/or its Compensation Committee, which formula and criteria
will be communicated to you in writing reasonably in advance of the commencement
of the performance period to which such bonus will relate.

            (c) Other Benefits. You will be entitled to participate in and
receive benefits under ULTRADATA's standard ULTRADATA benefits plans as in
effect from time to time, including medical insurance, sick leave, and vacation
time, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and
overall administration of such plans and ULTRADATA policies.
<PAGE>

Cooper, Cindy
November 6, 1998


            (d) Expenses. During the term of your employment hereunder, you will
be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the ULTRADATA for all
reasonable business-related expenses incurred by you, in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policies and procedures as in effect from time to time, provided
that you will properly account for such business expenses in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policy.

            (e) Deductions and Withholding. All amounts payable or which become
payable under any provision of this Agreement will be subject to any deductions
authorized in writing by you and any deductions and withholdings required by
law.

      3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.

            (a) Term. This Agreement will continue in full force and effect from
and including the Effective Date unless sooner terminated as hereinafter
provided (the "Employment Term") or replaced by another such agreement as may be
mutually agreed upon in writing by all parties.

            (b) Early Termination. Your employment with ULTRADATA under this
Agreement may be terminated by ULTRADATA at any time during the Employment Term
by the President or the Board, for any reason and with or without cause, upon
delivery of written notice by ULTRADATA. ULTRADATA is not required to give you
any advance notice of termination which, in the sole discretion of ULTRADATA,
may be effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to you. You may
terminate this Agreement at any time by giving ULTRADATA written notice of your
resignation at least 30 days in advance; provided, however, that the Board may
determine upon receipt of such notice that the effective date of such
resignation will be immediate or some time prior to the expiration of the notice
period stated in your written notice to ULTRADATA.

            (c) Termination for Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Employment
Term, your employment may be terminated for Cause by the Board, immediately upon
delivery of termination notice thereof to you. For these purposes, termination
for "Cause" will include, without limitation, termination because of your (a)
failure or a refusal to comply in any material respect with the reasonable
policies, standards or regulations of the Company; (b) failure or a refusal in
any material respect, faithfully or diligently, to perform your duties
determined by the Company in accordance with this Agreement or the customary
duties of Employee's employment (whether due to ill health, disability or
otherwise); (c) unprofessional, unethical or fraudulent conduct or conduct that
materially discredits the Company or is materially detrimental to the
reputation, character or standing of the Company; (d) dishonest conduct or a
deliberate attempt to do an injury to the Company; (e) material breach of a term
of this Agreement or the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality
Agreement, including, without limitation, Employee's


                                       2
<PAGE>

Cooper, Cindy
November 6, 1998


theft of the Company's proprietary information; or (f) an unlawful or criminal
act which would reflect badly on the Company in the Company's reasonable
judgment.

            (d) Termination Due to Death or Disability. Your employment
hereunder will terminate immediately upon your death. In the event that by
reason of injury, illness or other physical or mental impairment you are (i)
completely unable to perform your services hereunder for more than two
consecutive months, or (ii) unable in the good faith judgment of the Board to
perform your services hereunder for 50% or more of the normal working day
throughout six consecutive months, then ULTRADATA may terminate your employment
hereunder at the end of such two-month or six-month period, as applicable, by
delivery to you of written notice of such termination.

                  4. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT IN
THE ABSENCE OF A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Termination For Cause, Death or Disability, or Voluntary
Termination. Upon termination of your employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(c)
or Section 3(d) above, but subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, or upon
your voluntary termination of employment pursuant to Section 3(b) above, all
salary and benefits hereunder will cease immediately.

            (b) Involuntary Termination except for Cause, Death or Disability.
Except as provided in Section 5 below, following involuntary termination of your
employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(b) above, you will receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for six (6) months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for six (6) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) Continued vesting of any stock options granted to you by
ULTRADATA for six (6) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such
options may be exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Cooper, Cindy
November 6, 1998


                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

      5. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING A
CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5:

                  (i) A "Corporate Transaction" is defined as (A) a merger or
acquisition in which the Company is not the surviving entity (except for a
merger of the Company into a wholly-owned subsidiary, and except for a
transaction the purpose of which is to change the State in which the Company is
incorporated), (B) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or (C) any other corporate
reorganization or business combination, and in which the beneficial ownership of
50% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock is transferred.

                  (ii) The "Post-Transaction Period" is defined as the period
commencing on the date of the closing or effectiveness of a Corporate
Transaction.

                  (iii) A "Constructive Termination Event" will be deemed to
have occurred at ULTRADATA's close of business on the fourteenth (14th) day
after any of the following action(s) are taken by ULTRADATA and such action(s)
is not reversed in full by ULTRADATA within such fourteen-day period unless
prior to the expiration of such fourteen-day period you have otherwise agreed to
the specific relevant event in writing: (A) your aggregate benefits are
materially reduced (as such reduction and materiality are determined by
customary practice within the software industry within the State of California)
below those in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such
Constructive Termination Event, and/or (B) your duties and/or authority are
materially decreased or increased from those in effect immediately prior to such
Constructive Termination Event, in a way that is adverse to you, as determined
by customary practice within the software industry within the State of
California and/or (C) you are required to perform your employment obligations
(other than routine travel consistent with that prior to the effective date of
such Constructive Termination Event) at a location more than twenty-five (25)
miles away from your principal place of work for ULTRADATA as such place of work
was in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Constructive
Termination Event.

            (b) Severance Pay For Termination After Commencement of the Post
Transaction Period. If at any time after the commencement of the Post
Transaction Period your employment is terminated by ULTRADATA except for Cause,
Death or Disability as stated in


                                       4
<PAGE>

Cooper, Cindy
November 6, 1998


Sections 3(c) and 3(d) above, or if a Constructive Termination Event as defined
above occurs and you voluntarily terminate your employment, then you will
receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for twelve (12)
months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for twelve (12) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) In addition to the accelerated vesting of existing stock
options as provided in Section 6 below, continued vesting of any stock options
granted to you after the commencement of the Post Transaction Period for twelve
(12) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such options may be
exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.

                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

            (c) Cooperation. After any such termination of your employment,
 except to the extent you are not able to do so by reason of your death or
 disability, you will cooperate with ULTRADATA in providing for the orderly
 transition of your duties and responsibilities to other individuals, as is
 reasonably requested by ULTRADATA.

      6. ACCELERATION OF STOCK OPTIONS FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION.
Immediately upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction as defined above, all
stock options which have been granted to you as of the date of such occurrence
shall become 100% vested and shall be exercisable pursuant to the terms of your
stock option agreement.

      7. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. You hereby acknowledge and confirm that you have
executed the Company's standard Employee Invention Assignment and
Confidentiality Agreement with the Company, which agreement is in full force and
effect. The provisions of such agreement will survive any termination or
expiration of this Agreement.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Cooper, Cindy
November 6, 1998


8. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement contains the entire understanding and sole and
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations and discussions
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and
may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by ULTRADATA and you, and
which states the intent of the parties to amend this Agreement. If any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or
in part, the remainder of such provision and the remainder of this Agreement
will not be affected thereby and will be enforced to the fullest extent
permitted by law. Neither this Agreement nor the rights or obligations hereunder
will be assignable by you. ULTRADATA may assign this Agreement to any successor
of ULTRADATA, and upon such assignment any such successor will be deemed
substituted for ULTRADATA upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof.
This Agreement will be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties
hereof and upon your heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement has
been negotiated and executed in, and will be governed by and construed with the
laws of, the State of California. Any notice, request, demand or other
communication required or permitted hereunder will be deemed to be properly
given when personally served in writing, or when deposited in the United States
mail, postage pre-paid, addressed to ULTRADATA at the address shown at the
beginning of this letter, or to you at the address shown below, or by facsimile
upon confirmation of receipt. Each party hereto may change its address by
written notice in accordance with this Section 8.



                                       Sincerely,



                                       /s/ Robert J. Majteles
                                       ----------------------
                                       Robert J. Majteles
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:


/s/ Cindy Cooper
- ----------------
Cindy Cooper
Date signed: November 11, 1998



                                November 6, 1998

David J. Robbins
204 Chestnut Court
San Ramon, CA 94583

            Re: Your Employment With ULTRADATA Corporation

Dear Dave:

      This letter will set forth the binding agreement of employment (the
"Agreement"), effective as of November 6, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between
you and ULTRADATA Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ULTRADATA").

      1. Employment and Duties. During the Employment Term, as defined in
Section 3 below, you will serve as Vice President, Customer Services of
ULTRADATA. You will have such duties and authority as are customary for, and
commensurate with such position, and such other reasonable duties and authority
as the Board of Directors of ULTRADATA (the "Board") or the President of
ULTRADATA prescribes from time to time.

      2. COMPENSATION.

            (a) Salary. For your services hereunder, ULTRADATA will pay as
salary to you the amount of $11,250.00 per month during the Employment Term, as
defined in Section 3 below. Such salary will be paid in conformity with
ULTRADATA's normal payroll period. Your salary will be reviewed by the Board
from time to time at its discretion, and you will receive such salary increases,
if any, as the Board in its sole discretion determines. For purposes of this
Agreement, your salary shall include any increases approved by the Board.

            (b) Bonus. In addition to the salary set forth in Section 2(a)
hereof, you will be eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to a formula, and
determined in accordance with criteria, in each case to be established by the
Board of Directors and/or its Compensation Committee, which formula and criteria
will be communicated to you in writing reasonably in advance of the commencement
of the performance period to which such bonus will relate.

            (c) Other Benefits. You will be entitled to participate in and
receive benefits under ULTRADATA's standard ULTRADATA benefits plans as in
effect from time to time, including medical insurance, sick leave, and vacation
time, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and
overall administration of such plans and ULTRADATA policies.
<PAGE>

Robbins, David
November 6, 1998


            (d) Expenses. During the term of your employment hereunder, you will
be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the ULTRADATA for all
reasonable business-related expenses incurred by you, in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policies and procedures as in effect from time to time, provided
that you will properly account for such business expenses in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policy.

            (e) Deductions and Withholding. All amounts payable or which become
payable under any provision of this Agreement will be subject to any deductions
authorized in writing by you and any deductions and withholdings required by
law.

      3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.

            (a) Term. This Agreement will continue in full force and effect from
and including the Effective Date unless sooner terminated as hereinafter
provided (the "Employment Term") or replaced by another such agreement as may be
mutually agreed upon in writing by all parties.

            (b) Early Termination. Your employment with ULTRADATA under this
Agreement may be terminated by ULTRADATA at any time during the Employment Term
by the President or the Board, for any reason and with or without cause, upon
delivery of written notice by ULTRADATA. ULTRADATA is not required to give you
any advance notice of termination which, in the sole discretion of ULTRADATA,
may be effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to you. You may
terminate this Agreement at any time by giving ULTRADATA written notice of your
resignation at least 30 days in advance; provided, however, that the Board may
determine upon receipt of such notice that the effective date of such
resignation will be immediate or some time prior to the expiration of the notice
period stated in your written notice to ULTRADATA.

            (c) Termination for Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Employment
Term, your employment may be terminated for Cause by the Board, immediately upon
delivery of termination notice thereof to you. For these purposes, termination
for "Cause" will include, without limitation, termination because of your (a)
failure or a refusal to comply in any material respect with the reasonable
policies, standards or regulations of the Company; (b) failure or a refusal in
any material respect, faithfully or diligently, to perform your duties
determined by the Company in accordance with this Agreement or the customary
duties of Employee's employment (whether due to ill health, disability or
otherwise); (c) unprofessional, unethical or fraudulent conduct or conduct that
materially discredits the Company or is materially detrimental to the
reputation, character or standing of the Company; (d) dishonest conduct or a
deliberate attempt to do an injury to the Company; (e) material breach of a term
of this Agreement or the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality
Agreement, including, without limitation, Employee's


                                       2
<PAGE>

Robbins, David
November 6, 1998


theft of the Company's proprietary information; or (f) an unlawful or criminal
act which would reflect badly on the Company in the Company's reasonable
judgment.

            (d) Termination Due to Death or Disability. Your employment
hereunder will terminate immediately upon your death. In the event that by
reason of injury, illness or other physical or mental impairment you are (i)
completely unable to perform your services hereunder for more than two
consecutive months, or (ii) unable in the good faith judgment of the Board to
perform your services hereunder for 50% or more of the normal working day
throughout six consecutive months, then ULTRADATA may terminate your employment
hereunder at the end of such two-month or six-month period, as applicable, by
delivery to you of written notice of such termination.

                  4. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT IN
THE ABSENCE OF A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Termination For Cause, Death or Disability, or Voluntary
Termination. Upon termination of your employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(c)
or Section 3(d) above, but subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, or upon
your voluntary termination of employment pursuant to Section 3(b) above, all
salary and benefits hereunder will cease immediately.

            (b) Involuntary Termination except for Cause, Death or Disability.
Except as provided in Section 5 below, following involuntary termination of your
employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(b) above, you will receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for six (6) months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for six (6) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) Continued vesting of any stock options granted to you by
ULTRADATA for six (6) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such
options may be exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Robbins, David
November 6, 1998


                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

      5. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING A
CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5:

                  (i) A "Corporate Transaction" is defined as (A) a merger or
acquisition in which the Company is not the surviving entity (except for a
merger of the Company into a wholly-owned subsidiary, and except for a
transaction the purpose of which is to change the State in which the Company is
incorporated), (B) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or (C) any other corporate
reorganization or business combination, and in which the beneficial ownership of
50% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock is transferred.

                  (ii) The "Post-Transaction Period" is defined as the period
commencing on the date of the closing or effectiveness of a Corporate
Transaction.

                  (iii) A "Constructive Termination Event" will be deemed to
have occurred at ULTRADATA's close of business on the fourteenth (14th) day
after any of the following action(s) are taken by ULTRADATA and such action(s)
is not reversed in full by ULTRADATA within such fourteen-day period unless
prior to the expiration of such fourteen-day period you have otherwise agreed to
the specific relevant event in writing: (A) your aggregate benefits are
materially reduced (as such reduction and materiality are determined by
customary practice within the software industry within the State of California)
below those in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such
Constructive Termination Event, and/or (B) your duties and/or authority are
materially decreased or increased from those in effect immediately prior to such
Constructive Termination Event, in a way that is adverse to you, as determined
by customary practice within the software industry within the State of
California and/or (C) you are required to perform your employment obligations
(other than routine travel consistent with that prior to the effective date of
such Constructive Termination Event) at a location more than twenty-five (25)
miles away from your principal place of work for ULTRADATA as such place of work
was in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Constructive
Termination Event.

            (b) Severance Pay For Termination After Commencement of the Post
Transaction Period. If at any time after the commencement of the Post
Transaction Period your employment is terminated by ULTRADATA except for Cause,
Death or Disability as stated in


                                       4
<PAGE>

Robbins, David
November 6, 1998


Sections 3(c) and 3(d) above, or if a Constructive Termination Event as defined
above occurs and you voluntarily terminate your employment, then you will
receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for twelve (12)
months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for twelve (12) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) In addition to the accelerated vesting of existing stock
options as provided in Section 6 below, continued vesting of any stock options
granted to you after the commencement of the Post Transaction Period for twelve
(12) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such options may be
exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.

                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

            (c) Cooperation. After any such termination of your employment,
 except to the extent you are not able to do so by reason of your death or
 disability, you will cooperate with ULTRADATA in providing for the orderly
 transition of your duties and responsibilities to other individuals, as is
 reasonably requested by ULTRADATA.

      6. ACCELERATION OF STOCK OPTIONS FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION.
Immediately upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction as defined above, all
stock options which have been granted to you as of the date of such occurrence
shall become 100% vested and shall be exercisable pursuant to the terms of your
stock option agreement.

      7. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. You hereby acknowledge and confirm that you have
executed the Company's standard Employee Invention Assignment and
Confidentiality Agreement with the Company, which agreement is in full force and
effect. The provisions of such agreement will survive any termination or
expiration of this Agreement.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Robbins, David
November 6, 1998


8. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement contains the entire understanding and sole and
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations and discussions
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and
may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by ULTRADATA and you, and
which states the intent of the parties to amend this Agreement. If any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or
in part, the remainder of such provision and the remainder of this Agreement
will not be affected thereby and will be enforced to the fullest extent
permitted by law. Neither this Agreement nor the rights or obligations hereunder
will be assignable by you. ULTRADATA may assign this Agreement to any successor
of ULTRADATA, and upon such assignment any such successor will be deemed
substituted for ULTRADATA upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof.
This Agreement will be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties
hereof and upon your heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement has
been negotiated and executed in, and will be governed by and construed with the
laws of, the State of California. Any notice, request, demand or other
communication required or permitted hereunder will be deemed to be properly
given when personally served in writing, or when deposited in the United States
mail, postage pre-paid, addressed to ULTRADATA at the address shown at the
beginning of this letter, or to you at the address shown below, or by facsimile
upon confirmation of receipt. Each party hereto may change its address by
written notice in accordance with this Section 8.



                                       Sincerely,



                                       /s/ Robert J. Majteles
                                       ----------------------
                                       Robert J. Majteles
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:


/s/ David J. Robbins
- --------------------
David J. Robbins
Date signed: November 11, 1998


                                       6


                                November 6, 1998

James R. Berthelsen
30 De Sabla Road
San Mateo, CA  94402

            Re: Your Employment With ULTRADATA Corporation

Dear Jim:

      This letter will set forth the binding agreement of employment (the
"Agreement"), effective as of November 6, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between
you and ULTRADATA Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ULTRADATA").

      1. Employment and Duties. During the Employment Term, as defined in
Section 3 below, you will serve as Vice President, Business Development of
ULTRADATA. You will have such duties and authority as are customary for, and
commensurate with such position, and such other reasonable duties and authority
as the Board of Directors of ULTRADATA (the "Board") or the President of
ULTRADATA prescribes from time to time.

      2. COMPENSATION.

            (a) Salary. For your services hereunder, ULTRADATA will pay as
salary to you the amount of $11,250.00 per month during the Employment Term, as
defined in Section 3 below. Such salary will be paid in conformity with
ULTRADATA's normal payroll period. Your salary will be reviewed by the Board
from time to time at its discretion, and you will receive such salary increases,
if any, as the Board in its sole discretion determines. For purposes of this
Agreement, your salary shall include any increases approved by the Board.

            (b) Bonus. In addition to the salary set forth in Section 2(a)
hereof, you will be eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to a formula, and
determined in accordance with criteria, in each case to be established by the
Board of Directors and/or its Compensation Committee, which formula and criteria
will be communicated to you in writing reasonably in advance of the commencement
of the performance period to which such bonus will relate.

            (c) Other Benefits. You will be entitled to participate in and
receive benefits under ULTRADATA's standard ULTRADATA benefits plans as in
effect from time to time, including medical insurance, sick leave, and vacation
time, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and
overall administration of such plans and ULTRADATA policies.
<PAGE>

Berthelsen, James
November 6, 1998


            (d) Expenses. During the term of your employment hereunder, you will
be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the ULTRADATA for all
reasonable business-related expenses incurred by you, in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policies and procedures as in effect from time to time, provided
that you will properly account for such business expenses in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policy.

            (e) Deductions and Withholding. All amounts payable or which become
payable under any provision of this Agreement will be subject to any deductions
authorized in writing by you and any deductions and withholdings required by
law.

      3.    TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.

            (a) Term. This Agreement will continue in full force and effect from
and including the Effective Date unless sooner terminated as hereinafter
provided (the "Employment Term") or replaced by another such agreement as may be
mutually agreed upon in writing by all parties.

            (b) Early Termination. Your employment with ULTRADATA under this
Agreement may be terminated by ULTRADATA at any time during the Employment Term
by the President or the Board, for any reason and with or without cause, upon
delivery of written notice by ULTRADATA. ULTRADATA is not required to give you
any advance notice of termination which, in the sole discretion of ULTRADATA,
may be effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to you. You may
terminate this Agreement at any time by giving ULTRADATA written notice of your
resignation at least 30 days in advance; provided, however, that the Board may
determine upon receipt of such notice that the effective date of such
resignation will be immediate or some time prior to the expiration of the notice
period stated in your written notice to ULTRADATA.

            (c) Termination for Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Employment
Term, your employment may be terminated for Cause by the Board, immediately upon
delivery of termination notice thereof to you. For these purposes, termination
for "Cause" will include, without limitation, termination because of your (a)
failure or a refusal to comply in any material respect with the reasonable
policies, standards or regulations of the Company; (b) failure or a refusal in
any material respect, faithfully or diligently, to perform your duties
determined by the Company in accordance with this Agreement or the customary
duties of Employee's employment (whether due to ill health, disability or
otherwise); (c) unprofessional, unethical or fraudulent conduct or conduct that
materially discredits the Company or is materially detrimental to the
reputation, character or standing of the Company; (d) dishonest conduct or a
deliberate attempt to do an injury to the Company; (e) material breach of a term
of this Agreement or the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality
Agreement, including, without limitation, Employee's


                                       2
<PAGE>

Berthelsen, James
November 6, 1998


theft of the Company's proprietary information; or (f) an unlawful or criminal
act which would reflect badly on the Company in the Company's reasonable
judgment.

            (d) Termination Due to Death or Disability. Your employment
hereunder will terminate immediately upon your death. In the event that by
reason of injury, illness or other physical or mental impairment you are (i)
completely unable to perform your services hereunder for more than two
consecutive months, or (ii) unable in the good faith judgment of the Board to
perform your services hereunder for 50% or more of the normal working day
throughout six consecutive months, then ULTRADATA may terminate your employment
hereunder at the end of such two-month or six-month period, as applicable, by
delivery to you of written notice of such termination.

                  4. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT IN
THE ABSENCE OF A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Termination For Cause, Death or Disability, or Voluntary
Termination. Upon termination of your employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(c)
or Section 3(d) above, but subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, or upon
your voluntary termination of employment pursuant to Section 3(b) above, all
salary and benefits hereunder will cease immediately.

            (b) Involuntary Termination except for Cause, Death or Disability.
Except as provided in Section 5 below, following involuntary termination of your
employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(b) above, you will receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for six (6) months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for six (6) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) Continued vesting of any stock options granted to you by
ULTRADATA for six (6) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such
options may be exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Berthelsen, James
November 6, 1998


                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

      5. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING A
CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5:

                  (i) A "Corporate Transaction" is defined as (A) a merger or
acquisition in which the Company is not the surviving entity (except for a
merger of the Company into a wholly-owned subsidiary, and except for a
transaction the purpose of which is to change the State in which the Company is
incorporated), (B) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or (C) any other corporate
reorganization or business combination, and in which the beneficial ownership of
50% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock is transferred.

                  (ii) The "Post-Transaction Period" is defined as the period
commencing on the date of the closing or effectiveness of a Corporate
Transaction.

                  (iii) A "Constructive Termination Event" will be deemed to
have occurred at ULTRADATA's close of business on the fourteenth (14th) day
after any of the following action(s) are taken by ULTRADATA and such action(s)
is not reversed in full by ULTRADATA within such fourteen-day period unless
prior to the expiration of such fourteen-day period you have otherwise agreed to
the specific relevant event in writing: (A) your aggregate benefits are
materially reduced (as such reduction and materiality are determined by
customary practice within the software industry within the State of California)
below those in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such
Constructive Termination Event, and/or (B) your duties and/or authority are
materially decreased or increased from those in effect immediately prior to such
Constructive Termination Event, in a way that is adverse to you, as determined
by customary practice within the software industry within the State of
California and/or (C) you are required to perform your employment obligations
(other than routine travel consistent with that prior to the effective date of
such Constructive Termination Event) at a location more than twenty-five (25)
miles away from your principal place of work for ULTRADATA as such place of work
was in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Constructive
Termination Event.

            (b) Severance Pay For Termination After Commencement of the Post
Transaction Period. If at any time after the commencement of the Post
Transaction Period your employment is terminated by ULTRADATA except for Cause,
Death or Disability as stated in


                                       4
<PAGE>

Berthelsen, James
November 6, 1998


Sections 3(c) and 3(d) above, or if a Constructive Termination Event as defined
above occurs and you voluntarily terminate your employment, then you will
receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for twelve (12)
months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for twelve (12) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) In addition to the accelerated vesting of existing stock
options as provided in Section 6 below, continued vesting of any stock options
granted to you after the commencement of the Post Transaction Period for twelve
(12) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such options may be
exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.

                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

            (c) Cooperation. After any such termination of your employment,
 except to the extent you are not able to do so by reason of your death or
 disability, you will cooperate with ULTRADATA in providing for the orderly
 transition of your duties and responsibilities to other individuals, as is
 reasonably requested by ULTRADATA.

      6. ACCELERATION OF STOCK OPTIONS FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION.
Immediately upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction as defined above, all
stock options which have been granted to you as of the date of such occurrence
shall become 100% vested and shall be exercisable pursuant to the terms of your
stock option agreement.

      7. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. You hereby acknowledge and confirm that you have
executed the Company's standard Employee Invention Assignment and
Confidentiality Agreement with the Company, which agreement is in full force and
effect. The provisions of such agreement will survive any termination or
expiration of this Agreement.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Berthelsen, James
November 6, 1998


8. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement contains the entire understanding and sole and
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations and discussions
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and
may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by ULTRADATA and you, and
which states the intent of the parties to amend this Agreement. If any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or
in part, the remainder of such provision and the remainder of this Agreement
will not be affected thereby and will be enforced to the fullest extent
permitted by law. Neither this Agreement nor the rights or obligations hereunder
will be assignable by you. ULTRADATA may assign this Agreement to any successor
of ULTRADATA, and upon such assignment any such successor will be deemed
substituted for ULTRADATA upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof.
This Agreement will be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties
hereof and upon your heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement has
been negotiated and executed in, and will be governed by and construed with the
laws of, the State of California. Any notice, request, demand or other
communication required or permitted hereunder will be deemed to be properly
given when personally served in writing, or when deposited in the United States
mail, postage pre-paid, addressed to ULTRADATA at the address shown at the
beginning of this letter, or to you at the address shown below, or by facsimile
upon confirmation of receipt. Each party hereto may change its address by
written notice in accordance with this Section 8.



                                       Sincerely,



                                       /s/ Robert J. Majteles
                                       ----------------------
                                       Robert J. Majteles
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:


/s/ James R. Berthelsen
- -----------------------
James R. Berthelsen
Date signed: November 11, 1998


                                       6



                                November 6, 1998

Ronald H. Bissinger
1142 Mataro Court
Pleasanton, CA  94566

            Re: Your Employment With ULTRADATA Corporation

Dear Ron:

      This letter will set forth the binding agreement of employment (the
"Agreement"), effective as of November 6, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), between
you and ULTRADATA Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ULTRADATA").

      1. Employment and Duties. During the Employment Term, as defined in
Section 3 below, you will serve as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of
ULTRADATA. You will have such duties and authority as are customary for, and
commensurate with such position, and such other reasonable duties and authority
as the Board of Directors of ULTRADATA (the "Board") or the President of
ULTRADATA prescribes from time to time.

      2. COMPENSATION.

            (a) Salary. For your services hereunder, ULTRADATA will pay as
salary to you the amount of $11,250.00 per month during the Employment Term, as
defined in Section 3 below. Such salary will be paid in conformity with
ULTRADATA's normal payroll period. Your salary will be reviewed by the Board
from time to time at its discretion, and you will receive such salary increases,
if any, as the Board in its sole discretion determines. For purposes of this
Agreement, your salary shall include any increases approved by the Board.

            (b) Bonus. In addition to the salary set forth in Section 2(a)
hereof, you will be eligible for an annual bonus pursuant to a formula, and
determined in accordance with criteria, in each case to be established by the
Board of Directors and/or its Compensation Committee, which formula and criteria
will be communicated to you in writing reasonably in advance of the commencement
of the performance period to which such bonus will relate.

            (c) Other Benefits. You will be entitled to participate in and
receive benefits under ULTRADATA's standard ULTRADATA benefits plans as in
effect from time to time, including medical insurance, sick leave, and vacation
time, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and
overall administration of such plans and ULTRADATA policies.

<PAGE>

Bissinger, Ronald
November 6, 1998


            (d) Expenses. During the term of your employment hereunder, you will
be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the ULTRADATA for all
reasonable business-related expenses incurred by you, in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policies and procedures as in effect from time to time, provided
that you will properly account for such business expenses in accordance with
ULTRADATA's policy.

            (e) Deductions and Withholding. All amounts payable or which become
payable under any provision of this Agreement will be subject to any deductions
authorized in writing by you and any deductions and withholdings required by
law.

      3. TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.

            (a) Term. This Agreement will continue in full force and effect from
and including the Effective Date unless sooner terminated as hereinafter
provided (the "Employment Term") or replaced by another such agreement as may be
mutually agreed upon in writing by all parties.

            (b) Early Termination. Your employment with ULTRADATA under this
Agreement may be terminated by ULTRADATA at any time during the Employment Term
by the President or the Board, for any reason and with or without cause, upon
delivery of written notice by ULTRADATA. ULTRADATA is not required to give you
any advance notice of termination which, in the sole discretion of ULTRADATA,
may be effective immediately upon delivery of written notice to you. You may
terminate this Agreement at any time by giving ULTRADATA written notice of your
resignation at least 30 days in advance; provided, however, that the Board may
determine upon receipt of such notice that the effective date of such
resignation will be immediate or some time prior to the expiration of the notice
period stated in your written notice to ULTRADATA.

            (c) Termination for Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Employment
Term, your employment may be terminated for Cause by the Board, immediately upon
delivery of termination notice thereof to you. For these purposes, termination
for "Cause" will include, without limitation, termination because of your (a)
failure or a refusal to comply in any material respect with the reasonable
policies, standards or regulations of the Company; (b) failure or a refusal in
any material respect, faithfully or diligently, to perform your duties
determined by the Company in accordance with this Agreement or the customary
duties of Employee's employment (whether due to ill health, disability or
otherwise); (c) unprofessional, unethical or fraudulent conduct or conduct that
materially discredits the Company or is materially detrimental to the
reputation, character or standing of the Company; (d) dishonest conduct or a
deliberate attempt to do an injury to the Company; (e) material breach of a term
of this Agreement or the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality
Agreement, including, without limitation, Employee's


                                       2
<PAGE>

Bissinger, Ronald
November 6, 1998


theft of the Company's proprietary information; or (f) an unlawful or criminal
act which would reflect badly on the Company in the Company's reasonable
judgment.

            (d) Termination Due to Death or Disability. Your employment
hereunder will terminate immediately upon your death. In the event that by
reason of injury, illness or other physical or mental impairment you are (i)
completely unable to perform your services hereunder for more than two
consecutive months, or (ii) unable in the good faith judgment of the Board to
perform your services hereunder for 50% or more of the normal working day
throughout six consecutive months, then ULTRADATA may terminate your employment
hereunder at the end of such two-month or six-month period, as applicable, by
delivery to you of written notice of such termination.

                  4. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT IN
THE ABSENCE OF A CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Termination For Cause, Death or Disability, or Voluntary
Termination. Upon termination of your employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(c)
or Section 3(d) above, but subject to the provisions of Section 5 below, or upon
your voluntary termination of employment pursuant to Section 3(b) above, all
salary and benefits hereunder will cease immediately.

            (b) Involuntary Termination except for Cause, Death or Disability.
Except as provided in Section 5 below, following involuntary termination of your
employment by ULTRADATA under Section 3(b) above, you will receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for six (6) months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for six (6) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) Continued vesting of any stock options granted to you by
ULTRADATA for six (6) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such
options may be exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Bissinger, Ronald
November 6, 1998


                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

      5. PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING A
CORPORATE TRANSACTION

            (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5:

                  (i) A "Corporate Transaction" is defined as (A) a merger or
acquisition in which the Company is not the surviving entity (except for a
merger of the Company into a wholly-owned subsidiary, and except for a
transaction the purpose of which is to change the State in which the Company is
incorporated), (B) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company or (C) any other corporate
reorganization or business combination, and in which the beneficial ownership of
50% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock is transferred.

                  (ii) The "Post-Transaction Period" is defined as the period
commencing on the date of the closing or effectiveness of a Corporate
Transaction.

                  (iii) A "Constructive Termination Event" will be deemed to
have occurred at ULTRADATA's close of business on the fourteenth (14th) day
after any of the following action(s) are taken by ULTRADATA and such action(s)
is not reversed in full by ULTRADATA within such fourteen-day period unless
prior to the expiration of such fourteen-day period you have otherwise agreed to
the specific relevant event in writing: (A) your aggregate benefits are
materially reduced (as such reduction and materiality are determined by
customary practice within the software industry within the State of California)
below those in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such
Constructive Termination Event, and/or (B) your duties and/or authority are
materially decreased or increased from those in effect immediately prior to such
Constructive Termination Event, in a way that is adverse to you, as determined
by customary practice within the software industry within the State of
California and/or (C) you are required to perform your employment obligations
(other than routine travel consistent with that prior to the effective date of
such Constructive Termination Event) at a location more than twenty-five (25)
miles away from your principal place of work for ULTRADATA as such place of work
was in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Constructive
Termination Event.

            (b) Severance Pay For Termination After Commencement of the Post
Transaction Period. If at any time after the commencement of the Post
Transaction Period your employment is terminated by ULTRADATA except for Cause,
Death or Disability as stated in


                                       4
<PAGE>

Bissinger, Ronald
November 6, 1998


Sections 3(c) and 3(d) above, or if a Constructive Termination Event as defined
above occurs and you voluntarily terminate your employment, then you will
receive:

                  (i) Your salary (including any increases approved by the
Board) continued at the rate specified in Section 2(a) above for twelve (12)
months;

                  (ii) Medical insurance and life insurance at the levels in
effect at the time of termination for twelve (12) months;

                  (iii) When otherwise payable, your bonus prorated up to the
date of termination for the period during which you were eligible for any such
bonus;

                  (iv) In addition to the accelerated vesting of existing stock
options as provided in Section 6 below, continued vesting of any stock options
granted to you after the commencement of the Post Transaction Period for twelve
(12) months, followed by a 90 day period during which such options may be
exercised.

                  (v) No further continuance of other benefits such as vacation,
sick leave, and employee stock purchase plan participation, unless specified
herein.

                  (vi) Any cellular phone and notebook computer as then
currently provided by Company. Additionally, placement services will be provided
as the Company customarily provides to other Executives leaving the Company.

            (c) Cooperation. After any such termination of your employment,
 except to the extent you are not able to do so by reason of your death or
 disability, you will cooperate with ULTRADATA in providing for the orderly
 transition of your duties and responsibilities to other individuals, as is
 reasonably requested by ULTRADATA.

      6. ACCELERATION OF STOCK OPTIONS FOLLOWING A CORPORATE TRANSACTION.
Immediately upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction as defined above, all
stock options which have been granted to you as of the date of such occurrence
shall become 100% vested and shall be exercisable pursuant to the terms of your
stock option agreement.

      7. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. You hereby acknowledge and confirm that you have
executed the Company's standard Employee Invention Assignment and
Confidentiality Agreement with the Company, which agreement is in full force and
effect. The provisions of such agreement will survive any termination or
expiration of this Agreement.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Bissinger, Ronald
November 6, 1998


8. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement contains the entire understanding and sole and
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes any and all prior agreements, negotiations and discussions
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and
may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by ULTRADATA and you, and
which states the intent of the parties to amend this Agreement. If any provision
of this Agreement is held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or
in part, the remainder of such provision and the remainder of this Agreement
will not be affected thereby and will be enforced to the fullest extent
permitted by law. Neither this Agreement nor the rights or obligations hereunder
will be assignable by you. ULTRADATA may assign this Agreement to any successor
of ULTRADATA, and upon such assignment any such successor will be deemed
substituted for ULTRADATA upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof.
This Agreement will be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties
hereof and upon your heirs, executors and administrators. This Agreement has
been negotiated and executed in, and will be governed by and construed with the
laws of, the State of California. Any notice, request, demand or other
communication required or permitted hereunder will be deemed to be properly
given when personally served in writing, or when deposited in the United States
mail, postage pre-paid, addressed to ULTRADATA at the address shown at the
beginning of this letter, or to you at the address shown below, or by facsimile
upon confirmation of receipt. Each party hereto may change its address by
written notice in accordance with this Section 8.



                                       Sincerely,



                                       /s/ Robert J. Majteles
                                       ----------------------
                                       Robert J. Majteles
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:


/s/ Ronald H. Bissinger
- -----------------------
Ronald H. Bissinger
Date signed: November 11, 1998


                                       6



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission